Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CATV
WHO IS CAR 07 The accent is an community service The initials C -A -T -V stand for Community Antenna TV. To state it more clearly, CATV is a television antenna service for a community. A huge antenna system is built on a favorable recep- tion site and the signals it produces are sent all over town via cable. Now, why should people be willing to pay a monthly antenna fee? Why not simply put up their own antenna? There are two important reasons why customers choose the CATV system: picture quality and program variety. In areas where there are only a few local. TV stations, people are willing to pay for additional program variety. Present CATV systems can provide 12 TV channels, plus 40 FM stations —with more to come in the future. The increased popularity of Color TV makes picture quality more important than ever. In many metropolitan areas: it is almost impossible to get consistently good color reception by conventional :means. But a good cable system delivers perfect color pictures at all times. Once CATV comes to town, it becomes an important part of the community. CATV is a whole new industry which stimulates community growth and bolsters the local economy. In addition to entertainment a CATV system may provide any or all of the following community services: (1) A local time- weather -music channel. (2) Educational TV service. Schools are generally wired to the CATV system at no charge. Educational programs can be carried from local ETV stations to all schools, and from school to school. In some cases, microwave relays are used to transport signals hundreds of miles. In 1964, CATV served some 156,000 students in 435 educational institutions — ranging from elementary school to college. (3) Free cable service to libraries, police and fire sta- tions, public hospitals, and other municipal buildings. (4) The local channel is sometimes made available for local fund drives, Chambers of Commerce, commu- nity functions, etc. (5) A direct line to the U. S. Weather Bureau. This feature enables an advisor at the Weather Bureau to pick up a phone and report emergency weather infor- mation. The "hot -line" overrides the audio on all chan- nels carried by the cable. CAN is not Pay -TV, or a forerunner to Pay -TV. It is simply an extra choice. Residents of CATV communities a can use either their own antenna or the community. antenna. Most people feel that the community antenna is the best, most inexpensive way to get the TV recep- tion they want. HOW A CATV SYSTEM WORKS TOWER PRE AMP (IF NEEDED) ANTENNA S \A AMPS. (I PEI CHANNEL RE L_= � - --HEAD END _� ^r RW TOWN DI AP Shown above is a block diagram of a CATV system. First comes the head end section. A tower is located on high ground, carefully selected as an excellent reception spot. The height of the tower is dependent on local signal conditions, the FAA, and the need or desirability of microwave. An antenna array is used for each TV channel to be received. The signals picked up by these antennas are increased in strength by preamplifiers and then sent down the tower to the head end "shelter " — actually, a little concrete equipment room. In the head end shelter are a wide variety of ampli- fiers, signal processors, filters and traps. The job of these units is to make every channel as perfect as possible. Each signal is electronically processed and automatic gain controls are used to insure that no matter how much the broadcast signals fluctuate, the output of the head end is constant. All interference is eliminated. The picture quality received by the sub. scriber can be no better than that produced by the head end. Stage two of the CATV system is the run to town. Its job is to carry the signal— undisturbed —from the head end into town. This is not as easy as it sounds. When signals are sent through a long line of amplifiers, any minor flaw or variation becomes magnified. Too much signal into a trunkline amplifier will cause "windshield wiper effect' —a dark vertical shadow moving across the screen. Too little signal will cause "snow" —tiny white dots on the TV screen. (On a color set, the snow looks like confetti.) To prevent these problems, amplifier spacing must be calculated carefully. Then, special devices must be From conception to completion of a fully operating system, Jerrold can help you every step of the way. Help In Getting Started Which areas are suitable for CAN? How many chan- nels will you have to provide? How much will the system cost, both for original construction and for operation? How many subscribers can you expect in your area? What return can you expect to get on your investment? These are some of the questions you must answer before starting off in the CAN field. Jerrold can help you to come up with the right answers. Among the "getting started" services we offer are: • Market and Feasibility Surveys— trained Jerrold men will go into the area to determine the eco- nomic feasibility of a CAN system. Using proven survey techniques they will estimate the potential of the system, giving you an idea of the gross income you can expect. The survey includes an estimate of subscribers with a time -table by years, plus a cash flow analysis. • Cost Estimates —using city maps and other im- portant data, Jerrold can make a realistic estimate of how much the system will cost, plus an estimate of operating costs. • Franchise — guidance in franchise applications. • Pole Attachment Rights —help in making arrange- ments for use of utility company poles. • Financing — flexible financing to suit your needs Application Engineering A CAN system must deliver TV signals through miles of cable into thousands of homes without noticeable deterioration. To do this -24 hours a day, year after year, in spite of signal fluctuations, and changes in temperature or power— requires hundreds of matched, balanced, reliable components. Jerrold application engineering will design a system that will assure your subscribers of the finest possible reception. Application engineering includes the follow- ing important steps: On-Site Signal Surveys —using field strength me- ters and antennas on trucks or helicopters, Jerrold makes a complete signal survey of your area. This survey determines the most desirable tower loca- tions, the correct tower height, the type of an- tennas required, etc. Based on the on -site signal survey, Jerrold will recommend the exact channels to be carried by the system, including those where microwave is needed. 2. Cable Strand Survey— trained Jerrold application engineers will prepare detailed strand maps of the entire area covered by your proposed CAN system. These detailed maps show the specific poles which are to be used for the CATV trunk and feeder cables. To make the cable strand survey accurate, Jerrold personnel actually "walk the poles." Each pole is identified by number. 3. Utility Pole Make - Ready —each utility pole must be examined to make sure that there is enough space between the telephone lines and the power lines to mount the CAN cable and amplifiers. An experienced Jerrold engineer rides through the town with local telephone and power company engineers. He designates what types of equipment are to be mounted on which specific poles. It is then up to the utility company to "make ready" the poles to receive the CAN equip- ment. The Jerrold engineer oversees this opera- tion, making sure that the system conforms with local and national codes. 4. Final System Layout — working from the informa- tion gathered by the application engineers, Jerrold will supply a complete, detailed system layout. The layout will be accompanied by an exact Bill of Materials covering: the tower; antennas; equip- ment shelter; signal processing equipment; cable; trunkline amplifiers; distribution amplifiers; splitters; tapoffs and matching transformers; plus, a detailed labor estimate. Cost estimates are sup- plied for each section of the system. System Construction Jerrold employs the largest, most highly skilled con- struction crews in the CAN industry, experienced in building many thousands of miles of CAN plant. Our construction operation is made more efficient by the use of specialists in each specific phase. These special- ists can complete a CAN system with amazing speed and efficiency. Thus, your system starts earning income at the earliest possible date. Field Engineering Jerrold field engineers supervise construction of the system. Each phase of the system is thoroughly checked. Signals are monitored for long periods of time to allow for changing reception conditions. Jerrold field engineers use their special know -how to stabilize fluctuating signals and eliminate interferences. When the system is completed, it is thoroughly checked out. Jerrold field engineers are also available for help in eliminating operating difficulties, solving maintenance problems and expanding or modifying your system. �t I r �11 `mow w i G r: ■,q: r 6 L Management Services '�Ll tip There are two important aspects to managing a CATV system: (1) To maintain excellent system quality. This is the job of the system technicians. Jerrold has been holding schools for CAN system technicians since 1952. In May of 1965 we completed our 150th such school. Tech- nicians are trained to perform preventive maintenance on a routine basis —to stop trouble before it has a chance to get started. Both customer complaints and maintenance costs are reduced by Jerrold maintenance techniques. (2) To get and hold subscribers. Jerrold has been managing CAN systems success- fully since 1953. Many system management techniques now standard in the industry were pioneered by Jerrold. Further, Jerrold- managed systems are consistently far above average in percentages of subscriptions signed. Example: the Lafayette, Indiana CATV system, which went into operation early in February, 1965. Even before the signal was turned on more than 6,000 out of a potential 16,000 subscribers were signed up. f a The Jerrold program starts the moment the franchise is signed —even before then if necessary. It comprises public relations, publicity, advertising and direct mail. The public relations campaign includes the integration of CAN system personnel in community affairs, plus public appearances before such groups as the Rotary, Lions, Kiwanis, Optimists, etc. The publicity campaign includes press releases, radio and TV interviews and the development of feature stories. Two important segments of the public at which the campaign is specifically aimed are TV dealers and TV technicians. Jerrold system managers are consistently able to get these "thought leader groups" solidly behind them. In fact, in many cases, dealers become the most effective subscription salesmen. Direct mail campaigns are also coordinated with local department stores, chains and TV dealers. The program is rounded out by a proven ad campaign plus exciting promotional special offers. The culmination of the Jerrold campaign is a giant opening ceremony which includes participation by many area officials and prestige local merchants. Finally, excitement is kept alive by a continuing program of advertising, publicity and direct mail. Only Days left! Hold the phone — I've got to hurry dawn and sign up for the TV CABLE and save $401 YOU SAYE $40 ON OUR PRE43PENING SPECIAL! LSoon ONLY 110 Mr—• YOU CAN WIN YOU'LL RECEIVE 7 -.TAN ALNVrNON OP YNONNA. ING QEEIY__�A_v_c_I affil ' j THE IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT ALL STREATOR HAS, BEEN WAITING FOR I FREE OPENING DEMONSTRATION OF NEW TV CABLE SYSTEM FEB. 1, 2, 3 STREATOR ARMORY .01 W. aid.. se. FOr the flTSf time, •MFR FAMOUS ENTER- SEE CHICAGO COME TAINMENT PERSONALITIES! TO STREATOR! • FREE SOUVENIRS 160 ry sees demonzbotny AND REFRESHMENTS sparkling Clear retep +an • CASH PRIZES on these a gtd channels EVERY "OUR C014AGO CF 2,3, 7,9 WIN A GLAMOROUS PEORIA Ch. 19.31 WEEKEND IN CHICAGO... CHAMPAIGN Ch .3 fva,N� NeTer .ai e�•nl TOLUCA Ch. 33 REMEMBER: THERE'S STILL TIME - OWN! la ROarY 31 -TO SAYE '40 ON OUR PRE- OPENING SPECIAL So don't delay -Call 2 2183 today to take advantage of the pre opening special! STREATOR . V CABLE'CO., INC. Only Days Left! Hold the phone - Ive got to hurry - down and sign up for the TV CABLE fill and save 3 540 • �1,: 3 reasons why Covington - Clifton Forge TV viewers should sign up for the TV cable NOW before the system begins operation YOU SAYE $40 on our PRE- OPENING SPECIAL $10NOW n4� '499s onl, YOU CAN WIN this beautiful PILOT STEREO CONSOLE worth $745 -��• -- X: -1 YOU SAVE $40 ON OUR PRE - OPENING SPECIALL! •SOaa ONLY 110 M_ YOU ON WIN YOU'LL RECEIVE 7 GUVOJON o Only Days Left! Finish the trim r and a -wayI yr` go to sign - up for the TV — cable-I'll YOU'L channels Of Hundre TV Viet signing Only • 10 -Day DON'T DELAY -join over 1,000 of your Streator neighbors who will greet'63 on 8- channel TV! TIME'S GETTING SNORT! Applications are pouring in... so CALL TODAY to save $40 and assure early connection! •l, � ale .. More than 1,000 already have saved `40! YOU TOO CAN SAVE $40 , on our pre -opening special BY SIGNING UP NOW '4995 •$� 0 ;- DON'T DELAY •PHONE ^2 2183 k TODAY FOR PRE - OPENING SPECIALI li STREATOR TV CABLE CO-. INC.. sm e. mnn Aveer 511 - 101, 11111-1 Everybody's going TV Cable! Be a charter member —get these benefits ONLY for cable connection to your home during 5 pre - opening special Regular price atter opening.. 11850 • 10 -DAY FREE TRIAL • MONEY -BACK GUARANTEE RANNANNAWN YOU CAN WIN this beautiful AM, TM PILOT STEREO CONSOLE North '745 PM IF You uKE SPORTS, DRAMA. COMEDY, KIDDIE SNOWS, -SS' yE-1 0 00- YOU'LL RECEIVE 11 z ho nnels of sharp, dear TV... making this of .. -arni _Arlo . •-^ ^= I told Maw I'N11C I'll hold the Plus< we should Mnn baHwhile have moved to Covington- you go Sign Clifton Forge 4SSIF us up for IT ClEa. In N NE It only Costs �aPAI. the TV Cable gip ILK well SAVE $40 there to get on each hooked up to the TV connection cable during If we sign pre opening upHOWI special! I Au - the derails on page of photo ' 9621231 or i ii J 4 Read all V1 ReRhe derails on page or phone 961 -1231 or 862 -4888 NOW! 062 -0888 NOW! Turnkey Services All of the aforementioned services are available on individual basis. However, if you contract for a com- plete Turnkey system, Jerrold will get you into the CATV business quickly, painlessly and profitably. Jer- rold does the entire job from start to finish. The "key" is turned over to you only after the system is in com- plete operation. Jerrold has built more CATV systems on a Turnkey basis than any other manufacturer - contractor in the CATV industry. THE cuv INDUSTRY'S MOST EQUIPMENT Jerrold is the only manufacturer in the nation that can offer a complete line of CATV equipment from the microwave link that can bring in the most distant stations to the 75 to 300 -ohm transformer connecting the TV set in the subscriber's home to the system. Included are antennas, head -end equipment, . trunk -.line equipment, distribution equipment, and the necessary cable and connectors which tie.. the whole system to- gether. Jerrold offers CATV operators a choice of hun- dreds of items, all of which were designed specifically for CATV. Jerrold equipment consistently sets perform- ance and reliability standards for the industry. Microwave The Jerrold microwave division also grew up around the CATV industry. Our microwave gear is specifically designed to meet the needs of community TV systems. Completely solid- state, the new Jerrold microwave systems are built around compact modules. They in- clude built -in test facilities, to simplify installation. Further, these systems are unusually reliable and easy to maintain. Whether you need a short one -hop system or a complex; multi- channel, multi -hop system, Jerrold microwave equipment can transport signals from point - to -point over any terrain. The reliability of Jerrold microwave equipment is unmatched in the industry. r k�.j yi +t� figg. 1. I ♦+ dE �.a � [0. The Jerrold microwave division also grew up around the CATV industry. Our microwave gear is specifically designed to meet the needs of community TV systems. Completely solid- state, the new Jerrold microwave systems are built around compact modules. They in- clude built -in test facilities, to simplify installation. Further, these systems are unusually reliable and easy to maintain. Whether you need a short one -hop system or a complex; multi- channel, multi -hop system, Jerrold microwave equipment can transport signals from point - to -point over any terrain. The reliability of Jerrold microwave equipment is unmatched in the industry. Antennas Jerrold antennas are made by our TACO subsidiary (Technical Appliance Corporation), located in Sher- burne, New York. TACO antennas for CATV are engi- neered and produced by the same facilities which the United States Government depends on for many of its satellite tracking and high frequency communications antennas. TACO antennas made specifically for the CATV industry can be used to solve any reception prob- lem. They are most notable for their ruggedness and ability to withstand all kinds of weather conditions. TACO ruggedized antennas utilize foam - filled terminal boxes and insulator cavities. Vibration dampers and reinforcing sleeves prevent crystallization and fatigue. Stainless steel mounting hardware provides all weather protection and reliability. Only high stress, heavy -wall aluminum tubing is used. All crossarms are square, providing almost twice the strength of round crossarms of the same size. Solid phasing rods connect all driven elements. Electrically, TACO antennas provide high gain, high directivity, excellent front -to -back ratios and excep- tionally clean lobes. Special hardware is available for stacking and phasing. Head -end Equipment A community antenna television system can offer only two things: 1. More television services. 2. Better television services. Experience has shown that the public is almost insa- tiable in its desire for a variety of TV programming. "More services" is what has sold most CAN subscrip- tions. However, "better services" will be extremely important in the large metropolitan areas soon to be wired for CAN. CATV produces significantly better quality pictures, especially on color programming. Jerrold head -end equipment has consistently led the field in providing more and better CAN services. We make a wide variety of filters, traps, preamplifiers, amplifiers, mixers and signal processers. The unit that has made present 12- channel CAN systems commer- cially feasible is the Jerrold Channel Commander. This signal processer automatically balances all incoming signals. Sound and picture carriers are controlled separately. No other manufacturer can offer a signal processer in the same professional class as the Channel Commander. c .c vi,}jM Solid -State Trunkline Equipment Transistors have, for years, shown great promise in CATV applica- tions. However, not until recently was the transistor state of the art sufficiently advanced to provide the quality and reliability needed in CATV systems. Not until Jerrold produced highly efficient solid -state trunkline equipment in the fall of 1964 were the poten- tials of transistors fully realized in the CATV industry. Transistors are rapidly growing more and more rugged. In fact, Bell Telephone is presently talking about some transistors in terms of 100 years of useful life. Further, transistor equipment can be cable powered, eliminating the need for a power source at every amplifier location. The result of more than 21 man years of solid -state CATV design work, Jerrold transistor trunkline equipment provides unsurpassed picture quality on all 12 channels. It is the perfect foundation on fL ` which to build subscriber satisfaction and expanded system services in the years ahead, Jerrold solid -state reliability means two important things to the system owner: 1. More subscribers — Because you offer consistently excellent pictures day -in and day -out without interruption, subscribers will be glad to sign up for your services. 2. More profits, based on lower maintenance costs. Jerrold solid -state trunkline systems include main trunk ampli- fiers, distribution amplifiers, bridging amplifiers and line extender amplifiers, as well as all of the necessary equalizers and automatic gain controls. The best quality solid -state trunkline equipment is also the least expensive in the long run. Iu ba A or �,j� - ,t��vll.e .a •1� FI Ob - Oif r. lil 0 m `T �T�NYY c Ij ��y .yiT[N IO UPLtiS F. O Ill! ••7 $0 �4 0...• 1 P. �l]ld .0l if N ••• c� � v v., u 0 m _ u r 8 _ u ice. ✓: Cable Jerrold does not manufacture cable. However, we have worked closely with Times Wire & Cable Co. in developing coaxial cable that meets the needs of CAN precisely. The most important CATV cable character- istic is return loss. Jerrold engineers have devised methods of measuring return loss, as well as standards based on system performance. All of Times' new alu- minum sheath cables are rated in terms of return loss. Further, these cables are extremely rugged, moisture. proof and consistent. No compromises (such as welded seams or corrugated copper outer shields) ever creep into the production of Times quality CATV cables. Also, Times aluminum sheath cables are offered in 2000 foot lengths. This makes it possible to go from amplifier to amplifier with a minimum of splices— important, be- cause every discontinuity increases the system's return loss. It also results in significantly lower costs for installed cable. VP .1r In a very real sense, the whole field of CATV is a product of Jerrold engineering. It was Jerrold equip- ment that made the country's first commercially suc- cessful CAN system technically feasible. And Jerrold CATV gear has long set the standards for this field. At present, Jerrold maintains the largest research and development staff in the CATV industry. Over 100 engi- neers, technicians, draftsmen and machinists work on CAN design problems at the Jerrold Laboratory in Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. Jerrold engineers have amassed well over 100 years of CAN experience. At least six of our senior engineers have been in the field for more than ten years. The Jerrold engineering staff is constantly advancing the state of the CATV art— solving old problems and pushing back new frontiers. el, _. 1 j ra M Unique Test Instruments No engineer can be better than the tools at his disposal. When Jerrold entered the CATV field back in 1950, there simply were no instruments capable of accurately measuring the minute, high frequency signals involved. It has taken a lot of painstaking work, but over the years Jerrold has developed and perfected the CATV industry's most accurate test equipment. Most Jerrold test equipment is one or a few of a kind— made especially to solve a specific engineering or production problem. But many Jerrold instruments have proved to be so widely useful that they have been sold to the Government, . industry and CATV operators. Typical of the few -of -a -kind Jerrold test equipment is our cross - modulation checker. This instrument enables Jerrold engineers to make .cross - modulation checks —under actual field type conditions —down to —70 db with an accuracy of -1 /z db. " ii� m a l +l.�si Environmental Testing Apparatus CATV equipment must provide uninterrupted, quality service under all kinds of weather conditions. It must be able to withstand the heat of the sun, freezing winds, salt spray, and humidity conditions caused by sharp changes in temperature. Therefore, the Jerrold Laboratory is equipped with three distinct types of environmental test equipment. First is a portable environmental tester. The design engineer wheels this unit right up to his position to make quick checks of each stage of his design. Second, we have a large commercial environmental tester used to simulate all types of weather conditions for all finished designs. Finally, each piece of Jerrold equip- ment is given a last rigorous test in a humidity chamber designed and built specifically for the purpose by Jerrold engineers. This apparatus simulates conditions for more severe weather than any ever encountered in the field. - In pill Model CAN system Surrounding the Jerrold Laboratory is a complete, model CAN system, comprising several miles of CAN plant. This system is used as a preliminary field test for all Jerrold equipment. It provides valuable informa- tion to our engineers about equipment performance and reliability under actual operating conditions. Most of the significant advances in the state of the CAN art have come out of the Jerrold Laboratory. Not only do Jerrold customers get the very latest in CATV equipment, but a strong effort is made to insure that these units will be compatible with the equipment of the future. ei 1C. PLASTIC MOLDING MACHINE AND COMPLETE MACHINE SHOP HELP TO SOLVE MECHANICAL DESIGN PROBLEMS MASS PRODUVION AND CUSTOM CRAFISMANSHIP s ...- tip- in � m Mi QUALITY CONTROL POSITIONS Olt %r 114 I The accent is an rigid quality control Or, 4 7 QUALITY CONTROL POSITIONS Olt %r 114 I The accent is an rigid quality control Or, 4 No matter which production technique is used, all Jerrold equipment must pass at least the following five quality control checks: (1) Raw material inspection (2) Roving quality control inspection (3) In- process inspection and testing (4) 100% testing and alignment of all units (5) Outgoing quality inspection and testing Far better than ordinary commercial quality control methods, the Jerrold QC procedures actually meet the U. S. Government standards for Mil Spec Q9858. Finally, each Jerrold quality control position is equipped with a unique array of test equipment. No other CAN manufacturer has these instruments at his disposal. They are designed and produced specifically to meet the needs of the CAN industry by the Jerrold Laboratory in Huntingdon Valley, Pa. _ M. f 4 R i I Skilled personnel Skilled production workers, foremen, technicians and custom craftsmen are the heart of Jerrold quality. Jerrold people are experienced and they take pride in their work. Turnover is remarkably low. In spite of a tremendous expansion over the past few years (to meet the needs of the expanding CAN market), the average Jerrold production worker has been with us for more than three years. Over 20% of our people have been with us more than five years. In an industry as young as CAN, this is an impressive record. Jerrold technicians are recruited from the top tech- nical schools across the country. No matter how skilled or experienced a technician is, he must undergo an intensive six month on- the -job training course before he is classified as a Jerrold technician. Another factor contributing to Jerrold manufacturing quality is the fact that workers are given the time to produce quality equipment. There are no incentive plans to induce an employee to rush his work. Instead, Jerrold employees participate in a generous profit shar- ing plan, based on the overall success of the company. From a two man organization in 1948, Jerrold has grown to a $30 million a year company with nearly 1500 em- ployees. Our first products were television boosters. In May of 1949, Jerrold marketed the industry's first line of master antenna systems. Initially, these systems were installed in dealer showrooms, apartment houses, hotels, motels and hospitals. Then in the Fall of 1950, Jerrold's master antenna principle was extended to an entire community. Jerrold installed the nation's first commercially successful CAN system in Lansford, Pa. It was such a success that a school holiday was declared the day the system was turned on. And the Lansford system is still serving its subscribers with quality pictures today. In 1959, the company embarked on a program of diversification, acquiring TACO (Technical Appliance Corporation) and Harman - Kardon, Inc. TACO designs and manufactures antennas for four distinct markets: 1. CATV antennas. 2. Industrial antennas for TV, microwave, police and fire stations. 3. Specialized government antennas for satellite tracking and high frequency communications. 4. TV and FM antennas for individual home reception. TACO satellite tracking antenna sales are currently running at the rate of over two million dollars per year. Other government contracts include SATAN (automatic tracking antenna systems for satellite communications) and tactical over - the - horizon communication antenna systems for various military services. TACO antennas custom engineered specifically for CATV have proven their excellence under the most adverse TV reception conditions. Harman - Kardon is a leading manufacturer of high fidelity and public address equipment. In the Fall of 1964, H -K introduced the industry's first complete line of all- transistor high fidelity receivers. This achieve- ment was made possible partly through help from the Jerrold Engineering Laboratory in solving basic tran- sistor design problems. Jerrold Electronics Corporation still dominates The Jerrold Corporation. It is made up of five distinct divisions. I. The CAN Division is responsible for the develop- ment and sales of CATV equipment and services. Fac- tory and field personnel devoted to customer service number more than 100, including field engineers, appli- cation engineers, draftsmen and salesmen. In the area of system construction, the CATV Division employs a large staff of specialists in each phase of system construction. 2. The Community Operations Division specializes in system management and subscriber promotions. This division is expert in the fields of CAN system adver- tising, public relations and promotion. Other Community Operations Division personnel concentrate on general system management and maintenance. 3. The Communication Systems Division designs and produces microwave equipment. We went into micro- wave primarily to serve the needs of the CATV industry. However, some of the United States' most sophisticated missile test ranges depend on Jerrold microwave sys- tems; they have also been used in such far -flung places as Samoa and the Far East. 4. Our Industrial Products Division produces sweep generators, coaxial switchers, precision attenuators and other laboratory quality test equipment. This division also grew up around the CATV industry. Because no available instruments could give us the accuracy we needed to produce CATV, we designed and built our own. Originally, these instruments were built for our own use, but eventually we began to market them to the U.S. Government and to industry. Many Jerrold instru- ments —such as our field strength meters —have become standard in the industry. 5. The Distributor Sales Division markets two distinct kinds of equipment: home TV antennas and reception aids; and master TV antenna systems. In March of 1965, DSD introduced the first coaxial antenna system for home use. Other home reception products include boosters, couplers and converters. Jerrold's Distributor Sales Division has long been a leader in master TV antenna systems serving hotels, motels, apartments and office buildings. Very active in educational TV, DSD was recently awarded a contract to equip 110 schools throughout the State of Delaware. Jerrold has over 15 years of experience in the field of CATV. We are the nation's largest, most experienced supplier of CATV equipment and services. I -x $ " dl, t CATV's Top Management Team No company can achieve prominence in its field with- out dynamic leadership. One -man personal leadership is fine for a small, young. company. But once a company .grows and matures; it requires a balanced, diversified management team. Jerrold is essentially the product of imaginative engi- neering. Thus, the company president . and three vice - presidents are graduate engineers. However, the Jerrold management team also includes executives who specialize in Marketing, Advertising. and Sales Promotion, Production and Finance. In addition to his own specialty, each of these men has had exten- sive experience in the field of CATV. The aggregate CATV experience. of Jerrold's executive team exceeds 175 years. 2. To produce the best possible equipment and CATV systems. 3. To build equipment as efficiently as possible — with no compromise in quality. 4. To provide our customers with superlative service. 5. To make a profit. The dynamic Jerrold management team is a definite asset to the people with whom we do business. Whether you are a CATV pioneer or a newcomer to this business, you can call upon our experience and know -how to guide you toward more profitable system operation. It is top management hy. that Jerrold determines company policy and company philosophy. Jerrold strives toward five LI !lll ���ifJJJ7JJp} IERROLD ELECTRONICS CORPORATION important ideals: car) systems Division 15th Street and Lehigh Avenue 1. To advance the state of the communications art. Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 aKM, 10/65 Printed in U.S.A. Farm No. CS -C -0031 '$- 35796 I rlr • t J (« N p y AIA Iry iw J;� . T n" PIZ J p THE JERROLD CATV STORY eti p THE JERROLD CATV STORY This informative article reprinted from the January 1965 issue of A MACTIE THE MAGAZINE of BROADCAST MANAGEMENT/El PREVIEW ISSUE INEERING gives you the facts and figures on 10 STEPS TO A SUCCESSFUL CATV SYSTEM ... and how JERROLD can help you every step of the way. CATV in 10 Proven Steps By Lon Cantor A step -by -step approach on how to enter the mushrooming CATV field. THE FASTEST GROWING AREA in the TV field today is Commu- nity Antenna Television (CATV). In spite of a neglected infancy, this lusty youth has grown to multi - million dollar status. New subscribers are presently being added at an estimated rate of 1$- 000 per month, and the pace is ac- celerating rapidly. The National Community Television Association predicts that by 1974 20 %" of all TV receivers in the United States will use CATV. Moreover, CATV has been an extremely stable business, with remarkably few failures. Lee Zem- nick; manager of Jerrold's Com- munity Systems Division, says; "I've been in this business for more than ten years, and I can .count the number of failures. I've encountered on the fingers of one hand." In spite of all the interest and growing volume, however, the CATV picture is not quite as sim- ple as it once was. In 1950, when the country's first cable system brought TV to Lansford, Pa., a school holiday was declared. But CATV could not be confined to areas with no TV reception. It gradually began to spread to towns with only one TV channel and then to those with two TV chan- nels. The present growth is the result of the success CATV has had .across the country, even in AUTHOR: Mr. Cantor is with Jerrold Electronics Corp., Phila- delphia, Pa. CATV SYSTEM COSTS Head End Tower: $5,000 to $20,000 Equipment: About $1,200 per channel Building: $2;000 up Trunk Line About $4,000 per mile Distribution System $3,200 to $4,000 per mile towns with three or .four stations carving all three networks. Thus,. CATV is mushrooming - into more, and larger communities. With growth comes complica- tions. The prospective CATV op- erator today faces both competi- tion and opposition. Even experi- enced CATV operators sometimes find the situation so changed from the time they started their earlier systems that they are not sure how to proceed. Yet, a carefully planned step -by -step approach al- most invariably results in a profit- able venture. Here are 10 time - tested steps used by successful CATV .operators. 10 Steps to a Successful CATV Operation Determining the potential income. This is too important a step to leave to anybody's top -of- the -head ,judgment. The by- guess- and -by- Fig. 1. Elements of a CATV ayatem. gosh method can get you into a lot of trouble. Before you spend any significant amount of money, you should make a careful, scientific survey of the community you are considering. This survey should.. give you a good . indication of the potential gross income of the sys- tem. Major equipment suppliers will be glad to give you advice on con- ducting a study. For a fee, some concerns will even conduct the study for you. When the results of the study are analyzed, you should be able to estimate the number of sub - scribers you can expect, with a timetable by years. This will en- able you to make a "cash -flow" analysis, once you determine your costs. 2. Estimate cost of system Fig. 1 shows a block diagram of a typical CATV system. It is di- vided into three basic parts, the Head End, the Main Trunk. Line and the Distribution System. Sig - nals are picked . up, amplified and balanced at the Head End. They are transported to the community by the Main Trunk Line and then sent through the Distribution Sys- tem to subscriber homes. In the early days of CATV, a few channels were considered suf- ficient. But today,. the CATV op- erator must provide at least four, and typically six or seven, chan- nels. It is almost axiomatic that the more channels you provide, the more subscribers you'll have. A limiting factor is that there are only 12 VHF channels (2 through 13) and UHF signals can't be suc- cessfully distributed through. a CATV system. Further, adjacent channels (sue. '.s 2 and 3) tend to interfere with each other. This latter limitation is rapidly giving way to advances in the slate of the art. Most equipment suppliers have solved the adjacent channel problems on the low VHF band (channels 2 -6), making all - channel transmission possible. And recently all twelve VHF channels have been included on a single cable. Where do you get the program- ming for so many channels? First of all, you carry the local TV channels. Then, you bring in the distant channels from neighbor- ing cities. Signals too distant for ordinary reception methods can be 24 Preview Issue — BM /E Fig, 2. CATV receiving .antenna. brought in by microwave. UHF channels can easily be converted to an unused VHF frequency and included on the system. .Finally, it is possible to origi- nate signals of your own and per- form. a .real community service. You might include a weather channel, showing local weather conditions. Music can be convert- ed to an RF frequency and sent out on a VHF channel. Also, you can use your system to transport scribers get better pictures from their own antenna tower than their neighbors get over the cable, you're in trouble. A CATV system must bring consistently excellent pictures to all subscribers, 24 hours a day, year after year; in all kinds of weather and in spite of fluctuat- ing power. This requires high quality equipment. As for reliability, it is your key to low :operating costs. System CAN FACTS it FIGURES • CATV table strung during 1964 is estimated to be equal to that installed in the three previous years. • CAN systems in the U. S. now number around 1500. Canada has around 450 systems. • CAN now serves 1.6 million homes, roughly 3% of the TV view- ing audience, and is growing at the rate of about 18;000 sub- scribers a month. • Capital invested in U. S. systems is estimated at $550 million. • Subscriber connection costs have decreased sharply during the last year, from previous highs of $125 to about $25. Many sys- tems make no charge at all. • Monthly subscription rates range from a, low of $2.75 to around $9.00. Average rate is about $4.50. • Costs for new CATV systems range anywhere from $150;000 to $5 million, depending on size of community, number of channels carried, type of equipment used, etc. Typical system runs about $250,000 to $300,000. • Less than 30 systems are known to have more than 5,000 sub- scribers, only a handful have more than 10,000 • System locations. Pennsylvania leads the pack with some 230 systems, and two companies are vying for a Philadelphia franchise that would permit one of the largest system starts to date. Cali- fornia has about 110 systems, Texas over 100, New York around 85, and Oregon nearly 80. States having no known systems in op- eration are Alaska, Delaware, Rhode Island, and North Dakota, although franchises are reportedly being sought in both Delaware and North Dakota. (Remotely located Alaska, although it has commercial' N• stations in Anchorage, Fairbanks, and Juneau, does not utilize CATV, as such. Tapes of Seattle programs are flown up for rebroadcast over CCTV cable systems.) educational TV programs, origi- nated in local schools, throughout the community. Consult with local officials to decide which channels you can carry within the limits of techni- cal and economic feasibility. Fig. 2 shows a typical antenna site and Fig. 3, a Head End equip- ment rack. Generally, the Distri- bution System represents the ma- jor cost of the system. Distribu- tion System equipment must be chosen with care, to insure quality and especially. reliability. Quality is important because good pictures are the only thing you have to sell. If potential sub- .maintenance . represents a sizable, . continuous expenditure. It. pays to spend more in original equip- ment costs to insure lower main - tenancecosts. 3. Obtain a franchise. Once you've decided, as a result of your investigation, to go into a specific community; you need a franchise. The franchise gives you the right to build and operate a CATV system in town. Your attorney must address a formal application to the community's governing body. (Continued on Page 28) Preview Inue —BM /E 25 s R . H 1[• I LID -STATE EQUIPMENT off the JERROLD production lines! Three years ago, we firmly determined not to rush on the market with transistorized CATV gear until we developed the highest- quality, most reliable equipment ever offered the community- antenna industry. Between 1961 and 1964, our top engineers devoted 50,000 manhours of hard, relentless design work to this program, always insisting that Jerrold solid -state channel preamplifiers, super- cascader mainline amplifiers, bridging amplifiers, and line extenders must possess 12- channel capability, with picture quality beyond compare ... must perform day -in and day -out without interruption ... must, in short, guarantee you the most solid foundation on which to build subscriber satisfaction and expanded system serv- ices in the years ahead. Jerrold is now producing and shipping the equipment that meets these stringent performance requirements. Pro- duction facilities, already expanded to meet the demands of Jerrold's biggest CATV year in history, have been increased to accommodate the very heavy advance orders for transis- torized units. The largest production runs ever undertaken by Jerrold will fulfill both present and future requirements Of the CATV industry. The scenes on these pages are a small example of cur- rent CAN activity at Jerrold. Each department— sales, engineering, production, shipping —is ready to meet your needs for the most advanced solid -state CAN equipment. Maury Betchen, Production Mgr.; Robert Beisswenger, VP -Gen. Mgr.; Frank Ragone, Engineering; and Lee Zemnick, Mgr.., Community Systems Div., inspect solid -state units off production line. Twenty -one man -years of solid - state CAN design work are cli- maxed as seven Jerrold engineers examine a new TML -1 transis- torized mainline amplifier. 4• Jerrold production workers put New transistorized Jerrold the finishing touches on new CATV equipment ready for ship. solid -state CATV equipment. ment throughout the country. THE QUALITY YOUR DOLLARS DESERVE —GO JERROLD SOLID - STATE NOW! Community Systems Division -. 75th & Lehigh Ave., Phila., Pa. 19132 - 215- 226 -3456 SHARON, MASS. PITTSBURGH, PA. MEADVILLE, PA. SAN CARLOS, CALIF. DENVER 22, COLO. DALLAS, TEXAS No. 40 Lantern Lane 1301 Highland Bldg. 970 Park Ave. 1042 Terminal WaT 2110 S. Ash St. 4924 Greenville Ave. 617 - 8280767 121 S. Highland Ave. 6 -2505 415593 -8273 303 -756 6283 214- 368 -1911 412- 441.3050 Fig. 3. Head End equipment system, which must be housed. Exclusive franchises are not common.. Theoretically, the com- munity usually leaves the door open for a competitive CATV sys- tem. In practice, however, they .normally issue only one franchise. Your problem is to make sure that a CATV franchise is granted; and that it is granted to you rather than someone else. This is a pub- lic relations project which .should be handled with skill and care. Again, it's a good idea to call upon the equipment manufacturers for advice and help, based on their ex- perience in other towns. 4. Negotiate pole rights. In a few cases, CATV cables have been run underground. Some cable operators have erected their own poles. Most commonly, how- ever, coaxial cables are attached to poles owned by the telephone company (and sometimes by the community). You must apply to the utility company for the right to do this.. Write to the company involved for a standard contract and rental rates. 5. Make signal and plant surveys. Now you're ready to start plan- ning the actual system. A quali- fied engineer must reconnoiter the area to determine the best anten- na site. He must choose a site that gets good reception of all chan- nels to be included, yet is as close as possible to the area to be served. You should obtain or draw street maps of the areas to be served, using a scale of about 200' per inch. Then, the CATV engineer "walks the poles," deter- mining exactly which poles will be Fig. 4. CATV cables are generally strung on telephone poles. used to bring the signals into town and distribute them to all potential subscribers. If there is- n't enough space between power and telephone lines, you will have to pay the utility company :extra to provide proper clearance. After "walking the poles, ` the engineer prepares a detailed routing map. 6. llesign the system. The Head End design is deter- mined by the number of channels to be included and how difficult they are to receive. UHF chan- nels must be .converted. to VHF, and distant channels can be brought . in via microwave. If mi- crowave is to be included, you will have to apply to a common car- rier, or to the FCC. (The FCC governs all microwave operations,: and issues all grants, . and frequen- cy allocations, for their use.) In general, it's a .good idea to include as many channels as pos- sible and to allow for the inclusion . of additional channels. It is likely that new UHF channels will spring up in many areas of the country, and you should be pre- pared to handle them. Great care should be at the Head End to insure clean, snow -free pictures and a well balanced output. Once the Head End has been de- signed to provide interference - free signals, the Main Trunk Line . should be laid out.. Amplifier re- sponse must be completely flat. Cable attenuation, which varies with both frequency and tempera- ture, should, be compensated for. Then, the Distribution System will have to be designed. In so do- ing, take care to carefully calcu- late all signal losses to insure that even the most remote subscriber gets excellent reception. Finally, prepare detailed draw- ings and 'a bill of materials.. Equip- ment suppliers can be of tremen- dous help at this stage. 7. Construct the system. After the bills of materials have been made out, and equipment de- livered to the job, construction can begin. It's a good idea to use an experienced construction crew; to save both time and money. Lo- cal labor can be employed; but should be supervised by experts in each phase of CATV .system construction. B. Check out the system. System check -out is actually ini- tiated, during construction. Each reel of cable should be "swept" before it is . installed. Each point of reception and transmission, starting with the Head End, . must be tested for quality of signal and HOW TO CONDUCT A CAN SURVEY These factors, based on the ex- perience of many successful CATV operators, provide a check list for determining sub- scriber potential of a proposed CATV system. 1. Number of channels re- ceived in the area and quality of reception, generally rated as 1 to 6. 2. Number of homes per mile. 3. Percentage of homes using outdoor antennas, type and cost of average antenna, height of towers. 4. Total number of TV homes. 5. Income levels of residents (available from Chamber of Commerce) . 6. Major industries. (A large industry folding in a small town could put a system out of busi- ness.) 7. The types of entertainment available in the area. 8. Expansion. (Adjacent com- munities that could be added later.) Methods of conducting surveys vary from direct mail to in- depth personal interviews. Most common is to send small crews into town to make visual checks and interview a sampling of householders for a week or two. 28 Preview Inw —BM /E proper signal balance. All pole linework should be checked for physical reliability and adherence to specifications. Finally, check reception in many subscriber homes, especially those most distant from the Head End. 9. Sell subscriptions. Your promotional and publicity campaign should begin when you apply for your franchise. To some extent, it really starts with your survey. At this time, public rela- tions is your best sales tool. Your PR efforts should continue right through construction and, on a continuous basis for the life of the system. Concentrated advertising and promotion plans, aimed at signing up subscribers, should start after you've received your franchise. Work with local merchants, busi- nessmen and civic groups to get the most out of these efforts. 'It's a good idea to prepare a comprehensive PR, advertising and promotion campaign as early as possible. Set concrete objec- tives, budgets and timetables. Of course, your campaign will be changed as you learn more about your community, but a written plan is helpful in preventing seri- ous omissions. Check with successful CATV operators to see what they've done in the way of opening specials, public meetings, news releases, ads, and weekly newspaper col- umns. Check also with the vari- ous equipment suppliers for sug- gestions along these lines. 10. Maintain your system in constant operation. It doesn't take long before sub- scribers become very dependent on your system. TV is an important part of American daily life, and people who pay for it on a. month- ly basis feel that they are definite- ly entitled .. to continuous, quality reception. Even the slightest in- terruption of service will .flood your business office with indignant phone calls. It's important to have a well de- signed, well installed, :reliable sys- tem. But the best system in the world still requires some mainte- nance. Make sure the technicians to whom you have assigned this responsibility are capable andcon- scientious. If you can't find ex- perienced CATV technicians . in the area, you might consider send- ing local TV technicians to school. Some equipment suppliers conduct training courses for CATV techni- cians. Incidentally, TV technicians sometimes oppose CATV fran- chises. Many have been influenced by a group of leading receiving antenna manufacturers who have formed an association known as TAME (Television Accessory Manufacturers Institute). This group, while not concerned about CATV systems "beyond the fringe," see cable systems as com- petitive when they .eliminate the need for receiving antennas and accessories. Since local TV technicians and distributors are influential, We important that you win these: peo- ple over to your side. The one thing they fear most is captive. .service. Point out early and often that you do not intend to service . subscriber receivers. Your prac- tice should be limited to determin- ing by phone whether the com- plaint is caused by the cable or the receiver. If the receiver is at fault, the cable company advises the subscriber to call in his own TV technician. Of course, you can't always convince a subscriber by phone that the .fault is in the receiver. In. this case, the policy is to send a man out with a portable receiver to pinpoint the trouble to the system or the receiver. Your men should be instructed not to make even the simplest repair. This message must be emphasized . to the local service groups. Further, it's common to enlist the aid . of local servicemen in pro- moting your system. You can of- fer them a commission (510.00 is not uncommon) for each new sub- scriber they sign up. In some communities, TV technicans sign up 701y, . or more of all new sub- scribers. In spite of all efforts to hold it down, CATV is a growing, profit- able field. While government reg- ulation may come in the future, it is more likely to encourage order- ly growth than to stymie. it There was never a better time to go in- to CATV than right now. 0 12- CHANNEL CAPABILITY The more services you deliver to your subscribers, the more valuable your system becomes. Jerrold's famous Channel Commander provides the key to optimum 12- channel capability without the worry of adjacent-channel interference. Preview lame —BM /E 29 THIS JERROLD TEAM BUILDS MORE CATV SYSTEMS ON A "TURN -KEY" BASIS THAN ALL OTHER MANUFACTURING CONTRACTORS COMBINED Since the birth of community-antenna television;, pio- neered by Jerrold; no organization has contributed more than Jerrold to the growth of this important industry. The Jerrold "turnkey" team has already made TV available to a million viewers through Jerrold -con. structed..systems alone —and there are millions more who benefit from Jerrold equipped systems in over 1,000 CATV communities in the U.S. and Canada. Jerrold's tremendous experience and nationwide organization are prepared to help you in every way— SOME Of THE 'CAry SYSTEMS. RECENTLY BUILT BY JERROLD' Ashland. Kan... Longport, N. J, Ocala, Fla. Ottawa, ill. Boise City, Akla, Marseilles, ill. Maysville, Ky. Salistiury, Md. Demopolis, Ala. Mountain Nome,Ark. :Shippensburg, Pa. Glasgow, Mont. Johnstown, Pa. Munising, Mich. Stamford, Laguna Niguel, Cal. Myrtle Beach, S. C. Stamford, Texas CS -.AL -029 assist and guide in applying for franchises and pole - line agreements; conduct signal surveys; engineer the complete system; supply all electronic equipment,'in- cluding microwave; construct the entire plant, from antenna site to housedrop'i put it into operation, and train your personnel... plus complete financing on terms to meet your needs. This complete service —or any part of it—is yours from Jerrold. Your first move to assure a successful CATV opera; tion is to contact Jerrold'sCommunity Systems Division. Streator, Ill. Tallahassee, Fla. Tyrone, Pa. Wheatland, Wyo. Wilmington, N. C. COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION - Philatlelphia.32y Pa. CATV RUGGEDIZED ANTENNAS Jerrold CATV Ruggedized Antennas are specifically designed to meet the stringent performance and environ- mental requirements of Community Antenna Television Systems. These antennas have inherently flat response with sharp drop -off outside of the desired band. Their inherent ruggedness is due to such construction features as: heli -arc welded joints, precision- machined telescopic reinforcing sleeves, and high - strength aluminum alloy elements and crossarms. There are four basic catagories of Jerrold CATV Ruggedized Antennas (in a total of seven series): e VHF Low -Band, Single Channel a VHF, High -Band, Broadband VHF High -Band, Single Channel UHF, 2 Models Covering Entire UHF Spectrum FEATURES e SHARP PATTERNS— Narrow or extra- narrow in both E- and H- planes. - -` e. FLAT RESPONSE -With rapid drop -off outside of desired band. e CHOICE OF GAINS —Wide choice of medium and high gains. e IMPERVIOUS TO HEAT AND COLD— High - strength aluminum alloy for all structural elements, proved in extensive tests, to withstand extremes, and erratic changes of heat and cold. e CORROSION PROOF — Available with finish of anti -oxide primer and heavy coat of vinyl -base enamel —for assurance of continuous operation in sea -shore and industrial areas. WIND -SNOW- AND RAIN -STORM PROOF —Heavy duty crossarms and elements, precision telescopic reinforcing sleeves, high - tensil- strength heli -arc welded joints, along with hermetically- sealed terminal boxes, potted insulator cavities and vibration dampeners; TECHNICAL DATA VHFRUGGEO VHF LO -BAND, Single Channel 5- ELEMENT, TWIN DRIVEN —Y -51 Series For reception of 'low -band VHF TV channels. The Y -51 Series consists of five models —one for each channel. Each model includes two driven and three parasistic elements, which produce a sharp E -plane pattern and a .gain of 8 db. The elements are 5/e -inch diameter with 3/4-inch diameter reinforcing sleeves, . supported by a lr/4 -inch x 1�/4 -inch square crossarm. 10- ELEMENT, TWIN DRIVEN —Y -104 Series --►- The. Y -104. Series cover the same frequencies as the Y -51 and Y-54 Series. The Y -104 Series, however, has ten elements — eight parasitic and two driven. This design produces sharper patterns in both the E- and H- planes and over 3 db higher gain.: The Y.104 Series is also extra - ruggedized employing the same extra- strength materials as the Y -54 Series. EXTRA - RUGGEDIZED 5- ELEMENT, TWIN DRIVEN —Y -54 Series Same as Y -51 Series, but extra- ruggedized for locations subject to exceptionally high winds and /or heavy ice loading. The elements are 314-inch diameter with 7/s-inch diameter reinforcing sleeves, supported by a 2 -inch square crossarm. EXTRA - RUGGEDIZED VHF RUGGEDIZED. S VHF HI -BAND, Single Channel SINGLE 4- ELEMENT —SY -41 Series For reception of especially difficult -to- receive high -band VHF TV signals. A 4-element Yagi on a screen reflector is used to produce a gain of 10 db, and an exceptionally high front -to -back ratio. There is an SY -41 antenna for each of the seven high -band channels. Each model features heavy -duty welded construction, and may easily be mounted for either horizontal or vertical polarization. These antennas are particularly suitable for tower mounting, and provide a wide latitude of angular adjustment when so mounted. Gas - expanded foam plastic within the antenna feed system prevents the damaging effects of accumulated moisture. Yagi elements of the SY -41 series are Y24nch diameter with Ya -inch .diameter reinforcing sleeves. The screen reflector is made up of la 11/4-inch aluminum frame with tie -inch diameter tubular reflecting rods. DUAL 4- ELEMENT —SY -42 Series Cover same high-band frequencies as the SY41 Series. However, . each model of the SY -42 series consists of two 4- element Yagis mounted on a screen reflector, from which a sharper H -plane pattern and a 3. db higher :gain are obtained. The elements, reinforcing sleeves and screen materials are the same type as those . to the SY -41 Series. YAG1 A1VTl411NAS VHF HI- BAND, SINGLE CHANNEL and BROADBAND 10- ELEMENT, TWIN DRIVEN -Y -103 Series For reception of high -band VHF TV signals. The Y -103 Series comprises eight . models -one for each high -band channel, and one broadband model covering ch. 7 -13. Each model is made up of eight parasitic and two driven elements. Both the E- and H -plane patterns are narrow. The gain of the single channel antennas is 12 db, and the broadband antenna has a. gain of 10.5 db.: The elements are 1/2 -inch diameter with 5/8 -inch diameter reinforcing sleeves, supported by a 11/4 -inch x 11/4 -inch square crossarm. Models and "Characteristics, VHF Ruggedized Yogi Antennas Nominal Nominal Net Screen N. P.B.W. Nominal Net Crassarm Max. X.P.B.W. No. of VSWR Nominal E Plage Antenna Frequency Weight Length Width De rees Driven VSWR Gain` E one ane 30" x 60" M adel Mc - (Los.). (In.) (In.) Elements (Max.)' (OB) 52 Y51 2 54 -60 16 75 .106 60 100 2 1.5 8.0 10.0 Y5 "' 60-66 15 66 97 60 100. 2 1.5 8.0' Y51 Series 'Y51 -4 66 -72 15 64 90 60 100 2. 1.4 8.0 80 Y51 -5 76 -82 13 51 76 60 100 2 1.4 8.0 SY42 Series Y51.6 82 -88 12 47 74 60 100 2 1.4 8.0 28 Y54 -2 54.60 25 72361 114 60 100 2 1.5 8.0 40 Y54 -3 60 -66 24 6644 103 60 100 2 1.5 8.0 Y54 Series Y54 -4 66 -72 22 663/4 92 60 100 2 1.4 8.0 60" x 60" Y54 -5 76 -82 21 55V2 78 60 100 2 1.4 8.0: 1.5 Y54 -6 82 -88 20 51 74 60 100 2 1.4 8.0 Y104 -2 54 -60 48 '175 114 48 64 2 1.5 11.2 Y104 Series Y104.3 6066 66 48 48 171 153 103 91 48: 48 64 64 2. 2 1.5 1.4 11.2 11.2 Y104 -4 Y104 -5 -72 76.82 47 133 79 48 64 2 1.4 11.2 Y104.6 82 -88 47 127 75 48 64 2 1.4' 11.2 Y103.7 174.180 8.5 85 34 45 58 2 1.35 12.0 Y103 -8 180 -186 8.0 81 33 45 58 2 1.35 12.0 Y103 -9 186.192 8.0 78 32 45 58' 2 1.35 12.0 Y103 Series Y103 -11 Y103.12 198 -204 204.210: 7.5 7.0 72 69 30 29 45 45 58 58 2 2 1.35 .1.35 120 12.0' Y103 -13. 210 -216 6.5 64 28 45 58 2 1.35 12.0' Y10347.13) 174.216 8.0 44 34 52 70 2 2.0 .10.5' R:FLI =TOR YA!G1 '.ANTENN'AS �Modets and. Characteristics, - Ruggedized Scfeen Reffector Yagl *tennas Nominal Net Screen N. P.B.W. Nominal Antenna Frequency Weight Size VSWR Gain" E Plage X Plane Mud., Mc (Lhs) (In) (Max:) (BB) SY41 Series SY41-7 174.180 16 30" x 60" 52 80 1.4 10.0 SY41.8 180 -186 16. 30" x 60" 52 80 1.4 10.0 SY41 -9 186192 16 30" x 60" 52 80 1.4 10.0 SY41-10. 192 -198 16 30" x e0" 52 80 1.4 10.0 SY41 -11 198 -204 16 30" x 6011 52 80 1.4 10.0 SY4112. 204210 16 30" x 60" 52 80 1.4 10.0 SY41 -13 210216 16 30 "x60" 52' 80 1.4 10.0 SY42 Series SY42.7 174480 28 60" x 601 52 40 1.5 13.0 SY42 -8 180 -186 28 60" x 601, 52 40 1.5 13.0 SY42.9 186192 28 6011 x 60" 52 40 1.5 13.0 SY42.10 192 -198 28 60" x e0" 52 40 1.5 13.0 SY42 -1.1 198 -204 28 60^ x 60° 52 40 1.5 13.0 SY42.12 204 -210 28 60" x 60" 52 40 1.5 .13.0 SY42-13 210216 28 601! x 60" 52 40 1.5 13.0 wrtn Rimer 7a -onm Or JUV UU pma. 111r ro -UOni model, D -1338( )82, is available in four types, covering the entire UHF spectrum. The 300 - model, D -1338T -300, covers 800 -890 mc. The dipole of Model D -1338( ) -72 is slot -fed; whereas, Model D- 13387.300 employs a folded.- dipole feed with a multiple bar reflector. At 470 mc, the gain of these antennas is 14 db which increases to 17.5 db at 870 mc . in diameter. The elements are ?/a -inch diameter steel rods, spaced at 1 -inch intervals and welded to periphery ring and crossmembers which are 1/4 -inch diameter. The narrow spacing of the rods result in excellent efficiency and a front -to -hack ratio exceeding 20 db. The entire antenna is protected from adverse environments by a finish of anti - oxide, primer and a Heavy coat of vinyl base enamel. Models and Characteristics, UHF RuggediYed Parabolic Reflectors Antenna Model Frequency Mc Net weight (Lbs.) Maximum VSWR Impedance (Ohms) Input. Connector D1338A -72 a70 -525 me 25 1.6 75 F -61. D13386.72 525 -650 me 25 1.6 75 F =61 D1338C -72 650800 me 25 1,6 75 F -61 01338T -72 800.890 me 25 1.6 75 F -61 013387 -300 600.890 me 25 1.6 300: Air Dien c. ACCESSORIES Y- TR3( *) Series. Coaxial Transformer. For transforming antenna impedance to 75 ohms. One Y- TR3d *) Series Coaxial transformer is required for each antenna covering a different VHF TV frequency. Each Y- TR3 -(*). includes one UG -21B U cable mating plug, and an output. ''F' connector. • SY =M Series Screen Yagi Mounting Kits. For mounting'. an SY -41 or -42 Antenna to a tower leg or mast support structure. Two types are available: SY -M -1, for mount- ing to tower legs which are constructed of up to 4172 -inch O.D. pipe, and SY -M -2, for mounting to tower legs which are constructed of V/2-inch to 71/2 -inch C.D. pipe. 1593 Mixer- Splitter. For mixing signals of two antennas or antenna groups, while maintaining a 75 -ohm impedance. COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building • 15th and Lehigh Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS KM, February 1965 Printed in U.S.A. H— Horizontal 'center -to- H STACKING INFORMATION =enter" air spacing (inches). t Mid - channel frequency VHF Series Ruggedized Antennas p -Vertical stacking cables. Y�T *� - ' d - A When stacking ntennas, the cable connectors g Length not from but must be equal from antenna B of each antenna should face the same direction to each 1593. .y 1593 with respect. the crossarm Example: if the B — Horizontal stacking to upper antenna in a vertical stacked array IS. cables. Length not critical, from '- A' A �. mounted with its connector facing downwards, but 593 tos1593e equal �- the connector(s) of the lower antennas) must D also face downwards. Note, vertical and /or NOTE: 1. Use 75 -ohm coax horizontal stacking of antennas result in a for A, B, and c.:" narrowing of respective. beamwicth(s) by a Note: l For reducing ren c, r co- channel interference, refer H =.' TO PREAMP �. factor of approximately one -half for each ro pages 38, 39 of Jerrold Bata Look. f = dtEN6TH NOT CR1TtCA1.) doubling of the number of antennas. Reference (SD -5) 7,4 let. Send for free copy. f COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building • 15th and Lehigh Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS KM, February 1965 Printed in U.S.A. C I---I A " " E LL C O M NA A N CQ E FR Makes 12- Channel CATV Systems A Reality PROCESSES, CONTROLS, AND DELIVERS THE ANTENNA SIGNAL ON ANY CHANNEL DESIRED FUNCTIONS: RECEIVES ANY VHF CHANNEL AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTS FOR WEAK OR STRONG SIGNALS AFC'S RECEIVED SIGNAL AMPLIFIES SIGNAL PROCESSES SIGNAL AT IF FREQUENCIES ELIMINATES ADJACENT CHANNEL INTERFERENCES AGC'S VIDEO CARRIER AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLS SOUND CARRIER DELIVERS XTAL- CONTROLLED OUTPUT ON ANY DESIRED CHANNEL (INCLUDING ORIGINAL CHANNEL) SUPPLIES STANDBY CONTROL CARRIER PROVIDES MATCHED DUAL OUTPUTS (1 VOLT EACH) FEATURES: • COMPACT MODULAR DESIGN • SIMPLE QUICK INSTALLATION • ELIMINATES "RAT'S NEST" HEAD END • MINIMIZES MAINTENANCE • GUARANTEES TRUE COLOR FIDELITY • COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING TV AND FM HEAD END EQUIPMENT • MINIMIZES SPARES • PLUG-IN MODULE CHANGES OUTPUT CHANNEL • REGULATED POWER SUPPLY TECHNICAL DATA ®EM C WAN N E L C O M M A N C) E R The equipment mounts on a standard 19" rack ( sliders are optional) using only 7 inches of vertical rack space per channel. PLUG -IN MODULAR CONSTRUCTION The Commander comprises six modules: Tuner, IF -AGC (intermediate frequency am- plifier. and automatic gain control), AFC- ASC (automatic frequency and sound con- trol), Standby Carrier Oscillator, Crystal - Controlled Converter /Amplifier, and Power Supply. TUNER The tuner will receive any VHF channel according to the position of the channel se- lector switch. The tuning control circuitry incorporates a balance meter which gives vis- ual indication that the tuner is set to the exact frequency. The automatic frequency control insures that the tuner will remain locked -in precisely on frequency. A special AGC circuit maintains the best possible noise figure on weak antenna signals and prevents overloading on strong (up to 04,000 micro- volts) signals. Finally, the tuner amplifies and changes the received signals to relatively low IF frequencies. IF-AGC The highly - selective IF amplifier incorpo- rates specially - designed traps and filters to eliminate adjacent channel interference. This circuitry assures minimum phase delay for the best reproduction of the incoming color and black and white signals. Sync pulse reference AGC has a noise clipping circuit which pro - vides constant output levels not affected by power line or ignition noises. The fast action of this AGC minimizes airplane flutter. AFC -ASC The automatic frequency control circuitry provides the correction voltage for the tuner. Precise automatic sound control circuitry pro- vides limiting action at relatively low IF frequencies to control the on- channel sound carrier. Once set, the desired relationship be- tween sound and video carriers for the chan- nel is precisely maintained. CRYSTAL CONTROLLED CONVERTER /AMPLIFIER The - converter in this unit uses a crystal - controlled oscillator to change the IF frequen- cies to any desired TV channel output. In the event that on- channel conversion (i.e., Ch. 2 to 2, 9 to 9, etc. ) is desired, the converter oscillator is switched out of the circuit to permit the tuner oscillator to be used for both down and up conversion. Since the same oscillator is now used for both conversions co- channel interference cannot be generated internally. The converted signal is fed via an amplifier to dual outputs each having one volt capability. These dual outputs have an ex- cellent match (VSWR 1:2:1) simplifying mix- ing with other Commanders or existing equip- ment. STANDBY CARRIER OSCILLATOR When a station goes off the air a time delay device is automatically energized which trig- gers a crystal - controlled oscillator to provide a replacement carrier after 20 seconds. A warning light indicates that the station is off- theair. POWER SUPPLY A cola-regulated supply powers all modules. Additional voltage regulation is provided for the ASC and AGC circuits for better stability. Aside from its many technical advantages, the Channel Commander enables the operator to change the old "antenna shack" with its maze of cabling between numerous equip- ments and its multiplicity of receptacles into a modern, efficient, simple to service "control center." OVERALL Sensitivity ............................. .... 100 uv ( -20 dbj)* input for 57 dbj output AGC Sensitivity ............... ..... Maximum ±lh db output change for input change of 200 uv ( -14 dbj) to 64,000 uv (+36 dbj) 11111Z Frequency Range .............................. INPUT: VHF Channels 2 to 13 (one spare position) Bandwidth ........... ............................... OUTPUT: 41 me to 47 me Noise Figure .................................... 6 db Max. Impedance ........................................ 75 -ohm input- 75rohm output, at VSWR 111 Gain ........::.......: ::............................. 17 db minimum Maximum Input ...... .......................... +36 dbj Image Rejection ...... ............. .............. 50 db minimum AFC ... .................... ............. ................ .Pull-in Range of ±250 kc minimum VIDEO IF AMP & AGC Bandwidth ........... ............................... 41.6 me to 46.5 me IF Response Flatness ........................ Within 1/4 db Video Carrier ..... ............................... 45.75 me Sound Carrier ......... ..... ... .......... _....... 41.25 me Adjacent Carrier Rejection .............. 50 db minimum Gain Control .... ............. _ Manual or automatic Impedance ......... ............................... 75 -ohm input (VSWR 1.2:1); 75 -ohm output (VSWR 1,2:1) Gain ......... ............ .......... ..................... 46 db minimum Operational IF Output ...................... Video IF Carrier 40 dbj; Sound IF Carrier 25 dbj AGC .... ............. ... ...... _ ........... ............. Sync Tip Referenced, noise immune SOUND IF & AFC Sound iF frequency .......................... 41.25 me Sound IF Limiting ............. _ .............. . 10 db limiting min. C) 25 dbj output with 100 uv input to tuner Sound IF Output . ............................... 75 ohms at VSWR 111 AFC IF ...... ..................... ..................... 4.473 me AFC Audio ........... .................. ............. 25 my rms across 100 k ohms, 2% harmonic distortion SIGNAL REPLACER Delay (Off) .........; :............... Delay (On) .......................... Range, ................................ Input... ............................... Output _. Impedance ......... Insertion Loss .................... CONVERTER/ AMPLIFIER Frequency range ............. Input Impedance . ..........:. Output Impedance ........... Gain.... ............................... Minimum Input ................. Maximum Output ............. Oscillator ......................... Gain Control .... 20 sec:. approximate. .... 2 sec. Adjusted to operate at Station-Off -Air Condition ............ Output of IF amplifier 45.75 me carrier adjustable and Xtal- controlled 75 -ohm input VSWR = 1.12:1; 75 -ohm output VSWR - 1.12:1 .........:,. 1/2 db maximum ..... I... input: 41 me to 47 mc; output; any single VHF Channel 2 to 13 ........ 75 ohms, VSWR 111 ..... I... Dual 75 ohms, VSWR 1.2:1 .......... 17 db minimum .......... 43 dbj .......... 57 dbj (1) self- contained crystal controlled; (2) tuner oscillator controlled for on- channel operation Model PIP POWER !SUPPLY Type ................... ............................... Self- contained with line voltage regulating transformer Power Requirements ........................ 90 v to 130 v; 60 cps, 110 watts '0 dbj = 1000 microvolts across 75 ohms. MECHANICAL Weight................. ............................... 30 lbs. Mounting .... ............................ .......... Standard rack mounting. Panel 7" x 19 ". 18" depth, 20" overall slide rails optional Finish ....._ ...::..... ............................... Light grey panel, black artwork'. Cadmium finish units. TUBE COMPLEMENT TUNER: 6CG8 V -2 Oscillator -Mixer 6GK5 V -1 RF Amplifier VIDEO IF and AGC: 6CB6 — V -301 — 1st IF Amplifier 6CB6 — V -302 — 2nd IF Amplifier 6CB6 — V -303 — 3rd IF Amplifier 6DC6 — V304 — 4th IF Amplifier 6AM8 — V -305A— AGC IF Amplifier V -3056— AGC Detector 6AU6 — V306 — DC Amplifier 12AT7 — V -307A — Cathode Follower V -307B — DC Amplifier SOUND IF and AFC: 6AU6 — V -203 — 1st IF Amplifier 6CB6 — V -204 — 2nd IF Amplifier 6CB6 — V -205 — Limiter 6BR8 — V -201A— Crystal Oscillator V -2016— 4.473 me limiter 6BR8 — V -202A— Mixer V -202B— Buffer Amplifier SIGNAL REPLACER: 6DJ8 — V -401A— Crystal Oscillator V -4018 — Relay Control CONVERTER: 5654 — V -501 — Crystal Oscillator 5654 — V -502 Buffer- Amplifier 6CY5 — V -503 — Mixer 12BY7 — V -504 — Output Amplifier POWER SUPPLY: OA2 — V -101. — Voltage Regulator CONTROLS AND FUNCTIONS Power Switch SW -101 ...................... ON -OFF AC Line AGC -MAN Switch SW -102 .... Selects gain adjustment of Video IF Amplifier and Tuner AFC Switch SW- 103 .......................... – Sound Level R Shorts Automatic Frequency Control for fine tuning adjustment -108 ............................ Sets sound rf carrier level AGC GAIN R -119 ................................ Sets video rf carrer level MAN GAIN R -112 .............................. Sets video rf carrier level Red Indicating Lamp DS -101 .......... Denotes Station OFF THE AIR when lighted Meter M -101 ....... ............................... Monitors AFC control voltage RF Test .............................................. -40 db test point for VHF output Sensitivity R409 ..... Adjusts SIGNAL OFF of signal replacer for a pre- determined signal fade Oscillator Level R-403 _ ........ Sets CARRIER LEVEL from oscillator of signal replacer Data Subject, to Change Without Notice DESCRIPTION GENERAL The new Jerrold Channel Commander Model COM- -° is a unitized head end for completely con- trolling any VHF channel (2 -13). The unit controls the signals in such a way that adjacent channels on both high and low bands can be fed to a distribution system. This feature now makes possible; for the first time in CATV history, a completely- controlled, simple- to-maintain, compact head end for up to 12 VHF channels. Model COM-* is compatible with existing system equipment. The unit may be used to supply an addi- tional VHF channel, to replace obsolete equipment, or as a spare head end for any VHF channel. The modular construction of the Commander makes it possible to change the output channel desired by replacing the output module. Hence, only additional output modules are required to provide spares for many channels. SIMPLE INSTALLATION The Commander has only one input and two out- puts. To lock in at the precise frequency, merely re- quires setting the selector dial to the desired channel and adjusting the fine tuner according to the balance meter for the cross over point. It only remains to set the desired levels of video and audio with a 704 -B field strength meter to be in operation. .AFC ASC SOUND IF OUTPUT - - AFC. OUTPUT, AUDIO IF TUNER . sounD a YIDIO IF AMP - - - IF .OUTPUTS OSC'. �. STANDBY CONVERTER RF CHANNEL ASC CARRIER -{ AMP OUTPUTS _ 1 GENERATOR OSC. 1 L.... FOR ON CHANNEL'. CONVERSION (CN.:2 TO CH. 2) - - _. ____- - TUNER AFC AGC IF ASC 'SCG UP CONY. - POWER SUPPLY NOTES: THICK LINES ARE NORMAL. SIGNAL PATHS- THEN LINES ARE CONTROL FUNCTIONS. - DASHED LINES. ARE ALTERNATE CONTROL '.SIGNALS. r COMMUNITY CABLEVISION COMPANY POST OFFICE. BOX CC, IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92664 (714) 838 -1211 June 23, 1966 City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 West Newport Boulevard Newport,Beach, California Gentlemen: The enclosed supplement reveals two significant facts, namely: 1. The technical excellence of components of the CATV system. 2. The amendment to our original application permitting the Community Cablevision Company to serve "off ranch" areas within the City of Newport Beach. Significant reasons why a city wide franchise should be granted to this company are: 1. The company is able to meet the financial obligations. 2. Our successful, experienced personnel in the CATV industry are not required to rely on equipment manufacturers nor any other company in order to render service. 3. Subscriber costs are considerable less than the industry average; therefore, this company operates most favorably in the public interest. City Council -2- June 23, 1966 As much as it is possible to do so, material, labor, and supplies will be purchased locally to augment revenues to the City of Newport Beach and its economy. Management is :firm in its objective that the Community Cablevision Company will share its role in community service projects and render to its customers service of excellence. Very truly yours, 2. rank E. Hughes / General Manager / FEH /wh /mz T-1-4-2 IRVINE COMPANY SUPPLEMENT TO THE APPLICATION FOR A CATV FRANCHISE IN ACCORD WITH ORDINANCE #1153, CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA OF COMMUNITY CABLEVISION COMPANY POST OFFICE BOX CC IRVINE, CALIFORNIA PURPOSE The purpose of this material is to assure the City Council and City Officials that the CATV system proposed by the Community Cablevision Company will be: 1 ........ engineered in accord with the present state of the art to provide optimum quality television and FM radio service. 2 ........ constructed by experienced CATV personnel in conformance with appropriate City, County and State codes and Federal regulations. 3 ........ composed of the finest equipment and material of leading CATV equipment manufacturers. 4 ........ operated in strict compliance to the specifi- cations outlined in Ordinance No. 1153. -1- SYSTEM CAPABILITIES The Community Antenna Television System will be capable of providing "total television service', namely: 1. To carry, without material degradation,, both color and black and white TV reception. 2. To deliver multiplex FM radio reception of recording quality. 3. To extend educational TV broadcasts to schools. 4. To convert UHF to VHF channels for greater station coverage. 5. To originate local non- commercial public service announcements, such as civic and youth activities,if regulations of-the FCC allow. 6. To provide weather information (time, temperature, barometer, wind direction, and wind velocity). 7. To provide A.P. or U.P. teletype news service on the home TV receiver. -2- 8. To provide up to 18 Channels of television. 9. To provide background FM music on the tele- vision receiver. Our system will have the ultimate capability to carry these activities; however,, initially our service will be composed of 12 TV and 6 FM channels. -3- V, THE APPLICATION FOR FRANCHISE IS AMENDED TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING LIST OF TV AND FM STATIONS 1. Channel 2 KNXT CBS Los Angeles 2. Channel 3 KCET (UHF -28) Educational Los Angeles 3. Channel 4 KNBC NBC Los Angeles 4. Channel 5 KTLA Independent Los Angeles 5. Channel 6 KPOL -TV (UHF -22) Independent Los Angeles 6. Channel 7 KABC ABC Los Angeles 7. Channel 8 KFMB -TV CBS San Diego 8. Channel 9 KHJ -TV Independent Los Angeles 9. Channel 10 KOGO NBC San Diego 10. Channel 11 KTTV Independent Los Angeles 11. Channel 12 KMEX (UHF -34) Spanish Los Angeles 12. Channel 13 KCOP Independent Los Angeles Represents additional service. -4- -T APPLICATION FOR FUA116 SE IS AMENDED TO 1. Channel 2 KNXT 2.. Channql 3 KCET (UHF-28) 3. Channel 4 KNBC 4. Channel 5 KTLA 5. Channel 6 KPOL-TV (UHF-22) 6. -Channeil 7 KABC 7. Channel 8 KFMB-TV 8. Channel 9 KHJ-TV :9., Channel 10 KOGO A10. Channel 11 KTTV ;J1. Channel 12 KKEX (UHF-•34) 12. Channel 13 KCOP r. Represents additional service. CBS Educational NBC Independent Independent ABC CBS Independent NBC Independent Spanish Independent Los Angeles Los Angeles Los Angeleg Los Angeles' Los Angeles Los Angeles; San Diego Los Angeles Los Angeles'. Los Angeles' tps Angei4s". Ms Angelev. STEREO FM RADIO SERVICE Initially the above FM stations will be placed at the dial locations listed. The FM programs may be changed in accord with subscriber preference and technical characteristics. 5- Dial Station Location Station Frequency 1. 89 KFPK 90.7 2. 90 KOGO 94.1 3. 91 KOCM 103.1 4. 92 KFAC 92.3 5. 93 KGLA 103.5 6. 94 KFMB 100.7 Initially the above FM stations will be placed at the dial locations listed. The FM programs may be changed in accord with subscriber preference and technical characteristics. 5- FCC RULES AND REGULATIONS Recently, the Federal Communication Commission adopted rules in order to govern CATV systems. The regulations are extremely complex. The rules affect quantity and quality of service. The system.proposed by Community Cablevision Company is located within the Grade "A" contour of Los Angeles stations and the Grade "B" of San Diego stations. The Community Cablevision Company is entitled to carry all stations within whose Grade "B" contour the system is located. Under a system of complex priorities, the higher priority stations (Grade "A" coverage), in our case the Los Angeles stations, may require exclusive coverage of certain pro- grams which are duplicated by network affiliates from San Diego (Grade "B" coverage). STATIONS WHICH MUST BE CARRIED The general principle is that a CATV system must carry all stations within whose Grade A or Grade B contours it lies. Since it appears that Cablevision has sufficient capacity to carry all the above enumerated stations, it will not be necessary here to set out the very complicated priorities in the event it has not sufficient capacity for all stations. THE RIGHT OF A STATION TO EXCLUSIVE CARRIAGE OF PROGRAMMING The new FCC regulations establish the general principle that stations are entitled to be the exclusive broad- caster of a program as against other stations of lower priority, upon the following terms and conditions: 1. The order of priority is as follows: A. All commercial and non- commercial educational stations within whose principal community contours the system operates; B. 'All commercial and non - commercial educational stations within whose Grade A contours the system operates; -7- C. All commercial and non - commercial educational stations within whose Grade B contours the system operates; and D. All commercial and non - commercial educational television translator stations operating in the community of the system with 100 watt or higher power. 2. The exclusive period is only the calendar day upon which the highest priority station broadcasts program. Thus, if the CATV system wishes, it could broadcast the program any subsequent day. 3. The station requesting exclusivity must notify the CATV operator of the time and date of its own program, and the time and date of the broadcast to be deleted, no later than 48 hours prior to the broadcast to be deleted, and the CATV system may require up to 8 days prior notice. 4. There is no right to exclusivity if lthe program would ordinarily be carried in prime timIe (6 :00 to 11:00 P.M.) if the higher priority station is broad- casting the program outside of prime tile. 5. The CATV system is not required to dlelete any pro- gram which -it would carry in color if the station requesting exclusivity would broadcast t only in black and white. program 6. No program need be deleted if the result would leave available for reception by subscribers at any time less than the programs of two networks. 7. There is a special exception for speeches and events of special importance which will require individual analysis. SPECIAL PERMITS AND NOTICES Cablevision lies within the Grade A contour of the Los Angeles stations. Los Angeles is within the top 100 television markets. Therefore, before Cablevision can carry any station beyond whose Grade B contour the Cable - vision service area lies, Cablevision must make special application to the FCC This would be applicable, for example, if Cablevision wished to carry San Diego Channel 6. RE UIREMENTS ON THE MANNER OF CARRIAGE The regulations established the following specific limitations on the manner of carriage of broadcast signals. -9- 14 1. The signals must be carried without "material degradation in quality." Specifically, deletion of commercials is considered "material degradation of quality,`" 2. Upon a request of the broadcaster the signal must be carried on the channel on which it is broadcast if it is possible to do so without material degradation. 3. Upon request of the broadcaster, the signal shall be carried on no more than one channel. Community C'ablevision Company is a strong proponent of providing maximum allowable service to its subscribers. FCC regulations may require that certain programs be deleted when requested by FCC. Contour maps for each channel are enclosed. -10- F. Ch. 2 Technical Facilities: Chan No 2 (54 -60 mc) Authors d povzer: 56.8 -kw visual , 9 33 kv, aural. Antenna 3140 ft above ay. ter- rain, 466 -.ft. above yfound, 6126 - ft. above sea level. Latitude 34° 13' 57" Longitude 118° 04' 18" Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. TV tape Recording facilities. Color: Network, .live, film, slide & tape. ANA Affiliate: KNX, 50 -kw, 1070 kc (CBS) News Wire Service: AP, U.PI, City News. Facsimile Service: AP. News Film Service: CBS. FM Affiliate: KNX -Flit, 67-kw, 9.3.1 me (No. 226), 2870 -ft. antenna height. Tot 1 Ho s hold3 Q SRDS C ne, it ti t n n as or t /Van. TV Homes T1 -I 0 ¢j 19F5,A R e' ihP 1.. county co (,ha&rl sf based.,i EF ", ann ,war. K XI ACE A r o O SCALE OF MILES 0 50 100 \II KN %T Her: FCC File yo. III CT —M5 Granted Licensee: Columbia Broadcasting System Inc., 6121 W. Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles (90028). Studio: 6121 W. Sunset Blvd. Telephone: 213- 469 -1212. Ownership: See WCBS -TV, New York. Began Operation: May 6, 1948 as KTSL. Sold to present owner De.ember 1950 {Television Digest, Vol, 6:46, 52). Represented (sales) by CBS Television Stations National .Sales. Represented (engineering) by CBS Engineering Dept., N.Y. PErsonnel: ROBERT D: WOOD, vice president & general manager. RAY L. BEINDO.RF, general . sales manager. RALPH DANIELS, national sales manager. ALBERTA HACKETT, . business manager. ROBERT L. NELSON, dir. of promotion & information services. LEON DREW, program director. EDWIN W. MILLER, director of technical operation. ROY HEATLY, director of news & special events. RICHARD MARSH, operations & tra,nc manager. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO.. 21 (Jan. 30, 1966) Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 'Min.. 30 Sec. 20 Sec. 10 Sec. Class AA -8- .10:30 p.m., Mon. -Fri.; 6:30 -11 p.m., Sun.; 7:30 -11 P.M. Sat. ...... §2100* $1900 $1700* $1000- 'Prime Time - 6:29 -11:01 p.m., Sun. -Fri.; 6:29- 11:16. p.m., Sat:. Also has Class A, AAA, and AAAA rates for this time. Station time rates for hour; 30 min. & 15 min. available upon request. NETWORK BASE HOURLY RATE:. $5000. 'Ni 1% Vg"'. I nom. NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 651. 2,9531500 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION MARCH 651 2,0461500 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE. INOV .65) 1.7 1966 Edition —11 0001-1 MALARKEY, TAYLOR & ASSOCIATES CATV Brokers - Consultants - Engineering WASHINGTON, D.C. 1101 17th Street, NXI. Area Code 202 a 223.2345 TOTAL TV HOE'S STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER CALIFORNIA IMPERIAL 20,400 '.nc R(antro , • t / INYD 4..iuoL 31300 �• i L KERN,HEST �Ame[ICan \Ivp Co.. Te \.T:. Na. lids NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 651. 2,9531500 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION MARCH 651 2,0461500 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE. INOV .65) 1.7 1966 Edition —11 0001-1 MALARKEY, TAYLOR & ASSOCIATES CATV Brokers - Consultants - Engineering WASHINGTON, D.C. 1101 17th Street, NXI. Area Code 202 a 223.2345 TOTAL TV HOE'S STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER CALIFORNIA IMPERIAL 20,400 17.700 87 INYD 4,100 31300 80 KERN,HEST 63,300 77,700 93 KERN EAST 14.100 13.200 93 LOS. ANGELES 2.,330.900 21208,700 95 ORANGE NORTH. 266,300 257,200 97 ORANGE SOUTH. 61.1300 59,200 97 RIVERSIDE WEST 117,700' 109,200 93 SAN BERNARDINO N 195,606 174,400 94 SAN DIEGO 373,700 353,600 95 SANTA BARBARA N 34.100 31.,500 92'. SANTA BARBARA S 42,000 38,900 93 VENTURA 88,400 84.300 95 STATION TOTAL 3,622,100 31428/900 95 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 651. 2,9531500 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION MARCH 651 2,0461500 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE. INOV .65) 1.7 1966 Edition —11 0001-1 MALARKEY, TAYLOR & ASSOCIATES CATV Brokers - Consultants - Engineering WASHINGTON, D.C. 1101 17th Street, NXI. Area Code 202 a 223.2345 UHF 28 — 3 KCE: f Los Angeles Ch. 28 Non- Commercial Educational station Licensee: Community TV of Southern California, 1313 N. Vine St., 'j Hollywood, Cal. (90028) Studio: 1313 N. Vine St., Hollywood, Cal. (90028). Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. Telephone: 21.3 - 466..4212. TWX No.: 213- 468 -1015, Technical Facilities: Channel No. 2e (554 -560 m.0. Authorized Power: 1200 -kw max. and 45.7 -kw horizontal visual, 240 -kw max. and 9.1244, horizontal aural. Antenna: Directional, 3050 - ft. above ay. terrain, 363 -ft. above ground, 6,022 -ft. above sea level. Latitude 34° 13' 27" Longitude 113` 03' 47" TV tape: Recording facilities. News Wire Service: AP. Ownership: ,Von -profit Corp. Officer;: Dr. Lee A. Du Bridge, chair- man; Samuel F. 8,,. !by, pres., James Robertson, v.p. a,� gen. mgr.; James L. Loper, sect'; Russell Bock, treas. Began Operation: Sept. 28, 1964. Represented (legal) by Covington & .Burling. . Represented (engineering) by Hammett & Edison. Personnel: JAMES ROBERTSON, vu.p. & general manager. JAMES L. LOPER, asst. general manager. SHERIDAN D. REID, director of program production. BUD UNTIEDT, chief engineer. RUSSELL BURTON, dir. of Public relations. HARRY T. SWANSON, dir. development. NORMAN COOK, dir. of business affairs. (Continued on next page) -12- Co. . 4d f t 1 Q a�1 I't Cl •"'°' Los . mmc Ch. 4 Technical '.Facilities: Channel No. 4 (66 -72 me). Authorized power: 42.7 -kw visual, 21.4 -kw aural. Antenna: non - directional, electri- cally tilted 2.5 °, 3200 -ft. above ay. terrain, 490 -ft. above ground, 6170-ft- above sea level. Latitude - 34° 13' 33" Longitude 1181 03' 55" Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. TV tape: Recording facilities. Color: Network, live, film, slide & tape. News Wire Service: AP, UPI. Facsimile Service: AP. T e 1 TFOU Tn1d 0 SBD9 f e rl Aet D to f l /t /ti,. T3 Ira. TI 5, .n 1 CI d�etlon 0 1161, A d,.rt It h Rlreau. CouvlTeorerave (shaded. Nrea¢I b,.d on 1965 M ¢tudy. 10 ICNBC Licensee: National Broadcasting Co. Inc., 3000 W. Alameda Ave., Burbank,. Cal. (91..505). Studio: 3000 W. Alameda Ave., Burbank. Telephones: 213 -849 -3911 & 213 - 845 -7000. TWX No.: 213 -646 -6408. Ownership: See WNBC -TV, New York. Began Operation: Jan. 16, 1949. Represented (sales) by NBC Spot Sales'. Personnel: THOMAS. C. McCRAY, NBC v.p. & general manager. JAMES PARKS, station manager. JOHN WEHRHEIM, manager, business affairs. ROBERT KENNEDY, advertising & promotion manager. JOHN C. K.ENASTON, program manager. HOWARD D. STURM, manager, public affairs. NOYES SCOTT, sales manager. ROBERT HENRY, operations manager. GEORGE BURKE, manager, film procurement. JOHN KNIGHT, manager, technical operations. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 23 (Jan. 17, 1965) Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 5 Min. 20 Sec. 10 Sec. Class A- -7:30 -10:30 p.m., daily. $5000.00 $3000.00 $2200.00 $1250.00 $1600:00° $900:00' *Class AAA- 7,:59 -10:31 p.m., daily. Color —Rates on request. NETWORK BASE HOURLY RATE: $4600. -13- TOTAL TV HONES STATE /.000YTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER CALIFORNIA IAPERIAL 20,400 17,700 87 INYO 4,100 3,300 •\ KERN BEST r eY•wc 77,700 �. KERN EAST 14,100 13,200 93' LOS ANGELES 2,330,900 :2.,200,700 95 ORANGE NORTH Fw,w 257.200 97 •oe h, � l.•a.f 59.200 97 RIVERSIDE' BEST 117.700 109,200 93' SAN BERNARDINO N 185,800 174,400 94 m.• 373,700 GRAOE A fOt t4 cr kt BRAnE 1 B �� '.SAN LUIS' OBISPO e 29.800 '92 SANTA BARBARA N 35.100 31,500 92 SANTA BARBARA S 42..000 38.,900 93 VENTURA 88,400 84.300 95' f S, r \ry „e' OL eqQ. II My J SCALE OF IAilFS 0 50 100 KNBC Rlf: FCC File ]o. ERCT -81 Granted 3/15/63 (PAMerlaft Hn D Co.. Inc.. N.Y.. \o: li ?iJ ICNBC Licensee: National Broadcasting Co. Inc., 3000 W. Alameda Ave., Burbank,. Cal. (91..505). Studio: 3000 W. Alameda Ave., Burbank. Telephones: 213 -849 -3911 & 213 - 845 -7000. TWX No.: 213 -646 -6408. Ownership: See WNBC -TV, New York. Began Operation: Jan. 16, 1949. Represented (sales) by NBC Spot Sales'. Personnel: THOMAS. C. McCRAY, NBC v.p. & general manager. JAMES PARKS, station manager. JOHN WEHRHEIM, manager, business affairs. ROBERT KENNEDY, advertising & promotion manager. JOHN C. K.ENASTON, program manager. HOWARD D. STURM, manager, public affairs. NOYES SCOTT, sales manager. ROBERT HENRY, operations manager. GEORGE BURKE, manager, film procurement. JOHN KNIGHT, manager, technical operations. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 23 (Jan. 17, 1965) Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 5 Min. 20 Sec. 10 Sec. Class A- -7:30 -10:30 p.m., daily. $5000.00 $3000.00 $2200.00 $1250.00 $1600:00° $900:00' *Class AAA- 7,:59 -10:31 p.m., daily. Color —Rates on request. NETWORK BASE HOURLY RATE: $4600. -13- STATION. TOTAL 3,654.,700 3.,458..700 95 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION IHARCH 651 21987.700 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION (KARCH 651 1,891.000 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE' INOV 65) 17 For NBC Network Listing see Section a TV Fectbaok No. 36 TOTAL TV HONES STATE /.000YTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER CALIFORNIA IAPERIAL 20,400 17,700 87 INYO 4,100 3,300 BO KERN BEST B3.,300.� 77,700 93 KERN EAST 14,100 13,200 93' LOS ANGELES 2,330,900 :2.,200,700 95 ORANGE NORTH 266.300 257.200 97 .ORANGE SOUTH - 61,300 59.200 97 RIVERSIDE' BEST 117.700 109,200 93' SAN BERNARDINO N 185,800 174,400 94 SAN DIEGO 373,700 353,600 95 '.SAN LUIS' OBISPO 32,600 29.800 '92 SANTA BARBARA N 35.100 31,500 92 SANTA BARBARA S 42..000 38.,900 93 VENTURA 88,400 84.300 95' STATION. TOTAL 3,654.,700 3.,458..700 95 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION IHARCH 651 21987.700 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION (KARCH 651 1,891.000 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE' INOV 65) 17 For NBC Network Listing see Section a TV Fectbaok No. 36 Wes..- '.'.�S `t,T f %'o.., ��i i•� S n ":��76:.3 KIL Technical Facilities: Channel No. 5 (76 -62 me). Authorized povr2r. " " +• "° ° 1'_ a 50.1-kw visual, 25.1 -kvr aural. Antenna: 2990 -ft. above ay. ter- rain, 240 -ft. above ground, 5936- ft. above sea level. Latitude 34° 13' 35" %x Longitude 118° 03' 56' Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. .* TV tape: Recording facilities. Color Network, live, film, slide & tape. News Wire Service: UPI. GeAOE` n Facsimile Service: UPI. to 1 GRADE G: '\ ii2g° r / q t3 h �a _ gay Tatal H ueeh Id m SRDS cr (' n3ui MalkIt r"". f 171 /e.'. SCALE OR MILES w , TYFI T{ I C ht p 50 too X-_ 4 wl> +u: mn Y ll Tenlo `,' Q 101r i ell ,en I .... a,,h F au. AR {'aAR n aye bhatle I r 1 aael on Ina) �1 ee 3- - ' O ,tutl)'. KTLA Ref: FCC File ?o. ]3FCT -1493 Gran:c4 7/I3/5 3 • ©Ametican )la> Co.. La:. N.Y.. ?o. H "{ {. TOTAL TV HOMES- - ICTLA STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HOMES PER Network Service: None, independent. ARIZONA Licensee: Golden West Broadcasters Inc., 5800 Sunset Blvd., Holly- YUMA 16,100 14,800 92 wood (90028). Studio: 5800 Sunset Blvd. CALIFORNIA , IMPERIAL 20,400 :17,700 87 Telephoner 213-469 -3181. TWX No.: 213 -468 -1118. KERN. WEST 83,300 77,.700 93' Ownership: Golden West Broadcasters, 51.5% (Gene & Ina Mae KERN EAST 14,100 13.2.00 93 Autry owners); Gene Autry, chairman; Robert 0. Reynolds, pres., LOS ANGELES 2,330,900 2,208,700 95 73.83%; Loyd C. Sigmon, exec. Yp., 13.83:0; Wesley L. Nutten ORANGE NORTH 266,300 257,200 97 ORANGE SOUTH 61,300. 59,200 97 Jr., secy., 2.5%; William D. Shaw, v.p,, 1.33%; Enna Lee RIVERSIDE .EAST .5,000 4,.700 93 Reynolds, 12:67% (wife of R. 0. Reynolds); 10 others; none with RIVERSIDE NEST 117,700 109.,200 93 more than 3. %. Golden West IS licensee Of radios KMPC, Los SAN -BERNARDINO. R 165,800 174,400 94 Angeles;. KEX, Portland, Ore:, and KVI, .Seattle. For other inter- SAN DIEGO 373,700 353.600 95 ests, See KOOL -TV, Phoenix, Ariz. SAN LUIS OBISPO 32.600 29,800 92 Began Operation: Jan. 22, 1947. :Sale to present owner by Para- SANTA BARBARA N 34,100 39,500 92 mount Television Productions approved May 13, 1964 by FCC SANTA BARBARA S 42,000 38,900 93 (Television Digest, Vols, 3:44, 4:20). VENTURA 86,400 84,.300 95 Represented (Sales) by Peters - Griffin:- Woodward. STATION TOTAL 3,671,700 3,474,900 95 Represented (legal) by Dow, Lohnes & Albertson. Personnel: - NET MEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65) 2,338,600 LOYD C. SIGMON,; executive •v.p. AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65) 902,100 ARTHUR M. MORTEN.SEN, v.p. & general manager. COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE (NOV 65) 17 GORDON F. MASON, general sales manager. CARLOANNEKE, sales manager. JERRY MARCUS, eastern sales manager. JERRY BIRDWELL, sales promotion manager & publicity dir. IRIS FOLLOWES, traffic manager. LORING TUSSEAU, program director. S (j DALTON CANON, film program director. HAL DASBACH, production manager. FRANK TRAVALIA, business manager. HARRY WARNER, resident counsel: JOHN SILVA, chief engineer. MALARKEY, TAYLOR & ASSOCIATES DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 12Rl CAT V (Aug. 17, 1964) Brokers - Consultants - EnyineerirlL Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 5 Min. M.in. 20 Sec. 10 Sec. WASHIi4GTOtd, D.C. Class A-5-Midnight, daily.. 1101. 17th Street, N111. Area Code 202.e 223 -2345 $3200.00 $1900.00. $1000.00 $525.00 $500.00 $350.00 $200.00: 1966 Edition _14- r KPOL °'1 V o FlPasp de P•a6 /es Ch. 22 of't'scaJelp Technical Facilities: Channel No. 22 ogQ" lau G1pya OSisAo 1518 -524 me). Authorized power: 65.3 -kw visual, 32.7-kw aural. e Sonto .Antenna: 2930 -ft. above ay. ter- s;v;, Muria a rain, 146 -ft. above ground, 5846 - +nyy ft. above sea level 0tdr,Ao� Latitude 34, 13` 36" San, taBotha, .Longitude 118° 03' 59" - Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. y 1 oAprtervil�le,. 4 Ildscp0 Py/ Oda" Rldiecres;0 sW e.aru+mxo 6rs&eld0 I otama "t A/Gin0 yrl,' •'rv'tf2���j : noun,. oeoatoW /S /ata Aaa pet"". � iJ011 p $orana GRADE A e' 80.ba ®bier dale F GRADE B %0 X17 IJ(h4 O- Pnscdare 4 \ a js Pomon00 00 . Son "efDGf LCfg eecchh, oxaxce C cal /o edio Ma Costo nt $1'rsrde 0Banning eson CSoaA no alyi�� Po M t Beoc.'atEsuna Hen io Paf^Sw� 1 ds 1( �1 \v\ San Cleme\nie olndia cQ to SCALE OF tAILES 0 5o 100 $Opp t KPOL.TV Rd FCC Ell, NC , Il.1n'11T —:.SP6 G adleil 1/21/63 KPOL -1'V Network. Service: None, independent. Licensee: Coast TV Broadcasting Corp., 5700 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles, Cal. (90028). Studio: 5565 Sunset. Blvd., Los Angeles, Cal. (90028), Telephone: 213 -466 -4123. Ownership: Coast Radio Broadcasting Corp., 90% (KPOL & FM', Los Angeles); Fredrick' D Custer, 5%; Robertson. C. Scott, 5:/ Began Operation: March 25, 1963, but left the air March 9, 1964. (Television. Digest, Vol. 4:11). Sale to present owner by Central Broadcasting Corp. approved July 29, 1964 by FCC (Vol. 4:11, 31). Resumed operation May 2; 1965 (Vol. 5:20). Represented (sales) by Paul H. Raymer Co. Inc. Represented (legal) by Fletcher, Heald, Rowell, Kenehan & Hildreth, Represented (engineering) by Jay Tapp. —15= ev'sta OEsrondida 0Cal,. goa EI Colon 0810 (Twnon a.- Elr_ -. etlean N%, Ca.. fine.. N.Y., ?n 3I 211 Personnel:. FREDRICK CUSTER, v.p. &.general manager. ROBERTSON' SCOTT, v.p. & program director. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 1 (March 1,. 1965) Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. Min. 30 Sec. .Class A - -7 -11 p.m., daily. $200.00 §121.00 $81.00 $35.00 $28.00 ARB Data for this Station is not available eince it }vas not in operation when the survey was Inade. . 4 Tv Fnethook 110- ;e, Cam: €:- -i€Ii'nia,°° 1 cis Amca^'t les j KABC -TV Ch. 7 Technical Facilities:. Channel No. 7 (174 -.180 me).. Authorized power: 165 -kw visual, 12.9 -kw aural.. An- tenna: electrically tilted 3 °, 2970 - ft. above ay. terrain, 234 -ft. above ground, 5940 -ft. above . sea level. Latitude 34° 13' 36" Longitude. 118 03' 59" Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. .Studio: Prospect & Talmadge Sts., Hollywood (90027). TV tape: Recording facilities. AM Affiliate: KABC, 5 -kw, 790 kc (ABC). FM Affiliate: KABC -FM, 4:3' -kw, 95.5 me (No.. 233), 40 -ft. an- tenna height. Color: Network, live; film, slide tape. News Wire Service: AP, UPI, City News. Facsimile Service: UPI. News Film Service: ABC. Totel Hoveefioldr.. 0 SRDS Conaunnr ?farket Data 2,c Of 1/1166. TV Homee'TV% enl Cireulatloo 01965 Ameri'eee Rese'ere9 Bureau. County oorence Iehad,d .,a.0 based on 1965 ARn Rudy. K/NB0 1 V :t FA KABC.TV Ref: FCC File No. BVCV -2424 Grautod 4110153 OArnerlcen 2lep Co.. Inc. N.T.. S,.:c. Licensee: American Broadcasting Companies Inc., 1330 Ave. of the Americas, New York, N.Y. (10020). Telephone: 213- 663 -3311. TWX No.; 213 - 666 -1240. Ownership: See WABC -TV, New York. Began Operation: Sept. 16, 2949 as KECA -TV. Represented (sales) by ABC -TV Television Spot Sales Inc. Represented (legal) by McKenna & Wilkinson. Represented (engineering) by Kear & Kennedy.' Personnel: ELTON H. RULE, v.p. & general manager. RICHARD A. O'LEARY, . general sales manager. STEVE MILLS, program director. BILL McPH1E, film buyer. NORMAN H. SLOANE, business manager. GEORGE L. PIERCE, sales service manager. NORMA OLSEN, director of program operations. ROBERT TRACHINGER, executive producer. JACK F. BREMBECK, promotion manager. THEODORE GREINER, chief engineer, Western Division, ABC. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 65 —(Aug. 16, 1965) .Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 10 Min. 5 Min. 20 Sec. 10 Sec. Class A -7 -11 p.m, Lion. -Fri.; 6 -11 p.m. Sat. &. Sun. $5000.00 $3000.00 $2000.00 ...... ...... $1650.00 $1000.00 NETWORK BASE HOURLY RATE: $4400. -16A NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION If1ARCH 65) 21848,703 AVERAGE .DAILY CIRCULATION 1NARCH 651 11710,60 COLOR PENETR.ATIO3 PERCENTAGE I.NOV 65.) 17 For American Broadcasting Companies Corporote Listing, see Section c. TV FactBoo.'c No. 36 TOTAL TV HOMES STATEICOUNTY HOUSEHOLDS }COMES fit CALIFORNIA IMPERIAL 20.400 1.7,700 INYO 41100 3.300 KERN. :NEST 83,300 77,700 '+* KERN EAST 14,.100 13..200 al LOS: ANGELES 2,330,900 21208,700 91 ORANGE NORTH 266,300 257,200 Lr ORANGE SOUTH 61,300 59,200 77 RIVERSIDE HEST 117,700 1091.200 �! SAN BERNARDINO H 1851800 174,400 9. SAN DIEGO 373.700 353,600 95 SAN LUIS OBI.SPO 32,600 29,800 9r SANTA BARBARA N 36,100 31,500 97 SANTA BARBARA S 42,000 38,900 �> VENTURA 88.400 84,300 95 STATION TOTAL 3,654,700 3,458,700 91 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION If1ARCH 65) 21848,703 AVERAGE .DAILY CIRCULATION 1NARCH 651 11710,60 COLOR PENETR.ATIO3 PERCENTAGE I.NOV 65.) 17 For American Broadcasting Companies Corporote Listing, see Section c. TV FactBoo.'c No. 36 Ch. 8 iJ Technical Facilities: Channe! No. 8 (180 -186. r,.c). Authorized power: 316 -kw maxin•,um and 245 -k•,v horizontal visual, 1.58 -kw maxi- mum and 1.23 -kw horizontal aural. Antenna: directional, 760 -ft. above ay. terrain, 284 -ft. above ground, 1049 -ft. above sea level. Latitude 32' 50, 17" Longitude 117° 14' 56" Transmitter: Mt. Soledad. TV tape: Recording facilities. Color: Network, film & slide. Nevis Wire Service: AP, UPI. Facsimile Service: UPI. AM AfdliaW KFMB, 5 -kw, 540 kc (CBS). FNT Affiliate: KFMB -FM, 18.5 -kw, 100.7 me (No. 264), 630 -ft. Total Iluusehldds: 9 SRI)$ Cann nnia, 3tarket I'A. e,of 1 /1 /86. TV Moors( TVS, and Cireuktioo 9) RJ:se Arnetwan Research Burv'en. ('oonal aocnra;a 01,lded areal) bald on I:Ifin ARB etude,. KF-A13- T V y -----------r sSen lvs He saCvd�a Cer..e.._a G o,rs: = a, P... oRC1 -ndole tong cPnnp:n4 p O a 'GRADE A Lns..yegai a Nee\ c� °moo E B ae.a.,rrr El Canino o Mexi(nli r SCALE OF MILES 0 50 100 KFNIO.TV Rt f: FCC File S.. If36'CT -3015 Granted 5/12/55 aJAeollel. 31-D Co. Inc.. ],T.. Na. InAl Licensee: Midwest Television Inc., 5th & Ash St., San Diego, Cal. (92101). Studio: Fifth and Ash. Telephone: 714- 232 -2114. TWX No.: 714 - 231 -0839. Owiership: Midwest Television Inc., 100 %. For other interests, see WCIA, Champaign, III. Began Operation: May 16, 1949. Sold to Kennedy Bcstg. Co. April 25, 1951 (Television Digest, Vol. 7:18); sold to Wrather - Alvarez Broadcasting March 25, 1953 (Vol. 9:5, 13). Sale of 38.89% interest by Maria Helen Alvarez to Marietta Investment Corp. approved July 2, 1958 by FCC (Vol. 14;24, 27). Merger of Marietta Bcstg. Inc, into Transcontinent Television Corp. ap- proved May 13, 1959. by FCC (Vol. 15:7, 12, 20). Represented (sales) by Edward Petry & Co. Inc. Represented (legal) by Covington & Burling. Represented (engineering) by Hammett & Edison. Personnel: AUGUST C. MEYER, president, Midwest Television Inc. GEORGE WHITNEY, v.p. & general manager. BILL FOX, station manager & film buyer. BOB RICHARDS, sales manager. GEORGE STANTIS, program & Promotion director. CHARLES ABEL, manager of engineering. ANTON KUHN, controller. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 22 (June 21, 1964) Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 5 1ilin. Min. 20 Sec. ID Class AA -8:00 -11:00 P.m., daily. $1200.00 $720.00 $480.00 $384.00 $408.00 $326.00 $204,00 NETWORK BASE. HOURLY RATE: $1050. STATE /COUNTY CALIFORNIA ORANGE SOUTH SAN DIEGO TOTAL TV HOMES HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER 61,300 373,700 STATION TOTAL 435,000 59,200 97 353,600 95 412,800 95 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65) 341,500 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65) 257,700 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE (NOV 65) 18 BLACKBURN & cornpaley, Isle. RADIO a TV a CATV ..NEWSPAPER BROKERS NEGOTIATIONS a FINANCING a APPRAISALS WASHINGTON, D.C. James W. Blackburn Jack V. Harvey Joseph M. Sitrick RCA Building .333 -9270 ATLANTA Clifford B. Marshall John G. Williams Many Building 1655 Peachtree Rd. N.E. 873 -5626 1966 Edition —17e. CHICAGO H. W. Cassill William B. Ryan Hub Jackson 333 N. Michigan Ave. 346.6460 BEVERLY HILLS Collin M. Selph G. Bennet Larson Bank of America Bldg. 9465 Wilshire Blvd. 274 -8151 To ilH — V Ch. 9 Technical Facilities: Channel No. 9 (186 -192 me). Authorized pourer: 162 -kw visual, 81.3 -kve aural. An- tenna: 2960 -ft. above ay. terrain, 199 -ft. above ground 5929 -It. above sea level. Latitude 34 ° 13' 38" Longitude 1181 04' 00" Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. TV tape: Recording facilities. Color; Network, live, film, slide &. tape. News Wire Service: AP, UP]. Facsimile. Service: AP. AM Afniiate. KHJ, 5 -kw, 430 kc. FM Affiliate: KHJ -FM, 58 -kw, 101.1 me (N0. 266), 2950 -ft. antenna height. Ta l Lvvseholda O.BEDS Mf Iket Date ..Ed 1/1/66. TY rimdes: 771, and Cfoch HCn 03q65 ga,kl R rrhE eau. l t> 'crape (;hided arevl besad On 1065 .SEE Mud,. W-1 ii. °mot V N" w Epm,e p o a '} 1 �3Q P.-:c a �OaACE B LO ABC„t i YvA.. r t° e e gas - °5 Itsh' Sco Cr t (. toi Vi". SCALE OF MILES 0 50 100 KHI.TV Ed; FCC Fit, Na. LF,Cf -185J GrantM 5/29/51 (.Americaa flap Co.. Inc.. N.Y.. No. Network .Service: hone; independent. Licensee: RKO General Inc, 5515 'Melrose Ave. (Don Lee Div.), Hollywood. Cal. (90038). Studio; 5515 Melrose.. Ave. Telephoner 213- 462 -2133. TWX No.: 213 -468 -1033. Owrership: See WOR -TV, New York. Began Operation: Aug. 25, 1948, as KFI' -TV. Sold to present licen- .see Aug. 1951 (Television, Digest, Vol. 7:23, 32, 36). Represented (sales) by RKO General National Sales. Represented (legal) by Pierson, Ball & Dowd. Personnel: THOMAS F. O *NEIL, president RKO General Inc. MALCOLM (MAL) C. KLEIN, general manager. DON BALSAMO. general sales manager. WALLY,SHERWIN, program director. PARKER H. JACKSON, promotion manager. BRYAN COLE, operations .& production facilities mgr: ROBERT BULLOCK, chief engineer. TERRY ANDERSON, film supervisor. For other Group Oviners of TV Stations see Section c DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 14 -1 (Nov. 1, 1965) Min., 30 or Hour 30 Min. 15 Min. 5 Min. 40 Sec. 20 Sec. 10.Sec- Class A -6- 1:0:30 p.m., Man. -Fri.; 5 =11. p.m., Sat. & Sun. $3000.00 $1a00.00 $1200.00 $600;00 $550.00 $440.00 $275.00 TOTAL TV HOES STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER ARIZONA YUNA 16,.100 14,800 92 CALIFORNIA . IMPERIAL 20,400 17,700 87 KERN VEST 83,300 77,700 93 KERN EAST 14,100 13,200 93 LOS ANGELES 2,3301900 2,260,700 95 GRANGE NORTH 266,300 257,200 97 ORANGE SOUTH. 61,300 59,200 97 RIVERSIDE EAST 5.,000 4,700. 93 RIVERSIDE WEST 117,700 109.,200 93 SAN BERN.ARDtt ?O W 1.05,600 114,400 94 SAN DIEGO 373,700 353,600 95' SAM LUIS OBI:SPO 32,600 2.9,800 92 SANTA BARBARA N. 34,100 31,500 92 SANTA BARBARA S' 42,000 38,900 93 VENTURA 68,500 84, Soo. 95 STATION TOTAL .3.671,700 3,4741900 95 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION i ARC4 65) 2,109,BOD AVERAGE DRILY CIRCULATION (LARCH 65) E04Y500 COLO? PENETRATION PERCENTAGE (NOV 65) 17 X18° ry r6ctLGo:c ,yo. 36 VC ii l'4E�aE IiC<"`""'tv,3, (1 KOGO— V Ch. 10 Technical Facilities: Channel No. 10 (192 -198 mc). Authorized power; 316 -kw max: and 214 -kw horizon -. tal visual, 31:6 -kw aural, 750 -ft. above ay. terrain, 252 -f1. above ground, 1049 -ft. above sea level. Latitude 32° 50' 20:5" Longitude 117° 14' 56.5" Transmitter: Mt. Soledad. TV tape: Recording facilities. Color: Network, film, slide. News Wire Service: UPI'. Facsimile Service: UPI. News Film Service. NBC. ATA Affiliate: KOGO, 5 -kw, 600 kc IN BC) FM Affiliate: KOGO -FM, 100 -kw, 94.1 m6 (No. 231), 640 -ft. T „tat )lousehoms: 6 suns roo'm'er MO'k” Twrt as art /i /fifl, TV U."t TvC6 e"o fiirutatton .© 1huS din1111 n IIesearch P,uteau. ('oo e�onaat:effhn.ICJ areal haxrJ mi'a63 ARH study. X"Oti O- 1 V oea,rlaa VA rva :ao° - orrzw_"�J� o3vn lv ;� Olsp° eedai u CcEersfie! nBeet S. Ba�,xlra0 mniai0 n w I San.'a Hnle °4. fuc:r See iCt(iplC '0sµi111 B ea, wky` �emore 3'�nimFZUp - as „.am ta0rrmanea _ ar -, .OeGVondole oea,rlaa VA KOGO -TV RU: FCC Ffle N'0. R3teCT -3110 Granre;l 7/1/33. Licensee: Time -Life .Broadcast Inc., P.O. Box 628, San Diego (92112). Studio: 47th St. & Freeway 94. Telephone: 714- 262 - 2421.. TWX Nos 714 - 583 - 8171. Ownership[ Time -Life Broadcast Inc., 100 %.. For other interests; see Time under Group Ownership. Began Operation: Sept. 13, 1953. Sale of control to Fox, Wells & Co.. by Tom Sharp, Charles E. Salik and TBC group approved by FCC Oct. 13, 1954 (Television Digest, Vol. 13:31 -32,. 34, 38, 42). Sale of 46.22% to Newsweek by Fox, Wells & Co. interests approved Aug.. 7, 1957 (VoL 13:30;..33). Sale to Time -Life ap- proved by FCC March 21, 1962 (Vol. 2:13). Represented (sales) by The.. Katz Agency Inc. Represented (legal) by Pierson, Ball & Dowd. RIresented (engineering) by A. Earl Cullum Jr., Consulting Engi- eers. Personnel: CLAYTON N. BRACE, v.p. & general manager. JAY GRILL, station manager & director of sales. LEROY BELLWOOD, director of engineering. RICHARD M. GALKIN, controller.. BURKE ORMSBY, program director & film buyer. KEITH NICHOLSON, advertising &:promotion manager. BILL BEIN.DORF, local sales manager. BILL STEVENS, production manager. DEAN TURNER, manager of operations &4raf .c. CHERYL V✓ICKLUND, continuity manager, PAT HIGGINS, nev.s director. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. A8 (June 13, 1965) Hour 30 Min. 15 Ti }in. 5 Min. .Min.° 20 Sec.- 10 Sec Class AA- 7:30 -10:00 p.m., daily, 51200.00 $700:00 $320.00 $310.00 $325.00 $270.00 $135.00 °C lass .AA -7 -14:30 p.m., daily. NETWORK BASE HOURLY PATE: 59.60. STATE /COUNTY CALIFORNIA IMPERIAL ORANGE SOUTH SAN DIEGO SANTA BARBARA 5 4'y' v' r;,,,,' SCALE' OF MILES 0 50 100 CTAnlerlaan )fey Ca: 7n<.. N.Y_. N, 11241 TOTAL TV HONES HOUSEHOLDS HOMES PER 20,400 61,300 373.700 42,000 STATION TOTAL. 4971400 17,700 87 59.200 97 353.600 95 3.8,.900 93. 469/400 94 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65)' 346,300 AVERAGE .DA!LY CIRCULATION '(HARCH 65') 253,700 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE (NOV 65) 18 THE PIONEER CATV BROKER Depend on the Firm vvi;h Experience o"rokers - Appraisers - Coasul,anfs - Mlanagement THE DANIELS BUILDING THIRD AT MIL1r'1AUKEE Denver, Colorado 80206 (303) 388 -5838 -19- TV Factbook No. 36 °rma n w I fuc:r GRADE A San Dre ° ' GRADE YO Too. B ea, wky` jJ Aleziertli KOGO -TV RU: FCC Ffle N'0. R3teCT -3110 Granre;l 7/1/33. Licensee: Time -Life .Broadcast Inc., P.O. Box 628, San Diego (92112). Studio: 47th St. & Freeway 94. Telephone: 714- 262 - 2421.. TWX Nos 714 - 583 - 8171. Ownership[ Time -Life Broadcast Inc., 100 %.. For other interests; see Time under Group Ownership. Began Operation: Sept. 13, 1953. Sale of control to Fox, Wells & Co.. by Tom Sharp, Charles E. Salik and TBC group approved by FCC Oct. 13, 1954 (Television Digest, Vol. 13:31 -32,. 34, 38, 42). Sale of 46.22% to Newsweek by Fox, Wells & Co. interests approved Aug.. 7, 1957 (VoL 13:30;..33). Sale to Time -Life ap- proved by FCC March 21, 1962 (Vol. 2:13). Represented (sales) by The.. Katz Agency Inc. Represented (legal) by Pierson, Ball & Dowd. RIresented (engineering) by A. Earl Cullum Jr., Consulting Engi- eers. Personnel: CLAYTON N. BRACE, v.p. & general manager. JAY GRILL, station manager & director of sales. LEROY BELLWOOD, director of engineering. RICHARD M. GALKIN, controller.. BURKE ORMSBY, program director & film buyer. KEITH NICHOLSON, advertising &:promotion manager. BILL BEIN.DORF, local sales manager. BILL STEVENS, production manager. DEAN TURNER, manager of operations &4raf .c. CHERYL V✓ICKLUND, continuity manager, PAT HIGGINS, nev.s director. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. A8 (June 13, 1965) Hour 30 Min. 15 Ti }in. 5 Min. .Min.° 20 Sec.- 10 Sec Class AA- 7:30 -10:00 p.m., daily, 51200.00 $700:00 $320.00 $310.00 $325.00 $270.00 $135.00 °C lass .AA -7 -14:30 p.m., daily. NETWORK BASE HOURLY PATE: 59.60. STATE /COUNTY CALIFORNIA IMPERIAL ORANGE SOUTH SAN DIEGO SANTA BARBARA 5 4'y' v' r;,,,,' SCALE' OF MILES 0 50 100 CTAnlerlaan )fey Ca: 7n<.. N.Y_. N, 11241 TOTAL TV HONES HOUSEHOLDS HOMES PER 20,400 61,300 373.700 42,000 STATION TOTAL. 4971400 17,700 87 59.200 97 353.600 95 3.8,.900 93. 469/400 94 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65)' 346,300 AVERAGE .DA!LY CIRCULATION '(HARCH 65') 253,700 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE (NOV 65) 18 THE PIONEER CATV BROKER Depend on the Firm vvi;h Experience o"rokers - Appraisers - Coasul,anfs - Mlanagement THE DANIELS BUILDING THIRD AT MIL1r'1AUKEE Denver, Colorado 80206 (303) 388 -5838 -19- TV Factbook No. 36 :JUf �iJl�iE�. [�,- •,.�•..'.,Z.. Ala !`i 11 "Y �'.:wiCJ KTTV Ch. 11 Technical Facilities: Channel No. 11 (198 -204 mU:.Authorized power: 165 =kw {isual,'20.2 kw aural. An- tenna: 2940 -ft, above ay. terrain; 237 -ft above ground, 5907 -ft. above sea level. Latitude 34' 13' 29.0" Longitude 118° 03' 47;1" Transmitter; Mt. Wilson. TV tape: Recording facilities. Color: Network, live; film, slide & tape. News Wire Service; UPI. Facsimile Service:. UPI. Neves Film Service: UPI. AM Affiliate: KLAC, 5 -kw.. (1 -kw night), 570 -kc. FM Atiiliate: KLAC -FM, 8.3 -kw; 102.7 me (No. 274), 2790 -ft. an- tenna height. Yoe 1 Hp F d C) BI DS C n 37 6 t D t o! 1 /1 /ea. TV T ", .nJ Cl rulatlan 0l 5 Arned ti at h Bvneu Cuurtq e-i11 11 I hurled aces) banJ on I965 ARB gudY: KT'TV Mer,ye r � m,x � e � MEj 1 oil SCALE Of MILES rtd,' mO BTTV R,I:. FCC Fit, Sa, 131'GT -1755 Grented 9/3/53 Co_ Inc.. N.Y.. $q 14241 Network Service: None, independent. Licensee: Metromedia Inc., 5746 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles, Cal. (90028). Studio: 5746 Sunset Blvd. Telephone; 213 -462= 7111.. TWX.. NO.; 213 -4168 -1046. Ownership: For other interests of Metromedia Inc., see WNEW -TV, New York, N.Y. Began Operation: Jam. 7, 1949. Sale to present owner by Los Angeles Times and Mirror approved May 28, 1963 by FCC (Television Digest,. Vol. 3:3; 22). Represented (sales) by Metro TV Sales. Represented (engineering) by Lohnes & Culver. Personnel: BENNET H. KORN, pres., Metropolitan Broadcasting Television. ALBERT P. KRIVIN, v.p. & general manager. CHARLES D. YOUNG, v.p., national sales. ROBERT M. BENNETT, v.p., local sales. REAVIS G. VANCKLER, director, public relations .& promotion. JAMES S. GATES, program director. FRANK LIVERMORE, business manager. RICHARD ANDERSON, enginearing manager. VAL CONTE, operations manager.. ALVIN BOINEN, . asst. program director. ROBERT Mc DA2IIEL, merchandising director. For Group Ownership of N Stations see Sections DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 22 (June. 1, 1965) 15 Min. Hour 30 Min. or less Mina 20 Sec.- 10 Sec? Class A —.6 -11 p.m., daily. $3000.90 $1800.00 $1200.00 $1000.00 $1000.00 $500.00. °6 -11 p.m., Mon. -Fri:; noon -11 p.m., Sat. .& Sun. �� Ia,Yey6� HONES. STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER ARIZONA YUIIA. 16,100 14,600 92 - CALIFORNIA GRADE 8 'WPERIAL 20,.400 17,700 87 KERN HEST 83,300 77.700 93 KERN EAST 14,100 oil SCALE Of MILES rtd,' mO BTTV R,I:. FCC Fit, Sa, 131'GT -1755 Grented 9/3/53 Co_ Inc.. N.Y.. $q 14241 Network Service: None, independent. Licensee: Metromedia Inc., 5746 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles, Cal. (90028). Studio: 5746 Sunset Blvd. Telephone; 213 -462= 7111.. TWX.. NO.; 213 -4168 -1046. Ownership: For other interests of Metromedia Inc., see WNEW -TV, New York, N.Y. Began Operation: Jam. 7, 1949. Sale to present owner by Los Angeles Times and Mirror approved May 28, 1963 by FCC (Television Digest,. Vol. 3:3; 22). Represented (sales) by Metro TV Sales. Represented (engineering) by Lohnes & Culver. Personnel: BENNET H. KORN, pres., Metropolitan Broadcasting Television. ALBERT P. KRIVIN, v.p. & general manager. CHARLES D. YOUNG, v.p., national sales. ROBERT M. BENNETT, v.p., local sales. REAVIS G. VANCKLER, director, public relations .& promotion. JAMES S. GATES, program director. FRANK LIVERMORE, business manager. RICHARD ANDERSON, enginearing manager. VAL CONTE, operations manager.. ALVIN BOINEN, . asst. program director. ROBERT Mc DA2IIEL, merchandising director. For Group Ownership of N Stations see Sections DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 22 (June. 1, 1965) 15 Min. Hour 30 Min. or less Mina 20 Sec.- 10 Sec? Class A —.6 -11 p.m., daily. $3000.90 $1800.00 $1200.00 $1000.00 $1000.00 $500.00. °6 -11 p.m., Mon. -Fri:; noon -11 p.m., Sat. .& Sun. STATION TOTAL 3.621,700 3.474.900 95 NET .WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65') 2,168.300 AV -.RAGE DAILY CIRCULATION MARCH 65) 908,200 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE INOV 65) 17 -20- TV Fa;tScofc No. 36 TOTAL TV HONES. STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HONES PER ARIZONA YUIIA. 16,100 14,600 92 - CALIFORNIA 'WPERIAL 20,.400 17,700 87 KERN HEST 83,300 77.700 93 KERN EAST 14,100 13.200 93 LOS ANGELES 2,330.900 2.200,700 95 ORANGE NORTH 265,300 257,200 97 ORANGE SOUTH 61,300 59,200 97 RIVERSIDE EAST 51000 4.,700 93 RIVERSIDE NEST 117,700 109,200 93 SAN BERN.A.RDINO M 385,1100 174,400 94 SAN DIEGO 373,.700 3531600 95 SAN LUIS OBISPO 32,.600 '29,800: 92 SANTA BARBARA N 34,100 31,500 '92 SANTA BARBARA S 42,000 38.,900 93 VENTURA 88.,.400 84.300 95 STATION TOTAL 3.621,700 3.474.900 95 NET .WEEKLY CIRCULATION (MARCH 65') 2,168.300 AV -.RAGE DAILY CIRCULATION MARCH 65) 908,200 COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE INOV 65) 17 -20- TV Fa;tScofc No. 36 1:EbU°s: -1V . Ch. 34 (Spanish Language) Technical Facilities; Channel No: 34 (590 -596 mc). Authori2ed power: 121 -kw visual, 60.5 -k,.v aural (di- rectional antenna). Antenna: 2950 - ft. above ay. terrain, 192 -ft: above ground, 5940 -ft. above sea level. Latitude 34° 13' 35" Longitude 118 03` 56" Holds CP for change to 347 -kw max. and 87.13 -kw horizontal vis- ual, 69.3-kw max. and 17.4-kw horizontal aural,. 2930 -ft. above ay. terrain, 170 -ft. above ground, 5876 -ft. above sea level. BPCT - -3462. Requests modification of CP to 186 -kw visual, 36.8 -kw aural. B M PCT -6192. Transmitter: Mt. Wilson. TV tape: Recording facilities. News Wire Service: UPI. Facsimile Service: UPI. Iir'lf ):Nr TV ° mee re(yy oUnRry a, as ra pHaan lyi[OSiap° e�a'i B6Cep� 1 �ikesfi=ld� u° w :S (e:a Pac s o c (G]ADE'A N.. a GRADE 8 a♦�n s, *r, r• San DI o"," KNIEX -TV Ref: FCC File ]o. R>IPCT -57i9 Granted 9/12/52 Network Service: None, independent Spanish language outlet. Licensee: Spanish International Scstg. Co., 1044 S. Hill St., Los Angeles, Cal. (90015). Studio: 721 North Bronson Ave., Hollywood, Cal. (90038). Telephone: 213- 466 -5131. Ownership: Fouce Amusement Corp., 35% Julian M. Kaufman, v.p., 10 %; Edward J. Noble, 20 0,'0; Emilio Azcarraga, 20 %; Rene Anselmo, v.p., 15 %. Same interests also operate KWEX -TV, San Antonio, Tex. and,are Ch. 66 applicants in Paterson, N.J. Began Operation: September 30, 1962. Represented (sale :) by Spanish International Network Sales Inc. Represented (legal) by Fly, Shuebruk, Blume & Gaguine. Represented (engineering) by Jules Cohen & Assoc. Personnel: FRANK L. FOUCE, president. RENE ANSELMO, vice president & treas. JULIAN KAUFMAN, vice president. JOSEPH S. RANK, station manager. DIGEST OF RATE CARD NO. 4 (Jan. 1, 1465) 20 or Hour 30 Min. Min. 30 Sec. 10 Sec. Class A -6 -11 p.m,, daily. $700.00 $420.00 $160.00 $120.00 $80.00 1966 Edition -21- gBma or eLra 1 e, SCALE OF MILES ° a so loo QyMlmarltan Map C... Inc, N.Y.. ]e. 14441 ARB Data Not Available MORTON FLOM, ENG. CONSULTING ENGINEER Confidential Reports, TropoScatter Briefs, Feasibility Tests Analysis, Design, Projection and Management Studies 514484 -4883 5814 Hudson Avenue We St. Luc 29 Mcntrcal,Canada { !i: !'�i 'a'I )• ^r. ,mac.;, �:3. P t� '.�. ^.J 20 Sec. -. $1000.00 10 Sec. $600.00 TOTAL TV HONES' Ch. 13 HOUSEHOLDS HOMES PER Technical Facilities. Channel No. 13 (210-216 mc). Authorized power: 170 kw visual 32.4 -kw zural. An- tm•, w •4 ' tenna: 2920 -;t. above ay. terrain, 92 - 200 -ft. above ground, 5380 -ft.� above sea level. Latitude 34' 13' 42" 20.400 Longitude 118° 04' 02" 87 4 S!` i Transmitter: Mt. Wilson 13.200 93 TV tape: Recording facilities. 2,330,900 Color: Network, live„ film & slide. 95 News Wire Service: UPI, City News. (- Facsimile Service: UPI. 97 ORANGE 'SOUTH by : 59,200 97 R:IVERSI.DE. EAST 0 Total TLOUSe6o41i: 0 SUDS 1'oiisumev ?(.frket. Da[:1. as or TV TV I/o end C¢cntetlnc Q :194: Ainerl'.. He,exml, Iturexa. Ccurt, c r :gee Obxiicd .1.0 bxsed on 1965 ARB etudy. i(co SCALE Or MILES o so I. KCOP Ivf: PCC F11e No.'D36'GP -219 Granted. 6123149 Network Service; None, independent. Licensee: KCOP Television. Inc., 915 N. 1a Brea, Hollywood, Cal. (90038). Studio: 915 N. La Brea, Telephone: 213 - 656 - 6050.. TWX. No.;. 910 -321 -4197. Ownership: Chris -Craft Industries Inc., 100%. For officers and principal stockholders, see KPTV, Portland, Ore. Began Operation: Sept. 17, 1943. Sale to Chris -Craft (formerly NAF1 Corp.) by Bing Crosby, Kenyon Brown, George L. Coleman & Joseph A. Thomas (25 % each) approved Jan. 27, 1960 by FCC (Television Digest, Vols. 15:33, 36, 43, 16:5). Previous sale to Crosby et a[ by Copley Press approved Dec. 11, 1957 by FCC• (Vol. 13:16, 22; 34; 50). Copley acquired station, operating as KLAC -TV, from Mrs. Dorothy Schiff Sonneborn Dec. 23,. 1953 (Vol. 9:49, 32). Represented. (sales) by Edward Petry & Co. Inc. Represented (legal). by Dow, Lohnes & Albertson. Personnel: JOHN HOPKINS, president. BILL ANDREWS, general sales manager. DAN MILLER, western sales. manager. GARY WALLER, program director & film buyer. AL BROWDY, director of engineering. CHARLES MITTS, promotion director. " JULiANNA ROYAL, business manager. Lxv"W,e C§Ame ican Stu, Co.. Inc.. N.Y.. So. 11244 DIGEST OF RATE. CARD NO. 1 (Jan. 1, 1966) Hour 30 Min. Min. Class A -7 -11 p.m., daily. $3000.00 $1800.00 .$1000.00 20 Sec. -. $1000.00 10 Sec. $600.00 TOTAL TV HONES' STATE /COUNTY HOUSEHOLDS HOMES PER AR I ZO77IA YUMA 16.100 14.!800 92 CALIFORNIA IMPERIAL 20.400 17,700 87 KERN EAST 16,100 13.200 93 LOS ANGELES 2,330,900 2,2084700 95 ORANGE NORTH 266,300 257,290 97 ORANGE 'SOUTH 61.300. 59,200 97 R:IVERSI.DE. EAST 51000 4,700 93 RIVERSIDE WEST 117.700 109.,200 93 SAN BEE RNARDINO H., 185,800 174..400 '94 SAN DIEGO 373.,700 353.600 95 SAN LUIS OBISPO 32,600 29,800 92 SANTA BARBARA N 34,100 31,500 92 - SANTA BARBARA S 42.000 30.900 93 VENTURA :88.400 $4,300 95 STATION TOTAL 3,588,400 3,397,200 95 NET WEEKLY CIRCULATION IMpRCH'651 2,060..200 AVERAGE DAILY CIRCULATION (MARCH' 65) 769.400 'COLOR PENETRATION PERCENTAGE (NOV 651 17 1966 Edition -'22- AMENDMENTS TO APPLICATION OF COMMUNITY CABLEVISION COMPANY Pursuant to recent FCC regulations the following television channels will be carried in addition to those listed on Page six of this Company's proposal. Channel 6 - KPOL -TV UHF -22 Los Angeles Channel 8 - KFMB -TV CBS San Diego Regulations of the Federal Communication Commission may require us to delete certain Los Angeles pro- grams which are duplicated by the network affiliates from San Diego. The application is further amended to enable the Community Cablevision Company to serve those areas in the City, in which the residents desire more channel selection and /or superior television reception. Applications for pole attachment agreements with the Pacific Telephone Company are being pursued. The following outline reveals the critical path of CATV plant construction. 1. Harbor View Hills A. Tract No. 6113 B. Tract No. 6152 2. Cameo Shores and Cameo Highlands 3. The construction progresses northerly encompassing each area which economically is feasible to serve. OF THE Many manufacturers offer a wide variety of electronic components which are used in the complex network of a major CATV system. Because these companies are highly competitive, two conditions arise: (1) Each company has new products under development at all times, and (2) Each company aggressively sells it products as the ones with the best characteristics. Some of these manufacturing companies own and operate cable TV systems directly. Naturally 'these manufacturer -owned systems provide an excellent market for their own equipment. From the consumer's position there is a real advantage in having ,a CATV system built by independent, experienced businessmen who can select from any and all manufacturers the individual components and materials best for the job required. We as an independent company will construct the most practical system and provide the highest quality service at the lowest cost to the consumer. Controlling Codes and Documents There are national, state, and municipal codes that not only are binding upon the system designer, but certainly should -23- be followed to the fullest utilization because they are guides to good practice which can only result in better service, less trouble, and increased public as well as private safety. The most prominent of these guide documents is the National Electrical Safety Code which is prepared, revised and published by the National Bureau of Standards. It also serves as a handbook for the electrical and com- munications industry wherever they are practicing electri- cal construction of outside facilities. Electrical Power and Communications organizations, both privately and publicly owned, have construction and opera- tional practices which become applicable when cable TV systems become joint users of common facilities, such as pole lines or public thoroughfares, that is, streets, walk- ways and alleys. All engineering planning will endeavor to recognize and comply with all known applicable codes and regulations. Any such codes that have been overlooked inadvertently will have applicable conditions incorporated in the system design when they become known. -24- Certain apparatus components offered by some manufacturers have received the benefit of examina- tion by the Underwriters Laboratories, which is recog- nized as providing for lessening hazards to personnel and prolonging uninterrupted service. Some of the more important controlling design factors that result from adherence to the forgoing guides are: 1. Sufficient strength of cables and their supporting, capabilities under adverse conditions of wind and ice- forming weather. 2. Adequate spacing of cables and associated apparatus to permit safe maintenance by cable TV personnel and the personnel of other organizations with joint use of near- by facilities. 3. Grounding properly to minimize damage from lightning and to avoid hazards arising from accidental interconnection of electrical power. General Construction and Performance Specifications To provide all subscribers with the best possible pictures and sound, the following criteria and means of achieving them are the system technical requirements. -25- 1. Picture and Sound Signals at the "head -end" or beginning of the cable distribution system shall be of broadcast station quality air signals at head end. Quality criteria for off -the- (a) Signal strength direct from antenna, a mini- mum of 1000 microvolts across 75 ohms. (b) Picture signal -to -noise ratio; a minimum of 200 :1 or 46 db. Sound signal proportionately equal through FM demodulation. (c) Picture irregularities, ie., transients (ring- ingJ echoes (ghosts), and phase shift (smearing), shall be limited to that broadcast by the originating stations. For off - the -air signals, a reception site shall be selected by extensive measurements of signals and prolonged obser- vations with TV receivers using special testing antennas and masts. The objective shall be to select sites for reception where the quality of the signals are optimum before they are sent into the distribution system. 2. Head -End apparatus shall be designed and installed to assure continuity of optimum signals on all channels. .26- Specially designed receiving antenna arrays shall be securely installed at optimum locations on supporting masts. Appropriate warning red lights shall be pro- vided if higher towers are required. Interference from unwanted signals shall be minimized in the antenna de- sign and installation. Amplification and control of each channel signals shall be achieved by use of low - noise, pre - amplifiers, band- filters, traps, automatic level controls, channel demodulators, converters, and modulators. An optimum relationship between the sound and picture signals of all channels shall be established and maintained. Apparatus exposed to weather and lightning shall be secured and protected from damage by metallic enclosures connected to ground rods. 3. Coaxial Cable shall be the type providing minimum loss of signal in relation to optimum amplifier locations. It shall be manufactured, tested, installed, and re- tested to provide uniform electrical transmission characteristics, and freedom from abnormal deterioration from weather and normally expected hazards. -27- All couplings for splicing and connection to amplifiers shall be of a weatherproof non- corrosive type and their installation made so that the aforementioned per- formance is not substantially depreciated. Electromagnetic shielding characteristics shall be suf- ficient to comply with radiation limits established by the Federal Communications Commission, and shall be related to the output signal levels from all amplifiers. Any exterior jacketing shall be anon- contaminating polyethy- lene plastic, unless used over an imperious outer conductor. Normally, only solid copper inner conductors shall be used. 4. Trunk Line Amplifiers shall have characteristics to match the trunk line cable, and the combined character- istics of the amplifiers and cable shall establish the physical location (spacing) of the amplifiers. Unusual factors such as availability of electrical power for the amplifiers, accessibility for ease of maintenance, and availability of installing space shall be considered in selection of the cable and amplifier for each amplification section. At least 15 percent reserve amplification shall be included. PM 7 Also, the amplifier location shall provide for incoming signal levels of sufficient amplitude for optimum signal- to-noise ratio and to provide for automatic signal output level adjustment to stabilize the signal levels and to prevent excessive distortion of the signals. Manual gain adjustment shall permit level setting without quality depreciation. 5. Feeder Line Amplifiers shall be connected to trunk cables through taps which shall not depreciate the trans- mission characteristics of the trunk cable nor insert more than one db through loss. Amplifier gain and output level shall be sufficient to serve the feeder cable section without substantial reduction of signal quality. Depending subscriber taps anticipated f loss of the cable selected, a may be designed into parts of at the end of any feeder line 16dbmv. on the density of potential :)r the feeder cable, and the feeder line extender amplifier the system. The signal level should not be less than plus Where feeder line amplifiers are required near trunk line amplifiers, low gain type may be used. -29— When feeder cable and trunk cables are installed to- gether, the feeder cable shall be clearly indentified to prevent accidental tapping of trunk cable with subscriber connections. 6. Line Extender Amplifiers shall have performance characteristics equal to feeder, amplifiers, except that slightly higher noise figure will be permissible if only one line extender amplifier is used in tandem. 7. Subscriber Service Connection. shall be connected only to feeder lines by means of an isolating type tap - off connector. Location and type shall be selected to minimize the impedance discontinuities. Drop cable shall be at least equal to type RG- 59 -:B /U. 8. Amplifier Equalization shall be provided to com- pensate for the higher, attenuation resulting at the higher frequencies. This equalization shall complement the type and length of cable used and the ambient temperature where installed. 9. Line Splitters or Signal Dividing Devices shall pro- vide approximately 20 db isolation between output connections. 10. Exterior Equipment Enclosures shall be constructed -30- of heavy gauge aluminum or sheet metal protected from weathering by plated or equivalent finish. Ventilation ports shall be provided where heat is a factor and shall be of such design to minimize contamination of the equip- ment enclosed. Mounting of enclosures shall comply with any applicable. codes or, ordinances, including position, rigidity, ground- ing, and /or bonding to other objects. Electromagnetic.shielding and power line radiation filter- ing shall be sufficient to meet FCC requirements for radiation. 11. Electrical Power (for amplifiers) shall be supplied from commercial power sources by methods which comply with all applicable codes and ordinances. Regulation of voltages shall be provided to satisfy the transmission performance specified under existing conditions of commercial power supply. A11 apparatus shall be provided with a power disconnect switch, a properly sized fuse, a lightning protector, and a radio frequency power line filter, which will permit com- pliance with FCC radiation limitations. -31- Vacuum tube type amplifier heater voltages shall pre- ferably be regulated. 12. Subscribers TV Set Terminal shall be of a type that provides isolation for protection from accidental grounding or shocks possible when transformerless powered TV sets are used. Impedance matching from the coaxial drop cable to the 300 ohm balanced input on the TV set shall be provided. 13. Cable Supporting shall be by means of lashing to a messenger cable, or the equivalent. Short house drop cables (usually less than 50 feet in length) will be self supporting. Trunk and feeder cables shall be supported by stranded, galvanized, steel messenger cable having a test strength equal or exceeding that specified in the applicable codes or ordinances. Local practices of utility company con- struction normally will be conformed with in regard to the hardware used in connection with messenger cable, its installation, and maintenance. - All hardware will be non- corrosive. - Three bolt clamps will support the messenger at the pole. -32- Stainless steel lashing wire, tightly wrapped approximately 120 feet per 100 feet of cable, will be tied off approximately one foot out from the supporting clamp and fastened with a lashing wire clamp. The coaxial cable will be held at this point with cable support spacers. - Down guy anchors will conform to local experience and usage depending on soil conditions. 14. Grounding shall comply with recommendations and requirements of applicable codes and ordinances. Messenger cable will be securely bonded to other messenger cable at the beginning, the end, at all amplifiers, and at least every tenth pole between bonding on joint use. Each amplifier location will have all cabinets, electrical boxes, lightning arrestors, and the messenger grounded by means of a number 6 copper wire and an 8 foot long by 3/4 inch diameter driven ground rod. Cable messenger on poles in joint use only with power con- ductors shall be bonded to power vertical ground conductors at least every quarter mile. 15. Minimum Service and Quality of TV signals delivered to subscriber set terminals shall be as follows: -33- NOTE: In locations where off - the -air TV signals may of sufficient strength to be troublesome, an adjustment of signal levels and /or method of connection to the TV set may be required. (- 6dbvm). a. - Voltage across 300 ohms - 500 microvolts b. - ..Noise measured between picture and sound carriers - at least 40 db below picture carrier level measured with test instrument equivalent to a Type 704 -5 Field Strength Meter. c. - Picture irregulatities not to exceed substan- tially those existing at the off -air pickup location. d. - Extraneous signals resulting from distortion and intermodulation shall be more than 40 db below peak video signal level as observed on an oscilloscope. e. - Power line frequency interference shall be at least 30 db below peak video signal level as observed on an oscilloscope. 16. Safety Requirements - All practices and requirements prescribed by national or local safety codes or regulations are made a part of these specifications where applicable, particularly those promulgated by State Industrial Commissions. -34- SPECIFICATIONS - U14DERGROUND PLANT Where the CATV system is to placed underground all cables will be installed in conduit not less than 1 1/2 inches in diameter for trunk and distribution lines and not less than 3/4 inch for service drop lines. Service pedestals and amplifier locations are to be installed in weatherproof polyethylene domes and pervious to weather or physical damage. The underground CATV system has many advantages. 1. It preserves the aesthetics of the area. 2. It eliminates reception interference due to cable radiation. 3. Damaged or aged cables can be replaced without trenching in yards and streets. 4. The underground plant amplifier service pedestals and cable are easily accessible for maintenance procedures. The service and amplifier pedestals are attractive units which do not detract from the appearance of the home or grounds. These pedestals are generally located on ease- ments for the utilities which are out of the normal traffic areas in each yard. CABLE DUCT SPECIFICATIONS PHYSICAL PROP CB T DES: Duct shall be virgin material and shall be Class "C" in accordance with ASTM D 1248 -60 -T. TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION MELT INDEX BRITTLE TEMPERATURE STIFFNESS IN FLEXURE DENSITY IMPACT STRENGTH HEAT DETERIORATION CARBON BLACK ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS CRACKING DUCT SIZES Nominal Outside Size Diom. Max t /2.. 3/4 " 1" 1 114" 1/2 2f' 2" 0.840" 1.050" 1.315" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375" @ 2800 PSI Min. 400 per cent 0.2 to 0.5 Max. —180 Deg. F. Max: 75,000 110,000 PSI .940 to .956 gm/cm 3 ft.lbs./in. of notch 260 Deg. F. 2 per cent Min. 75 Hours Min. ASTM D 638 -58T ASTM D 638 -58T ASTM D 1238 -57T ASTM D 746 -57T ASTM D 747 -63 ASTM D 1505 -63T ASTM D 256 -56 ALARM CORP. T.V. CABLE DUCT DIVISION P.O. Box 3455 Carmel, California Phone: (408) 624 -2012 IRINTIN4 INC. 5EASIDE Wall Min. Bending Coil Size Tolerance Thickness Tolerance Radius Inside Diom. +or — +or- 0.008 0.060 0.02 01101, 2'4" 0.010 0.065 0.02 1' 0" 2'4" 0.010 0.075 0.02 1' 3" 2'6" 0.012 0.106 0.02 1' 9" 4'0" 0.012 0.120 0.02 2' *0" 4'0" 0.012 0.1 45 0.02 2' 4" 4'8" ALARM CORP. T.V. CABLE DUCT DIVISION P.O. Box 3455 Carmel, California Phone: (408) 624 -2012 IRINTIN4 INC. 5EASIDE CATV EQUIPMENT Technical personnel of the Community Cablevision Company examine and test components from each lead- ing CATV equipment manufacturer. Only the best equipment regardless of the manufacturer is pur- chased and installed in our system. Predominately the Jerrold Electronics Corporation equipment compose the Community Cablevision Company's system. Many components of the Viking Corporation have been tested and are used in the system. As businessmen we believe we get more dollar value by purchasing the best equipment from leading manu- facturers rather than buying all the equipment, possibly at a lesser price from just one manufacturer. The specifications which follow can be effectively evaluated as Jerrold Electronics Corporation specifi- cations are equal or better specifications regardless of manufacturer. All equipment installed in the CATV system will be from American manufacturers. JEU010 CATV ELECTRONICS "Channel Champ" RgNS�ST® FEATURES SINGLE- CHANNEL PREAMPLIFIER. AND POWER SUPPLIES, Models TPR *,. 405 -P, and PPS-8A • Best noise figure ever -4 A max., low band; 5112 A max., high band; assures crisp, clean pictures • Separate Channel High Q Preselector — cleaner pictures — fewer beats ... reduces spare parts inventory • Rugged Cast Aluminum Housing — withstands ravages of weather year after year • Matched input and output —get ALL the signal power picked up by your antenna • AC Powered —no electrolysis problems • Zeller Diode regulation of operating voltages — signals won't fluctuate • De -rated use of active components — longer life, less maintenance, fewer failures The Channel Champ solid -state preamplifier is specifi- cally designed for use at the head -end of CAN systems. The unit has been engineered to take maximum advan- tage of the signal strength available at the antenna array and to compensate for down-lead losses between antenna and head -end without degrading the system noise figure. The Channel Champ is available in either of two basic -Order by Channel Number types —a low band (Ch. 2 -6) single- transistor unit or a two- transistor high band (Ch. 7 -13) unit. Both types have 6 me bandwidth and feature hi -Q preselector circuitry employing helical resonators. The preselector is factory tuned to the required channel. However, the channels can be switched by simply retuning the preselector, using sweep frequency techniques (see insert). TECHNICAL DATA I CS,TDS- 513.1 The Channel Champ is housed in a durable cast aluminum casing specifically designed to withstand the most adverse weather conditions. A pivoting mounting bracket allows the unit to be either mast, tower or wall mounted. The pre- amplifier may be used with any remote power supply which provides a nominal 22 to 30 vac at 120 mA max. via a coaxial downlead. Jerrold Model 405 -P is an effective power supply unit for this purpose. Also available is a relay rack mount- ing remote power supply (Model PPS -8A) with eight independent outputs for powering up to eight preamplifiers and having a nominal 24 vac at each output. A switching circuit and a meter on the Model PPS -8A permit a quick reading of current and voltage in any one of the eight lines (all outputs are fuse protected). A framed index card is mounted on the front of the unit so that initial readings can be recorded for comparison with readings made later. Model TPR -2 Preselector cannot be tuned to another channel. Models TPR -3 and TPR-4 Preselectors each can be tuned to either ch. 3 or 4. Models TPR -5 and TPR -6 Preselectors each can be tuned to either ch. 5 or .6. Models TPR -7, 8 and 9 Preselectors each can be tuned to either ch. 7, 8 or 9. Models TPR -10, 11, 12 and 13 Preselec- tors each can be tuned to either ch. 10, 11, 12 or 13. SPECIFICATIONS MODEL TPR * CHANNEL CHAMP PREAMPLIFIER FREQUENCY RANGE: Any one of 12 VHF -TV channels, as ordered BANDWIDTH: 6 me for channel ordered - GAIN: 18 db min., on low -band channels 20 tlb min., on high -band channels' NOISE FIGURE: 4.0 db max., on low -bane channels SHIPPING WEIGHT: 5.5 tlb max., on high -band channels FLATNESS: Within 0.5 db across 6 me OUTPUT CAPABILITY: 40 . dblr* low -band - - (at 0.5 db Sync - 50 dial, 'high-band compression) - VSWR— INPUT: 1.5:1 (14 db return loss) OUTPUT: 1.38:1 (16 db return loss) POWER 2230 vac at 120 mA max. (supplied by Model REQUIREMENT: PPS -8 or Model 405 -P). VOLTAGE Self'- regulating operating voltages through Zener STABILIZATION:. diode circuitry. . MOUNTING: Mast, Tower or Wall DIMENSIONS: 81/2" L, 37/a" W,:2Ue" D FINISH: Clear aluminum NET WEIGHT: 31/2 Ibs. SHIPPING WEIGHT: 5 Ibs. .. - "Specify Channel Numbe MODEL 405 -P POWER SUPPLY INPUT VOLTAGE: 117 volts OUTPUT VOLTAGE: 24, . 26, 28, 30, or 32 volts an depending on switch position. DIMENSIONS: W 54e ", H 27/e ", D 6s/a" SHIPPING WEIGHT: 1214 Ibs. (Preamplifier and - Power Supply) ,A07 i �a.�s�..�.=r MODEL PPS -8A POWER SUPPLY POWER OUTPUT: 24 vac, 125 milliamps.(at each of 8'terminals) ISOLATION: 54 db min. (between adjacent lines) RF FRED. RANGE: 54216 me ' INSERTION LOSS`. 0.5 Me max. VSWR: 1.28:1 max. (18 db min, . return loss) RF TERMINALS: Blocked against 60 cycle ac and .harmonics. -- METERING: Separate voltage and current. monitoring of each output. FUSING: 125 milliamps, 250 volts, (in each line) POWER SOURCE: 117 v, 60 cps (3 -wire outlet required) POWER CONSUMPTION: 24 watts (full load) " MOUNTING: 19" standard relay rack DIMENSIONS: 3rh" H, 51/e" W, 19" L NET WEIGHT: 6V2 Ibs: - - SHIPPING WEIGHT: 8th Ibs. CATV DIVISION Jerrold Building • 15th and Lehigh Avenue a Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 - THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS BEM -6/65 CS- TOS-513.1 "°'&T OD 34257 FM SYSTEMS: EQUIPMENT Models AFT -2000, AFM -2, ' AT= , and FM7.3 FM SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT ALL SOLID- STATE AM /FM TUNER Model AFT -2000 DESCRIPTION Model AFT -2000 is a highly selective, -sensitive, and drift -free tuner for converting AM or FM broad- cast signal into an audio source for Jerrold's "AUDIO - TROL" Model AT -* or Model AFM -2. They in turn will distribute these sound signals over any unused FM or TV channel in a TV distribution system. While absolutely independent in its function. Model FEATURES • Built -in audio compression .limits audio output to a maximum level, • No signal drift —once set to a station, the station remains "locked -in." • Programs can be monitored while tuning with tuner output disconnected It indicates monitoring or tuner output :connected to sound system. e monitoring jacks on front panel — always "live." tuning, log- scale, and D'Arsonnal tuning meter —for fast,. precise • AC convenience outlet on rear of chassis — controlled by front panel on -off switch. • Balanced 300 -ohm FM antenna input terminals. • Built -in ferrite loopstick antenna for AM. • Overload and "crosstalk:" prevention — through exclusive filter circuits. AUDIO MODULATOR Model AT -* DESCRIPTION Audio modulator Model AT -* turns any unused N program channel. The audio source may be an AFT - 2000), an AM radio, .. records, tape or micropl TV receiver can be used on the system. *Specify TV channel desired. SPECIFICATIONS RF output Up to 55 dbj,** each carrier separately controlled at 75 ohms, at each of two outputs. Frequency Stability Video carrier crystal controlled, sound carrier AFC controlled referenced, to crystal. Spurious Signals Down 50 up. Frequency Any VHF -TV channel. Carriers One at video, unmodulated. One at sound, FM Mod- ulated with 25 kc; max.. deviation (TV standards). TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Usable FM Sensitivity: 2.9 microvolts PM .Image Rejection: Better than 45 db FM Spurious Response Rejection: Better than 60 db AM Sensitivity: 50 microvolts per meter AM Selectivity: 10 kc bandwidth at 6 db points AM IF Rejection: 55 db Front Panel: Tuning meter, SAM -FM tuning, program switch, audio compressor switch, AM -FM selector switch, power switch, monitor headphone jack. Power Requirements: 50 w, 117 vac, 60 cps .Shipping Weight: 14 lbs. Dimensions: 5ya" H x 19" W x 101/," D FM STEREO Model AFM -2 DESCRIPTION Model AFM -2 is designed to provide an FM signal in the 88 to 108 megacycle range, suit- able for transport over a TV distribution sys- tem at an r.f. .carrier frequency specified by the system operator. Audio, or the standard 10.7 me intermediate frequency signal from an FM tuner '..(such as Model AFT -2000) can be used as a source of modulation. With an audio input applied, Model AFM -2 is used as a generator of FM signals; with a 10.7 me i.f. input, the .AFM -2 acts as a converter for the received FM signals and for the.. multiplex sidebands in stereo FM broad- casts. In either operating mode, the output of the modulator is compatible with existing FM receiving .equipment. Model AFM -2 circuitry incorporates automatic frequency control, a crystal- controlled r.f. oscillator, an Lf. amplifier, a modulation level control, and dual 75 -ohm matched outputs. A chassis- mounted meter continuously monitors the audio modulation level or permits reading the relative r.f. output. The built -in power supply is line- regulated. A number of test Points are provided to facilitate maintenance. The unit is .designed for 19 standard rack mounting. Frequency Range Input Audio: 50 to 15,000 cps. Output 88 to 108 me. Minimum Input Level Audio 60 millivolts at 200 cps for 75 kc deviation, 12.5 db Max. 10.7 me i.f. 50 millivolts for full output. Minimum Output at Full Gain 55 dbj;' dual output. Maximum Noise and Hum at Full Gain At least 40 db below full gain. Maximum Audio Distortion at Full Gain 1.5 %. Gain Control Range 14 db Input Impedance 100,000 ohms, audio; 75 ohms;.. 10.7 me i.f. Output impedance 75 ohms at max. VSWR of 1.25:1; both outputs. Maximum Insertion Lass 0.2 do to within 1.0 me of FM channel; 0.5 db to within next channel.. spaced 0.5 me. Power Requirement 100 to 130 volts, cps, 40 watts. Overall Dimensions '19Vs" L,. 5x /e" H, 6- 31/32" W. Net Weight 13 lbs. •0 oral = 1,000 microvolts across 75' ohms.. FM TELEVISION TAP Model FMT -3 DESCRIPTION The Jerrold FM and TV tap, Model FMT -3, provides for the connection of one FM and one TV set to an RG -59/U coaxial cable house drop.. The unit comprises a three - element, tuned, filter network housed in a blister can. Model FMT -3 is equipped with F -61A fittings which mate with the F -59A male connectors supplied for easy connection to the house drop and to each receiver. Only one FMT -3 may be connected to a house drop and only one TV set may be connected to the FMT3. The FM fitting on the FMT -3 is used only for connecting an FM set to the tap. SPECIFICATIONS Impedance (all fittings) Insertion Loss all TV channels except 6. TV -6 and FM band Isolation (FM band) VSWR (TV fittings) Fittings 75 ohms. 0.2 do. 0.7 db max. 8 db min. /17 db max. 1.3:1 max. 3 F -61A. COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building a 15th and Lehigh Avenue a Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER Of TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS KM, May 1965 Printed in U.S.A. TEST EQUIPMENT Models 1801, 1802, 1803, 7048, . 720, 727, 8017F, WSTV, 0.75 -7F;' AV•75F, A -7504, 111.871;. TMW PGF, GFA, SP0 -30! and ST11145: CATV Service Shop Rack - Mounted Test Equipment MODEL 1801 A complete RF test equipment package GENERAL DESCRIPTION Model 1801 This new compact rack of CATV test art a new dimension in CATV service shy mounted Jerrold if test eouhiment inclm ru,a,y rodxiei umisrer swmcnes ganged together in a special manner for this rack application. Also included in the rack is a high- sensitivity Tektronix oscilloscope Model RM -503. A pull-out work surface is provided for the equipment under test. A.Jerrold variable bridge Model RLBV -7F is supplied with the rack. Model 1802 Similar to Model 1801 except that Tektronix high- sensitivity scope is replaced by a wide -band Model RM -15 Tektronix scope, Model 1803 Similar to Model 1801 except that no oscilloscope is supplied. FEATURES FASTER TESTS Gang-mounted, coaxial switches permit going from one test set -up t another with the simple flick of a .switch. MORE ACCURATE TESTS MBC (measurement.by- comparison) techniques made possible by the three - position coaxial switcher "provide for more accurate measurements than those made with standard pro- cedures. Measure the frequency response of system compo. nents over the entire sub - channel, VHF, and UHF -TV ranges within +0.25 db. Measure match NSWR) to a return loss of 40 db; hum modulation to —40 db, or cross - modulation to —57 db. MORE KINDS OF TESTS In addition to MBC tests,.. noise figure, siggnal -to -noise ratio, and signal strength tests can be made quickly and accurately. APPLICATIONS Test CATV equipment in converters, cable, cable filters, fittings, and traps', TECHNICAL DATA as amplifiers, coal couplers, CO -TDS- 661:1 � E R° R O L D C A T V MODEL 727 DELUXE SOLID -STATE FIELD STRENGTH METER Model 727 This rugged, accurate, easy -to -use instrument is the finest the GATV industry has to offer. Lightweight and portable, it uses a nickel . cadmium battery capable of 10 hours of continuous use between re- charges: SPECIFICATIONS AND FEATURES Frequency Range: 5 to 220 me in 4 ranges (plug -in UHF adapter Model UH -727 extends range to cover 470 to 890 me). Recorder Output: For signal surveys" Semi - Conductors: 20 transistors; 12 diodes Video Output Jack Separate video amplifier and detector x `• '4i'a" Meter Ranges: 10 microvolts to 3 volts in ten ranges, Accuracy: 11.5 db ° t Frequency and Meter Offal Lights: For using meter in the dark Meter Range Indicator: Ends need for calculations: Power Sources: CAN BE FROM THREE SOURCES: - rechargeable (1) Built -in -in rechargeable nickel .cadmium battery (cannot . be damaged by excessive charging time). (2) rdi outlet. e (3) Any xt erna l 12 volt, 50 ma battery. MODEL 704 -B FIELD STRENGTH METER Model 704 -B READS DOWN TO 5 MICROVOLTS AND UP TO 3 VOLTS— Recognized throughout the industry as outstandingly accurate and reliable, the Model 704 -B is a calibrated direct reading . instrument for TV and FM measurement. Its specially - designed tuner assures increased selectivity, 75 -ohm impedance and uniform gain —all required for highest accuracy. FEATURES • Reads down to 5 microvolts and up to 3'volts, in 8 ranges. • Precise readings in db or microvolts ±0.8 db over entire. range. • Reads percent of amplitude modulation of FM. carriers, percent of AM distortion of rM amplifiers and percent of AM of if generators. • Calibration card on hinged door panel for permanent reference. • Phone outputs for listening to FM signals. • Oscilloscope output for examining composite video. T E S T E Q; U UHF FIELD STRENGTH ADAPTER FOR 720 and 704 -B 1 P M E IN T Model UN-720 While this UHF adapter is especially designed for the Model 720 Field Strength Meter, it can be connected to any FSM on the market. Since it contains a built -in power supply, the adapter can be operated at a distance from the FSM. Further, it includes a plug -in UHF antenna, making it an ideal UHF signal. probe. SPECIFICATIONS Input Frequency: 470890 me (UHF channels 14.83) Output Frequency: 64 me nominal (VHF channel 3) Accuracy, -2 db Minimum Input: 5 microvolts Maximum Input: .1 volt Semi- Cnnductons: 3 transistors; 2 diodes Accessories Supplied: (1) 300 -75 ohm matching Transformer (1) Plug -in UHF antenna (1) Universal mounting bar (2) F` -59 plugs for cable link j2) 9 -volt alkaline. batteries CATV SERVICE EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS OF MODELS 18019 18020 1803 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 89D-7F SWEEP GENERATOR provides for sweeping from 500 kc to 1100 me in two ranges VHF, 500 kc to 400 me, and LIHF, 275 me to 1100 me) with sweep widths variable from 100 kc to 200 Inc. VHF or UHF operation is selected by simple interconnection or jumper cables . to front panel fittings. Other features include market amplifier, refer- ence dial, provisions for inserting an external marker, and means for connecting an external If detector. MODEL 704-BR FIELD STRENGTH METER is recognized throughout the industry as an outstandingly - accurate and reliable instrument for direct reading of TV and FM signal strengths. MODEL TC3 -7F SOLID -STATE THREE - POSITION RF COAXIAL SWITCHER Provides the switching to .permit simultaneous viewing of three separate traces on a scope. Specifications: range —dc to 1200 mc; isolation - 30 db min.: (1000 me), 28 .. db min. (1200 me); VSWR -1 1:1 max. (1000 me), 1.2:1 max. (1200 mc); insertion loss -0.1 db; fittings -75 =ohm F. MODEL CM-10TV MARKER GENERATOR provides your choice of up to ten crystal - controlled marker signals between 100 kc and 100 me. In the higher frequencies, up to the 20th harmonic will be visible (up to the 10th in the lower frequencies). Proper choice and mixing . will provide harmonic side -band ('birdie bypass ") markers across wide band width. Features include individual amplitude control, marker -shape control, scope preamplifier, choice of ac or do marks, and provision for the addition of external markers. MODEL TML -1 SOLID -STATE ALL -BAND AMPLIFIER is a high -gain (24 db min.) high-output .. trunk -line amplifier used in the most up -to -date CAN systems. Two of these famous amplifiers are included in the test rack with an RPS -15 power supply to provide the necessary 30 -v ac for their operation. MODEL AV -75FR ROTARY SWITCH ATTENUATOR features . eight long-life, rotary switches with dual- wiping, self - aligning, silverplated contacts, this model provides precise attenuation from the to 500 me and is useful up to 800 me for laboratory measurements. The unit exhibits a VSWR. at 230 me of 1.2:1 with a 0.3 db insertion loss. At 500 me the VSWR is 1.4:1 with 0:6 db insertion loss MODEL D -75 -FR RF DETECTOR is a bridging -type unit for converting rf energy into do voltages for direct application to an oscilloscope. Frequency range 0..5 to 1200 me MODEL RLBV -75 VARIABLE BRIDGE is used to measure the return loss and nominal impedance of coaxial. cables (bridge not mounted in rack but included. with 1601, 1802 or 1803). PORTABLE SWEEP GENERATOR Model 601 The Model 601 -7F is a portable sweep generator for testing and aligning if and rf circuits in the frequency range from 12 to 225 mc. There are eleven overlapping switch ranges to cover the entire band with fundamental frequency output on all ranges. The unit features an electronic, . saturable-reactor sweep circuit with a maximum sweep deviation of approximately ±60% of center frequency. The rf output response at 0.5 volts rms is flat within ±3/4 db. Output level is adjustable by switch attenuators The horizontal output can be phased thru approximately 360° Blanking is provided with a front panel switch. w_ 6± yaj 1 PORTABLE MARKER GENERATOR Model CM-6TV The Model GM -6TV is a portable marker generator providing a choice of up to six crystabcontrolIad marker signals between 100 kc and 100 mc. In the higher frequen- cies, up to the 20th harmonic will be visible (up to the 10th in the lower frequencies). Proper choice and mixing will provide harmonic sideband'( "birdie bypass ") markers across wide band width. Features include individual amplitude control; marker -shape control, scope preamplifier, choice of ac or do marks, and provision for the addition of external markers. ROTARY- SWITCH ATTENUATOR MODEL AV -75F —The Model AV -75F is similar to Model AV -75FR (used in Models 1801, 1802, and 1803) except that it is in a housing for use on a bench. SLIDE - SWITCH ATTENUATOR' MODEL A -75OF —The Model A -750F slide- switch attenuator pro- vides 0 to 82 A attenuation in one -db steps from 0 to 250 mc. Bench- mount. A at s 16 k RP DETECTORS Jerrold rf detectors are bridging -type units for converting if energy into the do voltages for direct application to an oscillo. scope, an oscilloscope preamplifier, or to a recorder. MODEL 0766.7F— Average reading detector covering the 0.5 to 230 me frequency range. Used with marker generator. Bench mount. MODEL U- 75 -UF— Peak -to -peak detector covering the 0.5 to 1200 mc frequency range. Used with any sweep generator. Bench mount. Starline TEST EQUIPMENT MODEL STD -75 Model STD -75 comprises a high- Impedance probe detector Model STP 75 and a feed -thru unit Model STA -75. These units are used together at a head -end to establish a reference on an oscilloscope overlay for subsequent sweep testing.. of Starline. amplifiers. In sweep testing, only Model STP -75 is used. 4�fS�APA%EY `¢ MODEL SPO -30 —Test point probe with 30 db built -in attenuation for connecting field strength meter to Starline equipment test points. MODEL POF —PG to F male adapter for testing plug -in when unit is out of housing. MODEL GFA— Female adapter used for testing connector chassis when plug -in unit . is out of housing. JERROLD ELECTRONICS CORPORATION CATV SYSTEMS DIVISION 15th & Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AN D SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS *A-9/65 Printed in U.S.A. <4eRr • O 35403 A NEW CONCEPT IN CA TV SOLID -STA TE ALL -BAND DISTRIBUTION .JEFtFROL[3 eTN Starline 0 r. It A PRODUCT OF JERROLD ELECTRONICS CORPORATION a CATV SYSTEMS DIVISION THE STARLINE STORY Jerrold introduced the first reliable all -band solid -state CATV distribution system in 1964. The field performance of this equipment has exceeded every claim made for it. The famous Jerrold TML -line provided the logical transition from the finest tube equipment to the new golden age of solid -state all -band distribution exemplified in the Starline. l FIRST IN DESIGN CONCEPT The Starline is the culmination of an integrated design concept. Every system component was created as necessary part of an all -band, 12- channel, CAN distribution system with maximum cascade - ability, tremendous flexibility, complete reliability, and unmatched dollar -for- dollar value. Design "firsts" include: a series of five unitized stations to cover every possible need on the main trunk line of a system; a series of plug -in "feedermakers" to provide one, two, three, or four feeder lines at any bridging location without unnecessary reduction of rf power; heavy feed -back circuitry for extra stability; advanced AGG circuitry; and an air - tight, radiation - proof, compact, multi -mount housing in two sizes for the complete protection of all Starline equipment from weather or atmospheric pollutions. These design innovations eliminate the costly, time - consuming con- struction of jumper cables, guarantee positive, permanent cable con- nections, end the problem of positioning equipment within housings, and provide a facility of maintenance heretofore unavailable. FIRST IN CASCADE - ABILITY The new Jerrold Starline provides the most cascadable all -band trunk line amplifiers available for CATV distribution. Only Starline amplifiers have all the specifications for maximum 12- channel cascade - ability. Changes in gain control settings, for the first time in transistor history, have a negligible effect on cross - modulation and noise figure. At least 50 amplifiers can be cascaded (see Specifications —Trunk Amplifier Gain —on last page) with the system cross- modulation at the last amplifier output down 57 db and a minimum signal -to -noise ratio of 40 db. Input and output match of amplifiers is excellent with a return loss of more than 16 db (VSWR 1.38:1). Response is flat within -L I/4 db and hum modulation is down more than 60 db as compared with 45 db for the best of tube amplifiers. These are real- number specifications for highest picture /sound quality at the end of a system. FIRST INFLEXIBILITY Starline equipment is electronically and mechanically the most flexible ever designed. Electronic flexibility is provided by the wide range of operating levels, the ability of all units to be powered from either input or output, the choice of one to four feeder lines from any distribution location, and the fact that the equipment can be placed at the most advantageous location on trunk or feeder lines. Flexibility in main- tenance is assured by modular plug -in construction which permits fast replacement, and by the test points which are accessible through special apertures with the housing closed. Mechanical flexibility is inherent in the unique housing which can be mounted in one position on a pole or cross -arm, or in any of four positions on the messenger wire. Clearance problems are minimized. Starline equipment can be used with a variety of either alumnum- sheathed or polyethylene jacketed cables. Finally, there is the flexibility afforded by the plug -in " feedermakers." Where less than four feeder lines were initially used, additional lines can be connected quickly and inexpensively by installing the proper cable connectors and then substituting the proper "feeder - maker" model for the desired number of lines. FIRST IN RELIABILITY From the very inception of CAN, Jerrold and reliability have been synonymous. Ever since the first commercially successful system was installed in up -state Pa. in 1950, CATV operators have been depending upon Jerrold to deliver quality pictures and sound to their subscribers 24 hours a day, every day in the year. This is the criterion of reliability; the success of Jerrold - equipped CAN systems throughout the years is prime evidence of their ability to meet this standard. The new Jerrold Starline is the most reliable distribution system .yet developed far CAN. The present superiority of the Starline stems , from the fact that the system embodies all the feasible reliability factors known at the present state of the art. These include: conserva- tive specifications to insure a reliability reserve; protection against sudden surges of current; all components operated at less than rated capability for maximum service life; permanent, positive cable connec- tions which need never be broken unless the function of the station is changed; performance - proven AGC and thermal equalizers to provide the constant levels essential to reliable operation; housings- which are air -tight to protect components from corrosion and radiation -proof to insure against rf leakage and interference; and the rugged construction that can be relied upon to withstand the most adverse environments. FIRST IN ECONOMY True economy in the purchase of CAN equipment as a replacement for existing equipment or for use in a new system can only be judged on its in -place cost. Starline equipment is the most economical in the industry because it has the lowest in -place cost yet achieves the best electrical performance. The unique design of Starline stations permits several possible installation configurations which minimize pole "make ready" costs. The unitized construction of the stations permits the installation of an entire station's active equipment within a single housing. This eliminates the purchase and installation costs of separate housings for the various items of equipment required. It does away with expensive interconnections (via cable jumpers) between items of equipment in the same housing. Finally, the "grapes on a vine" appearance of housing - cluttered stations need no longer be endured. F— — _, STARLINE SYSTEM COMPONENTS SA- SERIES UNITIZED MAIN -TRUNK STATIONS Models SA -1, SA -2, SA -3, SA -4, SA -5 Figure 1: Typical Starline Unitized Main -trunk Station Each of the five Starline unitized main -trunk stations (Models SA -1 thru 5) is cable - powered via either input or output fittings and provides for a specific electronic function or functions at the particular location. Each station comprises three elements integrated into one functional package. 1. Basic housing. 2. One of two connector chassis types. 3. One of five station plug -in units. The Basic Station Housing The basic station housing comprises a cast - aluminum body and a hinged cover. A double gasket between the body and hinged cover provides an air - tight, radiation -proof seal when the cover is closed. The unit can be mounted in one position on either a pole or a cross -arm, or in any of four positions on the messenger wire. The housing (Figure 1) is designed to accept VSF -type fittings for direct introduction of aluminum- sheathed or polyethylene - jacketed cables. Apart from trunk line input and output apertures, the housing has four feeder -line exits for use at bridging locations. Threaded plugs are provided for sealing unused apertures. In addition, the housing has three apertures, sealed with wire - secured plugs, to give access, while the housing is closed, to trunk input, trunk output, and bridging output test fittings. Connector Chassis Types One of two connector chassis types is integrated with each basic housing. One of these types (Figure 2) is used with all unitized stations serving feeder lines (Models SA -1, SA -2, and SA -5). The other (Figure 3) is used with those stations not serving feeder lines (Models SA -3 and SA -4). The connector chassis (used with Models SA -1, 2 and 5) is equipped with (1) built -in crown - washer screw terminals to seize the bare center con- ductors of cables, (2) ac by -pass circuitry to enable the powering of other locations either ahead of or past the particular location, (3) recep- tacles for the specific station plug -in, (4) receptacles which accommo- date any one of the four, plug -in "feedermakers" and (5) a fuse - holder and fuse for each feeder line. The connector chassis type used with Models SA -3 and 4 is similar except that it does not include the "feeder - maker" receptacles and fuses. .r n Figure 2. Connector Chassis (for Models SA -t, 2, and 5) Figure 3. Connector Chassis (for Models SA -3 and 4) Plug -in Units for Stations (General) The individual Starline plug -in units which perform the electronic func- tion or functions required at a particular main -trunk station simply plug into the receptacles provided in the connector chassis. Each plug -in unit contains a built -in full -wave rectifier, filter, and regulating network to transform the ac into the do necessary for powering the unit. STARLINE SYSTEM COMPONENTS SA- SERIES UNITIZED MAIN -TRUNK STATIONS FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS Plug -in Unit for Model SA -1 Y This is the fully - loaded station plug -in unit. The device is an all -band trunk -line and bridging amplifier with AGC circuitry. The bridging ampli- fier output is connected to the "feedermaker" receptacle on the con- nector chassis. When the proper "feedermaker" model is plugged into the receptacle, from one to four feeder line outputs are created. This one unit performs the electronic functions which previously required three Jerrold models (TML -1, TBA -1, and TAGC -213). It is supplied complete with housing and connector chassis as Starline Model SA -1. Plug -in Unit for Model SA -2 This is the main trunk and bridging amplifier station plug -in unit. The device is an all -band trunk -line and bridging amplifier. The bridging amplifier output is connected to the "feedermaker" receptacle on the connector chassis. When the proper "feedermaker" model is plugged into the receptacle, from one to four feeder line outputs are created. This one unit performs the functions which previously required two Jerrold models (TML -1 and TBA -11. It is supplied complete with housing and connector chassis as Starline Model SA -2. Plug -in Unit for Model SA -3 R This is the main trunk amplifier and AGC station plug -in unit. The device is an all -band trunk -line amplifier with AGC circuitry. It performs the functions which previously required two Jerrold models (TML -1 and TAGC -213). The unit is supplied complete with housing and connector chassis as Starline Model SA -3. Plug -in Unit for Model SA -4 This is the simplest of the station plug -in units. The unit is an all -band trunk -line amplifier. It is an improved version of Jerrold model TML -1 and is supplied complete with housing and connector chassis as Starline Model SA4. CASCADE - ABILITY OF MODELS SA -1 thru 4 The electronic characteristics of these four main -line stations deter- mine the number of amplifiers which can be cascaded and therefore the possible length of a Starline distribution system. These amplifiers are designed to Jerrold cascade - ability requirements. Cascade - ability Specifications The cascade - ability of a trunk -line amplifier can be specified properly only when it is based on the relationship between the picture /sound quality at the output of the head -end of a system and the picture /sound quality at the TV sets farthest removed from the head -end. Jerrold has expressed the ideal relationship in very simple terms. "Pictures and sound at TV sets farthest removed from the head -end shall not be degraded perceptibly from the pictures and sound available at the head - end." Picture /Sound Quality in Numbers This simple Jerrold statement of relationship must be expressed in real numbers to provide engineers with concrete system specifications. The basis for these numbers is the relationship between the desired TV signals (video and sound) and the undesired or degrading signal components, such as cross - modulation, noise, hum, etc., expressed in decibels (db). The level of degrading signal components should be a definite minimum number of db below the level of the desired TV signal at the end of a main trunk line. Jerrold's requirements are: 1. Signal -to -noise ratio should be at least 40 db (referenced to a noise- free signal at the trunk line input). 2. Cross - modulation should be at least 57 db below 100% modulation. 3. Hum - modulation should be at least 30 db below 100 % modulation. 4. Ghosting (due to bad impedance match) should be at least 30 db below video carrier level. When 50 Starline trunk amplifiers are cascaded and operated as speci- fied (see table of specifications), cross - modulation is down at least 57 db at the output of the last amplifier. This assures that total cross - modulation, including that contributed by bridging and line extension amplifiers operated as specified, will not rise above —51 db at a subscriber's receiver farthest from the head -end. This figure assures that there will be no perceptible interference in either black -and -white or color pictures. Starline amplifiers perform in accordance with these specifications for maximum cascade - ability. Plug -in Unit for Model SA -5 This is the intermediate bridging amplifier plug -in unit. The device provides a low -loss feed -thru for signals from the trunk -line amplifier preceding it and provides bridging amplification. The bridging amplifier output is connected to the "feedermaker" receptacle on the connector chassis. W`en the proper "feedermaker" model is plugged into the receptacle, from one to four feeder line outputs are created. This one unit is functionally equivalent to Jerrold Model TBA -2. The unit is shipped complete with housing and connector chassis as Model SA -5. STARLINE PLUG -IN "FEEDERMAKERS" Models SO-1, 50.2, SO -3, and 50.4 ;;,:u b�"J ,o irw7 M b., 4 .11 4 � Str9 n` ) MCI MwFI ♦O� fO'4 /. " Feedermakers" Starline "feedermakers" are aptly named since their function is to create a specific number (from one to four) of feeder line outputs at any distribution amplifier location on the main trunk -line. These models (not supplied as part of a unitized station) are necessary with Models SA -1, SA -2, and SA -5. MODEL SO -1 Creates one feeder line with only 0.2 db (max.) insertion loss. MODEL SO -2 Creates two feeder lines with a nominal insertion loss of 3.5 to each. MODEL SO -3 Creates three feeder lines with a nominal 3.5 db loss to one, and 6.5 db loss to each of the others. MODEL SO4 Creates four feeder lines with a nominal insertion loss of 6.5 db to each line. STARLINE MESSENGER - MOUNTED ACCESSORIES Typical Messenger- Mounted Accessory in Housing General Starline messenger- mounted accessories (with the exception of Model SX -1, a line extender amplifier) are passive networks of various kinds performing such functions as thermal equalization, splitting, power combining, etc. Each includes a completely - similar, air - tight, radiation - proof, multi -mount basic housing. All passive networks have a 5- ampere current capacity in each ac by -pass leg except Model SPJ -2, which has a 12- ampere capacity. STARLINE SYSTEM COMPONENTS /rN, STARLINE MESSENGER- STARLINE POWER SUPPLY MOUNTED ACCESSORIES MODEL SPS -12 (Continued) MODEL SHS -2 Two -way, power - passing hybrid splitter with a nominal insertion loss of 3.5 db. MODELS SDC -6,12, and 16 Directional couplers with low in- sertion loss to the line and high isolation (26 db min.) between output and tap. Tap loss of SDC -8 is a nominal 8.25 db; of SDC -12, 1215 db; and of SDC -16, 16.25 ch. MODEL SPJ -2 A power combiner for transporting 30 v ac power from Model SPS -12 power supply to the trunk -line in instances where Model SPS -12 is remotely located. Current carrying capacity is 12 amperes. MODEL STE Thermal equalizer used at every third trunk amplifier location. Equalizes for 17 db of cable at 216 me at 701 and compen- sates for temperature changes for 60 dh of cable from 110 °F to 120 °F. MODEL SX -1 Line extender amplifier used on feeder lines. Excellent gain (24 db min.), high output, flat response, variable gain and tilt controls, and a plug -in pad for fixed gain con. trol. Cable- powered with optional ac by -pass. 6� MODEL SPS -12 is capable of powering up to six com- pletely- loaded stations on Esau the main trunk of a Starline system. Mounts on pole or cross -arm. Power (30 volts ac, 12 amperes) is normally placed on the trunk line via direct connections of the trunk -line to the power supply but may also be fed to a remotely - located trunk line via cable and a Model SPl -2 power combiner. STARLINE TEST ACCESSORIES SI n5aoe ,(Q M S p3 rMc [�<,. •. tarp M- tle151��p3 aonrrre � Model STP -75 Made] STA -75 MODEL STD -75 Model STD -75 comprises a detector test probe Model STP -75 and an adapter Model STA -15. The units are used together at a head -end to establish a reference on an oscilloscope overlay for subsequent sweep testing of Starline amplifiers. In sweep testing, only Model STP -75 is used. MODEL SPD -30 ' , - x;�sr.AOAnreR Test point probe with 30 do built - in attenuation to connect field strength meter to test points on Starline equipment. MODEL PGF Male adapter used for testing plug -in unit when unit is out of housing. MODEL GFA Female adapter used for testing connector chassis when plug -in unit is out of housing. MODEL SPB-1 Cruciform bracket for mounting an SA -1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 housing on utility pole or two cross -arms. MODEL SPB -2 Bracket for mounting a utility housing (used with Starline splitters, directional couplers, line extenders, etc.) on any flat surface or pole. MODEL AHB -3 Pair of brackets for hanging SA -1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 housing below a messenger cable when a group of cables is attached to the messenger wire. MODEL AHB -2 Bracket for hanging a utility housing (used with Starline splitters, directional couplers, line extenders, etc.) below a messenger cable when a group of cables is attached to the messenger wire. sx- * a% -1 MODEL NLY SA-5 WITH S0 OUT FULLY - LOADED TRUNK -LINE SECTION IN STARLINE SOLID -STATE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ■ * r1jAc aX -1 aX -1 9X -1 B % -1 Kal ■* MODEL RF /AC SA -2 NF /AC WITH SO-4 N OUT IN MODEL RF IN /AC OUT SPS-12 1 RF OUT /AC OUT MODEL AC SA -I WITH SO -4 OUT C IN MODEL SA -5 WITH SO -4 xf e % ** B %" . B % ** MODEL 1i /4C SA -5 RF /AC WITH SO -4 OUT IN AC 1N MODEL SA -2 WITH SO -4 e% ** aX ** 9X ** 9 % ** 8 % ** B % ** 8X ** 3 % ** 3% * ax -** NOTE of RF ONLY OUT iHf RF /AC IN _* SPECIFICATIONS 'FEEDERMAKERS' MODELS SO-1, 2, 2 and 4 I THERMAL EQUALIZER MODEL STE I 'Between outputs — Between output and tap I * 9X -I 9 % -I * * MATCH (return loss In db) sal SOS SO -3 SO-4 MATCH (return loss in db) 30 23 23 18 NOM. INSERTION LOSS IN DB 0.2 3.5 3.5 for 3 db term. 6.5 for 6 db terms. 6.5 ISOLATION LOSS IN DB 20 20 18 DIMENSIONS 2" x 2" x 2%" 30 v no !1% for line voltage between 95 and 130 v ac and held within 2% for load variations between 4 and 12 amps. MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT 6 oz. 1442" x 13" X 9" SHIPPING WEIGHT 45 Its. MODEL SX -1 LINE EXTENDER SPUTTERS AND DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS SHS -2 SDC -B SDC -12 SOC46 MATCH (return loss in db) 20 18 21 24 NOM. INSERTION LOSS IN DB LINE 3.5 2 0.9 0.62 TAP 8.25 12.25 16.25 ISOLATION IN DB (min.) 20' 26" 26— 26— CURRENT CAPACITY (each leg) 5 amp. 5 amp. 5 amp. 5 amp. SIZE 242' x 5" x 43/4" WEIGHT 14. Ibs. POWER COMBINER MODEL SPJ -2 FRED. RANGE 5 -216 me MATCH (return lass In db) 5 to 48 me 19 50 to 216 me 26 INSERTION LOSS IN DS 0.25 max. CURRENT CAPACITY 12 amps. max. DIMENSIONS 244" x 5" x 43/4" I 'Between outputs — Between output and tap I * 9X -I 9 % -I * * MATCH (return loss In db) 18 FRED. RANGE 54.216 me INSERTION LOSS at ch. 13,70 °F 2.3 db x0.5 db CABLE COMPENSATION 17 db of cable at 70 -F at 216 me THERMAL COMPENSATION 60 db of cable from 40 °F to }120 °F CURRENT CAPACITY 5 amps. DIMENSIONS 2142" x 5" x 434" WEIGHT 1441bs. POWER SUPPLY MODEL SPS-12 VOLTAGE OUTPUT 30 v no !1% for line voltage between 95 and 130 v ac and held within 2% for load variations between 4 and 12 amps. MAXIMUM LOAD (1) SA 1, (2) SA -2, (3) SA -5, and (24) SX -1. DIMENSIONS 1442" x 13" X 9" SHIPPING WEIGHT 45 Its. MODEL SX -1 LINE EXTENDER MAX. OUTPUT CAPABILITY @ —57 db cross -mod for-2—channels 49 dbmv for 9 channels 43 dbmv for 12 channels 42 dbmv FRED. RANGE 54 -216 me GAIN (min. full) 24 db at ch, 13 RESPONSE FLATNESS �1 db GAIN CONTROL RANGE 0 to 3 db manual GAIN CONTROL (fixed pad) SXP -0, 3 or 6 db TILT CONTROL RANGE compensates for from 16 to 24 db of cable POWER REQUIRED rms voltage and current 20 to 30 v,.25 amps. max. DIMENSIONS 24.11 x 5" x 434" SHIPPING WEIGHT 2 Its. UNITIZED MAIN -TRUNK STATION SPECIFICATION CHART ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SA -1 SA -2 SA-3 SAd SA-5 UNITIZED STATION FUNCTION TRUNK AMP. BR. AMP. AGO TRUNK AMP. BR. AMP. TRUNK AMP. AGC TRUNK AMP. — INTERMEDIATE BR. AMP. MAXIMUM OUTPUT CAPABILITY (tor all Starllne amplifiers located on the main trunk) This specification is Votetl for —57 db cross - modulation using 5 db block -tilt technique, Le. low channels are operated 5 db below Nigh channels. Trunk Amplifier per ch. for 2 channels (in dbmv) per ch. for 9 channels (in dbmv) per ch. for 12 channels (in dbmv) Bridging Amplifier per ch. for 2 channels (in dbmv) per ch. for 9 channels (in dbmv) per ch. for 12 channels (In dbmv) _ — 55 49 48 55' 55' 55 55 49' 49' 49 49 48' 48' 48 48 55 55 49 49 48 48 TYPICAL OPERATING LEVELS IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT Trunk Amplifiers (12- channel operat 41 to 50 amps In cascade (in dbmv) ion) 2 to 40 amps in cascade (In dbmv) 9 8 31' 32' 9 8 31` 32' 9 8 31 32 9 8 31 32 _ — FRED. RANGE (all amplifiers) in me 54 to 216 54 to 216 54 to 216 54 to 216 _ 54 to 216 RESPONSE FLATNESS (trunk amps) (br. amps) ±0.25 db !-0.25 db X0.25 tlb ±0.25 dD ±0.5 db !0.5 db X0.5 de INPUT AND OUTPUT MATCH (tor all unitized stations) Trunk in and out Distribution out 16 db return loss (VSWR 1.38:1) 16 db return loss (VSWR 1.38:1) 16 db return loss (VSWR 1.38:1) 16 db return loss (VSWR 1.38:1) 18 db return loss VSWR (1.29:1) 16 db return loss (VSWR 1.38:1) 16 db return loss (VSWR 1.38:1) 16 db return loss NSWR 1.38:1) — — TRUNK AMPLIFIER GAIN Mln. full gain Operational gain (12 channels) 41 to 50 amps In cascade 2 to 40 amps in Cascade 26 db 26 db 26 db 26 db — 22 d0 22 db 22 db 22 db 22 db 24 db 22 db 24 db BRIDGING AMPLIFIER GAIN Min. full gain Operational gain (12 channels) 18 db 18 db 33 db 24 to 32 db 17 db l7 tlb TRUNK AMPLIFIER GAIN CONTROLS AGO (Carrier at 73.5 me) AGC signal strength AGO operational gain AGO compensation Manual gain range Switch pad (in or out) 17 dbmv 17 dbmv 22 db 22 db �4 db input = =0.5 db output — ±4 db input X0.5 db output 0 to 7 db 0 to 7 db 0 to 7 db 0 to 7 db 0 or 6 db 0 or 6 db 0 or 6 db 0 or 6 db BRIDGING AMPLIFIER GAIN CONTROLS Manual gain range in db Switch pad (in or out) 0 to 5 tlb 0 to 5 db 0 to 7 db 0 or 6 db TRUNK AMPLIFIER TILT CONTROLS Variable (cable equivalent) Switchahle (In or out) (cable equiv.) O to 7 db at 216 m7l O to 7 dD at 216 me O to 7 db at 216 me O to 7 db at 216 me 17 db I 17 tlb 17 db 17 tlb BRIDGING AMPLIFIER TILT CONTROLS Variable (cable equivalent) !3 db at ch. 2 linear across band 23 db at ch. 2 linear across band — — ±4 dD linear across band BRIDGING AMPLIFIER INSERTION LOSS 1 db nominal 1 db nominal 1.25 db nom. TRUNK AMPLIFIER NOISE FIGURE at full gain at ch. 2 at full gain at ch. 13 8 db max. 8 db max. 8 db max. 8 db max. 11 db max. 11 tlD max. 11 do max. 11 db max. RADIATION SUPPRESSION Equipment housing suppresses radiation as well as or better than aluminum- sheathed cable. HUM MODULATION --60 db 1 60 db 1 —60 db 1 —60 db 1 —60 db TEST POINTS Each Starllne unitized main -trunk station has test - ppoints (each sealed with a wire - secured plug) for trunk -line Input, trunk -line output, and (where necessary) for bridgin output. Test points require the use of either Model SPD -30 for checking with a field strength meter or Model STP -75 for sweep tests. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE —40 °F to +140° �0 °F to }140 °F —40 °F to }140 °F �0 °F to +140'F —40 °Fto }140 °F POW POWER REDUIRED rms voltage and current 22 to 30 V 7 amp. max. 21 to 30 v .9 amp. max. 21 to 30 V .75 amD. max. 20 to 30 v .6 amp. maz. 20 —103.0.v. .6 amp. . MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING DIMENSIONS 16" x 8" x 4^ 16^ x 8" x 4" 16^ x 8" x 4" 16" x 8- x 4^ 16" x e" z 4- SHIPPING WEIGHT 15 lbs. 15 Ins. 15 lbs. 15 lbs. 15 lbs. MOUNTING 1 position on pole or cross -arm, 4 positions on messenger wire 'Subtract 1 db for bridging amplifier Insertion loss. ALL DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. JERROLD ELECTRONICS CORPORATION CATV SYSTEMS DIVISION 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 LEM -9/65 Printed in U.S.A. Form No. CS.C.004.1 10., 0 35342. ��I I INTRODUCES THE FIRST COMPLETELY 49 RELIABLE TRANSISTORIZED ALL -BAN[ Maximum system stability - Minimum system maintenance The new Jerrold transistorized distribution system is the result of years of careful laboratory analysis and thorough field testing of transistorized circuits to insure that each transistorized compo- nent would equal or better the system- tested performance of the industry's finest tube equipment. This new system provides the system stability formerly attained only in the most elaborate systems with an economy of maintenance heretofore impossible. Every piece of the new transistorized equipment incorporates the latest advances in the state of the art. Each of the units is ruggedly constructed, has readily - accessible and clearly- marked controls and fittings, requires a minimum of mounting space, and is simple to install. This is the equipment the industry has been waiting for —and it has been worthwhile waiting. THE TRANSISTOR /ZED ALL -BAND CASCADER The Jerrold Model TML -1 is a six transistor mainline amplifier providing unparalleled cascade - ability, extraordinary stability, and long -term trouble free performance in all -band (54 -216 mc) sys- tems. The amplifier features high gain, high output capability, low noise figure, flat response, and excellent input and output match. Model TML -1 is a direct replacement for the Jerrold mainline, all -band, tube amplifier Model SCA -213. The new unit comprises a three - transistor amplifier, two switch - able cable equalizer sections, a tilt control, coarse and fine gain controls, a three - transistor internal power supply, and the neces- sary associated circuitry, fittings, and test points. Model TML -1 is mounted on a solid - copper heat sink chassis and equipped with a dust cover of the same material. The amplifer is designed for 19" rack or cabinet mounting with all controls easily accessible. The three - transistor amplifier provides a minimum 24 db full gain (22 db operational gain) and has an extremely flat response (1/2 db p -to -v) over the entire 54 -216 me range. The output capability is 44* dbj ** per channel at — 57 db * ** cross -mod. *44 dbj output is attained by using a block tilt technique, i.e. to -band channels are operated 3 db below the high channel level. For flat output, de -rate output capability 2 db. '*0 dbj = 1,000 microvolts across 75 ohms. * * *At —57 db cross -mod. level, no cross -mod. distortion will be visible even on a white screen. Further, with amplifiers cascaded to the limit and out Properly de -rated for cascading, there will be no cross-mod. distortion visible in either black and white or color pictures. Two cable equalizer sections, 12 and 17 db respectively, may be selected by switch. These, together with a variable tilt control (3 db range compensating for 6 db of cable) provide tilt adjust- ment for from 12 to 23 db of cable spacing. Gold- plated parallel contacts are used in the equalizer to insure long, reliable service. Coarse gain control is achieved with a plug -in pad Model PIP (a PIP -0 pad is shipped with each unit) and the fine gain control is variable over a 3 db range. The TML incorporates a —17 v do test point, an input rf test point, and an rf output test point. An input 60 -cycle check point is located on the insulated mounting nut of the power rectifier. The internal power supply will furnish a —17 v do at 300 mA to the amplifier transistors of Model TML -1 as well as to those of a Model TBA -1 bridging amplifier. This voltage - regulated, current - limiting supply uses zener diode biasing for ultra - stable operation of the power transistors under temperature variations. The power source for the unit is a Jerrold Model RPS -30 power supply (or any similar source) which will provide from 19 to 30 v ac. This power is applied to the unit via a Jones plug when the amplifier is at the same location as the power supply or via either of the RIF and AC input and output fittings when the power is carried by the coaxial cable. TYPICAL LOADED LOCATION IN TRANSISTORIZED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM *All amplifiers shown Q Model TML -1; 3 Model TBA -1; 3 Model TBA -2; 48 Model TLE -1) are powered from single RPS -30 supply. * *RF only ** *Arrows indicate RF and AC TRANSISTOR /ZED AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL UNIT Model TAGC -213 is designed specifically for use with solid -state trunk line amplifiers Model TML -1, from which it obtains a nominal 24 v ac operating voltage. The unit receives its pilot carrier signal of 73.5 me from a crystal - controlled carrier generator (Model CCG -73.5) at the head -end. Model TAGC -213 automatically compensates for carrier level fluctuations over a range of 8 db from +5 db to —3 db by keeping output level variations constant within ±0.5 db. THE TRANSISTOR /ZED o- ..... ....... TRANSISTORIZED LINE EXTENDER Jerrold Model TLE -1 mounts directly on the messenger wire, in line with the coaxial cable. The amplifier pro- vides a minimum 18 db full gain at channel 13 and has an output capability of 33 dbj for 12- channel operation. This transistorized line extender has separate controls for gain (5 db range) and tilt (5 db range to provide for 10 db cable tilt) which can be set and locked in position. The amplifier is aligned through 18 db of cable at chan- nel 13 so that it may be located anywhere within 18 to 28 db of cable from the bridging amplifier. Model TAGC -213 Model TAGC -213 has a power bridging circuit capable of passing ac and do for powering bridging amplifiers Model TBA -1 and line extender amplifiers Model TLE -1. A built -in regulated power supply transforms the 20 -30 v ac input to —17 volts do for operating the solid -state circuitry. The unit is fully shielded in a metal housing and shipped with mounting brackets for installation in 19" relay racks. Normal system requirements are for one TAGC -213 recom- mended at every third amplifier location, preferably at the master power supply location. LINE EXTENDER Model TLE -1 is cable - powered and a two - position switch either opens or closes a power pass -thru circuit. The thru position of the switch is used only when an addi- tional Model TLE -1 is required on the feeder line. A heavy -duty weather -proof aluminum housing clamps to the messenger wire and uses the seized center con- ductor principle for permanent connection to either solid or flexible cable. The amplifier plugs into the housing and requires only the tightening of two bolts to hold it firmly in place. Model RPS -30 This rugged king -size power supply provides a maximum for line voltages varying from 95 to 130 volts. For current of 12 amps at 30 volts ac to power a fully - loaded typical load changes between 4 and 12 amperes the voltage location (see Diagram) in a transistorized distribution output is held constant within 2 %. The unit is mounted system. The voltage output is within -*1 %R of 30 volts ac in a weather housing with Models TML -1 and TBA -1. THE TRANSISTOR /ZED BRIDGING AMPLIFIER Model TBA -1, designed to establish four feeder lines at main amplifier locations, is similar in construction to Model TML -1, obtains its power from it, and mounts with it on the same rack in the same weather inclosure. A power harness interconnects the two units so that the ac power from Model RPS -30 (or any 19 to 30 volt source) is fed via Model TML -1 and a Jones plug to Model TBA -1. The same plug feeds the —17 v do voltage from the TML -1 power supply to the amplifier transistors of Model TBA -1. Model TBA -1 provides 14 db minimum gain to each of four outputs. Each of the output lines is fused so that when the fuse is in place the 19 to 30 v ac power is fed via the coaxial cable to power line extended Model TLE -1. When no line extender amplifier is used on a line, the particular fuse is removed. The unit features a maximum output capability of 40 dbj for twelve channels at —57 db cross -mod. at each of four outputs. The response flatness is ±1/2 db. Coarse gain control is provided via a plug -in pad of the proper value (available from 3 to 18 db in 3 db steps). The variable fine gain control has a 5 db range. The outputs have 16 db minimum isolation between them. An additional feature of Model TBA -1 is that a simple modification permits additional output capability if less than four feeder lines are to be installed at the location. If three outputs are used, the output capability will be unchanged for two of the outputs but the third will be increased 3 db to 43 dbj for 12 channels. If only two outputs are used, the output capability of each will be 43 dbj for 12 channels. THE TRANSISTORIZED INTERMEDIATE BRIDGING AMPLIFIER Jerrold Model TBA -2 incorporates design features and functions of both Models TML -1 and TBA -1. The unit is used to create feeder lines at locations between two TML -1 amplifiers. Model TBA -2 comprises a built -in directional coupler, an amplifier, an internal power supply, and the necessary controls and fittings. The directional coupler provides a maximum line insertion loss of 11/2 db. The amplifier provides 26 db gain to each of two outputs and has an output capability of 42 dbj per channel for 12 chan- nels. Coarse and fine gain controls are similar to those of Model TBA -1 and the outputs are similarly fused to permit powering Model TLE -1 line extender via cable. The variable tilt control has a 3 db range to afford compensation for 6 db of cable tilt, and the amplifier is aligned for 8 db of cable. Therefore, Model TBA -2 may be located within 8 to 14 db of cable from Model TML -1. The amplifier is cable - powered and its internal power supply is similar to that of Model TML -1 except that it furnishes the regulated do voltage to its own amplifier transistors. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MODEL TML -1 Bandwidth Gain (Min. full) (Recommended op.) Response Flatness Noise Figure (at cIt 2 /full gain) (at ch. 13 /full gain) Gain Control (fine) (coarse) Tilt Control (variable) (switchable sections) Impedance (input and output) VSWR (input and output) Max. Output Capability at —57 db Cross -Mod. (per ch. for 9 ch.) (per ch. for 12 ch.) Power Required Bandwidth Gain (Min. full) (Recommended op.) Response Flatness Gain Control (fine) (coarse) 54 -216 me 24 db 22 db -t'/4 dill 10 db max. 11 db max. 3 db var. plug -in -pad (3 to 18 db in 3 db steps) 3 db (for 6 db cable) 12 or 17 db 75 ohms 1.38:1 44 dbj'* 43 dbj'* 19 to 30 v ac C 0.4 amp. max. MODEL TBA -1 Impedance (input and output) VSWR (input) (output) Isolation between Outputs Line Insertion Loss Max. Output Capability at —57 db Cross -Mod. (per ch. for 9 ch.) (per ch. for 12 ch.) Power Required (via TML -1) Bandwidth Gain (Min. full) Response Flatness Gain Control (fine) (coarse) 54 -216 me 14 db (each of 4 outputs)* 12 dill -V2 db 5 db plug -in -pad (3 to 18 db in 3 db steps) 75 ohms 1.1:1 max. 1.38:1 max. 16 db min. 3/4 db max. 41 dbj ** 40 dbj** 19 to 30 v ac @, 0.3 amp. max. —17 v do MODEL TBA -2 Tilt Control Tilt Alignment Impedance (input and output) VSWR (input) (output) Isolation between Outputs Line Insertion Loss 54 -216 me 26 db (each of 2 outputs) V2 dill 5 db var. plug -in -pad (3 to 18 db in 3 db steps) 3 db var. (for 6 db of cable) Thru 8 db of cable 75 ohms 1.23:1 max. 1.38:1 max. 16 db min. 11/2 db max. * *0 dbj = 1000 mica Max. Output Capability at —57 db Cross -Mod. (per ch. for 9 ch.) 43 dbj ** (per ch. for 12 ch.) 42 dbj** Power Required 19 to 30 vac @ 0.4 amp. max. MODEL TAGC -213 Frequency Range Flatness Pilot Carrier Frequency Pilot Carrier Input Level Required at 11 A. GC Action Manual Gain Control Range Impedance, All Terminals Impedance Match: 11, 12 14,15 Insertion Loss: 11, J2 J4, J5 AC Input Internal Power Supply Output Current Drain 54 to 216 me ±0.5 db 73.5 me +17 dbj" Output constant within ±0.5 db for input changes from +5 db to —3 db. 8 db down from full gain 75 ohms VSWR 1.17:1 maximum (min. return loss 22 db) VSWR 1.3:1 maximum (min. return loss 18 db) 0.35 dill nominal, 0.5 db max. 1.0 db nominal, 1.5 db max. 20 to 30 v ac —17 v do 0.8 amp. max. MODEL TLE -1 Bandwidth 54 -216 me Gain (Min. full) 18 db at ch. 13 Response Flatness -3/4 db Noise Figure 15 db max. at ch. 13 Gain Control 5 db var. Tilt Control 5 db var. (for 10 db of cable) Tilt Alignment Thru 18 db of cable Impedance (input and output) 75 ohms VSWR (input and output) 1.5:1 Max. Output Capability 33 dbj ** per ch. for 12 ch. Power Required 19 to 30 v ac @ 200 mA max. MODEL RPS -30 Voltage Output 30 v ac ±1% for line voltage between 95 and 130 v ac and held within 2 %, for load varia- tions between 4 and 12 amps. Maximum Use Supplies (3) TML -1, (3) TBA -1, (3) TBA -2, and (48) TLE -1 am- plifiers. *A simple modification changes TBA-) Into either a three- output or two - output device. As a three - output device, two of the outputs will have the same output capability (40 and 41 dbj for 12 and 9 ch, operation respectively) and the other will have 43 and 44 dbi capability respectively. As a two- output device, each output will have an output capability of 43 and 44 dbl respectively for 12 and 9 ch. operation. volts across 75 ohms CATV DIVISION Jerrold Building • 15th and Lehigh Avenue a Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS LEM -6/65 Form No. CS-C -002.1 Printed in U.S.A. (]e 34307 /��► " tXC{lVC1YYT /�� SPGTYE&SIM1xERS, E,QtJ 1P.IW MNT I Models FC047 and LHS46 Wide -Band Frequency Model FCO -47 DESCRIPTION Jerrold Model FCO -47 frequency splitter is a low -loss unit for mixing or separating frequencies in the 0 to 47 me range from those in the 54 to 220 me range. This unit features a 30 db minimum rejection be- tween these bands with an insertion loss of only 1 db. Splitter'Mixer t s> �I wamcls 54-220 MCIS L 5 i~} . y MODEL FC047 {5& JERROLD ELECTRONIC$ COftPitAp'"K[Qrf t i +sd•[ } W? W` LIMP e: VHF (Hi -Lo) Cross -over Model LHS -76 DESCRIPTION Jerrold Model LHS -76 is a low -loss high - rejection cross -over network comprising complementary low -pass and high -pass filters having a joint cut -off (cross -over) frequency at approximately 140 mc. Housed in a compact, sturdy blister can which is easily and simply mounted, the Model LHS -76 is an efficient splitter or mixer of high and low VHF channels. Network TECHNICAL DATA Ir` CS -TDS -541 SPECIFICATIONS DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building a 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS NM, December 1964 Printed in U.S.A. Model FCO.47 Model LHS -76 INSERTION LOSS 1 db 0.6 db BANDWIDTH 0 to 47 me 54 to 220 me 0 to 110 me 170 to 216 me IMPEDANCE (input and output) 75 ohms 75 ohms VSWR (input) (output) 15:1 1.5:1 1.2:1 1.2:1 ISOLATION BETWEEN OUTPUTS 30 db min. 30 db min. FITTINGS F -61A F -61A DIMENSIONS 31/2" X 25/s" X 21/81 2- 5/16 "X 2- 5/16" X 1.5/16" SHIPPING WEIGHT 8 oz. 8 oz. DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building a 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS NM, December 1964 Printed in U.S.A. CATV OUTDOOR DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS AND SPLITTER Models DC EQUIPMENT DC -16W and 1593W DIRECTIONAL HYBRID COUPLERS SPUTTER Models DC -8W, DC -12W, DC -16W MIXING Model 1593W for • SPLITTING • LINE BRIDGING in coaxial cable systems FEATURES • MOUNTS DIRECTLY ON MESSENGER • AC BY -PASS CIRCUITRY • DIRECTIONAL - COUPLER CIRCUITRY • HIGH ISOLATION BETWEEN TAP AND LINE OUTPUT • LOW FEED -THRU LOSS • FLAT RESPONSE • WIDE BANDWIDTH (54216 mc) • EXCELLENT MATCH ON ALL TERMINALS DESCRIPTION Jerrold Directional Couplers Models DC-8W, 12W and 16W as well as Hybrid Splitter Model 1593W are matched, low - loss units for the splitting or mixing of 75-ohm coaxial cable lines. The DC -W models are used in situations where eight, twelve, or sixteen db attenuation is desirable at the tap terminal. Model 1593W provides a maximum loss of only 3.5 db to each output leg from its input. All models feature ac by -pass circuitry which permits them to be used in line- powered systems. In addition, the cast aluminum housing permits the use of any type cable from the solid- sheath aluminum -type to strip -braid or any of the conventional older -type cables. The siezed center conductor guarantees a positive connection under the most adverse conditions. These units provide unparalleled flexibility in choosing the location for the splitting or mixing of coaxial cable lines since the site is no longer restricted to a pole location. Impervious to vibration and weather, these models will provide years of dependable, maintenance -free service. TECHNICAL DATA I CS -TOS -543 SPECIFICATIONS -NA =. Not Applicable ••Between line out and tap ^' Between outputs COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building . 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS KM, December, 1964 Printed In_U.S.A. °� DC -8W DC -12W DC -16W 1593W FEED -THRU LOSS 2 db max. 1 db max. .75 db max. NA* TAP LOSS 8.5 db max. 8 db min. 12.5 db max. 12 db min. 16.5 db max. 15 db min. NA LOSS TO EACH LEG NA NA NA 3.5 db max. VSWR 1.22:1 1.15:1 1.22:1 1.22:1 max. ISOLATION 22 db min. ** 26 db min. ** 26 db min.** 18 db min. * ** FREQUENCY RANGE 54 -216 me 54.216 me 54 -216 me 54-216 me BANDWIDTH 196 me 196 me 196 me 196 me AC BY -PASS Yes Yes Yes Yes DIMENSIONS 9 "L /31h "W /31/2 "D 9 "L /31/2 "W /31 /z "D 9'1/31/2 "W /3'/2 "D 9 "L /31/2 "W /3'h "D SHIPPING WEIGHT 1 Ib. 10 oz. 1 lb. 10 oz. 1 lb. 10 oz. 1 lb. 10 oz. -NA =. Not Applicable ••Between line out and tap ^' Between outputs COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building . 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS KM, December, 1964 Printed In_U.S.A. °� Fixed and Variable Attenuators ... from DC to 200 MC s LOW VSWR a HIGH ACCURACY FEATURES: + WIDE BANDWIDTH AND A WIDE RANGE OF ATTENUATION VALUES ... IN BOTH FIXED AND VARIABLE MODELS. Model A•21 A- 'i Model F -71 MODEL A -21 VARIABLE ATTENUATOR Model A -21 is a switch type, variable RF attenuator which provides precise attenuation over the frequency range of 0 to 250 mc. The unit contains three selector switches for attenua- tion settings from 0 to 21 db, in 3 db steps. Model A -21 is matched to 75 ohms with a VSWR of less than 1.2 and is capa- ble of handling 500 milliwatts of power. Attenuation accuracy is ±1 db at maximum attenuation and insertion loss is 0.5 db with all switches in the 'but' position. MODEL PDL FIXED ATTENUATOR PAD Model PDL is a fixed attenuator pad using a resistive Tee - network to provide a specified attenuation in 75 ohm circuits. The attenuator exhibits a VSWR of less than 1.2:1 over its entire frequency range which makes it ideal for padding and balancing applications in wired television systems and other similar installations. The tubular design permits this pad to blend into the installation without need of special mounting facilities. Inline Applications' Model PDL is.. equipped with F -61 connectors which mate with Jerrold F -59 cable connectors. The attenuator is available in attenuation values of 3, 6, 10 and 20 db. Specify the desired value when ordering. Chassis Mounted Applications When the Model 'PDL is mated with the Jerrold Model F -71 connector (illustrated) the attenuator is ideal for chassis mount- ing applications, if the attenuator is intended for chassis mounting; specify both Models PDL and F -71 when ordering. TECHNICAL DATA MODEL BTD PLUG -IN PADS Model BTD is a matched tap unit that permits line- bridging applications of Model BDA -213. The BTD -OL to 15L are used with Model BDA -26 amplifier to provide a flat attenuation to the amplifier with an insertion loss of .5 db max. The attenuation at channel 6 is 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, and 15 db respectively. The BTD -OH to 30H are used with Model BDA -713 amplifier. The attenua- tion at channel 13 is 0, 5, 10, . 20,. 25, and 30 db respectively. The insertion loss is 1.0 db max. Model BTD COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building a 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS BEM, June, 1964 Printed in U.S.B. oO MODEL P.I.P. PLUG -IN PADSL, Model P.I.P. is a matched plug -in pad designed for output reduction over s� the frequency range of 0 -216 me in Jerrold amplifiers. The pad is available *s< in 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18 and 21 db attenuation values and features a low VSWR. } t Model P.I.P. MODEL BTC PLUG -IN PADS Model BTC is a matched tap unit that permits line- bridging applications of Jerrold low -band VHF amplifiers. The tap is available in 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 and 18 db attenuation values. Insertion loss of the tap is 3 db for the BTC —3, 1.5 db for the BTC —6 and 1 db for all other taps. MODEL CP PLUG -IN PADS Capacitive Plug -in Pads Models CP -O, 3, 6, 9, 12, or 15 db values are I designed to provide gain control for the Model MDA -4 Line - Bridging Model BTC Distribution Amplifier. MODEL BTD PLUG -IN PADS Model BTD is a matched tap unit that permits line- bridging applications of Model BDA -213. The BTD -OL to 15L are used with Model BDA -26 amplifier to provide a flat attenuation to the amplifier with an insertion loss of .5 db max. The attenuation at channel 6 is 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, and 15 db respectively. The BTD -OH to 30H are used with Model BDA -713 amplifier. The attenua- tion at channel 13 is 0, 5, 10, . 20,. 25, and 30 db respectively. The insertion loss is 1.0 db max. Model BTD COMMUNITY SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building a 15th and Lehigh Avenue • Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 THE NATION'S FOREMOST MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER OF TELEVISION CABLE SYSTEMS BEM, June, 1964 Printed in U.S.B. oO I COMMUNICATION ALARM AND SWITGI NEWafts now ELECTRONICS mimm AUTOMATIC ALARM AND PROGRAM SWITCNER MODEL JVA -8 FOR MICROWAVE RELAY, CCTV, OR CATV SYSTEMS FEATURES • Automatically senses loss of TV program • Automatically substitutes off -air picture, stand -by slide or identifying bar pattern • Automatically identifies fault location at all points "down system" to reduce off•air time • Alarm readout by any standard station moni- tor or off -air receiver • Adjustable reaction time • Completely un- attended operation • Completely solid state — trouble free design • Simple installation requires no system modifications APPLICATIONS MICROWAVE RELAY SYSTEMS Model JVA -8 provides the ideal answer to the need for a reliable and straightforward method of pinpointing and reporting equipment failure. Installed at origination and relay points of a microwave system, the JVA -8 auto- matically reports the loss of program video without the need for additional pilot sensing and reporting equip- ment. Where a substitute program is available at the point of failure,* this can be automatically switched into the system. CCTV OR CAN SYSTEMS Model JVA -8 is used as an automatic program change- over unit to switch to a substitute program when the primary source fails or completes its programing schedule. NON -TV SYSTEMS The use of a 15,750 cycle pilot tone makes it possible to use the JVA -8 for sensing system failure to actuate hot - standby or alarm facilities. 'Either "off-the -air" or locally originated, TECHNICAL DATA ECS -40111' -642 DESCRIPTION The Jerrold Model JVA -8 incorporates a sync sensing circuit, a sync generator and a bar pattern generator together with the necessary controls and power supply all integrated into a single compact rack - mounting unit. In typical operation the unit is installed in a line carry- ing N program video such as the output of a Microwave Receiver or TV off -air receiver. The sync sensing circuit automatically and continuously samples this primary video signal for the presence of the standard 15,750 cps horizontal sync pulse. The absence of this pulse triggers a relay in the unit to provide one of two pre- selected responses. An adjustable delay circuit insures that a momentary loss of primary video due to switching or microwave system fades will not cause premature change -over. Upon change -over a secondary video source, previously connected to the secondary input, can be automatically switched into the output line (thereby providing viewers with an alternate program while at the same time indicating a fault and its location by the nature of the secondary source), or an internally generated bar pattern (eight possible patterns) is sent out. The restoration of the primary video automatically restores the original program. Auxiliary (Form C) relay contacts are provided for activat- ing additional equipment or reporting the change -over by visual or audible alarms. Lights on the front panel indi- cate the status of the JVA -8 and test points are provided for easy checking of its operation. The unit is simple to install and requires no system modifications to incorporate it into any Microwave or video system. Patterns available Input level on which unit will lock Sync and bar generator output level Input and output impedance Transfer delay — primary to secondary Transfer delay— secondary to primary Insertion loss primary or secondary input to output Test points Auxiliary controls and outputs Connectors Power requirements Physical Mounting Weight 8 different patterns. Selectable from 2 to 9 vertical black bars. Adjustable, 0.1 v p -p composite video or greater. Adjustable from 0 to 1.5 v p -p either positive or negative sync. 75 ohms. Adjustable from 7 sec. to 15 sec. 1 :sec. max. 0.25 d1p,.30 cps to 8 mcps. Primary input (.75 of input volt- age-75 ohms). Secondary input (.75 of input voltage -75 ohms). Monitor of 15,750 cps band - pass filter (high impedance). Form C contact available on back panel to indicate . whether unit is in primary or secondary status. Remote over -ride or interrupt (switchover may be prevented or initiated independently by connections made at rear ter- minal strip). Input, output and test points. BNC -type. Auxiliary output and controls — barrier strip. 105.130 v, 47 -63 cps, 15 watts. 19" relay rack requires 51/4" rack height. Net: 23 lbs. Shipping: 32 Ibs, 17 I 1 17" 1432 7 41 3.. 231 I9 116 128 32 rr 04 0••_ _ _'� 51 m o m 4 FRONT TOP 81DE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS DIVISION Jerrold Building . 15th and Lehigh Avenue e Philadelphia, Pa. 19132 Western Regional Office • 1.2340 E. Firestone Blvd. • Norwalk, California AM, December, 1964 Printed in U.S.A. '12: '(D 6 Ina., C.ndl",ar i Dielec,ric Outer %onau c "i!r (Sheaf! ;) Ja chef (0 pti mwl) Messenger 41I re (Opt i me l) MESSENGER Ii IRE r- JACKET r SIiEA'1'N DIELECTRIC r CONDUCTOR Bare. Solid Copper Electrical Resistivity: 10.69 ohm (mil -toot) at 200C See: Table I for Dimensions Diameter Tolerance ±0.001" Unicellular Foam Polyethylene Dielectric Constant : 1.5. Nominal Aluminum Tubing, Alloy 1060 -0 Electrical Resistivity: 17.10 ohm (mil -foot) at 200C' See Table I for Dimensions. Diameter Tolerance: 1. D. ?0.004 (all types) 0. D. t0:008 (VK 141.2 & VK -1500) 0. D. 40:012 ( VK -1750) -- Polyethylene— Black, High Molecular Weight Resistant to Outdoor Weathering See Table I for Dimensions Minimum {Pall Thickness: 0.025 "'WK -1412 & VK- .1500) 0.036" ( VK - 1750) Galvanized. Solid. Steel (BTL) 0.109" Nominal O.D., 1800 Pound Minimum Breaking Strength Asyn: B3 Astm: D-1248 Astm: D -1248' Type 1, . Class C, Grade 4 REA: PE27, PE28 , Inpedanae 75 t 3ohms Mil- C -17D, Para. 4.6.12 Velocity of propcgatien 81.0% Nominal Mil- C -17D, n Frequency Test Covering The TV Bands of Ch. 2 (54 mcs.) Through Ch. 13 (215 mcs.) No 'Sharp Deviation Greater Than 0.5 db from the Average .Shall Be Permitted Throughout The TV Bands. Return Lass ? A Return Loss of 30db will be :Guaranteed for 10% Premium Price (copies available . on request) I Para. 4.6.12.1 Capacitance 17.0 PF1FT. Nominal Mil- C -17D, Para 4.6.7. Attenr'ction 1 Specified in Tablet 1 Mil -C -17D Para. 4.6.10. Ret:,m Loss It Test Covering the TV Bands of Ch. 2 54 mcs. Through Covering ( � a Viking g QC Spec 1; Ch. 13 (216 mcs.) @ 26 A; Weighted 3 db per Octave 1 r Visual Irspeclio-n Each Length Shall Be Inspected for Workmanship as Nell as Viking QC. Spec. {for Nicks, Burrs, Finish, Marking and Construction. Rhysical Dimensions '. Each Length Shall Be Inspected for Adherence to Dimensions Viking QC Spec of Table 1, and Tolerances specified under Construction Details Above Atic-niction Each Length Shall Be Tested for Average Values - Mil -C -17D Specified in Table I for Ch.6 and Ch. 13. Acceptance Quality Level: 98% Para: 9.6.10 Impcdonc.. One Out of Every Ton Lengths Shall Be Tested. Slit -C-1713 '1 For Conformance To Acquirements Specified` Para. 4.6.12. Screep Test Each Length Shall Be Tested For Attenuation Response By A Sweep Viking QC Spec Frequency Test Covering The TV Bands of Ch. 2 (54 mcs.) Through Ch. 13 (215 mcs.) No 'Sharp Deviation Greater Than 0.5 db from the Average .Shall Be Permitted Throughout The TV Bands. Return Lass ? A Return Loss of 30db will be :Guaranteed for 10% Premium Price (copies available . on request) a s �R 6, V`- J9 P ° eZt t 73 p}� a :q�qrol}� c `; ��Q`y�yt y �e �S q@ps 44 - %d g t r - - i t- 1 j -- j 0,075 0.367 0.412 - - 0.95 1.55 2.44 122.20 "a•: -a 12., 0,075 0.367 0.412 0.480 - 0.95 1.55 2.44 147.00 1 ' 0.075 0.367 0.412 0.480 ,480/360 0.95 1.55 2.44 177.00 V • -i 0.098 0.450 0.500 - - 0.80 1.25 2.02 170.40 J 0.098 0.450 0.500 0.580 - 0.80 1.25 2.02 19300 V -150 0.098 0.450 0.500 0.530 .580/.860 0.80 1.25 2.02 233.30 V;; -17fo 0.147 0.685 0.750 - - 0.57 1.00 1.49 316.00 V -1 0 J 0.147 0.685 0.750 0.850 - 0.57 1.00 1.49 369.00 3.o i F 2.0 W 0 0 z 1.0 0 F o.6 a 0.3 L 20 n SPECIAL SIZES AND CONSTRUCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST. * CABLE AVAILABLE ON A SELECTED BASIS TO MEET UNUSUAL REQUIREMENTS. VK1412 VK1500 Y K 1750 40 100 200 300 400 600 FREQUENCY W MCS• * The above jacketed cables are available upon request with both single and double raised ribs on outer polyethylene jacket for identification purposes. MANUFACTURED WITH ALL VIRGIN HIGH QUALITY MATERIALS IN ACCORD - ANCE WITH "VIKING" ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS:. J: JACKETED CABLE - High Molecular Weight Black Polyethylene JNI: JACKETED CABLE - With Integral Messenger Wire (Figure -8) s > `�� � � i°dlrnaily+ nh.1 - n }r�l�t r. {_gyp tln�ngstinrp�''a�g rjji�`�� 11f �a r"I it.t+ 3111. EI�1i.'J1VI Ba: fl2idlt -'�tf� lslis��t�iivll?ISSi (i3ir1 11:if��li,., r I f Tit r 3, tJl "i, ti�J late li�fd(Dlf ip,,`! _ i ,t a n91 _ii�t .. - _jjlndvdmg rael) 1 t/d (i I VI. -7 <'t2 1400 4.0 160 99 123 71 VX,1412J 1400 4,0 160 126 151 90 1400 4.0 160 189 219 135 M 150 1100 5.0 190 114 142 103 Yi: -7'_0 i 1100 5.0 190 143 172 130 V1i -1:? O ii:V 1100 5.0 190 182 211 165 V,;- 1'iSJ- 1100 8.0 420 248 302 225 VK- 1,'SOJ 1100 8.0 420 302 360 275 m ENGINEERING STUDY FOR NEWPORT BEACH CABLEVISION, INC. NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA APRIL, 1968 WILLIAM B. CARR & ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 680403 WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS ENGINEERING STUDY FOR A COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FOR NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FOR NEWPORT BEACH CABLEVISION, INC. The firm of William B. Carr & Associates, Consulting Engineers, with offices located at 4028 Daley, in Fort Worth, Texas, has been retained by Newport Beach Cablevision, Inc. to conduct an engineering feasibility study, system design concepts and technical standards, for a Newport Beach cable system. Field Survey Numerous trips have been made to Newport Beach by personnel of William B. Carr & Associates to study the problems particular to the Newport Beach area. During these trips, such items were studied as density, geographical layout of Newport Beach, access to easements, suitable receiving locations and the off- the -air reception of tele- vision signals in Newport Beach. In general, reception from the Los Angeles stations could be improved, some areas would need elaborate outdoor antenna systems to receive the Los Angeles stations. Like- wise, the reception from UHF stations is somewhat spotty, with some areas not receiving them at all. This general reception problem left much to be desired in the fidelity of the color reception in the Newport Beach area. 680403 WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS -2- Headend Site During our many visits to Newport Beach considerable effort was spent in determining the best and most suitable location of the receiving point for the proposed cable system. At this time, it is our proposal to use the Irvine headend facility converted to twenty - channel operation. The Irvine system will provide a feed for Newport Beach Cablevision, Inc. at the intersection of Fifth and Margurite in Newport Beach. Thus, the Newport Beach system would make use of the same services now afforded the residents of Newport Beach being served by the Irvine system. System Design A conventional CATV system, has in the past been limited to twelve - television channels, plus the FM Broadcast Spectrum with even some of the earlier systems limited to five - television chan- nels. Through further developments, it is now possible to provide the television cable subscriber with a minimum of twenty- television channels, plus the FM Spectrum. Due to the large number of tele- vision signals available in the Newport area, the twenty - channel approach is essential. In addition to the normal television pro- grams, this system will also provide channels for twenty -four hour 680403 WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS -3- news service, time & weather and other information of particular interest to the residents of Newport Beach. The entire Newport Beach cable system will be built under- ground, to provide the best possible service to the area. The coaxial cable carrying the television signals will be placed in conduit, with all electronic equipment placed in concrete vaults. The vaults will be equipped with a suitable lid to prevent un- authorized entrance and not interfere with the normal passage of traffic. The television signal will be brought from the distri- but ion system into the house the same way the present telephone service is supplied. Specifications The proposed system for Newport Beach will be as modern as the state of the art allows at the time of construction. Thus, a proposed construction would make use of all the latest and best techniques available throughout the industry. The following are the main, nationally recognized agencies and organizations, plus local regulations and ordinances, whose specifications will be followed in the construction of the system. Federal Communications Commission, Vol. 11, Part 15', Sub -part D, Paragraph 15, 161- WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS M Community Antenna Television Systems.. Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers, 551RE 22 -S1, 541RE 23 -SI, 55IRE -S1, 581RE- 23-SI, 611RE- 23 -S] plus other applicable specifications. National Association of Broadcasters. The National Cable Television Association. The Electronics Industries Association, Spec. REC- 110 -A, REC -140, REC -141, RT -142, RT -144, RS -222, TR -144, RS -240. National Electric Safety Code. Television Allocation Study Organization. State of California Public Utility Commissions, General order #95. Chapter 5.44 of the Newport Beach Municipal Code. Standard Specifications for Newport Beach. System Site A preliminary distribution system for the City of Newport Beach is shown in the attached exhibit.. From our engineering studies, the Newport Beach system will be approximately eighty strand miles. The routing of the proposed system will be com- patable with the present underground utilities in public easements and roadways. As indicated in the attached exhibit, construction •:6�1 WILLIAM S. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS -5- for the Newport Beach CATV system will be handled in four phases. The four phases are as follows: Phase I Westcliff, Dover Shores, Bayshores, Lido Sands, Newport Shores, Balboa Coves, Newport Island, Linda Isle, Harbor Isle. Phase II Eastbluff, Beacon Bay, Irvine Terrace, Corona del Mar, Shore Cliffs, Corona Highlands, Cameo Shores, Cameo Highlands. Phase III Balboa Island, Collins Isle, Lido Peninsula, Lido Isle. Phase IV Newport- Balboa Peninsula, Bay Isle. Also included in the appendix of this report is a glossary of CATV terms and the general specification of the proposed system. Conclusions It is our opinion, after conducting our engineering studies, that a cable television system will be of great benefit to the residents and city of Newport Beach and that the construction of such a system, totally underground, is feasible and the only Logical way to approach the problem. Respectfully submitted, William B. Carr Registered Professional Engineer State of Texas 680403 WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS GLOSSARY OF CATV TERMS Antenna Preamplifier - a small amplifier located in the immediate vicinity of the antenna, used to amplify extremely weak sig- nals, thereby Improving the signal -to -noise ratio of a system. Automatic Gain Control (AGC) - a circuit which automatically con- trols the gain of an amplifier so that the output signal level is virtually constant for varying input signal levels. Some - times referred to as automatic level (ALC) or automatic volume control (AVC). Automatic Temperature Control - a method whereby changes due to temperature in amplifiers or coaxial cable are automatically corrected by either a closed or open servo system. Bridging amplifier or bridger - an amplifier which is connected directly into the main trunk of a CATV system. It serves a,s a high class tap, providing isolation from the main trunk and multiple high level outputs. Cable powering - a method of supplying power by utilizing the coaxial' cable to carry both signal and power simultaneously. Coaxial cable - the most commonly used means of signal distribution, consisting of a center conductor and a cylindrical outer con- ductor (shield). Other types of transmission line used in CATV systems include open wire (two -wire line) and Goubeau line. Combining network - a passive network which permits the addition of several signals into one combined output with a high degree of isolation between individual inputs. Cross- modulation - a form of distortion where modulation of an interfering station appears as a modulation of the desired station. Caused' by third order nonlinearities. A typical example of cross modulation is the form of overload known as "windshield wiping.o-' Directional coupler - a high quality tapping device providing isola- tion between tap and output terminals. 680403 WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS Distribution system - the part of a CATV system used to carry signals from the headend to subscribers' receivers. Often applied, more narrowly, to the part of a CATV system start- ing at the bridger amplifiers. Equalization - adjusting the frequency response of an amplifier or network so that it will treat all signal components within a specific bandwidth equally, thereby resulting in a flat overall response. Feeder line - the coaxial cable running between bridgers, line extenders, and taps. Frequency response - the change of gain with frequency. Gain a measure of amplification, usually expressed in db. For matched CATV components, power gain is.readily deter- mined as insertion power gain. Gain of an amplifier is often specified at the highest frequency of operation, for example, at Channel 13 for all -bank equipment. Headland - the electronic equipment located at the start of a cable system, usually including antennas, preampliflers, frequency converters, demodulators, modulators, and related equipment. House drop - the coaxial cable from line tap to subscriber's TV set. Insertion loss - additional Loss in a system when a device such as a directional coupler is inserted; equal to the differ- ence in signal level between input and output of such a device. lntermodulation - a form of distortion where two modulated or unmodulated carriers produce beats according to the frequency relationship F =nfI + mf2, where n and m are whole numbers. Intermodulation Is caused by second order curvature and is essential in frequency converters, mixers, modulators, and multipliers. It does not by itself, cause distortion of the modulation envelope, but is often responsible for parasitics. Line extender or distribution amplifier - types of amplifiers used in the feeder system. 680403 -2- ' WILLIAM e5. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS Main trunk - the major link from the headend to a community or connecting communities. Noise figure - a measure of the noisiness of an amplifier. Noise factor is defined as input signal -to -noise ratio to output signal -to -noise ratio. Noise figure is noise factor expressed in db. The lowest possible value for a matched system is 3 db. Semiconductor - material with an electrical conductivity between conductors and insulators. Most commonly used semiconductors for transistors and diodes are germanium, silicon and gallium arsenide. Solid state - a term taken from physics, used interchangeably with the word transistorized, also includes other semiconductor elements, such as diodes. Generally refers to tubeless equip- ment. Splitter - a network supplying a signal to a number of outputs which are individually matched and isolated from each other; usually based on hybrid coils. Tap - any device used to obtain signal voltages from a coaxial cable. The earlier forms such as capacitive and transformer taps have been replaced by directional couplers in modern systems. Terminator - a resistive load for an open coaxial line to eliminate reflections; usually capacitively coupled to avoid shorts in cable - powered systems. Tilt - the slope, or change, in cable attenuation or amplifier gain between Channels 2 and 13. Tilt- compensation - the action of a compensated gain control, where- by amplifier response is adjusted to provide the correct cable equalization for different lengths of cable, normally specified by range and tolerance. Velocity of propagation - velocity of signal transmission. In free space, electromagnetic waves travel with the speed of light. In coaxial cables, this speed is reduced. Commonly expressed as percentage of the speed in free space. -3- WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS VSWR - abbreviation for Voltage Standing Wave Ratio. Reflections present in a cable due to mismatch (faulty termination) combine with the original signal to produce voltage peaks and dips by addition and subtraction. The ratio of the peak - to -dip voltage is termed VSWR. A perfect match with zero reflections produces a VSWR of I. For freedom from ghosting, most matches in a CATV system must have a VSWR of 1.25 or Less. 680403 WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS In General - 20 Channel Capacity The specifications as defined herein shall cover the electronic equipment, power supplies, controls, fittings, splitters and directional couplers as may be required to complete the system with respect to the electronic and passive devices required. The transmission and distribution system is so engineered as to provide for the distribution of twenty television signals and also has the ability to distribute FM radio signals in the frequency range of 88 to 108 MHz. The complete system will be constructed underground in Newport Beach. System Capabilities The system shall be capable of delivering all NTSC color and monochrome signals to standard EIA television receivers both mono- chrome and color and FM receivers and shall be designed and rated for continuous 24 hour daily operation under temperature ranges encountered in Newport Beach. All components shall have an impedance of 75 ohms, including all coaxial cable connectors. The electronic equipment in the trunk line shall utilize thermatic eSl�/ WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS equalizers in conjunction with this equipment. Such equalizers are to provide compensation for the effects of temperature variation of the coax- ial cables. The recommended specification for the distance of thermatic equalizers shall be approximately every 54 db of trunk line system. Automatic level control circuitry shall be provided in the trunk line electronic :system. (AGC locations approximately every third ampli- fier location) All coaxial cable connectors shall be of the solderless type with a nominal impedance of 75 ohms. All connectors to be used with aluminum sheathed cables shall be designed to prevent corrosion caused by mating of dissimilar metals. In addition the coaxial cable will have a polyethy- lene jacket to protect it from the salt air environment of Newport Beach. To protect the connection from the salt environment, heat shrinkable poly- ethylene jackets will be used on each conductor. All 119 VAC power locations shall be protected by lightning pro- tectors which are self healing and circuit breakers for protection of the equipment from damage due to overload. Each 110 VAC power location shall be equipped with a suitable RF power line filter. Fusing of the equipment shall not be dependent on fuses of a given type having other than average characteristics for the type. Fuses shall be easily replaceable and shall be mounted in a convenient location 680403 - 2 - WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS to insure a minimum service requirement. Weather Enclosures All electronic equipment shall be protected by water -proof hous- ing suitable for underground mounting. Equipment Capabilities The system shall be designed and the signal -to -noise ratio of the individual trunk line amplifiers shall be such that the signal -to- noise ratio as measured between any two points in the system on the trunk line, utilizing a field strength meter,shall be not less than 46 db. The hum modulation of the picture signal observed at any point throughout the system shall be less than 3 %. Cross channel inter- modulation components shall be such that no visible components shall appear on a blank white screen on any channel of the system with all other channels operating with modulation at their rated levels. The peak -to- valley response of any individual trunk line ampli- fier shall not be more than plus or minus 1/4 db per unit. This specifi- cation applies across any 6 MHz segment of the TV band. The frequency response of the overall trunk line shall not vary more than plus or minus 2.0 db in any 6 megacycle segment. A minimum level of 25 dbj shall be maintained at the end of all 680403 - 3 - WILLIAM a. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS feeder lines. This level is to be computed using an attenuation factor of 1.65 db per 100 feet of cable at Channel 13, with ambient tempera- ture of 70° F. This decibel level shall be measured without any taps on the line. 0 dbj is equal to 1 , 000 microvolts; therefore, a level of plus 6 dbj or 2,000 microvolts will be supplied to each television set. The automatic gain control circuitry shall be capable of holding the output level of an amplifier within 1 db with a 5 db change on the input. Coaxial Cable All coaxial cables used in the system shall have a nominal characteristic impedance of 75 ohms over the entire frequency range to be utilized in the system. The impedance shall have a return loss of 30 db (1 .06 VSWR) to a frequency of 250 MHz. The attenuation /frequency characteristics shall be such that the attenuation shall not vary more than plus or minus 1 db in 35 db (measured at 245 MHz) from the design frequency response character- istics of the cable. Trunk and feeder cables shall have solid copper center con- ductors. All trunk and feeder cables shall be of the seamless aluminum sheath type. 680403 - 4 - WILLIAM B. CARR CONSULTING ENGINEERS Dielectric materials shall be of a cellular or foamed polyethy- lene material. All materials used in the manufacture of the coaxial cables shall be of a virgin nature and no reprocessed or reclaimed materials shall be used. Installation and Construction All construction shall be in accordance with standard utility practices as detailed in the EEI Handbook E3, governing joint use agreements, and in the Bureau of Standards Handbook H30 (National Electrical Safety Code) . In addition, all construction practices shall satisfy all state and local codes. The system will be constructed completely underground. The underground system will be placed in conduit as apposed to direct burial. All equipment will be placed in concrete boxes with suitable lids. 680403 - 5 - ENGINEERING STUDY FOR NEWPORT BEACH CABLEVISION, INC. NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA APRIL, 1968 WILLIAM B. CARR & ASSOCIATES' CONSULTING ENGINEERS 680403 MARCH 2, 1968 tel THE JOURNAL e hon OF THE TELEPHONE INDUSTRY 412 -mile CATV System I t` t , rY cot So u are D ' • . 1NE pF f r M �q!A pmt 1�GS SHE V 1T 1 iWER NEED' SERic E P" D �O °T v SEEEpN�N f�° ° elt�laT FOIL E'qt onderilo s9gtea't use the oT Conn t f�pOT boy. G2 -HA fitting for duplex receptacle G3 fitting for one Amphenol connector or raw -ended cable G4 fitting for two Amphenol connec- tors or raw -ended cables I fitting for mul- - -._- tiple (up to five) Amphenol con- nectors or raw. ended cables See your Square D Distributor — or for literature write Square D Company, Dept. SA, Mercer Road, Lexington, Kentucky G2 -LA fitting for raw -ended cable or for Amphenol con- nector GB fitting for combination power and communications service in one enclo- sure. For one duplex receptacle and WXF up to three Amphenol connectors munication service fitting mounted on Housing removed from combination underfloor duct power and communication service — fitting wherever electricity is distributed and controlled 2 TELEPHONY By boring under pavement the cable television burial project in does not disturb residential driveways on this street. 412 -Mile Cable Television System at Colorado Springs To Be Completely Underground N BURIAL OF CABLE television plant for an entire city underway at Colo- rado Springs, where a 412 -mile cable television system is being installed com- pletely underground. Vumore Video, Inc., is convinced that the ultimate advantages far outweigh the simpler installation of overhead cable. Tom Johnson, director of promotion and sales for the firm, said: "In the first place, we feel that our proposal to go underground helped us to win the franchise, since we would not add unsightly lines throughout the com- munity. "More important is the factor of fluctuating temperature, which disturbs the television picture and requires fre- quent adjustments. Our equipment will not be exposed to the extent that over- head plant is, and this will result in uni- formly better service. Public acceptance of Vumore Video's on our cover... Burial of 412 miles of television cable throughout Colorado Springs is being accomplished with eight equipment crews such as this shown at work in on alleyway. The trench- er is cutting a 24 -inch trench; the cable reel trailer is a converted tilt -bed unit. Neatness and mini- mized damage to property are highly important to maintain good will for Vumore Video. "product" Cablevision, has been good. In the first two months, the company reports 8,000 signed subscribers out of a potential 30,000 —a total far exceed- ing projections. "We anticipated quite a lot of com- plaints during the work of trenching in cable on city right -of -way, which runs parallel to streets and sidewalks and across the front of lawns. But we have been pleasantly surprised. Only one out of 30 property owners has complained, and no serious incidents have developed," says Mr. Johnson. Hydra -Borers were added to tunnel beneath driveways and streets, eight tilt -bed trailers to transport these trenchers rapidly, and eight larger trailers were converted to carry six large reels of coaxial cable each. Eight complete crews installed Cable - (Continued on page 54) 38 TELEPHONY fit, ^i � 4. �.... c�iti, " TELEMERGENCT Your Own Emergency 'Hot-Line' GENCY alarm system is dialing unit for com• lsedwith. your present help automatically and no telltale sounds. ■ N unit is activated, it determined telephone re-recorded emergency ringing help immedi. tGENCY is your "Hot - mer¢encies, such as. Refrigerators; as well a Gases, etc. r For furth of phone: FEATU silent... elimi. cy -1s a selfcanlained. electrically .. , independent of commercial cy -need not be positioned near 'ument ... undetectable whether out of slghI. ey -1s. completely compatable with alarm systems. cy -1s compatable with telephone ighout the World ..... eliminates APPLICATIONS ■ Telemergency- installations are present)? in use In stores, Factories warehouses, Offices, Hotels, Restaurants, Banks Schools, Hospitals, Garages, Museums, Art Galleries, Laboratories, Farms, Homes and Apartments:' BALLISTICS CONTROL COMPANY 39.50 CRESCENT ST., L. 1. C., N. Y. I110I Main Office &Factory X.Phone(212)937.1040 bility as an institution. He must answer for his company's readiness to adapt to changing circumstances and its crea- tiveness in finding opportunity not thrust upon it.. The alternative is to preside unwittingly over a slow- to -be- obvious disintegration and aging process. Cultivating Managing Skills The need for the cultivation of inte- grative and policy skills is increasingly evident as a world -wide: shortage of po- tential general managers manifests it- self. At this point the proposition that management cannot be taught needs re- examination. How to make the right decision cannot be pointed out with certainty. Imagination, curiosity, bold- ness, . and wisdom cannot be taught di- rectly. But these qualities have always been associated with education and educated men, and what can be taught may well encourage the emergence of these latent qualities in individuals. The nature of business activity and the problems facing any industry sug- gest that to the extent practicable, any company should be managed by, men who are constantly learning, even if only the new information about chang- ing markets and the applicable tech- niques. Where this is not happening (and in many industries it is not) over- capacity cripples, interindustry compe- tition narrows market opportunity, product lines grow obsolete, costs pre- vent competition with imports, market- ing practices . become defensive, labor unions hobble plant practices, and prof- its decline. External factors are always blamed as if the problems were not foreseeable, as if it were not the fure- tion of management to cope with prob- lems, or as if they could not at least at an earlier stage have been dealt with effectively. If the calibre of management applied to the problems of our relatively .sick industries were examined with detach- ment, it would indeed be hard to say that it could not be improved through some sort of instruction. These are the industries, in any case, where the least has been done to improve the course of management development. The paral- lelism does not prove but suggests the possibility of a cause and effect rela- tionship. The idea of managing by ear is as ri- diculous in 1967 as is flying a 600 mph jet aircraft by the seat of your pants. Dr. George P. Baker, Dean of Harvard Business School, believes today's branch of business management is drawing clos- er to the professionalism attained in law and medicine. "We aim high in our purpose," Dean Baker said in a recent graduation ad- dress, "because the faculty shares .. with me the conviction that no single group in America can match in importance . the creative role of business manage -.. ment in providing material well- being, .responsible leadership and physical strength to the nation —all in the process of doing your jobs effectively and fairly - for your firms and organizations. "We hope .. that afterward in retire- ment, you will feel that the world was made better by the decisions you made —and that the decisions you made were a little better because you had been here." This year marks the eleventh year of the USITA Management Development Program at the University- of Kansas; and once again we expect to be over- enrolled, with people on a waiting ,list for the 1969 Program. This 'program represents three years of investigation, study, and hard work by the USITA Personnel Committee, with: generous as- sistance from our country's best experts in management development work. The program was particularly designed for the benefit of Independent telephone companies' management personnel, and we appreciate the support given the program by the companies, the various associates, trade journals, graduates (which now number more than 450), and others. All of us connected with the USITA Management Development.. Pro - ..gram, share Dean Baker's conviction and sentiment.. We; too, hope that after- ward in retirement, they will feel that the world was made better by the deci- sions they made —and that the decisions they made were a .little better because they had been with us. ■ 0 /UNDERGROUND CATA (Concluded from page 38) vision facilities simultaneously, with a combined productivity of about 16,000 feet a.. day. Allowing for bad weather, . the entire 412 -mile network will require about nine months to bury. In addition; drops to customer homes will also be underground. Two sizes of coaxial cable are being buried: 1/2-inch, which comes in 2,- 100 -foot reels, and s/4 -inch, in 1,900 -foot. reels. Trenches am 24 inches deep, five inches wide. Some are run through al- leys, though the majority is buried on right -of -way owned by the city, but landscaped by property owners as part of their yards: The president of Vu- more Video, Inc., Bill Daniels, Denver, also heads Bill. Daniels and Associates, which provides Cablevision to about 30 other communities. .Its vice :president, Robert Clark, is also President of the Vumore Co., Oklahoma City, which. op- erates 30 cable TV systems. ■ ■ Not Inevitable Poverty is half laziness. —Juco- SLAVIC PROVERB. 54 TELEPHONY MANAGERS (Continued from page 35) including the ability to learn, it is equally true that much must be learned before a personality trail manifests it- self in a successful executive career. ( "Managers are born, then made. ") Seeking Executive Talent Excellent performance in lesser job is, of course, expected of men consid- ered for higher jobs, but the best oper- ative does not necessarily make the best foreman. The most brilliant engi- neer does not inevitably make the best department manager. If preparation for managing larger responsibility is to in- clude more than demonstrated compe- tence in a lesser sphere, then we are driven to ask how it is to be accom- plished. Dependence on competitors to train managers is expensive in money and in disruption of natural internal incentive systems. Candidates from outside are hard to appraise. Their skill at becom- ing effective in a new organization has probably not been recently demon- strated and may be nonexistent. Since the supply of men naturally in- clined to give maximum effort to their own advancement and improvement is demonstrably less than that required, it no longer seems prudent to wait for de- velopment to happen. Attention to ac- celeration of talent and to cultivating it when it does not spontaneously occur is therefore appropriate. The rapid advance in technology, the internationalization of markets and competition, and the progress of re- search information processing and hu- man behavior in organizations make hopeless the proposition that a man may learn what he will need to know from what he is currently doing. The general manager in particular is not well described by saying that he is the individual who is best at doing what his company does. He presides over the internal operations of the firm; he has had experience only in some of these. He presides also over the chang- ing relation of his company to its envi- ronment, a responsibility which is his alone. The environment requires attention to the growing interdependence of the private firm with the other institutions of society — government regulatory and purchasing organizations, university sources of scientific discovery and edu- cated manpower, local public school sources of vocationally trained workers, business and trade associations, and foreign governments. The chief execu- tive of a firm is responsible not only for increasingly impressive economic suc- cess, but for corporate health and via- MARCH 2, 1968 WHY USE TWO... ? WHEN ONE WILL DO! Ceeco's "Special" Combination of Components in One Case Will Save Time and Money It's just good sense to use only one case for "special" combinations of Build -Out Capacitors and Resistors; coils and capacitors; or two or more different types of loading coils. Your initial savings in case cost is substantial. The additional saving in installation is also considerable. BUILD OUT CAPACITORS BUILD -OUT CAPACITORS AND LOADING COILS LOADING COILS The next time the improvement of your circuits requires two of more different components, order a special combination installation in a Ceeco, steel, lead, or plastic case. You'll find Ceeco's BOCR units, consisting of Build -Out Capacitors and Resistors, a handy way to build -out capacitance and resistance in short sections of loaded telephone cables. Ordering information on request, or consult your Ceeco catalog. for high quality transmission components and accessories COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT & ENGINEERING COMPANY, 5646 West Race Avenue. Chicago, Illinois 60644 Telephone: Chicago Area Code 312. 3783109 r 53 COIi2MUNITY CABLEYISION COMPANY POST OFFICE BOX CC, IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92664 (714) 838 -1211 City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 West Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California Gentlemen: September 29, 1966 G� The Community Cablevision Company, the newest Division of The Irvine Company, was created to provide a com- munications system to serve the master planned community on the southern sector of the Irvine Ranch. The implementation of the communication system will initially provide community antenna television (CATV) services to the residential and commercial developments. This application for a CATV franchise is submitted to you in accord with provisions of Ordinances 1153 and 1178. Your consideration of this application will be deeply appreciated. If granted a franchise, the Community Cablevision Company will proceed with minimum delay to render quality service to any potential subscriber with- in the proposed service area. RLta /wrh jmz Respectively submitted, Raymond L. Watson Vice President CONTENTS iom 1.00 Name & Address 1 2.00 General Discription 1 2.01 Proposed Service Area 3 3.00 Schedule of Rates & Charges 4 3.04 Acceptance Fee 5 3.05 Subscriber Agreement Form 6 4.00 Contract, Utility Company 6 5.00 Statement of Organization 7 Organization Chart 5:02 Other CATV Operations 7 5.03 Resumes, Line Personnel 9 6.00 Financial Statement 15 7.00 CATV System Specifications 17 General 17 System Capabilities 17 Weather Enclosure 18 Equipment Capability 18 Coaxial Cables . 20 Installation & Construction 20 8.01 Antenna Site 22 Head End Shelter 22 Signal Survey Equipment 22 Signal Survey Procedure 23 Assembley Procedure 23 Head End Equipment 24 Spare Equipment 29 Test Equipment 29 8.02 Minimum Amplifier Specifications 30 8.03 Directional Taps Specifications 32 8.04 Splitter Specifications 33 8.05 Matching Transformers 34 8.06 Cable Specifications 34 8.07 System Checks & Balances 35 8.08 Specifications, Underground Plant 38 8.09 Miscellaneous Items 40 1.00 ,Name and Address of Applicant Community Cablevision Company 13042 Myford Road Irvine, California (714) 538 -1211 (714) 544 -0120 - Ext. 241 2.00 General Description Twelve television channels, including the con- version of three UHF to VHF stations; vivid color reception; crystal clear black and white pictures; and "full- sound" RM radio reception will be the service available to each TV /,F receiver connected to the system proposed by this applicant. The system will be of a trunk and distribution system design with trunk and distribution cables placed underground in heavy gauged polyethylene conduit. Customer service cable will also be underground from the feeder line to a junction box in the wall of the subscribers residence. Trunk and distribution amplifiers will be housed in polyvinylchloride domes which extend less than 30 inches above grade. Directional tap -off units and line splitters will be mounted in hermaticaily sealed vaults and will not extend above grade. Only the utility pole line leading from the antenna site to the Harbor View Halls Develop- ment will be above grade. -1- rI 0 This construction will conform to all reg- ulations of the Public Utilities Commission, State of California. Amplifying equipment will pass the entire TV and FM Band utilizing the most modern solid -state transistorized equipment in the industry. Amplifier spacing will be at 22 db. Feeder lines under maximum load conditions will terminate not less than 20 db. Only matched fittings with a 1.4 VSWR or less will be used. Aluminum sheathed jacketed coaxial cable will compose the trunk and distri- bution system. Foam dielectric RG -59U cable, also in underground conduit, will be used for customer service drops and 75 to 300 ohm match- ing transformers will connect the service drop cable to the customers set. The trunk and distribution system will be installed in the gas or power utilities trenches at the time these facilities are being constructed. All fittings, connectors, and adaptors will be taped with rubber neoprene tape, Scotch $3 tape, and then covered with liquid neoprene to pre- . vent corrosion. Cable, amplifiers', and other system components will be analyzed upon an oscilloscope before and after installation to insure match and proper performance. -2- 2. 01 Proposed Service Area The shaded area on the map labeled as Exhibit "A" is the proposed service area of this applicant. This area is bordered on the north- west by Jamboree Road; on the southeast by East Coast Highway continuing along Fifth Street and northeasterly by the present City limits of Newport Beach. Generally speaking this applicant is seeking a franchise to serve the existing and proposed residential and commercial developments which may appear within the described area on The Irvine Ranch. Television and FM service will be extended to the developments in an orderly sequence of events with minimum delay. The intended service area is a logical one because; 1. It is composed mainly of land yet to be developed. 2. Separating this area from the remaining portion of the City leaves 98 percent of the existing homes to other CATV operators. -3- I ✓J �o �'x2 sue° - °" Y i �' / dffr a S .. <"9 q Ey s� ✓ 0�`$� I r , of ° 7. L. -4 A 6 LPL .� \NEC 5 FpX�1°,f N ✓ �� o i ,p Fcn µp6o NOy PL.A ,,. �;wra �* At �yo Jr LEI a 'LN. f—\ e . LL�� xYIVINI` ? �. I F--' I +4'� I'✓Y AL \F Qlp x`N W N COO d (E urRf Y 4 4 d 0 'q �IfS N �. . ilESVppJR VILL it, it i i Da / �yER naAK' v AVER LINOP 1�Li y�,� �• ;5. C E uvor 4 � N,l GP S VA L''P i - _. or d�AaTti 49Y sALeaa is[ r��.•, r L c n�c V �y'�Ya rr,JNr— r'EC 44i P.r� QP. JO �C /, ALBOA ISLAN w,R�R . is Ofn 'L' S 'a Ml o'RANIOI uii � Aso 4a^ aS �-/ 'ary ✓E IL NA RICH n F F JN $ .E d tt �t.:rr <erc.A re' S { x . _ t ' `\ % f✓f 's"v qp P Ett \P °. A ' O ap lC0 �e 9 3. Creation of this proposed service area in no way could technically affect the operation of other CATV operators because the system does not duplicate facilities or service areas and the facilities proposed by this applicant will be underground. 4. The area is significantly defined by existing streets to cause the City no problem in the'admi.nistration of CATV affairs. 3.00 Schedule of Proposed Rates and Charges Here listed are installation and "one- time" charges to be effective during the term of the franchise, if granted. Installation, two outlets $10.00 Placing coaxial cable from ser- vice pedestial to residence). Installation, additional outlets, each $ 5.00 (Placing additional cable and fixtures to accommodate more than two outlets). Moves each $ 5.00 (Relocating an outlet from one location to another in the same residence). Reconnection, each $ 5.00 Activating existing TV or FM outlets). Extended Leads $ 5.00 Providing an additional 15 feet of coaxial cable from wall plate to TV receiver). -4- 9 3.01 Monthly_ Service Raters- 10 Year 15 Year 20 Year First Two Outlets $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 Additional. Outlets $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 (each) 3.02 Monthly Service Rates - 10 Year 15 Year 20 Year First Two Outlets $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 Additional Outlets $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 (each) 3.03 Monthly Service Rates - Commercial Cl.assl Hotels L Motels, Restaurants, etc. Annual Contract 10 Year 15 Year 20 Year Single Outlet $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 Additional Outlets $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 (each) 3.04 Acceptance Fees The Community Cablevision Company will pay the City an acceptance fee of $1,000 for a ten year franchise; or $2,000 for a fifteen year franchise; or $3,000 for a twenty year franchise in order to serve the area delineated in Section 2.01, and the map which that sections refers ,with cable television service. 1 - Installation charges will be on a time and material basis. -5- 3.05 Subscribers Agreement Form All subscribers will be required to sign the fallowing agreement form. LAST Street Address City Acct Number 'FIRST INITIAL State. _ Phone AGREEMENT 1. All parts Of the Community Antenna Television System located within the residence of the un- dersigned are -owned by the Community Cable - vision Company. 2. Only company personnel are allowed to re -route the cable, add .. or disconnect TV outlets or to alter the cable in any manner. COMMUNITY CABLEVISION COMPANY 13942 Myford Rd., Irvine, Calif. 92664 3. The Community Cablecision Company will main- tain the CATV System to deliver quality recep- tion on available channels. The company assumes no liability for temporary service interruptions due :. to circumstances beyond its control or for reasonable 'maintenance practices. 4. I hereby accept the CATV seevice from the Community Cablevision Company in .accord with the terms and conditions Herein stated. SIGNATUR- 4.00 Contracts Public Jti1itv Companies Contracts allowing pole attachments with utility companies are not contemplated by this applicant at this time. -6- OATS 0 5.00 Statement of Organization The Community Cablevision Company is a Division of The Irvine Company which is located at the address listed in Section 1.00. 5.01 Organization Chart The following organizational chart reveals "line-authority" in the CATV . Division. Staff functions of accounting, purchasing, and warehousing are provided by appropriate department heads of The Irvine Company. Legal services are provided by Gibson, Dunn and Crutche-r. sonnet. 5.02 Applicants - Other CATV Operations The Community Cablevision Company owns and operates a CATV system in the University Park' area of Irvine, California. The row system serves approximately 250 paying subscribers with eleven full color television and six specially amplified FM stations. The twelfth channel will soon be added, making a "total television service ". -7- • CO_2•1UNITY CABLEVISION VICE PRESIDENT Raymond L. Watson 2501 Alta Vista Nc —wport Beach GENT ?RAL NANAG ER t Frank E. Hughes 706 Aleppo Street Newport Beach OPERATIONS MANAGER Wayne R. Hauser 511 Brooks Street Laguna Beach CAT.V SYSTEMS ENGINEER Eugene Moon 249 Chiquita Laguna Beach SYSTEM TECHNICIAN Thomas Britton lip 13132 Deoder Street Santa Ana THE IRVINE COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS PRESIDENT William R. Mason 116 Via Undi_ne Newport Beach INSTALLER Laurence Smith 1140 N. Russell La Habra IM • 5.03 BIOGRAPHIES RAYMOND L. WATSON Residence: Eastbluff, Newport Beach, California Born: Seattle, Washington, 1926 Education: University of California, Berkeley, California, A.B. 1951 and M.A. 1953 Architecture Wife: Elsie Watson. Children: Kathy, Bryan and Lisa Joined The Irvine Company in September, 1960 as Manager of the Planning Department and was promoted to Vice President in December 1964. On July 1, 1966 Mr. Watson assumed the respon- sibilities of the Land Development Division which includes the operation of the Planning, Engineering, and Real Estate Depart - ments.. Affiliations: Registered Architect, State of California Member, American Institute of Architects, Orange County Chapter Past member, Board of Directors, 1965 -66 Chairman, Civic Design Committee, 1963 -64 Member, Associated Chamber of Commerce of Orange County Chairman„ Industrial Committee, 1563 -64 Past Board Member, Southern California Hospital Planning Committee Advisor - Urban Advisory Council, California State College at Fullerton Chairman - Community Developers Study Group -9- n u FRANK E. HUGHES Residence: Eastbluff, Newport Beach, California Born: Baker, Oregon 1931 Education: San Diego State College, B.S. Civil Engineering Wife: Peggy Hughes Children: Cindy, Jon and Brett Joined The Irvine Company in 1961 as Manager of the Engineer- ing Department. His duties, as Chief Engineer, cover engineer- ing, design and construction. Affiliations: Registered Engineer, State of California Member, Am --rican Society of Civil Engineers, Los Angeles Section Orange County Branch, President 1966 -67 Boys Club of America, Harbor area Member, Board of Directors Orange County Water Association, Water Coordinating Chairman 1966 Orange County Chamber of Commerce Member, Highway and Tin nsportation Committee Coastal Municipal Water bistrict Member, Advisory Committee 9 -10- ® WAYNE R. HAUSER Residence: Born: Education: Wife: Children: Laguna Beach, California Salem, Oregon, 1926 Washington State University, B.S. 1950 M.A. 1956, Recreation Administration Jocelyn Hauser None After twelve years of experience in administration of park and recreation services for cities, counties and school districts, Mr. Hauser joined The Irvine Company as a Con- sultant to the growing CATV Division.. On July 1, 1966 Mr. Hauser was promoted to Operations Manager of the CATV Divis ion. Affiliations: California Community Television Association, Chairman - Educational Television Committee City of Laguna Beach, California Chairman - City Planning Commission City of Laguna Beach, California Past Chairman - Recreation Commission Laguna Beach Kiwanis Club Vice President Laguna Beach Chamber of Commerce Chairman, Recreation and Park Committee Member., American Recreation and Park Society -11- EUGENE MOON Residence: Laguna Beach, California Born; Las Vegas, Nevada, 1935 Education: Las Vegas High School AMECO CATV Technicians School Jerrold Electronics CATV Technicians School Wife: Corrine Moon Children: None For the past nine years Mr. Moon has engineered, constructed, supervised and maintained CATV plants for major CATV operators; namely, Teleclear, Inc., Laguna Beach, Trans- video, Inc., E1 Cajon, California and American Cablevis on Company, Laguna Beach. He was selected by management of the American Cable- 40 vision Company to participate in renovation of ten cable television systems owned by that company. Prior to CATV experience Mr. Moon benefited from the employment training of the General Telephone Company. He is schooled in all aspects of CATV construction, maintenance, operation and manage- ment. -12- 0 THOMAS BRITTON Residence >: Santa Ana, California Born: Burbank, California Education: High School Diploma Rim -Of- The - World High School, Lake Arrowhead, California Northrop Institute of Technology - 2 gears Wife: Marilyn Britton, Children:_ Jeffery and Kenneth Mr. Britton has had eight years of experience in the CATV Industry. He was Chief Systems Engineer in the Southern California Communications Corporation and was responsible for nearly 600 miles of plant that involved six: separate. CATV systems. Mr. Britton had sole responsibility for the construction, operation and maintenance of the systems as well as repair of all electronic components., Mr. Britton is a graduate of the Jerrold Technicians :School. Affiliations: During his employment with the Storer Broadcasting Company, he donated many of his off -hours time for the construction and maintenance of a School Districts closed circuit television system. -13- LAWRENCE SMITH Residence: Born: Education: Wife: Children: La Habra, California La Habra, California, 1945 Hacienda High School, La Habra, California Barbara Smith April Mr. Smith the newest employee of the Community Cablevision Company has had three years of experience in the installation of cable television facilities in customers service. He has been employed by Antenna- vision Manufacturing Company (AMECO) in the E1 Centro, California Division and with'the Victorville Division of the Storer Broadcasting Company, Ile, Mr. Smith, is just beginning his career in the Community Cablevision Company and will soon be relocated to the Irvine Ranch area. -14- a fik 2 THE IRVINE COMPANY IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92664 (714) 544 -0120 September 27, 1966 6.00 Financial Statement City Council City of Newport Beach Newport Beach, California Gentlemen:. • This letter is intended to serve as a statement of the financial stability of Community Cablevision Company. Community Cablevision Company is a division of The Irvine Company whose financial stability can be confirmed with various financial banking institutions in Orange County. (See attached list of institutions that nay be contacted.) The Irvine Company is prepared to have a letter of credit issued to the City of Newport Beach by the main office of Security First National Bank, Santa Ana, guaranteeing the cost of construction of improvements undertaken in the City of Newport Beach by Coummnity Cablevision Company, a division of The Irvine Company. LEE /mw -15- Resp ull ubmitted L. E. Eberling Controller • • Security First National Bank 561 S. Spring Street Los Angeles, California Attn: Mr. Arnold Peek Security First National Bank 890 North Main Street Santa Ana, California Attn: Mr. L. R. Schwaiger Bank of America 801 N. Main Street Santa Ana, California 92702 Attn: Fir. H. H. Jackson First Western Bank & Trust Co. 102 West Fourth Street Santa Ana, California Attn: Mr. D. M. Boyle United California Bank Mariners Branch Newport Beach, California Attn: Mr. Ned Hill -16- 7.00 CATV System Specifications I. General The specifications as defined herein shall cover the electronic equipment, power supplies, con- trols, fittings,, splitters and directional couplers as may be required to complete the system with respect to the electronic and passive devices required.. All electronic equipment and passive devices utilized in the system can be supplied to the City with complete operating instructions and circuit diagrams. The transmission engineered as to of all televisio 2 through 13 and FM radio signals • 108 megacycles. and distribution system is so provide for the distribution z signals on very high frequency also has the ability to distribute in the frequency range of 88 to II. System Capabilities The system shall be capable of delivering all NTSC color and monochrome signals to standard. EIA television receivers both monochrome and color and FM receivers without modifications or other attachments. The system shall be designed and rated for con- tinuous 24 hour daily operation under temperature ranges encountered in the area. All components shall have an impedance of 75 ohms with a VSWR of 1.4 or less and shall include all coaxial cable connectors. -17- The electronic equipment in the trunk line shall utilize thermal equalization in con- junction with equipment to provide compen- sation for the effects of temperature variation of coaxial cables. Automatic level control circuitry shall be provided in the trunk line electronic system. All coaxial cable connectors shall be of the solderless type with a nominal impedance of 75 ohms. All connectors to be used with aluminum sheathed cables shall be designed to prevent corrosion caused by. mating of dis- similar metals. All 110 VAC power locations shall be protected by lightning protectors which are self healing and circuit breakers for protection of the equipment from damage due to overload. Each 110 %TAC power location shall be equipped with a suitable RF power line filter. III. Weather Enclosures All electronic equipment shall be protected against the weather by.a weather -proof housing suitable for underground mounting. Each housing shall be constructed of aluminum or of any suitable corrosion resistant material IV. Equipment Capabilities The system design and the signal -to -noise ratio of the individual trunk line amplifiers shall be such that the signal -to -noise ratio as measured between any two points in the system on the trunk line utilizing a model 704 -B Field Strength Meter shall be not less than 46 db. -18- The hum modulation of the picture signal observed at any point throughout the system shall be less than 3'percent. Cross channel inter - modulation components shall be such that no visible components shall appear on a blank white screen on any channel of the system with all other channels operating with modulation at their rated levels. The echo or ghost content in the received picture over the transportation system shall be no more annoying than a single well dis- placed video echo 30 db down. The echo response of the feeder lines shall be -20 db minimum without any taps on the line. The peak -to- valley response of any individual • trunk line amplifier shall not be more than plus or minus t 1/4 db per unit. This speci- fication applies across any 6 Y111,segment of the TV band. 0 The frequency response of the overall trunk line shall not vary more than plus or minus 1.5 db in any 6 megahertz segment of the TV channels 2 to 6 and 7 to 13. A minimum level of 20 dbj shall be maintained at the end of all feeder lines. This level is to be computed using an attenuation factor of 1.6 db per 100' of cable at Channel 13 with ambient temperature of 70° F. This decibel level shall be measured with maximum load conditions on the line. 0 dbj is equal to 1,000 microvolts. The automatic gain control.circuitry shall be capable of holding the output level of an amplifier within t .5 db with a + 4.0 db change on the input. -19- r� U 0 V. Coaxial Cable All coaxial cables used in the system shall have a nominal characteristic impedance of 75 ohms over the entire frequency range to be utilized in the system. The impedance shall not vary more than plus or minus 5 per- cent from 75 ohms. The attenuation /frequency characteristics shall be such that the attenuation shall not vary more than plus or minus 1 db in 35 db (measured at 216 MII,z.) from the design frequency response characteristics of the cable. Trunk and distri- bution cable shall have a rating of 30 db return loss across 50 to 220 MHz. Trunk and feeder cables shall have solid copper center conductors. All trunk and feeder cables shall be of the aluminum sheath type with a non - contaminating jacket. Dielectric materials shall be of a cellular or foamed polyethylene material. All materials used in the manufacture of the coaxial cables shall be of a virgin nature and no reprocessed or reclaimed materials shall be used. Only material from American manufacturers will be used in the system proposed by this applicant. VI. Installation and construction The very limited pole line construction proposed shall be in accordance with standard utilities practices, General Order 95 of the P.U.C. of the State of California, and the National Electrical Safety Code. -20- ID For pole spans up to 250 feet the minimum breaking strength shall be 3,000 pounds. Use 1 /4 high strength grade, seven (7) wire with galvanized zinc coating A. -21- rI L J 8.01 Antenna Site Location The antenna array will be located at a point to interecept Los Angeles and San Diego tele- vision and Ni transmissions. Each television channel will be accepted upon an antenna to accommodate its own frequency. The minimum signal input to each antenna will be not less than 1,000 microvolts. The antenna site power will conform to all regulations of the F.A.A., electrical and building code's. The tower will be provided with lightning arrestors. The Head End Shelter The building will be of concrete block con- struction with the approximate dimensions of 10 x 20 x 8 feet. The structure will feature temperature control, + 5 °F from 70 °F, humidity and dust control. 226 volts of power, 100 amp service, single phase, will satisfy the existing and future needs of the sate. Built -in copper weld ground rods(5 /8" x 8 feet)will affectively ground the site against electrical disturbances and all equipment within the shelter will be sufficiently grounded. The site will be selected after ten days of signal intensity survey which will be conducted in the early evening, late evening, mid - morning and mid- afternoon hours, as well as during vary- ing climatic conditions. On the site picture analysis will be performed to be sure that the site is free from electrical, RF interferences and video reflections. Signal Survey Equipment 1. Broad band UHF antenna 2. Broad band UIF antenna 3. 704 -B F.S. Meter with UHF Adaptor 4. TV Monitor, 19" -22- 5. Earphones 6. 110 Volt Power Supply 7. Fourc7heel drive vehicle with a blackout cabin 8. Portable crank up tower 9. Thermometer, compass and clock Signal Survey - Procedure 1. Study topographical maps between Mount Wilson, Los Angeles, and Mount Soledad to proposed antenna site. 2. Determine the most practical, unobstructed line- of- site.from each transmission point. 3. Diagram signal pathway on aeronautical chart and polar coordinate charts. 4. Record signal intensity levels on each channel with both audio and video levels. Four times daily for ten sucessive days. 5. Determine site location in terms of: (a) quality of signal b quantity of signal ® (c) proximity in terms of service area Assemb7.v Procedures - Antenna Site 1. All electronic componets will be spaced adequately to allow proper ventilation and ease of maintenance. 2. All jumpers will be of rigid aluminum jacketed or double shielded cable. 3. All electronic components will be in continuous operation 14 days prior to installation in the antenna site. During this time the following will be checked to be determined proper: r a) Voltages b) Operating controls (c) Alignment (d) Tubes (e) Performance -23- • Item Manufacturer Description Spec. Antennas* Scala, Taco or equal VHF 2,4,5,7,8,9,10,11 „13 or better UHF 22,28,34 Yagi or log periodic Commercial grade design 75 ohms output *All antennas shall have a li4 VSWR.or better. Channel Commander Converters Power Supply (YFA) EM Stereo Modulator FM Tuner ( #B) Broad Band Fh1 Jerrold "COM. 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 Jerrold #504ST UHF 22 -3 UHF 28 -6 UHF 34 -12 Jerrold FRPS -30 Jerrold #APM -2 Jerrold ;',`AFT --2000 Jerrold #HPM -IM or ) Equal /appropriate Jerrold or Benco Filters& Traps See, Attached See Attached or equal or better See Attached See Attached if This company will provide FM service either by a selected channel method ('A) or broad Band the services as per Rejection Traps SKI (as needed) -24- See Attached • I I �1 E ate.,.... ....�� � PT C= use. 1 Carnmandar '3 � n 1', "N � f >c iiii: y • Y r � ti C' G. M1iotlel COR 1 j '. 13 1 2 .. ,,,.1 J 115 � ,; �3 j PROCESSES, CONTROLS, AND DELIVERS THE ANTENNA SIGNAL ON ANY CHANNEL DESIRE®. FUNCTIONS: RECEIVES ANY VHF CHANNEL AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTS FOR WEAK OR STRONG SIGNALS AFC'S RECEIVED SIGNAL AMPLIFIES SIGNAL PROCESSES SIGNAL AT IF FREQUENCIES ELIMINATES ADJACENT CHANNEL INTERFERENCES AGC'S VIDEO CARRIER AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLS SOUND CARRIER DELIVERS XTAL'CONTROLLED OUTPUT ON ANY DESIRED CHANNEL (INCLUDING ORIGINAL CHANNEL) SUPPLIES STANDBY CONTROL CARRIER PROVIDES' MATCHED DUAL OUTPUTS (I VOLT EACH) FEATURES: • COMPACT MODULAR DESIGN • SIMPLE QUICK INSTALLATION • ELIMINATES "RAT'S NEST" HEAD END • MINIMIZES MAINTENANCE • GUARANTEES TRUE COLOR FIDELITY • COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING TV AND FM HEAD END EQUIPMENT e MINIMIZES SPARES • PLUG -IN MODULE CHANGES OUTPUT CHANNEL s REGULATED POWER SUPPLY TEC- HNICAL C1AT.A. I C'S -TDB -51'7 Hull AFC-ASC I r1f -------------- ---------- IF AMPLIFIER-AG TUNER 13 CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED CONVERTER /AMPLIFIER t'. JA 'x STANDBY CARRIER OSCILLATOR' I The new Jerrold Channel Commander Model COM -° is a unitized head end for completely con- trolling any VI-IF channel (2 -13). The unit controls the signals in such a way that adjacent channels on both high and low bands can be fed to a distribution system. This feature now makes possible, for the first time in CATV history, a completely- controlled, simple - to- maintain, compact head end for up to 12 VHF channels. Model CON-" is compatible with existing system equipment. The unit maybe used to supply an addi- tional VHF channel, to replace obsolete equipment, or as a spare head end for any VHF channel. The PC TUNER AFC modular construction of the Commander makes it possible to change the output channel desired by replacing the output module. Hence, only additional output modules are required to provide spares for many channels. SIMPLE INSTALLATION The Commander has only one input and two out- puts. To lock in at the precise frequency, merely re- quires setting, the selector dial to the desired channel and adjusting the fine tuner according to the balance meter for the cross over point. It only remains to set the desired levels of video and audio with a 704 -B field strength meter to be in operation, AUDIO IF asc ' iu= -I SOUND IF OUTPUT IF AMP ( SOUND 'a VIDIO IF OUTPUTS sa STANDBY UP T nAG CARRIER •,_ CONVERTER Q AMP (' GENERATOR OSC. FOR ON CHANNEL.. CONVERSION (CH.2 TO CH.21 L----- -- - --- ------ -- ----- - - -- -- — -- � -A TUNER AFC AGC IF ASC SCG UP CONV. -- 4-- r- - - rte_ POWER SUPPLY NOTES'. THICK LINES ARE NORMAL SIGNAL PATHS. THIN LINES ARE CONTROL FUNCTIONS. DASHED LINES ARE ALTERNATE CONTROL SIGNALS. RF CHANNEL OUTPUTS • The equipment mounts on a standard 19" rack (sliders are optional) using only 7 inches of vertical rack space per channel. PLUG -IN MODULAR CONSTRUCTION The Commander comprises six modules: Tuner, IF -AGC (;intermediate frequency am- plifier and automatic gain control), AFC - ASC (automatic frequency and sound con- trol), Standby Carrier Oscillator, Crystal - Controlled Converter /Amplifier, and Power Supply: TUNER The tuner will receive any VIIF channel according to the position of the channel se- lector switch. The tuning control circuitry incorporates a balance meter which gives vis- ual indication that the tuner is set to the exact frequency. The automatic frequency control insures that the tuner will remain locked -in precisely on frequency. A special AGC circuit maintains the best possible noise figure on weak antenna signals and prevents overloading on strong (up to 61,000 micro- volts) signals. Finally, the tuner amplifies and changes the received signals to relatively low IF frequencies. The. highly - selective IF amplifier incorpo- rates specially- designed traps and filters to eliminate adjacent channel interference. This circuitry assures minimum phase delay for the best reproduction of the incoming color and black and white signals. Sync pulse reference AGC has a noise clipping circuit which pro- vides constant output levels not affected by power line or ignition noises. The fast action of this AGC minimizes airplane flutter. AFC -ASC The automatic frequency control circuitry provides the correction voltage for the tuner. Precise automatic sound control circuitry pro- vides limiting action at relatively low IF frequencies to control the on- channel sound carrier. Once set; the desired relationship be- tween sound and video carriers for the chan- nel is precisely maintained. CRYSTAL CONTROLLED CONVERTER /AMPLIFIER The converter in this unit uses a crystal - controlled oscillator to change the IF frequen- cies to any desired TV channel output. In the event that on- channel conversion (i.e., Ch. 2 to 2, 9 to 9, etc.) is desired, the converter oscillator is switched out of the circuit to permit the tuner oscillator to be used for both down and up conversion. Since the same oscillator is now used for both conversions co- channel interference cannot be generated internally. The converted signal is fed via an amplifier to dual outputs each having one volt capability. These dual outputs have an ex- cellent match (VSWR 1.2,:1) simplifying mix- ing with other Commanders or existing equip- ment. STANDBY CARRIER OSCILLATOR When a station goes off the air a time delay device is automatically energized which trig- gers a crystal - controlled oscillator to provide a replacement carrier after 20 seconds. A warning light indicates that the station is off - the -air. POWER SUPPLY A solar regulated supply powers all modules. Additional voltage regulation is provided for the ASC and AGC circuits for better stability. Aside from its many' technical advantages, the Channel Commander enables the operator to change the old "antenna shack" with its maze of cabling between numerous equip- ments and its multiplicity of receptacles into a modern, efficient, simple to service "control center." 0 P OVERALL Sensitivity ..... .... 100 uv ( - -20 dbj)* input for 57 dbj output AGC Sensitivity ................................ Maximum :t' /2 db output change for input change of 200 uv ( -14 dbj) to 64,000 uv (i-36 dbj) TUNER input; 41 me to 47 me; output; any single VHF Channel to 13 Frequency Range .............................. INPUT: VHF Channels 2 to 13 (one spare position) Output Impedance ............................ OUTPUT: 41 me to 47 me Noise Figure .................................... 6 db Max. Impedance ......... ............................... 75 -ohm input -15 -ohm output, at VSWR 1.1:1 Gain ::.........:.::...: ::............................. 17 db minimum Maximum Input ...... ...........................4 -36 dbj Image Rejection . ............................... 50 db minimum AFC ..................... ............................... Pulbin Range of =250 kc minimum VIDEO IF AMP & AGC Bandwidth ........... ............................... 41.6 me to 46.5 me IF Response Flatness ........................ Within 1/4 db Video Carrier ..... ............................... 45.75 me Sound Carrier .......... .......................... 41.25 me Adjacent Carrier Rejection .............. 50 db minimum Gain Control ..... ............................... Manual or automatic Impedance ........................................ . 75 ohm input (VSWR 1.2:1); 75 -ohm output (VSWR 1.2:1) Gain ..................... ............................... 46 db minimum Operational IF Output ...................... Video IF Carrier 40 dbj; Sound IF Carrier 25 dbj AGC ..................... ............................... Sync Tip Referenced, noise immune SOUND IF & AFC Sound IF frequency 4125 me Sound IF Limiting .................. 10 db limiting min. (W 25 dbj output with 100 uv input to tuner Sound IF Output. . .. ............................. 75 ohms at VSWR 1.1:1 AFC IF ................. ............................... 4.473 me AFC Audio .......................................... 25 my rms across 100 k ohms, 2% Harmonic distortion SIGNAL REPLACER Delay (Off) ........... ............................... 20 sec. approximate Delay (On) ........... ............................... 2 sec. Range .....,... ___ . ............................... Adjusted to operate at Station-Off-Air Condition Input ................... ............................... Output of IF amplifier Output ................. ............................... 45.75 me carrier adjustable and Xtal- controlled Impedance ........................................ 75 -ohm input VSWR = 1.1'2;1; 75-ohm output VSWR 1.12:1 Insertion Loss ..... ............................... }/2 db maximum CONVERTER /AMPLIFIER Frequency range .............................. input; 41 me to 47 me; output; any single VHF Channel to 13 Input Impedance .............................. 75 ohms, VSWR 1.2:1 Output Impedance ............................ Dual 75 ohms, VSWR 1.2:1 Gain ... .................. ............................... 17 db minimum Minimum Input .. ..........................,,,.. 43 dbj Maximum Output ............................... 57 dbj Oscillator ........... ............................... (1) self - contained crystal controlled; (2) tuner oscillator controlled for on-channel operation Gain Control ....... ............................... Model PIP POWER SUPPLY Type .................................................. Self- contained with line voltage regulating transformer Power Requirements .... g0 v to 130 v, 60 cps, 110 watts '0 dbj = 1000 micr0101ts acr055 75 ohms. SOLID-STATE UHF to VHF SINGLE- CHANNEL OUTDOOR CONVERTER Model 504-ST. Mast-mounted solid-state converter arrudifier. Complete with remote power supply Model 407-P. Overall conversion gain: 7 db min. lo-band, 5 A min. hi-band. 'Crystal- controlled oscillator for maximum frequency stability. 75 ohm input and out. put. Price: $294.00 -25- Model 505-ST is an indoor version of Model 504 ST featurin- a self. contained power supply. Price: $207.15 Model .503 -HZ. UHF to VHF sinde- channel crystal- controlled converter. HI-Q, cavity turned, mast mounted head and remote, tube-type oscil later for weak signal areas. Features mast mounted VHF preamplifier (5-7 do gain). Typical noise figure is 10. Price; $245.70 504-ST Mast Mounted Converter. Amplifier 0 and Oscillator MGdal 454T 504-ST Power SUPPI I Model 407-P Model 504-ST. Mast-mounted solid-state converter arrudifier. Complete with remote power supply Model 407-P. Overall conversion gain: 7 db min. lo-band, 5 A min. hi-band. 'Crystal- controlled oscillator for maximum frequency stability. 75 ohm input and out. put. Price: $294.00 -25- Model 505-ST is an indoor version of Model 504 ST featurin- a self. contained power supply. Price: $207.15 Model .503 -HZ. UHF to VHF sinde- channel crystal- controlled converter. HI-Q, cavity turned, mast mounted head and remote, tube-type oscil later for weak signal areas. Features mast mounted VHF preamplifier (5-7 do gain). Typical noise figure is 10. Price; $245.70 n u • NgE\,,V PO\,AJF- v SUPPLY • -26- Model RPS -30 This rugged king -size power supply provides a maximum of 12 amps at 30 volts ac to power a fully - loaded typical location (see Diagram) in a transistorized distribution system. The voltage output is within -}1% of 30 volts ac for line voltages vary- ing from 95 to 130 volts. For current load changes between 4 and 12 am- peres the voltage output is held constant within 2 %. The unit is mounted in a weather housing with Models TML -1 and TBA -1. /^��`" --3-yy II � y .ear —� 7t� -`� t..; t a - :tit n � \ @_" L_....:3 J \ _. 41 V L;� Li, IJ ALL SOL1D-3rATr:; Pa i1}J7 / F rP,l - U N EZ FQ, Motel AFT-2000 DESCRIPTION Model AFT 2000 is a highly selective sensitive, and i. drift free tuner for con erting any At.! or FM broad fl casts gnat Into an audio source forJerrold s AUDIO. TROC t oriel AT ` or , odel AF.-2. They in turn v III distribute these sound wna;s over any unused FM or TV channel In a TV distn .Bien system yI While absolutely independent in Its function, Model AFT -2000 is the perfect companion piece to Models AT ` and APA -2and can be incorporated togethar erith } either unit in z sin -la cabinet, or can be ra'c'k mounted with either unit. FEATURES �`1 stet • Built is audio . compressian limits audio output to a maximmm level. •. No signal drift -once set to a station, the station rernains "locked -in." • Programs can be monitored vrhHe tuning Mill tuner output disconnected from system. • Panel light indicates monitoring or tuner output connected to sauna, system. • He2dplirme Grant tonng jacks on front panei -24 ys "live." • Fly Stzcl tuning, log-scale, and D'Arsonnal tuning meter--for fast;. precise Wrung. • AC ccmvani;mce outi;t on read of chassis — controlled by front panel omoff VIRCh. • Balaeced 3C0 -Ohn FYI antenna input terminals. • Built-in ferrite IOepstick antenna for ANI. • Overload and "crossta!%" prevention— through eyctusive filter circuits. - ----------- . led SPECIFICATIONS Usable Ffd Sensitivity: 2.9 microvolts FM Image Rejection; Better than 45 db Fh' Spurious Response Rejection: Better than 60 db Al .Sensitivity: 50 microvoits per meter AM Selectivity: 10 ke bandriidth at 6 db points AM IF Ae a_chon. 55 Gh Front Pastel; TaniDS meter, AY9 -1`11t tuning, program switch, audio compressor switch, selector snitch; po•.var switch, monitor headphone jack. Power Requirements; 50 vi, 117 v2c „60 cps Shipping vfei fit: I'4 lbs. Dimensions: 51 /�” H % 19" VJ z 10?12" D C7� Ilk, s1 '�N l� (, rAl 6—�. F ✓�%::z1t ytJ..� C � 1�5od I AFIIId7 -2 DESCRIPTIOP! d ". �—•� ��;ri t Model AFM 2 is des ned to rovide an RM in the 88 to 168 signal megacycl range, suit able for transport over a TV distribution sys tem at 'r.f. frequency by an carrier specified the system operator. Audio or the standard 10.7 me intermediate SPECIFICATIONS frequency s gnal from an FGA tuner (such as Model AFT 20oo) can be used as 2 source of Frequency Range modul2uon With an a { o Input 2,plicd, Model Input Audio: 50 to 15,C00 cps. ARM -2 is used as a generator of Ri signals; .output to lo3 me, ' with a 10.7 me i.f. input, the AR11.2 acts. as a. minimum input Level lag .a converter for the rec ed FM signals and for the multiplex sid6arids in stereo FPd broad' Audio 60 millivolts at 2Li cps for 75 on deviation, X2.5 db max. casts In either operating made, the output of 10.7 me I.f. Minimum output. at Full Gain 50 millivolts for full output. 55 dbii dual cutput. the modulator is compatible With existing Fri Maximum Noise and Hum at receiving.. equipment Fun Gain - At least e0 db baler fun gain. Model AFt;t2 circuitry incorporates automatic. Maximum,, Audio O:stortloa at frequensy control, a crystal' control led Cf. Full Gain 1.•5%. oscillate,, im i.f. amp Ifl f a modulz n level Gain central Rang, 14 db *ntrol and dual 7J ohm nat 0 d outputs. Input Imp tl a 100,600 blimsy z d , 75 ohms. M7 rc i.f. ChasS S'1 .,untied meter continuously r o^ ,ors' Output f p d= ce 75 ohms a` max- 4S W e cf 1.251 bcth outputs. the audio no'lllaticin S;'_I or permits reading Ma %mom Insertion Loss 02 rip to xitbin 10 mac . of r':'. cbaonal; the relative r.f. Output. The built-in po'v.er 0.5 db to v: itnin next channel sp3ad 0.5 mo. - . Supply is Ime-regulated. A number of test Pone, Requirement 100 to 130 volts cps. 40 watts. ' saints are provided to faciNfite r Idea o Overall Dim=ensions lgiz° 1, 5 >s° n 6- 31/32" vr: The url desi red for 19" standard rack Weight Net _ISht 13 ms. I mounting. ' 0 d5i -. 1,OCO nBcrovons a!ros., 75.o }his: .. >-� -27 SERTES /100 TRAPS 8, F1LTE1'ZS* .,._ MODEL 492 HYGR.ID� TRAPS.. SP ECIFi CAT 1ONS: 1) Impedance: 75 ohms unbalanced. 2) Insertion loss: Less than 1 db on chan- nel, up to and including the chan- nel, carrier adjacent to the ones suppressed. 3) Rejection of unwanted carrier: 45 db nominal. 4) Connectors: 75 ohm Type "N" I male, 1 ferule. 5) Mounted: Rack 1 3/4" x 19 ". 6) Filter dimensions, overall: 19" x10 1/4" x 1 23/32 '. 7) Finish:, SKI. gray baked enc:r,el panel, natural rubbed aluminum case. These hybrid circuit traps embody a new concept in filter design, with the result that unusually shorn filters era now availablaat an unusually low price. Very sharp attenuation of both Television and sound picture carriers are possible with the Series =100 hybrid Filters. Good adjacent channel operation is economically and technically feasible 'vl:en you use the S.KL Hybrid Filters. DESCRIPYI.GN: The Model 492 Rejection -Traps are designed to suprTess either the sound carrier of the television channel below or the picture carrier of the television channel move. This suppression is nece s. sary whore the interfering adjacent carrier is too high in signal strength to be handled by the selectivity of a channel amplifier alone. The rejected frequency is absorbed by the filter rather than reflected at the input. As a result, the re- flection coefficient is low not only in the passed channel but also in tl-,e ` rejection region. Traps can be put before or after on amplifier without detuning it. Two traps - similar or different - can be directly con- verted without interaction. The filter is of anew typo employing a hybrid. cir- cuit principle not hitherto used in this type of appli- cation. The advantage of the filter configuration is its sharp attenuations characteristic, low insertion loss, end high degree of stability. The traps are pretuned at the laboratories and mounted in a light - weight brush aluminum can, secured to a stcndcrut 19" rack panel.. FEATURES; Hi h rejection rate: Over 45 db rejection of un- wanted carrier raw possible. Both pirty, -e and sound traps available: Rack- mounted picture and sound traps con be sup- plied in a convenient pac'rcge easy to install. 'P:ctcra Pending • Stable with temperulure: SKf_ traps are very stable over the extreme range of temperature experi- enced by CA TV Systems. • Carefully matchedirpodance::Accurate impedance match insured peok: performance without smear or distortion. • Low insertion loss: Less than 1 db insertion lass in desired channel. • A new patented circuit: These traps and filters ore the result of a new concept in filter design. • Adjacent . channel operation: Because filters are sharp and stable, . good adjacent channel opera - tionnow teal- n'ically andeconomically possible. • Lew Price: Because of economic design, filters can be made at an unusually low price. No other filter available today con compare in perform- once or price_ • Absorption Traps: Traps will not interact with or detune other equipment in system. They may be cascaded, 0 z TYPICAL REST Ct SE CURVES MODEL 492 -23- 0 TYP CLL a�IrC ? 7" SENT T C4L P. SF, A' .:ENT SC 'J Tine N .EL < -( }S i.....R1 Tp _. i2 -11i 0 • Sure Ectipment Spare equipment, likewise, will be tested before installation. Spare equipment includes: 1. A complete channel commander chassis 2. 12 CCV (one for each channel carried on the system) 3. One tuneable "converter from UHF to VHF 4. A supply of tubes, transistors, fuses and similar equipment will be available for immediate replacement 5. One power supply The spare equipment will allow the television and FM service to continue with only a minimum of delay should a piece of equipment malfunction. Test FquiRT__ent The following pieces of equipment will be installed at the antenna receiving site. 1. Television monitor- color, 17 to 19" 2. A wide band oscilloscope 3. A 704 -E Field Strength Meter 4. A volt meter 5. AC line volt meter b. Ohm meter 7. A telephone To deter vandalism, a chain link fence eight feet high will be installed not less than ten feet from all sides of the building. Tower and Antennapmcnt Item Manufacturer Description Spec. Tower Rohn OSS or Equal Galvanized self- supporting Approx. 50" Complete No with support tubes and Sheet antenna assemblies -29- Impedance Match Urusk in and out ) istribution out 3oise Figure of "gunk Amolifiers 1t Full GahCh.2 1t Full Gain Ch.13 8.02 Minimum Amplifier Specifications Trunk Amp. Bridging Amp. Trunk Amp. Trunk Amp. AGC Control Bridziniz Ama. ACC Contro 1.38 :1 1.38 :1 8 db Max. 11 db Max. 1.38:1 1.38:1 8 db Max. 11 db Max. 1.38:1 8 db Max. 11 db Max. Distribution 1.38:1 1.3:1 1.38:1 -- 1.38:1 1.38 :1 8 db Max. -- 10 db 11 db Max. - 12 db 4aximum Output Capa- :)ility for -57 db Cross 12 Channels 12 Channels 12 Channels 12 Channels Zodulation (5db Block Trunk 48 dbj Trunk 48 dbj 48 dbj 48 dbj cilt) Bridger 48dbj Bridger 48 dbj £gunk Atnpflifier Gain iaxinuin 26 dbj )perational 22 db 3rid er Amp Gain %Cnximum )perational ?m.plifier Band Pass gunk Amplifier %GC Control 18 db 17 db 50 to 220 MHZ 26 dbj 22 db 18 db 17 db 50 -220 MHZ For ± 4db Input change there will be less than +.5 db Output change 26 dbj, 22 db 50 -220 MHZ 26 dbj 22 db 50 -220 MHZ For + 4db Input change there will be less than + .5 db Output change- a w 0 Continued on nest page a 12 Channels 12 Channels 48 dbj 42 dbj 24 dbj 18 db 33 db 24 -32 db 50 -220 MHZ 50 -220 MH2 Power Required RMS Voltage and Current Hum Modulation Ambient Temp. Range 8.02 Minimum Amplifier Specifications (Continued) Trunk Amp. Bridging, Amp. Trunk Arr Onntrn7 Rri. r1a 22 -30 Volts 1 Amp. Max. -60 db -40 °F to +1400 F Response Flatness Trunk +0.25 db Bridger ±0.5 db Bridging Amp. In- sertion Loss to Trunk Radiation Sup- pression e W e Better than 70 db 21 -30 Volts .9 tIlmp . Max. -60 db -40 °F to +140° F -0.25 db :0.5 db Better Than 70 d6 Trunk Amp. 21 -30 Volts .75 Amp.Max. -60 db -40 °F to +140 °F ±0.25 db Better Than 70 db 20 -30 Volt .6 Amp. Max. -60 db -40° F to +140 °F -0.25 db Better Than 70 db 20 -30 Volt .6 Amp Max -60 db -40° F to +140° F x-0.5 db 1.25 db Max. Better Than 70 db Distribution 20 -30 Volt .25 Amp.Max. -60 db -40 °F to +140OF +1 db Better Than 70 db 8.03 Directional Taps The amount of signal to be delivered to the TV set shall be no less than +6.0 dbj and no more than +20 dbj when measured at the 75 J-mpput of each television receiver. (6 dbj equals 2.000 MO. The subscriber service drop shall be taken from the distribution line by means of a directional coupler. This tap unit shall. have the following specifications. Each tap placed on the distribution line will have a- directional coupler and hybrid two or four way splatter in the same housing. Other specifications are as follows: VS!,J1R Feeder Line Input 1.25:1 Max. VStdR Feeder Line Output 1.3:1 Max. VS,•7R Each Tap 1.3:1 Max. Tap response across 5-216 megahertz i .5 db Frequency response 5-216 M11z • Power passing on distribution side AC or PC up to 5 Amos. Power isolated from all subscriber tap terminals Minimum isolation between all taps 25 db Minimum isolation between taps and line output 30 db Signal delivered to each television receiver will be: Minimum level of weakest channel +6.Odbj across 75 ohms Maximum level of strongest channel -3-20 dbj across 75.ohms -32- e w W I 8.04 Splitters VSWR- Isolation Sp utter Input '& Between Power Splutters Band Width Loss Impedance Output O-,-,puts Passing Fittings Hybl 174 -216 MHZ . Inside 2 Way 50 -220 MHZ 3.5 db 75 ohms 1.2 :1 in 30 db Min.. No F type Yes Max. 1.3 :.1 out 54 -88 MHZ Max. 35 db Min.. Inside 3 Way 50 -220 MHZ 3.5 db(l) 75 ohms 1.2:1 All 28 db All No F type. Yes 6.5 db (2) Max. Min. Max. Inside 4 Way 5,0 -220 MHZ 6.5 db 75 ohms 1.2:1 All 30 db All No F type Yes Max. Max. Min. Outdoor 2 Way 50 -220 MH7 3.5 db 75 ohms 1.2:1 in 174 -216 MHZ No F type Yes Max. 1.3:1 out 30 db Max. 54 -88 MHZ 35 db Min. Outdoor 4 Way 50 -220 MHZ 6.5 db 75 ohms 1.2 :1 All 30 db All No F type Yes Max Max. Min. Trunk &. 2 Way Feeder . 18.220 MHZ 3.5 db 75 ohms 1.15 :1 All 26 db All Yes Alum. Max. Max. Min. 8.0 amps Matched Yes e w W I • 8.05 Transformer Specifications Sand Insertion AC & DC Width Loss Response VSL.R Fittings Isolation Insulation 72 -300 ohms Matching Trans- 50 -220 0.5 db 0.25 db 1:2:1 former Mi3Z Max. Max. Max. 8.06 Cable Specifications Average VSWR or Cable Pe Use Ret.Loss Size Semi£lexible, Long Trunk 30 db 1.00 in. .25 Alum. sheathed, Line air dielectric helical membrame coaxial cable Semiflexible, Trunk Line 30 db 0.500 in. .65 Alum, sheathed foam polyethylene dielectric coaxial cable. it Dist. Line 26 db 0.412 in. .80 Flexible RG -59 House Drop 20 db 0.25 in. High Molecular Line weight or ther- mally stabiized vinyl outside jacRet, braided -;ire outside shield, solid polyethylene or unicellular foamed polyethylene dielectric F type Yes Ch.2 Loss at Ch.13 eet db /100 feet 500 V. Min. .49 Cable is supplied with habirlene jacket that completely covers and protects the alum. sheath. 1.30 1.60 It 2.8 Max. 5.6 Max. Cable size and loss characteristics will vary slightly depend- ing on manufacturer of cable used. r� U 8.07 System Checks & Balance Proof of Performance Upon complefionof_ the installation of the system, the following system measurements shall be made by the operator by 'means of the measurements and tests listed below to insure that the system is performing properly and meets the overall system performance specifications as outlined herein. System Frec�ue:acy Response A wide band s-,,eep signal from the output of a generator shall be inserted at the input of the first trunk amplifier of the system. The output level of the sweep generator shall be equal to the mean operating signal levels obtained from the system feed point. The signal shall be inserted when the system is set up for a normal operating condition, excepting that AGC controls may be in manual position (if provided) to prevent excessive gain from introducing errors. An oscilloscope shall be inserted at the extremity of any trunk line and the frequency response as seen on an oscilloscope, shall not vary more than plus or minus 3 db across the band width of the system. Signal -to -Noise Patio Tn order to provide television signals having the highest order of broadcast quality it is necessary that the system maintain a signal -to -noise ratio in excess of 46 db. This signal -to- noise ratio can be measured by proceeding as follows: Insert a one millivolt CW signal at the input to the transmission on each picture carrier of each channel to be used on the system. -35- u At the extremities of any trunk line in the system, feed the signal into a field strength meter tuned to the picture carrier of each channel under test. Note the reading obtained on the meter. Nov: tune the field strength meter to mid - channel of each channel under test. In the absence of signal, note the readings obtained. The dif- ference between the two readings will give the system signal -to -noise ratio. This difference should not be less than 46 db. Since a signal -to -noise ratio of 46 db can only be measured successfully if a highly slective field strength meter is available zor the proper separation of sound and picture carriers of each chan- nel, these measurements shall be repeated in the guard band between channels 4 and 5, and all spare or unspecified channels. System Hum Mndulation insert into the transmission system a CW signal for the picture carrier of any channel to be used on the system. The level of the signal inserted should be approximately equal to the mean value of the signals which will be received from the system feed point. At the extremities of the trunk line of the system, insert a detector and examine the resultant signal on an oscilloscope. Measure the average level of the DC signal. Measure the peak -to- -peak AG hum variation. The ratio in percent of the peak -to -peak AC variation to the average DC is the percent system hum modulation and should not be more than 5 percent. -36- u Inter - Modulation Distortion Normal modulation should be applied to all chan- nels except one which will have a carrier but without modulation. Observation of the white screen on the unmodulated channel shall be made. No visible components shall appear on this blank screen and this test shall be repeated for all channels utilized in the system. Using a tell strength meter, measure the Kip' signal at random on various feeder lines through- out the system. Signal on any feeder line at the end with all taps installed shall not be less than 20 db across 75 ohms. -37- r� 0 8.08 S _cifications - Under E2Lnd Plant Where the CATV system is to be placed underground all cables will be installed in conduit not less than 1 1/2 inches in diameter for trunk and dist- ribution lines and not less than 3/4 inch for service drop lines. Service pedestals and amplifier locations are to be installed in weatherproof poly - ethylene domes and pervious to weather or physical damage,. The underground CATV system has Many advantages: 1. It preserves the aesthetics of the area. 2. It eliminates reception interference due to cable radiation.. 3. Damaged or aged cables can be replaced without trenching in yards and streets. 4. The underground plant amplifier service pedestals and cable are easily accessible for main- tenance procedures. The service and amplifier pedestals are attractive units° which do not detract from the appearance of the home or grounds. These pedestals are generally located on easements for the utilities which are out of the nor- mal traffic areas in each yard. -38- L Duct shall be Virgin material and shall b;2 Class "C" in accordance with ASTM D 1248-60-T. TENSILE STRENGTH @ 2800 PSI Min. ASTM D 638-58T ELONGATION 400 per cent ASTM D 638-58T MELT INDEX 0.2 to 0.5 Max. ASTM D 1238-57T BRITTLE TEMPERATURE —180 Deg. F. Max: ASTM D 746-57T STIFFNESS IN FLEXURE 75,000 - 110,000 PSI ASTM D 747-63 DENSITY .940 to .956 gm /cm ASTM D 1505-63T IMPACT STRENGTH 3 ft-lbs./in.,of notch ASTM D 256-56 HEAT DETERIORATION 260 Deg. F. CARBON BLACK 2 per cent Min, ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS CRACKING 75 Hours Min. D�IUCT S811ZIf"S: Nominal Outside Wall Min. Bending Coil Size LSize Diam, Max. Tolerance Thickness Tol6rance Radius Inside Diam. + or -- + or — r V2 " 0.840" 0.003 0.060 0.02. 01101, 2'4" 3/4" 1.0501, 0.010 0.065 0.02 11 01, 214'/ 1.315" 10-010 0.075 0.02 11' 3" 2'6" 1-114 1.660" 0.012 0.106 0.02 11 91, 4101, 1.9001, 0.012 0,120 0.02 2' *0" 4'0" T' 2.375" .0.012 0.145 0.02 2' 4" 4'8'/ ALARM COI--,P. T.V. CABLE DUCT DIVISIC) N P.O. Bo,- cornict, cr,!Ho-nia Pho e: (403) 624-2012 PRINTING INC, SEASIDE -39- 0 8.09 Miscellaneous Items 1. Should the provisions of this application be inadvertently opposed to stipulations of Ordinances 11.53 and 1178 then the provisions of those ordinances will apply and will be considered minimum specifications. 2. Subscribers of the CATV service proposed by this applicant will have 24 hour communi- cation with the company. During office hours telephone calls will be accepted by the secre- tarial staff and during nonworking hours all telephone calls will be received by a 24 hour answering service. Vehicles of the Community Cablevision Company will. be radio controlled to facilitate communications from the office to the workmen. 3. A complete inventory of system components., materials, and supplies will be kept "on hand" to maximize service to the subscriber and for system maintenance. -40- __ WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. APPLICATION TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FOR A FRANCHISE UNDER ORDINANCE N0, 1153 n U n LJ r] CONTENTS (1) Applicant's Name and Address 1 -2. (2) Applicant's Proposed CATV Operation 2, -4 (3) Subscriber Rates and Agreement 4 (4) Public Utility Agreement 4 -5 (5) Applicant's Organization, Officers, etc. 5 -7 Conclusion Exhibits: 111" Map of The City of Newport Beach 112" System Equipment List and Specifications 113" Operational Procedures and Standards "4" Sales Aid Brochure 115" Proposed Rates and Charges "6"" CATV Rental Agreement (subscriber contract) 117" PT &T Letter of Intent "8.01" Resume of John R. Frost 118.02" Resume of William C. Johnston 118003" Resume of Robert E. Bowman "8.04" Resume of Frank J. Connolly "8.05" Resume of Arnold N. Broyles 118.06" Resume of H. Donald Howell 1t9" Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. Annual Report to Stockholders 1110" Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. CATV Announcement Card 7 BEFORE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH In the matter of WARNER BROS. TV. SERVICES, INC. Applicant APPLICATION FOR FRANCHISE TO CONSTRUCT, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN A CATV SYSTEM UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 1153 (Chapter 9.5 of Article VI of the Newport Beach Municipal Code) WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. (herein called "Applicant "), wholly -owned by WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. (herein called "the parent company "), hereby makes application to the CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH for a franchise (to the extent such franchise may be required) to construct, operate and maintain a community antenna television (CATV) system in the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH and, in support of such application, submits the following information- (1) Applicant's Name and Address 1.01 Applicant's name is WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, . INC. 1.02 Applicant's principal office in the City of Newport Beach (and its main operations office) is in the Newport National Bank Building (Suite 216), Westcliff at Dover Drive, Newport Beach, California (Telephone: Area Code 714: 642 -3260) 1.03 Applicant's head office for corporate affairs is in New York City, c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (Telephone: Area Code 212: Circle 6- 1000), and it also has certain facilities and personnel of the parent company's Burbank, California, studios and offices available to it at 4000 Warner Boulevard, Burbank, California 91503 (Telephones: Area Code 2130 469 -1253. and 848 -6621) (2) Applicant's Proposed CATV Operation 2.01 Applicant proposes to furnish its CATV service to the entire City of Newport Beach, making it available in five separate phases as installation progresses. The first phase will be undertaken promptly and, depending upon the availability of equipment and services and the processing of necessary permits and the obtaining of necessary authorizations, subject, of course, to the intervention of occurrences (such as strike, fire, storm, etc.) over which Applicant has no control, should proceed as follows: Assuming this application is granted and the franchise issued by July 1, 1966, the antenna and head -end equipment installations should be completed by September 1, 1966, by which date the construction of the amplification and distribution system (including the main trunk line and the feeder lines) by The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company should be completed to permit home connections for the first 200 or more subscribers in the area so that (after a period of about fifteen days of testing, both by Applicant and by the PT &T) service would be started for such customers by September 15, 1966. Thereafter, the completion of the construction of the amplification and dis- tribution system and the making of the home connections would continue with reasonable diligence. At the same time as con- struction, etc., is proceeding in phase 1, the construction of the amplification and distribution systems for phases 2, 3, 4 and 5 would be undertaken, on a staggered date basis, to the end that home connections would be made and service commenced within a reasonable period of time thereafter. A map, showing the areas encompassed by each of the five separate phases,, is attached marked Exhibit "1." The foregoing will necessarily be subject to unknown or unforeseen contingencies which may develop as construction progresses, such as (for example, and not necessarily limited to) the effects of the erosion of under- ground, salt water tables, the condition of marine cable and the problems of installing new underground facilities, some of which contingencies, at least, are matters which may, as construction of the system progresses, require the combined attention of the PT &T, the City Engineering Department and Applicant. 2.02 Applicant's facilities will be designed to fur- nish to each private, home television set connected to the system, twelve (12) full - color channels. A copy of Applicant's System Equipment List and Specifications is attached marked Exhibit "2" and will in every respect conform with or exceed the requirements of Section 6964. A copy of Applicant's OP,erational Procedures and Standards is attached marked Exhibit �3." 2,03 Applicant's proposed system is unique in that it will be comprised of Applicant owned and operated antennae -2- 0 and head -end facilities and home connections but the distribu- tion and amplification system (including 'trunk and feeder lines) will be owned and maintained by The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company. The use of the distribution part of the system will be made available to Applicant under a so-called it lease back agreement" referred to in more detail in section (4) of this application.. Applicant, upon the authority of qualified engineering studies and opinions, believes that its system, although costly to install and to operate, will assure subscribers in The City of Newport Beach of the least incon- venience in the matter of installation, the best competence in the matters of design, installation, maintenance and oper- ation and the best possible results in television reception. (See also paragraph 2.06 hereof.) 2.04 Because of Applicant's lease -back method of operation, it will not, itself, use any poles, wires or con- duits, public ways or public property except to the limited extent that may be necessary between Applicants antenna tower and its head -end equipment site, Indeed Applicant's lease- back agreement with the PT &T will not permit Applicant to use the poles, wires, conduits, etc, of the distribution part of the system, for which, of course, the PT &T already has authority under its so- called "Statewide franchise." 2.05 A general description of Applicant's proposed service and methods of operation, including questions and answers on subjects of interest in connection with a CATV system installation and operation, in the form of a printed sales aid brochure is attached marked Exhibit 114.11 2.06 Outside consulting engineers and contractors (other than those on Applicant's staff mentioned in paragraph 5.04 hereof and other than those available through Applicant's relations with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company) whose services and capabilities are used by Applicant in designing, constructing, and installing and in subsequently maintaining its CATV systems include San Diego Engineering Company of San Diego, California- Kaiser -Cox Corporation of Phoenix, Arizona; Graham Sound Company of Costa Mesa, Califor- nia, and Dike & Colgrove, general contractor, also of Costa Mesa. As already mentioned, the facilities and services of the PT &T will also be utilized in the design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of Applicant's system. 2.07 Applicant's parent company, Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc., will furnish the legal and accounting services incidental to Applicant's proposed system for The City of Newport Beach and, through the parent company, Applicant will -3- • have access to information and specialized services (relating to, for example, subjects such as copyrights, Federal Commu- nications Commission regulations, State Public Utilities Commission regulations, and the like) in New York, Washington, Sacramento, and at other points which services are not gen- erally or readily available to most CATV operators. (3) Subscriber Rates and Agreement 3.01 A copy of Applicant's proposed rates and charges to subscribers for installation and services is attached marked Exhibit "5." It should be noted here, how- ever, that for unusual circumstances, such as underground cable requirements, or more than 150 feet of distance from trunk line to connection of service to subscribers, or other difficulties in making installation or maintaining service, Applicant would make additional charges. All of Applicant's installation charges are and will be based upon Pacific Tele- phone and Telegraph Company's charges to Applicant which, in turn, are governed by California State Public Utilities Com- mission requirements. Applicant's installation charges in every instance will be at or below its actual cost and its overall charges are fair and reasonable and designed to meet all necessary costs of the service. 3,02 A copy of Applicant's form of subscriber agree- ment (captioned "CATV RENTAL AGREEMENT ") is attached marked Exhibit "6." (4) Public Utility Agreement 4.01 Applicant has concluded arrangements with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company to "lease back." the main distribution system (see 2.03 hereof) which PT &T will, upon the granting of a franchise to Applicant install' in accordance with the specifications of Exhibit "2 attached. attached, which specifications Applicant has worked out in consultation with, among others, PT &T's engineers. PT &T has already entered into a similar lease -back agreement with Applicant which was approved by the California Public Utilities Commission on April 26, 1966 for a CATV system in the Mission Viejo (Laguna Hills) area of Orange County, which system is in operation. • 4.02 Applicant's lease -back contract with PT &T for Applicant's CATV system for The City of Newport Beach is presently in preparation by attorneys for the PT &T based, in principle, upon Applicant's similar contract as to the Mission -4- • • U Viejo system noted in 4.01 above. A copy of PT &T's letter of intent to Applicant in this regard is attached marked Exhibit "7.° (5) Applicant's Organization, Officers, etc. 5.01 Applicant is a wholly -owned subsidiary cor- poration of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc., which has been engaged in the business of producing and distributing feature motion, pictures, television films and (through another subsidiary corporation) phonograph records for many years. 5.02 Applicant, a Delaware corporation., wholly - owned by Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. (as has already been noted) on December 1, 1965, qualified to do business in the State of California as evidenced by the Certificate of Qualification of the Secretary of said State, executed on said date. 5.03 The names and addresses of Applicant's principal officers and directors are: E. L. DePATIE President and Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California JOHN R. FROST Vice President & General Manager and Director c/o Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. Newport National Bank Building _.Suite 216 Westcliff at Dover Drive Newport Beach, California P. D. KNECHT Secretary and Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California, H. E. HOLMAN Treasurer and Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California -5- BRYAN S. MOORE Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California 5.04 Mr. John R. Frost, Applicant's General Manager, will directly supervise Applicant's Newport Beach CATV system, if this application is granted. A brief outline of Mr. Frost's professional experience and qualifications is attached marked Exhibit 118.01 ". Applicant's Director of Engineering, Mr. William C. Johnston, will supervise, working closely with consulting engineers and with engineering per- sonnel of The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company, the design, installation, operation and maintenance of Applicant's CATV system for The City of Newport Beach, if this application is granted. A copy of a resume of Mr. Johnston's professional and personal background and experience is attached marked Exhibit "8.02 ". Mr. Robert E. Bowman, Applicant's Director of Marketing and Advertising, will be in charge of Applicant's subscriber solicitations, advertising and publicity in the franchised area and a copy of his resume of experience and qualifications is attached marked Exhibit "8,03 ".. Other mem- bers of Applicant's organization who will take an active part . in the establishment, development and operations of Applicant.'s CATV system in this area if Applicant is granted a franchise are Mr. Frank J. Connolly, Applicant's Supervising Field Engineer, and its Systems Analysts, Mr. Arnold N. Broyles and Mr. H. Donald Howell. Copies of outlines of their experience and qualifications are attached marked Exhibits "8.04, "8.05" and '8.06," respectively. In addition to the foregoing, if this application is granted, Applicant will engage the exclusive, full time services of a qualified individual as Systems Manager who, also, will be headquartered at Applicant's Newport Beach head office and who will have the direct, day -to -day respon- sibility for the operation of the system. 5.05 Applicant will, with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company as noted, design, install and maintain the CATV system. Applicant is not acting or posing as a front or representative for any other person., firm, group or cor- poration. ® (6) Applicant's Financial Statement 6.01 Applicant, as noted in 5;02 above, has recently been qualified to conduct the business of furnishing CATV and • related services, has in .operation a CATV system in the Mission Viejo area (as noted in 4.01 above) and, as noted in 5.01 above, is a wholly -owned subsidiary of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. Applicant's expenses in installing, maintain- ing and operating its CATV systems, including that for the City of Newport Beach (if this application is granted) will be furnished by the parent company. 6.02 A copy of the parent company's most recent Annual Report to the Stockholders (,containing a financial statement of the parent company) is attached hereto marked Exhibit "9." 6.03 As a further indication of the parent com- pany's active interest, financial as well as otherwise, in Applicant's affairs, there is attached, marked Exhibit 1110," the parent company's announcement card of its entry, through Applicant, into the CATV business. Applicant believes it is qualified to render proper ® and efficient CATV service in accordance with the system pro- posed in this application to television viewers and subscribers in The City of Newport Beach and requests favorable consider- ation of this application. In the event new developments come to Applicant's attention after the date of this application, Applicant respectfully reserves the right to supplement this application accordingly. Should the Council desire any addi- tional facts or have any questions, the Applicant would be pleased to submit supplemental information either in writing or orally, as the Council may prefer, and, in that connection, requests the opportunity to attend and, if appropriate, to be heard at the hearing on this application. If this application is granted, the Applicant will promptly reimburse the City for expenses incurred by it in publishing legal notice and ordi- nances in connection with the granting of a franchise, upon receipt of a written statement of such expense in accordance With the provisions of Section 6965 (c) of Ordinance No. 1153. Dated; May 19, 1966. Respectfully submitted., WARNER BROS.. TV SERVICES, INC. By P. D. KNECHT P. D. Knecht Secretary -7- May 18, 1966 WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES INC. SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LIST The following list represents the equipment used in a typical Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. CATV System. Until complete system design has been accomplished, specific units of the system cannot be specified. Those items identified by an asterisk ( *) are the major equipment units known at this time to be planned into the Newport Beach System. Tower and Antenna Equipment 1 Rohn #SS type, 80' galvanized self - supporting tower 1 Rohn #FGH -A2 antenna support tube 3 Cross arm assemblies * 1.0 Jerrold "J series" VHF antennas 9 * 2 Jerrold #J -3065 B -72 UHF antennas Head -End Equipment - Twelve Channels * 3 California Chassis equipment cabinet complete with exhaust blowers, AC wiring strips, blank panels, raceways, etc. * 3 Jerrold #PEP - 1000, power entrance panel * 12 Jerrold #COM, Channel Commander units * 12 Bud Chassis slides for #COM units * 2 Jerrold #5 -04ST, crystal controlled UHF to VHF convertors * 1 Jerrold #PPS -8A pre- amplifier power supply * 3 Jerrold #TPR, pre- amplifiers Distribution System (Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Co. Jerrold Starline Amplifiers (Note: Spaced throughout system, number unknown at this time) Western Electric Coaxial Cable, CA -3002H (Note: Proprietary to telephone co.) SLK Multi -taps EXHIBIT 2 U May 18, 1966 WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES As is evident from the System Equipment List and Specifications (Exhibit 2), a WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. CATV System utilizes the highest quality materials and equipment available. Not only is the functional capability of this equipment excellent; the equipment is designed and constructed to provide long -term, trouble -free service. Basically, these procedures discuss how Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. will handle service problems when they do arise and outlines the extensive preventative maintenance program in effect on our systems. The amplification and distribution system is designed, installed and maintained by Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Co. The same operating policies, philosophies and maintenance procedures so successfully used on your telephone system apply to our distribution • system. All troubles in this portion of our CATV system receives the same prompt and efficient attention we have all learned to expect and get on our telephone service. As an example, the distribution system, being pressurized, allows for automatic warning signals to be transmitted directly to the telephone company's emergency repair center. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. has adopted, wherever applicable, the telephone company procedures for operation and maintenance of our portion of the system. Because the subscriber does have his own tele- vision receiver, which is, as you know, subject to periodic trouble, Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. thoroughly indoctrinates the subscriber how to report reception problems and provides trained personnel to analyze from such report wherein the trouble lies. The National Com- munity Television Association states in excess of 98% of service calls on TV cable systems are the result of TV receiver trouble rather than trouble with the cable serving the receiver. When it is determined the trouble is with the subscriber's receiver, the subscriber is so informed and advised to call his TV repairman. • EXHIBIT 3 May 18, 1966 Warner Bros. TV Services, Ind. • Operational Procedures Page Two Since Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc, has no intent or desire to enter into the television set repair business and in fact is prohibited by law to engage in this business, no attempt will ever be made to influence the subscriber's choice of TV repair service. Our preventative maintenance program follows the practices well established over the past several years by the electronics industry in the fields of communications (PT &T), computers, aerospace and automation systems. In accordance with the equipment manufacturers' recommendations, the system equipment will receive scheduled, periodic inspections and tests. In addition, the system performance will be verified every three months at the outlet of a specified sample of the system subscribers. Test equipment and instruments for these tests will be calibrated and certified to by a licensed certified test laboratory. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. will submit these test results to the City Engineer or other designated city agency for approval. Every six months the system will be verified by an outside, independent certified laboratory of the city's choice. Costs of these verifications to be paid by Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. • The head -end electronic's system is monitored continuously 24 hours a day, seven days a week to insure proper function. This is accomplished by utilizing telephone circuitry provided by Pacific Tele- phone Co. Automatic trouble indicators produce signals which are transmitted directly to our master control center. The nature and loca- tion of any trouble is immediately identified by this warning system. Warner Bros, TV Services, Inc, has a complete operational spares inventory which assures expeditious handling of any system problems. The inventory includes complete major assemblies such as, channel commanders, amplifiers, pre- amplifiers, converters (UHF to VHF), etc. Spare vacuum tubes, resistors, capacitors, transformers and other detailed parts are always in stock. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. maintenance personnel are highly trained technicians. All maintenance will be done according to established written procedures. Only top quality tools, instruments and rolling stock will be used by our maintenance crews. These crews will operate under rules and policies established by the Public Utilities Commission. • EXHIBIT 3 5 -17 -66 WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. OPERATIONAL STANDARDS The CATV System shall be designed, installed and maintained in a manner to provide subscribers with high grade television service. In determining the satisfactory extent of such standards, the following system specifi- cations among others shall be considered: (a) The system shall be capable of delivering all NTSC color and monochrome signals to standard EIA television receivers, both monochrome and color and FM receivers without modifications or other attachments. The signals shall be distributed to individual subscriber's television sets without noticeable degradation of color fidelity, picture information, audio distortion or cross channel interference. (b) The system shall be designed and rated for continuous 24 hour day operation under temperature and environmental conditions encountered in the area. • (c) The system shall be designed to provide a 3162 microvolt (as measured across 75 ohms) level input to the subscriber's house drop, and shall provide a nominal 4500 microvolt (as measured across 300 ohms) level input to the terminals of the subscriber's television set.. (d) A system signal -to -noise ratio shall be not less than 46 db as measured on any of the VHF television channels. (e) The hum modulation of the picture signal observed at any point throughout the system shall be less than 5 %. (fj The voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) shall be such that the echo or ghosts are down 40 db on all trunk and feeder cables. (g) Cross modulation components shall be down 57 db minimum and no visible components of video shall appear on a blank white screen on any channel of the system with all other channels operating with modulation at their rated levels. EXHIBIT 3.01 • 0 5 -17 -66 Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. Operational Standards Page Two (h) The frequency response of the system shall be flat plus or minus 3 db from 54 to 216 megacycles on all- band systems and from 54 to 108 megacycles on low -band systems. The amplitude variation of the signals shall not deviate in excess of plus or minus 2 db over any 6 megacycle bandwidth of any television channel. W Radiation from the coaxial cable or electronic equipment shall not exceed the limitation imposed by the Federal Communications Rules and Regulations. Properly installed coaxial cable and electronic equipment shall have a radiation level of less than 10 microvolts per meter at 10 feet as measured across 75 ohms. (j) The audio carrier level of each television channel shall be adjusted for a minimum of 12 db below the level of any adjacent video carrier. EXHIBIT 3.01 0 • SEE LAST EXHIBIT EXHIBIT 4 WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. NEWPORT NATIONAL BANK BUILDING WESTCLIFF AT DOVER - SUITE 225 NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660 TELEPHONE: (714) 642 -6880 RENTAL & RATE SCHEDULE FOR TV SERVICES* INSTALLATION (ONE TIME ONLY CHARGE): Telephone Co. House Drop Charge $ 25.00 Warmer Bros. Installation Charge for First Outlet Connection 12.00 MONTHLY SERVICE RENTAL CHARGES: Service Rental Charge $ 6.50 for One Set Service Rental Charge for Each Additional Set 1.75 Installation of Each New or Additional Outlet 8.50 *Please Note: The Installation costs and charges may vary, depending upon Reconnection Charge (Applicable location, construction, installation if Service is Suspended) 10.00 and individual servicing circumstances. • Payment for services is set up on a bi- monthly basis, payable in advance. Service will be connected upon payment of installation costs and the first two months service charge. REMEMBER ... THE INSTALLATION CHARGE IS A ONE TIME ONLY COST A minimum installation charge would be $37.00 ($25.00 Telephone Company plus $12.0-0 Warner Bros.). This amount would cover installation of service for one TV sat. -If you had a second set and wanted to hook it up also, there would be an additional charge of $8.50 for installation. Monthly service rental for one set is $6.50. Rental service for two sets is $8.25 per month. NO LONG TERM COMMITMENTS!. —WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. believes that it must provide excellent television service to assure continued customer satisfaction. There is no requirement that you, the equipment renter, musT stay on the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM if dissatisfied for any reason. Therefore, you may feel free to accept or reject the service at any time without worrying about continuing rental obligations. The only agreement that you are required to sign authorizes Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. to install the service, acknowledge the installation has been made, and explains the details of maintenance and operation of the system. EXHIBIT 5 A WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. Tel. (714) 642 -6880 Newport National Bank Bldg., Westcliff at Dover Dr., Suite 225, Newport Beach, Calif CATV RENTAL AGREEMENT 5679 1ST INITIAL 2N0 INITIAL RENTER'S SURNAME 'HOUSE NUMBER STREET CITY -. STATE ZIP CODE T ELEPHONE NUMBER. DATE SERVICE BEGINS: BILLING CODE ODD -.I EVEN -2 1. RENTAL - FIRST CONNECTION 2 Months @$6.50. per Month 13 00 INSTALLATION DATE: TIME AM ' PM 2 RENTAL - EXTRA JACKS 2 Months C 1.75 per Month. . ACCESS ADDRESS: 3 ADDITIONAL RENTAL - 4 INSTALLATION CHARGE FIRST CONNECTION 1 INSTRUCTIONS: 5_ INSTALLATION CHARGE ..Extra Jacks ? each - E ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION CHARGE HOUSE DROP INSTALLATION: DATE /./ TOTAL CHARGES APPROVED By: DATE / ':/ H PAID IN ADVANCE INSTALLED BY: DATE / AMOUNT DUE The Renter above -named hereby rents from WARNER BROS. TV' SERVICES, INC., a corporation ( "Warner "), the non - exclusive use of its master television antenna located at California, lines and other equipment now or hereafter owned or controlled by Warner in connection therewith (all sometimes herein called "the system ") for the purpose of enabling and /or assisting Renter to operate Renter's own receiving equipment in the above premises. Renter warrants that said premises are a private dwelling and that Renter has the authority to enter into this agreement (even if not the owner of the premises). Charges are non-refundable. Rental charges are payable in advance on the first day of every other month. Warner may disconnect the system from the premises without notice if rental charges ore not paid by the 15th of the month in which due. Either party may terminate this agreement at the end of any b i• monthly service period by at least 10 days' written notice to the other. THE "GENERAL PROVISIONS" ON THE REVERSE ARE A PART HEREOF. CUSTOMER EXHIBIT 6 Ll u TO BE DELIVERED AT A SUBSEQUENT DATE EXHIBIT 7 RESUME OF JOHN R. FROST VICE PRESIDENT & GENERAL MANAGER John R. Frost has held management positions in the aerospace, electronics, and missile construction fields for the past 25 years. He has an AB degree in Business Administration from UCLA and an LLB degree from USC. Mr. Frost has had extensive experience in marketing and contract administration on major prime and subcontracts relating to national defense and scientific studies. Such experience included UHF and VHF aerial and land -line communications systems on major Govern- ment and private industry contracts. Television transmission was an integral part of such contracts. Mr. Frost is Vice President and General Manager of Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , a wholly owned subsidiary of Warner Bros. Pictures, ® Inc. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. is engaged solely in constructing and operating community antenna television (CATV) systems. He has held such positions as Vice President- General Manager of J. A. McNeil - California Electric Cons truction- Brothers, a joint venture engaged in ballistic missile operational site activation; Vice President- Marketing, Lear- Seigler- Hallamore Division; and Executive Assistant to Holmes and Narver, Inc. on Atomic Energy Projects. Mr. Frost is an active member of the State Bar of California. He is married, has four children and lives on Lido Isle. • Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.01 • RESUME OF WILLIAM C. JOHNSTON DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING Mr. William C. Johnston has a BSME from Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa; an MSAE from the California Institute of Technology, Pasa- dena, California, where he wrote his thesis entitled, "Instrumentation for Strain Gauges," and two years of law studies at Loyola Law School, Los Angeles. He is also a member of the Engineering Honorary Fraternity, Tau Beta Pi. For four years, Mr. Johnston served with the United States Air Force as a B -29 Maintenance and Flight Engineer. During this tour of duty, he attended the Air Force Engineering School at Yale University. He also taught an accelerated electrical and electronic course on the B -29 Bomber to combat flight crews. Later he was assigned special duty as General Doolittle's personal B -29 Flight Engineer and received an honorable discharge as Captain. • Mr. Johnston has twenty years experience in aircraft and missile engineering management which includes: Four years with U. S. Gypsum as an Industrial Engineering Consultant to aircraft and pottery manufac- turers and motion picture studio staff shops. Four years as Senior Los Angeles Resident Representative with Canadair Ltd. Six years as Project Manager on the . installation, validation and testing of Atlas and Titan missile bases, telemeter circuitry and related equipment. Six years as a practicing professional engineer working on missile systems and aerospace vehicles such as the Gemini spacecraft. Mr. Johnston is married, has three children and has lived in Southern California for the past 25 years. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.02 • RESUME OF ROBERT E. BOWMAN DIRECTOR OF MARKETING & ADVERTISING Robert Bowman was born in Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1926. In 1942, he entered the United States Navy and spent 2 -1/2 years in the Pacific Theatre during World War II as an electrical and communication specialist. Following World War II, Mr. Bowman attended the University of Kansas and Los Angeles City College, majoring in Business Administra- tion. During 1950 -1952, he worked at KFI -TV in the production and tech- nical phases of television. He later specialized in the programming sales and marketing facets of the media, both in Los Angeles and San Francisco, for a prominent producing company. In 1954, Mr. Bowman joined the Mutual Broadcasting System and, over a period of 5 years, was active in the development of a sales and marketing format on both a local and national level. This activity included extensive exploitation of program- ming and sales development, account coordination,, merchandising and. • management development of same. During the period of 1961 -1964, Mr. Bowman organized and owned two advertising and merchandising companies in Honolulu, Hawaii. In 1964, he sold his interest and returned to Southern California to assume a key management position in the .Sales Division of Rossmoor Leisure World. Mr. Bowman joined Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. in the fall of 1965, in his present capacity. He has over 10 years of experience in the te- levision programming production, transmission and technical areas, including land -line and aerial data transmission. Mr. Bowman lives in Newport Beach, California. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., 1501 Westcliff- Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.03 RESUME OF FRANK J. CONNOLLY ® FIELD ENGINEER Mr. Connolly was born in Waltham, Massachusetts in 1904 and received his elementary schooling there. He earned a BS degree in Mechanical Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1927. Mr. Connolly's experience spans a period of 35 years; most of these years were spent in developing, testing and applying devices for the electronic and electrical control fields. Mr. Connolly began his working career with Industrial Controller Company, a firm concerned with development and application of electrical controllers, relays, resistors and capacitors. While associated with ICC, his duties included working with the Signal Corps at Fort Monmouth, New Jersey in the development and improvement of electronic equipment such as radar, masts, receivers and transmitters. He was later associated with Electric Boat Company of Groton, Connecticut, in handling and automatic welding for the first atomic submarine, "Nautilus: This project involved vast quantities of electronic equipment for the speed control of drive, as well as control of automatic welding heads during fabrication. From 1954 to 1962, Mr. Connolly was with the Allen Bradley Com- pany in the capacity of Manager- Electric Motor Control Division. This division was responsible for the design and application of electronic con- trol components when applied to the manufacture of missiles. From 1962 until 1966, when Mr. Connolly joined Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., he was responsible for all electrical and mechanical equipment for Rossmoor Corporation's five projects. Rossmoor Corporation is the builder of Rossmoor Leisure Worlds, city -sized communities for senior citizens throughout the United States. His responsibilities also included all things electronic such as master TV systems and. master inter- com systems. Mr. Connolly is married, has two daughters and resides in San Clemente. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.04 RESUME OF ARNOLD N. BROYLES SYSTEMS ANALYST Arnold Broyles has been a field engineering and sales representative for the past 22 years. Such experience included 17 years with Colson Equip- ment and Supply Company, an industrial material handling equipment firm in Los Angeles; five years of similar experience with other companies in Southern California. Analysis of customer engineering and performance specifications as well as special power requirements were a part of normal duties. This included recommendations of factory design change and performance speci- fications to meet customer requirements. • Mr. Broyles has a B. S'. degree in Business Administration from UCLA where he majored in marketing. He is married and has two grown sons and two grandchildren. He has lived in the harbor area for the past 14 years. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.05 RESUME OF DON HOWELL SYSTEMS ANALYST Mr. Howell was born in 1935 and is a native Californian. He was graduated from the University of Southern California in 1960 with a BS degree in Finance. Prior to joining Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , his business experience included many and varied aspects of corporate finance and sales. After graduation from USC and a tour of duty in the United States Navy, Mr. Howell joined the investment banking firm of McDonnell & Co. , Inc. While employed by McDonnell and Co. , his experience in corporate finance included the analysis and recommendation of various individual companies in regard to merger prospects and public and private financings. In the field of sales, Mr. Howell's duties included both general securities sales to the public and the development of new business in the area of institutional sales, corporate pension funds, mutual fund management companies and bank trust departments. Mr. Howell is married, has three children and resides in Hunting - ton Beach. Warner Bros: TV Services, Inc. 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.06 NOT A PART OF THIS PRESENTATION EXHIBIT 9 JACK L. WARNER, president, WARNER BROs. PICTURES, INC. announces Warner Bros. entrance into community antenna televi- sion. A new company has been formed for the express purpose of designing, building and operating a community antenna tele- vision system to make available to your community, a multi- channel, full -color tele- vision system. This system will allow you to enjoy highest quality reception from all television stations in your area, including some you may not be receiving now. A "Perfect Picture" brought to you by WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM will be avail- able soon in your community (at a nominal cost to you). Only pennies a day will insure maximum entertainment value and sat - isfaction. The WARNER BRos. TV SYSTEM offers home television viewers: 1. Elimination of expensive and unsightly rooftop antennas. Consequently there is no danger from wind storms, lightning, or roof damage, nor concern for increased insurance rates. 2. Elimination of problem and fringe areas which pro- duce "ghosts;' "snow" and other common reception problems. 3. Better television reception ... a strong constant signal insuring excellent picture quality —both black & white and color. (Bear in mind, color reception requires a signal strength of approximately four times more sig- nal power than black & white.) Additionally color requires a special antenna which is considerably more expensive than the conventional antennas used for black & white reception. 4. A greater selection of channels and programs for you to enjoy. (over) 5. Choice of several UHF stations, alternated (luring the day, all programs listed and pre - announced. 6. Clear FM signals and special pre - selected WARNER BROS. and REPRISE recordings will be offered for your musical background enjoyment. 7. Reliability and dependability through the use of the most advanced and highest quality equipment and skilled, experienced engineers. WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM will be available soon in your com- munity. A "Perfect Picture" can be yours for pennies a day. The nominal cost to you will assure your family maximum j/ entertainment value and satisfaction. WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. Newport National Bank Building Newport Beach, California TELEPHONE: (714) 642 -6880 NEWEST MILESTONE IN TELEVISION ill Warner Bros. L04A M Pictures, Inc. Announces its entrance into Community Antenna Television Providing Unparalleled Full Color Picture Quality Jack L. Warner, President WARNER Bnos. PicTUREs, INc. 41 announces Warner Bros. entrance into community antenna television... with today's most advanced technology backed by 60 years of leadership in the entertainment fields. Warner Bros. Studios, a creative city of 102 acres at Burbank, California, is the largest and most modern motion picture and television film production center in the world... where 3000 skilled specialists produce entertainment for motion picture and television screens of every country. Its television center is the industry's most modern and completely equipped. With Jack L. Warner as President, Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. has a single purpose —to provide the world with the best of entertainment, whether it be in the theater or in your home. To achieve this goal Warner Bros. has formed a new company, called Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., a wholly owned sub- sidiary of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. has been organized for the express purpose of designing, building and operating a community antenna television sys- tem (CATV) to make available to your community a multi- channel, full-color television system. This new Warner Bros. subsidiary company follows its parent company's leadership tradition: First in sound motion pictures; first major studio in television film production; and now... first to bring a "Perfect Picture" into your home. Warner Bros. has recognized the need in all areas including certain "fringe" and "problem" areas, of providing the means for television set owners to enjoy highest quality reception from all television stations they wish to receive (at a nominal cost to the set owner), insuring maximum entertainment value and satisfaction. There are now over 1600 similar systems through- out the country, serving over 63# million people in problem and fringe areas. These systems were created to meet the needs and demands of these millions of Americans who were unable, because of their geographical location, to enjoy high quality home entertainment television. WARNER BRos. TV SYSTEM will bring you television stations and programs that you are presently unable to receive. The Warner Bros. TV System offers home television viewers: I. Better television reception ... a strong constant signal in- suring excellent picture quality —both black & white and color. (Bear in mind, color reception requires a signal strength of approximately four times more signal power than black & white.) Additionally, color requires a special antenna which is considerably more expensive than the conventional antennas used for black & white reception. 2. A greater selection of channels and programs for you to enjoy. 3. Choice of several UHF stations, alternated during the day, all programs listed and pre - announced. 4. Elimination of problem and fringe areas which produce "ghosts; "snow" and other common reception problems. S 5. Elimination of expensive and unsightly rooftop antennas. Consequently, there is no danger from wind storms, light- ning, or roof damage, nor concern for increased insurance rates. 6. Clear FM signals and special pre- selected WARNER BROS. and REPRISE recordings will be offered for your musical background enjoyment. 7. Reliability and dependability through the use of the most advanced and highest quality equipment and skilled, experienced engineers. WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM will be available soon in your community. A "Perfect Picture" can be yours for pennies a day. The nominal cost to you will assure your family maximum entertainment value and satisfaction. A few points about television signals. Fringe areas and shadow areas are explained so you will understand and appre- ciate how WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM will fill a unique position in your community. Radio signals tend to follow the curvature of the earth. As a result they can be heard easily over great distances. Not so with television signals. Television signals travel in a straight line as does a beam of light. After broadcast, the signals con- tinue into space as the earth's surface curves and falls away underneath them. Mountains and even buildings can block out TV signals and ruin your reception. TV set owners in a valley surrounded by mountains most often cannot get a good picture. The farther you are from a TV station, the more troublesome and expensive become your reception problems. Ordinary housetop antennas in this "fringe" area are frequently quite unsatisfactory. They do not reach high enough. EMEND D OISTREILTION RMRIFIER FEEDER C LE LINE EXTENSION AMPLIFIER — DMTREONTION CARLF p® W OIRFCTIONAL COOPLER - - -- ORO' WIRE (i Pn551VE Cc,E'emo Em)' What is Warner Bros. relevislon System a how does It work? Through extensive testing with electronic instruments, the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM erects a giant (or master) antenna at the best location for receiving strong signals. Each subscriber's set is connected to the master antenna cable instead of to an unsightly rooftop antenna. Design of the master antenna is also determined by use of electronic equipment. A separate antenna, tested for peak reception on each channel received, is 'beamed" toward each television station. How does the picture yet to my set? More electronic equipment at the master antenna processes and "cleans up" the signal and then feeds it into miles of coaxial cable. Every subscriber receives strong, even signals — regardless of how far his home might be from the master antenna. To insure a perfect picture, a complicated system of strategically located "ampli- fiers" keeps signal strength from all stations powerful and strong the full distance of the cable system which sometimes is as long as 450 miles to serve a full community. As many as 800 multiple amplifiers may be used in each system. Every home connected to the system has service through an individual cable connec- tion to the main coaxial cable system. With this equipment, television signals originating as far as 100 miles away, and too weak to be picked up by ordinary rooftop antennas, can be caught, given new strength, then sent clear and strong into your home. Will the picture be clear and of good quality If 1 connect to the Cable System? WARNER BROS. TV SYS- TEM is obtaining from the telephone company communication channels guaranteed to deliver, to your home, the same strong, perfect picture that Warner Bros. receives at its master antenna. Will I be able to enjoy color programs an the Cable System? Yes, indeed I Our entire system and all elec- tronic equipment will carry BOTH black & white and color pro- gramming. If you have a color television receiver, you will be able to enjoy all color programs transmitted by any of the sta- tions carried on the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM from the moment you are connected to the cable system. AN ILLUSTRATION OF A WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM AgmAl"I'"iff Do I need an antenna? Definitely not! With WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM, there is absolutely no need for an antenna of any kind. Therefore, costly replacement due to corrosion, wind damage etc. will be a thing of the past. Additionally, removal of a rooftop antenna saves, in many cases, a substantial amount in insurance premiums and at the same time eliminates wear and tear on the roof itself. Is It necessary to use any special make or type of television set? No. Any standard television receiver will work. The quality of pictures may vary according to the inher- ent ability of the television set. No special television sets, con- verters or other units are required. Does Warner Bros. TV System provide repair service for the television sets? No. WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM does not repair television sets. In fact, if reception trouble appears to be in your television set, Warner Bros. will suggest only that you call a reputable television service man or dealer in your area. What Channels will I be able to receive on the Warner Bros. TV System? You will receive all channels you are currently receiving. IN ADDITION... WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM will bring in other channels your present antenna is unable to pick up. The number of additional channels will depend on your area. It is important to remember, besides more programming selection, the picture quality you will enjoy on all channels will be perfectl How much will this service cost? The monthly service charge may vary depending on the area served, but at no time will the charge exceed $6.50 per month (Additional home out- lets available for a nominal charge.) At the time of installation of the service, there is a one time charge for hooking up to the system. When I pay this monthly fee, does It mean I have signed up for pay TV? Absolutely not! WARN ai Bnos. TV SYSTEM is not the same as pay TV, with which it is some- times confused. Unlike pay TV, the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM does not charge on a "per program" basis, but rather on a monthly basis. This monthly charge is made to bring the best possible entertainment from our master antenna system into your home for approximately In cents per channel per day. The monthly fee in effect, is to allow a large group of people to share the cost of this expensive equipment for a few dollars a month per family, just as you share the costs for your telephone system and many other every day conveniences which make life more enjoyable. Why should I pay for TV service when I can get It free? Why, indeed? If you could receive all the channels WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM brings in, and receive them just as well, you would have no need to subscribe to this service. How- ever, the antenna system you are presently using generally requires annual replacement due to corrosion or rust and a good antenna would probably cost you more per year than your WARNED BROS. TV service. Particularly if you have a color set, which requires approximately four times the signal strength of a black & white picture. Perhaps the best way to realize the obvious advantages of the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM is to appreciate the fact that considerable research, studies and engineering have been made in your community before a decision was reached to make this tremendous investment, which will probably exceed $1,000,- 000.00 when the system is completed —and before the first patron is signed up. Can I have more than one set In my home con- nected to the Warner Bros. TV System? Absolutely yes! Through the use of special equipment, we can add any number of sets you desire in your home. Naturally, there would be a small charge for each additional television set connected to the system. Do I have to worry about Interference or static from outside sources? No! The WARNER BROS. TV SYs- TEM has been engineered and built to exacting standards that will eliminate any outside interference, such as electric razors, mixers, vacuum cleaners, diathermy machines, or ham radio operators. Assurance of quality materials and maintenance of system. Rest assured that the quality of materials in the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM will be of the finest available. The antenna alone has approximately $40,000 worth of equipment involved in its structure. As previously mentioned, some systems have as much as 450 miles of coaxial cable linking up the over- all system, with as many as 800 multiple amplifiers needed to assure patrons a strong signal and a perfect picture. Amplifiers may cost as much as $950 apiece. This equipment often requires replacement as new devel- opments occur in this fast paced electronic industry. The cable distribution system, furnished to WARNER BROS. by the telephone company, is maintained by the same people who take care of your telephone. The reliability and depend- ability of the telephone company is unquestioned. Their skilled and experienced engineers maintain the cable distribution sys- tem with the most advanced and highest quality equipment available to give you a perfect picture at all times. Warner Bros. TV Services, inc., your community antenna operator, brings to you the wide world of television entertainment, dynamic teaching tools of educational televi- sion, feature films, UHF and much more... all with unparal- leled quality. A community-wide WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM is costly to install, operate and maintain, but you may enjoy it for a few pennies a day. It provides indeed the lowest cost method for highest quality reception, full value from your tele- vision receiver and it eliminates unsightly rooftop antennas and replacements due to rust, corrosion or wind damage. How recently has it been since you looked at your TV log and saw a program listed that you wanted to see but could not because your antenna couldn't bring in the signal? Was it a sports event? Perhaps a good movie, a musical program or a lecture on Channel 28 or 34? You need never have that problem again —not if you join the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM which will bring to your home more channels, more programs and "Perfect Picture" quality. A world of entertainment will be in your living room always and with a perfect picture whenever you want it. Weigh the facts ... Remember, Warner Bros. Pic- tures, Inc. has over 60 years of entertainment know -how, and over 3000 skilled specialists and a city-sized organization dedi- cated to deliver the "Perfect Picture" into your home. Why not make your family happy today? Give us a call and get full particulars right now at the number listed below. u WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. Newport National Bank Bldg. —Suite 216 Westcliff at Dover Drive, Newport Beach, California EVALUATION OF CATV PROPOSALS Prepared for City of Newport Beach California November $, 1966 fs Crsnrul�uw� 3 /lrplf�nn�� /JCU✓:J 16s ,Svj ��"rid d Ual �%rsac.�i 1 +2i 1 LSSELL CONSULTING ENGINEERS & SCIENTISTS 7923 Gloria Avenue Van buys, California 91406 The material contained herein is for the sole use of cognizant officers of the City of Newport Beach and is considered confidential to all other parties, interested or disinterested. No information will be released by Lebell Consulting Engineers & Scientists without specific direction from the Office of the City Manager. I• • K I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page SUMMARY 1 I. SCOPE 2 II. INTRODUCTION A. Background Description of CATV Systems 3 B. Current CATV Problem Areas 3 III. SUMMARY OF PROPOSALS A. Community Cablevision Company 7 B. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. a IV'. EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS A. Community Cablevision Proposal 11 B. Warner Bros. TV Services Proposal, 13 V. RECOMMENDATIONS A. Additional Provisions to be Included 23 B. Franchise Award Recommendations 25 APPENDIX,.A - CATV System Performance Monitoring 28 ATTACHMENTS 1 -4 • SUMMARY As a result of evaluation of the proposals for a franchise to operate a Community Antenna Television system, submitted on September 30, 1966, the following is a summary of recom- mendations: 1. it is recommended that Community Cablevision Company be granted a franchise for the limitd geographical area proposed. Specifically, this area is the Irvine property bordered on the northwest by Jamboree Boulevard, on the southeast by East Coast Highway, continuing along Fifth Avenue and northeasterly by the present Newport Beach City limits. 2. It is recommended that the City of Newport Beach negotiate further with Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., toward clarifying the proposed "channel service agreement" with Pacific Telephone & Telegraph Co., particularly in the areas of rates and services. If agreement can be reached in these areas, it is recommended that the City offer a franchise for the, remaining area of Newport Beach, excluding that section covered by 1, above. 3. In both cases, agreement upon additional require- ments, not presently detailed in Ordinance Nos.. 1153 and 1178 or the notification to submit pro- posals, is recommended before franchises are granted.. A fuller description of these recommendations and the data leading to the conclusions is provided in the remainder of this report. ® -1- • 1. SCOPE The scope of the analysis performed by Lebell Consulting Engineers & Scientists ("WES ") in connection with this report was limited to: A. Evaluation of the proposals submitted to the City of Newport Beach ( "City ") on September 3 "0, 1466. by Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., and Community Cable- vision Company, in application for the granting of a Community Antenna Television ( "CATV ") system franchise. This evaluation included determination of compliance with the provisions of the bid notification and City Ordinance Nos. 1153 and 1178. In addition, the tech- nical adequacy and relative advantages and disadvantages of each proposed system were reviewed, together with other relevant factors, resulting in the conclusions and recommendations of this report. R. As one factor providing supporting data of the bidders' experience in the CATV field, the existing CATV installa- tions of each company were inspected (Warner Bros. in Mission Viejo and Community Cablevision in Irvine). • C. Ordinance Isms. 1153 and 1178 were also reviewed to permit suggestion's as to possible clarification or strengthening of City requirements. Due to these limitations of scope., no conclusion can be drawn as to external considerations, such as, for example, the desirability or economic feasibility of establishing any CATV system within Newport Beach. Further, the financial capability of each bidder was not investigated, although it is presumed that, as subsidiaries of large corporations, adequate resources are available in both cases. 40 1 - -2 II. A. Background Description of CAXV'Systems Although most Newport Beach officials reviewing this report will be fully cognisant of CATV operations in other communities, it may be useful as background to include general descriptive material which summarizes CATV history; basic principles and typical current practices. Rather than repeat such material within this report, Attachment 1 is furnished as a brief,,informative state -of- the -art survey. B. Current CATV Problem Areas The rapid growth of the CATV industry in a 15 -year period is certainly a demonstration of large- scale public acceptance. Partly because of this growth, a number of problem areas have arisen which are currently in a state of flux and uncertainty. Since some of these general problems may be relevant factors in determining the conditions under which Newport Beach wishes to grant a CATV franchise, they are outlined briefly below. There is no attempt to offer compre- hensive discussion, but rather to highlight the problems for consideration. 1. Copyright infringement The TV broadcast industry (primarily the large net - works) takes the position that anyone who picks broadcast programs "off the air" and furnishes these programs to portions of the public for a profit is in violation of copyright laws. This question is presently in litigation, with the latest court verdict (by Federal Judge Herlands in the United Artists vs. Fortnightly case) holding that CATV is liable for copyright infringement. The CATV industry's position has been that there is no copyright liability, and the contrary decisions will probably be appealed. Very recently, this posi- tion has been modified. In testimony before the Subcommittee on Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights of the Senate Judiciary Committee on August 2, 1965, Frederick W. Ford, President of the National Community Television Association, proposed a licensing arrange- ment when the CATV system is located beyond the nermal -3- reception range of the TV station. Within the normal reception range, the CATV industry posi- tion is still that no copyright liability is involved. So far as the City of Newport Beach is concerned, this problem leads to consideration of the desira- bility of seeking a provision in any CATV franchise in which the CATV system operator relieves the City of potential liability should there, at a later time, be a final judicial determination that copyright infringement has occurred. 2. FCC Jurisdiction The Federal Communications Commission, during the initial growth of CATV in the 1950's, assumed no jurisdiction for those CATV systems in which no "over the airwaves" rebroadcasting was involved. Thus, the majority of CATV systems, which used cable distribution of signals, were unregulated, and only those utilizing microwave repeater links were considered as subject to FCC regulation. (A minor exception was the promulgation of rules in 1956 regarding the possibility of . interference due to electrical radiation from the CATV cables.) In early 1966, however, the FCC assumed general jurisdiction over all CATV operations, whether using microwave rebroadcast links or not. This included, not only technical considerations, but also regulation of telephone company tariffs for the furnishing of CATV distributional facilities, previously regulated by the various states. A number of bills have been introduced into Con *Tess attempting to clarify the matter of jurisdiction over CATV operations, but to date the situation remains transitional. The areas of relevance to Newport Beach are the relationship between public utilities and CATV franchisees, if any, and also the question of program origination. The former point is detailed in (3) below. Program origination has, in most past CATV systems, been limited to local public service, such as time and weather information, announcement of local • events, etc. The CATV industry in general, however, is interested in expanding their scope in this area. Attachment 2 indicates a recent presentation of their position, -4 0 In the case of Warner Bros., one of the applicants, the question of future program origination may be- come more prominent, since the parent company is in the film and TV business and CATV represents one possible outlet for their product. No conclusion is drawn in this report as to the desirability of program origination, since this is primarily a matter of public policy. 3. Agreements with Public Utilities At this point in time, the relationships between CATV franchise holders, public utilities, and the various governmental agencies involved, represent possibly the greatest area.of contention and dis- pute. In most communities which are already developed, the most practicable means of distributing CATV signals to subscribers is to utilize in some wale the existing public utility facilities, such asrteie- phone poles and lines which already service the vast :majority of the potential subscribers. With rare exceptions, adding CATV cabling and amplifiers fiver the same route is much simpler than installing a separate CATV distribution system. Originally, CATV operators rented space on the existing poles of telephone or power companies and installed their own equipment. More recently, with the growth of the CATV market,,the telephone companies in particular have favored the "lease- back" arrangement in which they furnish the facili- ties of a complete distribution system to the CATV operator, but retain ownership. Numerous complaints by CATV operators have arisen of arbitrary and increasing charges from the utilities, including the charge that AT &T is seeking eventual domination of the CATV industry. Attachment 3 indicates recent FCC action to investi- gate this general area. As a specific case in point, Attachment 4 is the petition of the California Community Television Association to the FCC to sus- pend the proposed tariffs of the California Water and Telephone Company, The FCC did so act on October 12, 1966, and it may be an indefinite period of time before final approved tariffs are available, -5 - • This area poses vast legal and jurisdictional problems, and no simple determination is fore- cast for the near future. The relevance of this problem to Newport Beach, however, is specifically with regard to the Warner Bros, proposal, which does specify a leaseback arrangement with Pacific Telephone & Telegraph. The major questions of installation costs, subscriber rates, commencement of service, and maintenance and repair policy are inherently bound to the PT&T portion of the system and reflect areas of uncertainty in the present proposal. I't is obviously beyond the power of.any single community, such as Newport Beach, td deal in a completely ideal way with the problems posed above. Within those areas subject to local ordinances and /or franchise negotiation, some clarification is possible, however, and these are included in the recommendations of this report. • no • C] • III. SUMMARY OF PROPOSALS A summary of tha key features of each of the two proposals is furnished below, with detailed evaluation provided in the following sections. A. Community Cablevision Company ( "CCC ") 1. Proposed Service Area Restricted to Irvine Ranch property in Newport Beach. Area is bounded on the northwest by Jamboree Boulevard; on the southeast by East Coast Highway, continuing along Fifth Avenue; and northeasterly by the City limits. 2. Proposed Coverage 12 full -color or black- and -white TV channels: 9 VHF: Channel 2 (KNXT, Los Angeles - CBS) Channel 4 (KNBL, Los Angeles - NBC) Channel 5 (XTLA, Los Angeles - Ind.) Channel 7 (KABC, Los Angeles - ABC) Channel 8 (KFMB -TV, San Diego - CBS) Channel 9 (KW -Tv, Los Angeles Ind.) Channel 10 (KOG0, San Diego - NBC) Channel 11 (KTTV, Los Angeles - Ind.) Channel 13 (TCCOP, Los Angeles - Ind.) 3 UNF: Channel 22 "(XPOL -TV, Loa Angeles - Ind.) (converted to Channel 3) Channel 26 (MET, Los Angeles - educational) (converted to Channel 6) Channel 34 (IMOX,. Los Angeles - Spanish) (converted to Channel 12) "Full - sound" FM (to be provided either by a selected channel method or broad -band coverage'). 3. Proposed Rates: Installation: First 2 outlets $10.00 Additional " (each) $ 5.00 Moving (each) $ 5,00 Reconnecting (each) $'5.00 Extended leads (15 ft.) $ 5.00 (Note: Installation charges for commercial sub - scribers to be on a time- and - material basis.) -7- Monthly Rates (Residential) (Residential, 100% Commun. Assoc. Par- ticipation) (Commercial) First 2 outlets $5.00 Additional " (each $1.00 First 2 outlets $3.00 Additional (each) 71.00 Single outlet $5.00 Additional " (each) $1.00 4. Proposed Fees to City Acceptance, Fee: $1000 for 10 -year franchise $2000 for 15 -year franchise $3000 for :20 -year franchise Franchise Fee: 3% of gross receipts annually (not specifically • mentioned in proposal, but implied since no ex- ception taken to bid requirement) 5. System Description The system proposes underground distribution cables since the land is Irvine- owned. Only the line from the antenna site to the main distribution branch point will be above grade. The complete system and facilities will be owned and operated by the bidder. No necessity is seen for services to be furnished by utility companies. H, warner Bros. TV Services', Inc. ("WB ") 1. Proposed Service Area Entire City of Newport Reach. Two methods of signal distribution are proposed, an "aerial" portion of the system and an "underground" portion. Although not specifically stated, it is assumed that the underground portion covers those areas such as Lido Isle where utilities are already underground. 'lZ The City is divided into six areas, with installa- tion and commencement of services phased progressively. 2. Proposed Coverage 12 full -color or black - and -white TV channels: (No specific itemization of TV channels or mention of FM is provided. The typical equipment list indicates 10 VHF and 2 UHF channels. With the recent FCC regulations regarding CATV area coverage, however, it is anticipated that the channels will be essentially identical to those proposed by CCC.) Proposed Rates Rates are proposed only for the aerial portion of the system, with rates for the underground portion to be determined later. Further, the rates which are proposed for the aerial portion are considered as estimates only, subject to adjustment depending upon the final charges of Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Co. (PT&T) to W8, agreed upon and approved by the California Public Utilities Commission. ® With these constraints, proposed rates are: Installation: First outlet $12.50 Each additional outlet $ 8.50 Reconnecting outlet $10.00 Monthly Rates: First outlet $ 6.50 Each additional outlet $ 1.75 4. Proposed Fees to City Acceptance Fee An acceptance fee of $5000 is proposed, but this sum is to be an advance against annual franchise fees, so that the return to the City consists of the franchise fees only. Franchise Fees 3 of gross receipts annually, as required. No variation for either a 15 -year or a 20 -year franchise, although a 20 -year franchise is requested. 0 -9- p�h / 'dwr4 r • 5.. System Description The proposal is for WB to furnish and own the antenna site and head -end equipment, and to lease a signal distribution system from PT &T. At each subscriber's residence, WB would then connect the "house drop" and matching transformer or spltter. WB therefore physically supplies the two "ends of the system, with all of the intermediate equip- ment, such as cables, amplifiers, etc., owned and operated by PT &T and leased to WB under a "channel service agreement ". The PT&T distribution system would normally follow the utility pattern for each geographical area; i.e., an aerial "piggy- back" system where poles and overhead telephone cables exist, and an under- ground CATV installation where present utilities are underground. -10- M EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS The evaluation of each proposal is carried out on three levels- -using the City requirements as a standard, on the basis of technical adequacy and quality of service likely from the proposed system, and to some extent by comparison of the proposals with each other. Table 1 summarizes the degree of compliance of each proposal with the major re- quirements. Table 2 supplements Table I by detailing the proposed subscriber rates and charges._ The proposed equipment for the antenna site is summarized in Table 3. A. Community Cablevision Proposal 1. Service Area and Schedule (See Table 1, Items 1 and 9) CCC does not propose to serve the entire city as requested in the proposal invitation. There are, however, advantages to the limitation from the City's viewpoint. CCC proposes to design, install, and maintain the entire system, including the heed -end equipment and the disttibution network. They can, as a result, provide an orderly installa- tion in both the limited developed areas and newly developing areas, independent of PT &T relationships necessary in the highly developed areas of the City This means that they can provide service phased to. the convenience of potential subscribers. The area is adjacent to other Irvine property (for which CCC holds an existing CATV franchise with Orange County), which is expected to eventually be annexed to the City. If this occurs, CCC will have a franchise in the City regardless of the results of the pending action. This adjacent area could possibly be combined with the presently proposed area to improve the over -all quality and economy of the combined system. 2, Complete Service within the Area (See Table 1, Item 2) Although there was no specific reference to the completeness of coverage and the time period in- volved, it is reasonable to conclude, from the development plans,, that it is to CCC's advantage to proceed in parallel with the development of the proposed area and to supply service to the presently developed area within a minimal time period. -11 i 3. Rates (See Table 2) The proposed rates are firm and reasonable in comparison to other CATV installations in California. Only the installation charges for commercial -class service are considered special. The very low fees for Community Associations under conditions of 100% participation provide an extremely attractive service. There is a limited likelihood of special residential in- stallations since each sub -area is not likely to be developed sporadically. 4, Detailed Specifications (Bee Table 1, Items 6 and 10) Detailed specifications and a technical description. were furnished by CCC. The proposal promises to meet or exceed all of the operating standards re- quired by Ordinance 1178. Additional technical descriptive material provided an opportunity to determine whether the proposed system is likely to meet the proposed standards. Provision is made in the distribution system for adequate en- vironmental ranges. Care is evident in the cable installation procedures. Table 3 shows that both bidders propose essentially the same equipment for the ,antenna site and head- end. It is of good quality and standard design. Although it is not critical that the specific equipment be called out in the proposal, the use of the qualification "equal or better" by CCC is more explicit and to be preferred to the listing of "typical" units, as done by WB. The completeness of the technical description, plus a visit with the system design and maintenance per- sonnel, has led us to the following conclusions: a. CCC's personnel are sufficiently experienced in CATV and RF signal transmission to provide a good - quality system. b. They are approaching the system design in a systematic fashion. c. They know of the special problems in the pro- posed area. They recognise the deficiencies of their existing system and are in a position to provide an improved system to the proposed area. -12- 5. Operational Procedures ('See Tabled, Item 5) The proposed list of spares and test equipment shown in Table 4 should be adequate for most con- tingencies. CCC is developing procedural standards in connection with its present system; these pro- cedures should allow a smooth transition into the new system. Adequacy of Service It is our opinion that the above factors indicate the capability of producing and maintaining good - quality CATV service for a reasonable price. B. Warner Brothers Proposal 1. General Comment Warner Brothers is the only applicant at this time applying to serve the entire City. Because the. older, - built -up sections are included, the distribu- tion system becomes a significapt problem. Since WB has chosen to propose PT&T to provide essentially the entire distribution system, the relationship of ® the telephone utilities "subcontractor" to the WB proposal overshadows many other areas. The evalua- tion presented herein discussers the other aspects of the system, but it must be emphasized' that the total system will not be built unless PT &T provides service throughout the area, and that no rates can be established definitely until the tariff schedule and WB's agreement with PT &T are firm. A legitimate question for consideration is whether the City could exercise more control over the CATV system if the franchise holder either (1) constructed its own distribution system exclusive of any public- utility relationship, or (2) attempted to rent pole space from the utilities, so that again single owner- ship of all.CATV facilities Were provided. It is our opinion that (1) is usually too expensive and time - consuming for developed communities. (2) may be preferable, but is a moot point in most cases, due to the telephone companies' recent reluctance to enter into such rental agreements. Certainly, there is nothing inherently wrong with a leaseback agreement if rates and services can be firmly established and . approved prior to granting a franchise. The problem of future rates must be considered, be- cause outside regulation will certainly be involved -13- with any new tariffs. The City may be able to negotiate a rate which is tied to the tariff schedule. One favorable.indication is that WB has established a similar relationship at Mission Viejo and is probably in as good a position as any potential operator to conduct an effective relationship with PUT. 2. Service Area and Schedule (See Table 1, Items 1 and 9) The WB proposal complies with the request that the entire City be served; however, no definite schedule is presented for any except the first of six phases. Since the service area schedules are almost entirely based on PT&T's making available the facilities, promising a firm schedule without an agreement with PT &T would be pure speculation. The proposed sequen- tial- provision of services is practical. 3. Complete Service within the Area (See Table 1, Item 2) No reference was found in the proposal guaranteeing that service would be-provided to all persons desir- ing to subscribe to the service. This should be clarified in any agreement; a discussion in the next section is related to this subject. 4. Rates (Bee Table 1, Item 7, and Table 2) The WB proposal (Paragraph 3.01) states that rates are applicable only to the aerial portion of the system. No rates are provided for the underground portion. Further, all rates are based upon estimated PUT charges, and may vary depending upon PT &T's firm charges to WB. Ordinance No. 1178 requires that the City Council establish or approve rates and charges for both in- stallation and service charges. The WB proposal states, "The installation costs and charges may vary, depending upon location, construction, installation, and individual servicing circumstances ". It may be that this deviation is partially a reasonable one which is intended to allow for exceptional circum- stances, but the proposed form could make the ordinance provision meaningless. The question boils down to what philosophy is to be used for recovering the installation costs, since the grantee is required to provide service to anyone. in Newport Beach who wishes to subscribe to it. In order to provide some control over the rates, a -nor- mal installation should be defined which covers most cases. The maximum rate should then be established for normal installations. In the remaining small -14_. number of cases, the grantee should be permitted to recover more nearly the actual special costs • attributable to the special installation. A suggested provision is as follows: "The term 'normal installation' shall mean any installation which requires less than 150 feet of house drop cable to a reasonable location for the service connection. "In cases where normal installation costs do not apply, the grantee shall so notify a potential customer before executing a CATV rental agreement. In all cases, a firm installation charge shall be specified in the rental agreement." It is reasonable for an applicant to negotiate additional qualifications to the definition of a normal installation. 5. .Detailed Specifications (See Table 1, Items 6 and 10) Detailed specifications and technical description were not supplied with WB's proposal. A list of "typical" equipment for the system, with emphasis on the head -end equipment, was supplied along with ® operational procedures and standards. The opera- tional standards proposed meet or exceed the re- quirements of ordinance 1178. WB plans to solve the technical problems of the system by defining the interfaces to the distribu- tion system carefully and by having PT &T contractually obligated to maintain the standards at the inter- faces, and by contracting with qualified technicians for the installation and maintenance of the remainder of the system. This - approach is being successfully . used at Mission Viejo; a visit to the facility demonstrated that a vary workmanshiplike installa- tion was implemented in both the antenna installa- tion and in the equipment trailer. Facilities were provided for spares storage, ducting of air within the equipment cabinets, test equipment, a work area, and telephone communication - -all in a small, air - conditioned trailer. Table 3 lists the "typical" equipment proposed by WB for the antenna site equipment. Since the list is essentially the same as that for CCC, the com- ments made in the applicable prior section apply. A preferred approach for equipment listing would be to list the equipment as "equal to or better" if any substitution is contemplated. It should be mentioned, -15- however, that the equipment types listed are generally used in the existing Mission Viejo site. 6. Operational Procedures The WB proposal states that WB "has a complete operational spares inventory, including channel commanders, amplifiers, preamplifiers, UHF -to- VHF converters, and miscellaneous tubes and other parts ". No specific test equipment was listed in the proposal, but the Mission Viejo site included a Jerrold 704 -B Field Strength meter. WB proposes to conduct scheduled periodic inspec- tions and tests, and realizes the need for using calibrated instruments in connection with these tests. Tests performed by an outside agency at six- months intervals are also proposed, although the specific tests to be conducted are not de- lineated. 7. Adequacy of Service In general, WB's proposal was quite general and ® unspecific. This is partially justified due to the relationship to PT &T. An evaluation of WB's capability to provide adequate service requires some reading between the lines, some assumptions as to the relationship to the Mission Viejo system, and some judgement of the capability of the leaders of the operation to get the system built and keep it operating properly. It is our judgement that the technical capability does exist to guide the system in such a way as to provide adequate service. Those areas of relation- ship to PT &T, particularly with regard to such items as installation schedules, quality control of the system as a whole, and handling of subscriber com- plaints, require further definition and negotiation, since any of these could adversely affect adequacy of service. -16- • Item Governing No. Document 1 Bid Notice 2 • Table 1. Compliance with Requirements Warner Bros. Community Cable Paragraph Requirements Proposal vision Proposal Page 1, Entire service area Area of coverage is Para. 6 to receive CATV ser- entire city in six vices within 5'years phases Bid notice Page 1, Para. 6 i 3 Bid notice Page 1, Para. 7 0 5 Bid notice Page 1, Para. 7 Bid notice Page 2, Para. 1 All persons desir- ing to subscribe be entitled to receive service within above 5 -year period Appiicant.to specify (a) rates, and (b) acceptance fee to City. City requires annual franchise fee of 3% of gross receipts Periodic system in- spection for main- tenance of quality and minimum stand- ards No reference (a) See separate rate Table 2. (b) No acceptance fee. 5% payment offered, but applied against franchise fee 3% franchise fee accepted Internal periodic inspection and test mentioned as part of operational pro- cedures. Also out- side inspections at six- months intervals Area of coverage is limited to Irvine Ranch property in Newport Beach No reference (a) See, separate rate Table 2. (b) Accep- tance fee: $1000 for 10 -year franchise, $2000 for 15 -year fran- chise, $3000 for 20 -year franchise. No reference or ex- ception to franchise fee "Proof of Performance" test (equivalent to system acceptance test) is described, but not periodic inspection. • Item Governing No. Document 6 Bid notice 7 Ordinance No. 1176 8 Ordinance No. 1178 CDi r 9 Ordinance No. 1178 Paragraph Page 2, Para. 1 5.44.035 (b) 5.44.040 5.44.060 i ReQuirements Detailed specifica- tions and technical description supplied with proposal City Council to app- rove all rates at time of granting of franchise, and all rate changes there- after Franchise to be granted for not less than 10 nor more than 20 years. Ter- mination possible on 30 days' notice Service Schedule Obtain permits, 30 days. Commence con - struction, 90 days. Commence service, 180 days. Warner Bros. Proposal Typical equipment list, operational procedures and standards furnished Rates proposed are estimates, dependent on PT &T charges. No rates are estimated on "underground" portion of system 20 -year franchise requested. Time has no effect on fees. C, Community Cable- vision Proposal Detailed specifica- tions and technical description furnished Rates are firm. Acceptance fee varies with duration of fran- chise. Estimated Schedule {Phase 1 only): Antenna & head -end equipment. installed, 60 days. Distribu- tion system ready for 200 subscribers, 60 days (PT&T). Start of service, 75 days. Remaining phases to proceed within reason- able time thereafter. CCC "will proceed with minimum delay ". I N Item Governing No. Document Paragraph Requirements 10 Ordinance 5.44.150 operational Stand- No. 1178 ards. (a) All -band operation, VHF, FM, and UHF (converted to VHF) (b) Capable of pass- ing color TV signals without degradation (c) Capable of 24- hour per day opera- tion (d) Signal level of 2000 microvolts at input terminals of each TV receiver (assumed across 75 ohms) (e) Signal -to- noise ratio greater than 46 decibels (f) Hum modulation less than 5% Warner Bros. Proposal (a) Asrrequired (although no speci- fic mention of FM) ('b) As required. (c) As required (d) Signal level: 4500 microvolts across 300 ohms (equiv. to 2250 microvolts across 75 ohms) (e) As required (g) Components to have a voltage stand- ing wave ratio (VSWR) of 1.4 or leas (f) As required (g) As required Additional standards also specified 0 Community Cable - vision Proposal (a) As required (b) As required (c) As required (d) Signal level: no less than 2000 microvolts across 75 ohms (e) As required (f) Hum modulation less than 3% (g) As required Additional standards also specified Table 2. Proposed Subscriber Rates and Char es Service Warner Bros. Pro sal 4_ Community Cable - vision Proposal Initial installation $12.50 (1 outlet) $10.00 (2 outlets) Additional outlets, each $8.50 Moves, each Reconnection, each Extended 'Leads Monthly Service Rates: 0 $5.00 Not.specified $5.0 0 $10.00 $5.00 Not specified $5.00 (additional 15 feet) $6.50 (1 outlet) $5.00 $1.75 (each additional) $1.00 Not specified $3.00 $1.00 Not specified $5.00 $1.00 (2 outlets) (Residential) (each addit.) (Residential) (2-outlets) (Commun. Assoc.) (each addit.) (commun. Assoc.) (1 outlet) (Commercial.)* (each addit.) (Commercial) Commercial installation charges on time and material basis. Table 3. Antenna Site Item Quantity Warner Bros. Antenna Tower 1 set ( "Typical" eq and Support Rohn #SS Accessories ( "Head- End ") Equipment Community Cable- Proposal vision Proposal uipnent) ( "Equal or better ") Rohn #S5 Antennas 12 (1 per Jerrold "J Series" VHF Scala, Taco, Yagi, or log channel) Jerrold J -3065 B -72 UHF periodic. 9 VHF, 3 UHF 10 VHF, 2 UHF Channel Sig- 12 (1 per Jerrold #COM Channel Jerrold #COM Channel nal Processors channel) Commander Commander UHF -to -VHF 2 (WB) Jerrold #504ST Jerrold #504ST Converters 3 (CCC) ' N Power Supply 1 Not listed Jerrold #RPS -30 FM Signal 1 set Not listed Either Jerrold #AFM -2 and Processor Jerrold #AFT -2000, or Jerrold #HPM -FM and Broad Band FM Rejection Traps.As required Preamplifiers 3 Preamplifier 1 Power Supply Spencer- Kennedy Labs Multi -Tape (listed in distribution equipment) Jerrold #TRR Jerrold #PPS --BA Spencer - Kennedy Labs Series 400 None listed None listed 0 I0 KI Table 4. CCC's Proposed Spares and Test Equipment Category Quantity Item Spare 1 ea. Channel Signal Processor it 1 12 ea. Crystal Converter it 1 ea. Tuneable UHF -to -VHF Converter It 1 ea. .Power Supply it Lot Miscellaneous Supply of Tubes, Test Equip. Transistors, etc. It 1 ea. TV Monitor - Color, 17 -19" 1 ea. Wide -band Oscilloscope 1 ea. Field Strength Meter ('Jerrold 704 -B) „ 1 ea. Voltmeter 1 ea. AC Line Voltmeter " 1 ea. Ohmmeter 1 ea. Telephone -22- s V. RBCOMKENDATIONS' A. Additional Provisions to be Included V 1. Installation Costs Provision It is believed that the franchise documents'should more precisely define the "normal" installation, if the City is to have any confidence that the rates it approves have general validity. We'recom- mend that the following provision be added: "The term 'normal installation' shall mean any installation which requires less than 150 feet of home drop cable to a reasonable location for the service Connection. "Incases where normal installation costs do not apply, the grantee shall so notify a potential customer before executing a CATV rental agreement. In all cases, a firm in,. stallation charge shall be specified in the rental agreement." ® V% 2. Complaint Procedure Provision The over -all system under consideration is very complex. it involves the television broadcast equipment, the CATV head -end equipment, the distri- bution system, the television receiver in the home, and even possible external sources of radiation (ham operators, airplanes, etc.). Although a failure in the system is obvious to a viewer, he usually is not able to localize the trouble. Even though most problems will probably be in his own receiver, the circumstances are such that the customer is likely to call the CATV operator rather than a TV repairman or the broadcast studio, if for no other reason than to minimize his repair charges. In those cases in which the CATV system is at fault, it is not equitable to require that the customer incur the cost of a repairman's visit. In addition, it is not reasonable to expect the customer to con- tact a CATV operator's subcontractor (such as PT &T) if the CATV fault happens to be in the distribution systems which may not be under the direct control of the CATV operator. Because of these considerations, some additional provisions should be incorporated to ensure that reasonable procedures are established to -23 • • deal with this problem. Following is a sug- gested provision: "The grantee shall establish procedures which ensure reasonably fast localizing of problem areas br6ught to the grantee's attention via customer complaints. The grantee shall bear the prime responsibility for taking appropriate corrective actiron whenever improper performance is detected in any part of the system from antenna to the customer's set. Referral of the sub- scriber to his local television service facility as a first resort is to be avoided unless indications are clear that -the sub- scriber's receiver is at fault." . -V i 3. Ambient Signal Provision A large portion of the Newport Beach area is in a fairly strong signal area for signals trans- mitted from the Los Angeles area. As a result some pickup of this ambient signal is likely even with no antenna connected to the receiver. This signal can interfere with an otherwise satisfactory cable - supplied signal. To ensure that a customer does not get obligated to pay an installation fee prior to learning of degradation of 'performance due to this effect, the following additional pro- vision is suggested: "If the ambient signal in a potential customer's area is strong enough to interfere with other- wise good viewing quality, even though the cable- delivered signal meets all the opera- tional standards of this ordinance, the grantee must either provide technical corrective measures or must inform a potential customer prior to executing a CATV rental agreement. If, after installation, ambient signals due to changes in reception conditions, result in poor CATV performance, such conditions if uncorrectable entitle the subscriber to refund of installa- tion costs. 4. Clarification of Technical Provisions a. Section 5.44.150, e, should be corrected to read, "The signal -to -noise ratio. ." -24- b. Section 5.44.150, f, should be clarified by changing it to read, "The system shall pro- vide a signal level of 2000 microvolts across 75 ohms at the input terminals of.the tele- vision receiver." V 5. Copyright infringement Provision As mentioned in Attachment 1, some franchise agreements have required protection against copyright infringement due to penning court actions. It seems appropriate for the City Attorney to propose phrasing to cover this matter. 1/ &. Future Annexation Provision To ensure that any geographical areas which may be annexed to the City in the future receive the same services as within the present City limits, a provision should be added requiring the grantee to extend the CATV operation into contiguous areas which may be annexed, under the'same rates and conditions as those existing at the time of annexation, 7. CATV System Performance Monitoring Provision To ensure maintenance of initial operating stand- ards, it is recommended that the requirements of Appendix A, in appropriate ordinance form, be included within any CATV franchise. V/' B. Franchise Award Recommendations 1. Community Cablevision Application It is our opinion that CCC has the technical and financial capability to provide adequate service at a reasonable cost in the area proposed. The granting of a franchise to CCC would.allow a systematic and expeditious development.of the area and permit prompt provision of CATV services. For these reasons and others cited in.this report, we know of no significant reason for not granting a franchise to CCC for the specific area for which they have applied. The only qualification not presently part of the ® requirements should be agreement by CCC to the additional provisions we have suggested in A, above. -25- J, 2. Warner Bros. TV Services Application It is our opinion that WB can provide the tech- nical and financial capability to provide adequate CATV service to the City. While it undoubtedly would be advantageous to have some basis of com- parison of the proposed leaseback arrangement to, for example, a pole - rental option, it does not appear that action, such as inviting additional bids, for example, will necessarily produce such comparative data. We believe that the areas for negotiation offer promise of agreement, and, if such agreement is achieved, award of a franchise to WB would be in the best interests of the City. The main points of negotiation are summarized below: a. Agreement by WB to provide coverage for all of the City, exclusive of the area to be served by CCC. ® b. Arrival at firm installation costs and monthly rates (residential and commercial) for all of the area of coverage. This includes rates charged to subscribers by WB, and to WB by PT&T. the/ c. Agreement upon the procedures for initiating and approving petitions for future rate changes. d. Agreement upon WB and PT &T methods for handling subscriber complaints. e. Agreement upon acceptance fee. It is considered reasonable that the City receive, as a minimum, sufficient acceptance fee to act as reimburse- ment for administrative and "s,tart -tup" costs. 13 000 f. Agreement upon remainder of provisions of A, above. 3. Duration of Franchise With regard to the duration of any franchise granted, there are arguments for both shorter and longer periods of time. Against.granting a long franchise is the undeniable fact that CATV systems are expand- ing so rapidly, both technically and with regard to -26- services offered, that it is unwise to freeze the conditions of the franchise for too long it time without having the opportunity for review. The contrary argument is that a longer franchise provides a greater measure of stability and security to the franchise holder, enabling lowest average rates and best over -all service as a con- comitant to long -range planning. Since both of these arguments have some validity, it is recommended that perhaps a 15 -year franchise period represents the best compromise at this time, • -27- • APPENDIX A CATV SYSTEM PERFORMANCE MONITORING AND QUALITY CONTROL The prime objective of establishing a method for monitoring the Performance of the CATV system is to ensure, on a basis of periodic inspection tests, that there is no undue degradation in the quality of the signals delivered to the subscribers. Within this objective, the tests should be as simple as possible and present no burden either to the CATV operator or to the City. Therefore, the recommended tests are essentially over -all system checks which require minimum equipment and time to perform and still offer a reasonable indication of performance. Two groups of tests are recommended, the first to be performed monthly, and the second, somewhat more comprehensive, to be performed each sic months, (1) Monthly Tests This consists of an electrical signal strength test and a visual degradation test. It is suggested that the tests be performed at five different geographical points within the CATV service area and, if limited to public or com- mercial subscribers such as schools, hotels, etc., would offer no inconvenience to the public. (a) Signal Strength At the input to the matching transformer of the TV set (75 -ohm impedance), measure the signal level at the picture carrier mid - frequency of each TV channel (This assumes that all channels are transmitting at the time) with a field strength meter (Jerrold Model 7'04 -B or equal). The signal level for each channel shall be a minimum of 1000 microvolts. (b) Visual Degradation Insert at the antenna output a color test pattern (100% fully saturated NTSC standard color bar; White Dot (crosshatch) from a test generator (Hickok Model 656XC). A black and white test .pattern generator is used if the TV set being utilized as a monitor will not receive color. -28- Check the picture on the TV set visually for ringing, smear, streaking, hum, reflections, loss of resolution or contrast, beats from spurious or adjacent channel signals. The two tests above can be performed within one half- hour at any location, so that the complete system can be checked in one day. (2) Semi - Annual Tests This is very similar to the "proof of performance" or system acceptance test proposed by Community Cablevision. It includes the following: (a) Distribution System Frequency Response Using a wide -band sweep generator (Jerrold Model 900 -B or equal), insert at the input to the first system trunk amplifier a broad -band signal covering the VHF TV band, with a signal amplitude.level equal to the average levels introduced when fed from the antenna through the head -end signal processing equipment. With a broad -band detector (Jerrold equal) and oscilloscope, check the at the subscriber end of any trunk response shall be within ± 3 db. (b) Signal- to -Voise Ratio Model D Series or frequency response line. The frequency At the input to each TV channel head: -end signal pro- cessor, insert a Continuous Wave (CW) signal with 1 millivolt.RMS amplitude at each channel picture frequency. Check the signal level at the subscriber end of any trunk line in the system with a Field Strength Meter tuned to each mid - channel picture carrier in turn. With no input signal, repeat the field-strength test. No channel shall produce a difference in readings between signal and no- signal conditions of less than 46 decibels. (c) AC (Hum) Modulation At the input to each TV channel head -end signal pro- cessor, insert a CW signal with an amplitude equal to • the average antenna output operating level and a frequency equal to the picture carrier. "Using a RF detector and oscilloscope at the subscriber and of any trunk line, check the average DC level -29- displayed. The peak -to -peak variation of the dis- played signal shall be .less than 5% of the DC level. (d) Inter- channel distortion With all other channels operating normally, disconnect the antenna output from one channel and substitute an unmodulated RP` signal at the carrier frequency into that channel. input-. A blank white picture shall appear on the screen of any TV set or monitor tuned to that channel, with no visible interference components. Repeat this test for each channel in turn. Tests (a) through (d) should be conducted at the subscriber end of all system trunk lines to provide a comprehensive test of whether the system is continuing to meet'original standards. These tests can be completed in one to two days for the entire system, with one man at the antenna site and the other at the various test locations. Tdtal cost of the equipment required is in the order of $2000. The monitoring tests may, at the City's option, be performed either by the franchise holder's personnel, by individuals (much as local TV servicemen) under City or CATV operator subcontract, or by City personnel (much as the City Electrician, W Who could be trained for such tests within a day or two)'. A written inspection report to the City is advisable in any event. It is believed that the costs of performing these tests should be borne by the franchise holder. Since it is anticipated that most or all of the equipment required will be available in the normal Complement of test equipment, the only additional costs would.be reimbursement to the City for the time of the! City inspector to witness the tests. When deviations from required standards appear, a specific time limit should be established (possibly ten days) for corrective action and reinspection. Penalties for non - correction of dis- Lid crepancies are properly left to City decision. 0 -30- • I r 59 Since their inception in 1949, community antenna' television systems have experienced rapid growth. They usually are found in areas where conventional . antennas do not provide adequate television re- ception. The basic equipment consists of a "head- end," which picks up the off -air signals, and the distribution network, which delivers the signals to the subscriber's television or FM. receiver. The central antenna is erected at the most advantageous site for best reception of desired channels. Today, it is estimated that CATV serves approximately 2 million homes, and this number is increasing con- . stantly. As a result, there is now much controversy over such factors as franchises, rates, and standards. The use of community antenna television systems (CATV) began on a small scale some 15 years ago. The subsequent rapid growth of these systems —in number, in size, and in capacity —has been the result of public acceptance, and has been greatly assisted by advances in the electronic technology. This relatively new business is now the subject of considerable discussion and con- troversy among regulatory and legislative bodies ranging from town councils to the Congress itself-. The present article discusses some major aspects of CATV systems. A CATV system is a means whereby a paying sub. scriber obtains television signals, and often FM, from an advantageously located central antenna system and a direct cable connection. Such systems are almost a news- sity in some sections of the country; in other areas•. they .provide improved reception without the need for costly _ individual. antennas. Also, many of these systems now offer a wider choice of programs than are available di- rectly from local stations. - Basically, a CATV system consists of a "head -end" and a "distribution. network." The head -end is that part of the system that picks up: the off-air signals; amplifies them, and sometimes converts them to another television channel. The distribution .system carries these signals by coaxial cable and repeater amplifiers from the head -end to each customer's home, where they are received on a conventional television or FM receiver through a, "sub scriber drop." Basic principles Generally, community, antennas are found in areas where distance from stations or topographic factors preclude good reception of television signals by conven- tional antennas. With the aid of elaborate and expensive elevated, antennas, reception can be .improved. Alterna- tively, a community antenna can be erected at a location where, the signals of desired .. stations have sufficient field strength to produce high - quality pictures. Most systems today provide more than one channel to the .subscriber. Generally speaking, sites are selected where a number of nondupl eating and noninterfering channels are received, each with sufficient field strength to produce pictures relatively free of noise and interference. Directional antennas are oriented for best reception of the desired channels. This is basically the function that a homeowner performs when he erects an antenna, which has been designed to give optimum reception on the channels he .desires, on the roof of his house, orienting . it so as to receive the desired channels and to reject those that might duplicate or interfere with those he prefers. A typical CATV .system, shown pictorially in Fig. 1 and schematically in Figs 2, will usually have one or more antennas for each channel to be received. Rather elab- orate arrays of stacked antenna . elements are often used to achieve higher gain and to reduce interference. The very- high - frequency signals received by these antennas may be preamplified directly at the antenna to improve signal -to -noise ratio, while ultrahigh- frequency signals . are usually converted to VHF channels directly at the: antenna to reduce losses in the transmission line between the antenna and head -end equipment. Such amplifiers and converters normally receive their power through the: trans- mission tine. Where microwave systems are used to bring *distant channels to the CATV system, the microwave receiving antenna and associated equipment are usually located at Microwave antenna (see note 0 t 1 f i 3 1 4, i f n ' s ' 7 . l f -" 1 l` Amplifier - 5 Head-end (saenote 3) ..equipment - (see note 2) 4� �i w .l Head end ' ' :building rEEE spectrum Jwv 1966 9 antenna television systems A means of providing improved television reception infringe or shadow areas, the CATV system utilizes an advantageously located central antenna to serve its subscribers. Such systems have grown rapidly in popularity —and have also engendered much controversy Rodney D. Chipp Rodney D. Cliipp & Associates the head -end. At this point the received signals are con- verted to VHF television channels for distribution through the system. The head -end equipment may also convert higher channels to lower channels (e.g., channel 13 to channel 2), order to minimize transmission losses in the 75 -ohm distribution cables. Table I shows typical transmission -line losses; Fig. 3 shows cable types. Among the various units of equipment used at the head -end to perform these functions —in addition to the previously .mentioned antenna system, preamplifiers, and converters —are single - channel or "strip amplifiers, tuners, carrier generators, demodulators, modulators, filters, traps, and mixing networks. Strip amplifiers with automatic gain control (AGC) are tuned to a specific television channel and provide output levels on the same channel of the order of one volt. (CATV systems use the convention that one millivolt across 75 ohms is 0 dBmV; thus one volt is 60 dBmV). Traps and filters are used to reduce adjacent channel or other interference, and variable or fixed pads to equalize levels. Tuners and associated equipment may produce modulated radio frequency on a higher channel (up. conversion) or on a lower channel (down- conversion). .Finally, the channels to be transmitted are mixed and Fed to the wide -band distribution system. As is the case with all multichannel transmission systems, detailed system planning as to frequency conversions, gains and losses, filtering, amplifier location and spacing; optimum cable size, routing, etc., is extremely important. Too high a level will cause overloading and interference between channels; too low a level will decrease the signal -to -noise ratio. As shown in Table I, a typical 7/8 -inch trunk line cable will have a toss of 0.4 dB. per 100 feet at channel 2 and a loss of 0.8 dB per 100 feet at channel 13. Thus, 4000 feet of such cable will have a loss of 16 dB at channel 1 and 32 dB at channel 13 and the cable system must be equalized for these large differences. Uusually the trunk ine amplifiers are compensated for these attenuation dif. .rences by controllable "slope" or "tilt." Most modern mplifiers also use temperature - compensating devices; ince cable attenuation varies with temperature. Many trge systems feed pilot tone, as is done in carrier tele- hone plant, and use AGC amplifiers to hold the level instant. The amplifiers may be mounted in weatherproof ibinets on utility poles or be attached directly to the iessenger cable; sonic systems use underground cable. The following are some typical values for trunk line continues through community Fig. I. ACATV system. Notes: (1) Some CATV systems use microwave for stations too far away to pick up off the air. (2) The head -end equipment may include local origination Of time, weather, etc. (3)Types of amplifiers used are determined by func- tion; e.g., trunk line, bridging, extender. I reea spectrum JULY 1966 59 Antenna city A 1. Approximate transmission-line tosses in dB per 100 feet for typical CATV cables Local time and weather Camera Video Modulator spiitter Antenna Tune to channel If you want channel Channel No. and Picture Carrier Frequency, Mc /s / .. - Local time and weather 4 4, city A V 5, city A Ch. 13 Outside Ch. 2. 5,.city B' 2 6 7 '13 14• 83. Diameter, Type of Cable Use 55.25 83.25 175.25 211.25: 471.25 885.25 Inches RG59 /U. type with foam dielectric House drop 2.2 2.6 3.8 4.2 - - - 0.25 RG31 /U type with foam dielectric Distribution 0.9 1.1 1.7 1.9 - - 0.40 . Aluminum outer conductor, foam Ch. S Up Ch. 7 Microwave converter dielectric - Feeder 0.7 0.9 1.5 1,8 2.5 3;5 0.50 Aluminum outer conductor, foam from city C Demodulator Ch' 9 dielectric Trunk 0.4 0.45 0.65 .. 0.8 1.4 1.9 -0.87 Aluminum outer conductor, foam �Tt�l- h Praamnlia,;r dielectric Trunk 0.25 0.3 , 0.45 0.55 0.9 1.5 1.62 Local time and weather Camera Video Modulator spiitter Antenna Tune to channel If you want channel 2 / city 0 Local time and weather 4 4, city A V 5, city A Ch. 13 Down Ch. 2. 5,.city B' 9' 11; city C converter 11, city D ... Filter' Antenna city 6 Ch 26 Down Ch.6 converter Filter Antenna city B Ch. S Up Ch. 7 Microwave converter Filter bringing Ch. 11 from city C Demodulator Ch' 9 modulat Antenna -yet cllY D �Tt�l- h Praamnlia,;r Ch. 3 °ad Ch.4 Ch. 5 Ch. 2 Mixer Ch. 6 .1® 7wo.way split Trunk amp. No. 1 drops le drops 75/300 -ohm matching transformer to television set Four.. output House drops tapJJJ 4}House drops No. 2 Tuning instructions to subscriber Tune to channel If you want channel 2 13, city 8 3 Local time and weather 4 4, city A 5 5, city A 6 26. city B 7 5,.city B' 9' 11; city C 11 11, city D ... Fig. -2. Hypothetical CATV'system schematic showing types of equipment used. Fig. 3. Typical CAN cables. Feeder Steel 'Braided messenger copper Jacket wire shield 0.062.inch T- 22 Awg 0.425 inch I capperweld '0.0253 inch 0.191 inch 6146 inch Dielectric House drop (polyethylene) 60 ;h nominal amplifiers nominal amplifiers to be used in cascade: Input +10 dBmV ' Output }35 dBmVforO.5 percent cross modulation Bandwidth - 54-216 Mc /s Noise figure 12 dB Tilt 12 d8 over frequency range Response =L1 dB over the band Gain 25 dB As the trunk . cattle passes through, the community to be served it is split into feeder lines by distribution amplifi. ers that have one input and as many as four outputs If the feeder line is long an extender amplifier may be used. Feeder lines are distributed throughout the community and connected to subscriber homes by "taps" and "house drops." Many varieties of taps are available (resistive, capacitive, directional); their function is to bridge the feeder line with a high impedance, thus keeping imped. IEEE speotrum.. JULY 1966 j i i ance discontinuity to a minimum, and to deliver a source. terminated (75 -ohm) signal of suitable level to the line feeding the subscriber's television receiver. A typical directional tap will have an insertion loss of about I dB on the feeder cable and will provide about 20 dB of at- tenuation to the subscriber drop. Most television receivers have an input impedance of 300 ohms, to permit the use of inexpensive twin -lead transmission.. line, whereas, as noted previously, coaxial cable of the type used for CATV systems has a charac- teristic impedance of 75 ohms. Therefore, a 1 :4 matching transformer must be installed at the back of the television set or as part of the wall receptacle to which the set is connected. "Splitters" are used if additional television sets or FM radios are to be fed from the CATV system. History Community antenna television systems were: introduced in 1949 and it is believed that the first installations were in Astoria, Oreg.,. and Lansford, Pa. 1-3 These systems were developed in response to the public demand for accep- table: television reception in fringe or shadow areas. The early systems carried one, two, or three channels, depending upon which stations could be received at the antenna location. Since these systems . answered a public need, their use spread rapidly throughout the country. The systems increased in size as they moved from small communities into larger towns and, simultaneously, wide -band amplifiers were improved so that the channel capacity was expanded to five (channels 2 -6). It is estimated that by 1960 there were 800 CATV systems in the United States, serving 750 000 subscribers. By 1962 some systems were carrying all of the 12 VHF television channels as well as FM. Because the added capacity permitted viewers a wider choice of programs, systems were installed in larger cities in which viewing might otherwise be limited to one, two; or three local channels.. Another aspect of CATV growth has been the use of microwave relay to interconnect systems and to bring programs originating in faraway stations to the local viewers. Figure 4 shows some of the details of such a system"; also see Appendix I. Finally; many CATV sys- tems have provision for local origination of time, . weather, and even live programs of local interest. In. fact, some franchises require a certain amount of "local public ser- vice" programming. For example, the CATV company in Winchester; Va.,s must provide 30 hours a month of news, local sports, and discussion groups. - Today it is estimated6,7 that there are more than 2000 operating systems in the United .States and Canada, more than 1000 franchise holders not yet in operation, and more than 2000 applications pending. It is also estimated that present CATV systems serve approxi- mately 2 million homes, . or more than 6 million viewers, based on an average of 3.3 persons per home. This repre- sents over 3 .percent of the estimated U.S. television audience, and the number of people served is growing at an estimated rate. of 15 percent annually. According . to a recent report,a an average: system now has 655 subscribers; 90 percent of the systems studied had less than 300. A typical large system, in Vancouver,. B.C., provides 12 channels to about 30 000 homes and uses about 250 miles of cable; anda newly opened system in Harrisburg, Pa., is even larger.. The use of CATV is presently con- templated in metropolitan centers such as Los Angeles,. Chipp— Community antenna television systems Off -air pickup 3 channels 135 miles C 1TV \8channels 12 miles 5 channels' \1 channel �1 channel 47 miles 1 channel miles 52 miles 50 miles 1 channel 150 miles Fig. 4. A CAN microwave. system. system Detroit, and Philadelphia, and franchises have been _ awarded in New York City. Many moderate -sized communities with CATV :systems have a wider choice . of programs than is available in large cities. For example, in Keene, N.H., with a population of about 17 500, CATV - subscribers have access to three network stations in - Boston, stations in Hartford, Manchester; Albany; and Greenfield, educational stations in Boston and Durham, ' a time and weather channel, and FM. In Utica,.N.Y., with a population of about 100 000, the subscribers have , a choice of three network stations in the Albany area, three independent stations in New York City, a local station, educational stations in New York and Schenec- tady, a time and weather channel; and FM. (See Table II.) A time and weather channel is a locally originated signal, sometimes called "weather- eye "; it consists of continuous scanning in sequence of a clock and several meteorological' instruments. Messages from local merchants can be placed on this channel, and devices have recently become available that present news.as well. - Costs In the early days of CATV, charges for service9•1e varied widely, but as the systems became more widespread the cost to the subscriber tended to stabilize. At present, the average initial installation fee is about $20 and the average monthly charge is about $5 for one television. connection. The following is a typical rate card: 61 i • 62 Installation charge, first TV set $29.95 Installation charge, each additional TV set 9.95 Installation charge, FM radio with TV set 4.95 - Installation charge, FM radio without TV set 19.95 Monthly rental, first TV set _ 4.95 Monthly rental, each additional TV set 1.95 Monthly rental, FM radio with TV set 1.00 Monthly rental,. FM radio without TV set 2.95 The CATV system is not "pay TV "; the charges are not related to the programs available, the programs viewed, or the amount of time the television set is operated. The cost to the system operator will vary depending upon the size of the system, the number of channels, the complexity of the antenna system and head -end, etc. Some rules of thumb have been developed that permit reasonably ac- curate estimates to be made for an average system: _ - $4000 per mile (wide band Cable cost system) - $3000 per mile (low -band 4 system) Number of utility poles Cable miles divided by 50 Pole rental $3.50 per pole per year - Antenna and head -end $750 per channel . Tower $25 per foot In some areas, Bell System and independent telephone companies have constructed wide -band distribution systems. These services are offered to CATV operators at rates filed with the Public. Utility Commissions having jurisdiction in the areas covered. The distribution system rentals, which vary with the number of channels, are of the order of $60. to $80 per mile per month. When a com- mon carrier operates the distribution network, the 11. Cable channels for two typical communities Channel Station Received -WKTV 2 is primarly NBC, but when it switches to ABC, the NBC programs will be seen on cable channel 6.. WWhen the educational stations are not broadcasting FM music will be heard on cable channels 12 and 13. CATV operator usually provides the head -end and the subscriber connections. Regulation The spread of CATV into larger communities, the ex- tension of program .choice and availability by means of microwave, the fact that local programs may be origi- nated and that CATV operators do not pay copyright fees or program costs have all raised questions in the minds of some broadcasters." -12 The opposing arguments may be summed up by considering recent comments of the presidents of the National Association of Broadcasters and of the National Community Television Association. Vincent T. Wasilewski (NAB): "Broadcasters' concern centers basically around the question of whether CATV will be a supplementary service —as it started out to be— (and many of its proponents still assert it has no ambi- tions to be otherwise) or whether it will destroy the present system of free broadcasting, using as its principal "and.. most lethal weapon . our own programming. For, if CATV systems are permitted to bring distant radio and television stations into a community, then the ground rules which have governed broadcasting since its inception will have undergone radical changes. - "If Chicago television stations, for example, can be brought in via CATV to Rock Island and Moline, into Rockford and Peoria, into Quincy, Springfield, Decatur, and Harrisburg, the impact on local stations in those cities would be severe —so severe, perhaps, that stations in those towns would have to curtail local service. "" Frederick W. Ford (NCTA): "Out of the welter of all the conferences, committees, and controversy, one factor must stand out crystal clear. There is and must be a natural alliance between the CATV industry and the broadcast industry. They are in fact both parts of the same entity—CATV cannot exist without a sound TV broad- cast structure —and the broadcast industry cannot with- stand the public demand for additional service. I, for one, can assure you that the CATV industry is and must be dedicated to a strong, healthy, competitive television industry, and will do nothing to weaken it. "We owe it to the public of this country; which, after all, supports both industries, to cooperate with each other and with the Government in arriving at solutions to the problems attendant upon the growth of any new industry. We must, in this manner, assure through an orderly process, that CATV becomes an integral part of the over- all broadcast and communications structure of the United States which is so vital to our economic, social, and politi- cal system. "Finally, I am convinced that both television and CATV will grow and expand and out of the conflict that exists today, and out of the fair competition between stations which CATV fosters, will emerge a stronger total television system, with better programs and clearer pictures. This is the very essence of the public interest, convenience and necessity which CATV systems seek to promote. "11 As a result of this growing controversy, the FCC has issued regulations and recommended proposed legisla- tion covering CATV systems. In a public notice" issued March 9, 1966, the FCC announced its decision.: Major items covered by the new regulations are:. 1. The FCC has assumed jurisdiction over all CATV systems whether or not they use microwave facilities. IEEE spectrum JULY 1966 1 t' i t i , i i 1 Keene, N.H. 2 WGBH (Boston), educational 3 WTIC'(Hartford), CBS 4 WBZ (Boston), NBC 5 WHDH (Boston), CBS .7 WNAC(Boston), ABC a Time and weather 9 WMUR (Manchester, N.H.), ABC 10 WTEN (Albany, N.Y.). CBS 11 WENH (Durham, N.H.), educational 12 WHXR,. FM music only 13 WRLP (Greenfield), NBC - -WKTV 2 is primarly NBC, but when it switches to ABC, the NBC programs will be seen on cable channel 6.. WWhen the educational stations are not broadcasting FM music will be heard on cable channels 12 and 13. CATV operator usually provides the head -end and the subscriber connections. Regulation The spread of CATV into larger communities, the ex- tension of program .choice and availability by means of microwave, the fact that local programs may be origi- nated and that CATV operators do not pay copyright fees or program costs have all raised questions in the minds of some broadcasters." -12 The opposing arguments may be summed up by considering recent comments of the presidents of the National Association of Broadcasters and of the National Community Television Association. Vincent T. Wasilewski (NAB): "Broadcasters' concern centers basically around the question of whether CATV will be a supplementary service —as it started out to be— (and many of its proponents still assert it has no ambi- tions to be otherwise) or whether it will destroy the present system of free broadcasting, using as its principal "and.. most lethal weapon . our own programming. For, if CATV systems are permitted to bring distant radio and television stations into a community, then the ground rules which have governed broadcasting since its inception will have undergone radical changes. - "If Chicago television stations, for example, can be brought in via CATV to Rock Island and Moline, into Rockford and Peoria, into Quincy, Springfield, Decatur, and Harrisburg, the impact on local stations in those cities would be severe —so severe, perhaps, that stations in those towns would have to curtail local service. "" Frederick W. Ford (NCTA): "Out of the welter of all the conferences, committees, and controversy, one factor must stand out crystal clear. There is and must be a natural alliance between the CATV industry and the broadcast industry. They are in fact both parts of the same entity—CATV cannot exist without a sound TV broad- cast structure —and the broadcast industry cannot with- stand the public demand for additional service. I, for one, can assure you that the CATV industry is and must be dedicated to a strong, healthy, competitive television industry, and will do nothing to weaken it. "We owe it to the public of this country; which, after all, supports both industries, to cooperate with each other and with the Government in arriving at solutions to the problems attendant upon the growth of any new industry. We must, in this manner, assure through an orderly process, that CATV becomes an integral part of the over- all broadcast and communications structure of the United States which is so vital to our economic, social, and politi- cal system. "Finally, I am convinced that both television and CATV will grow and expand and out of the conflict that exists today, and out of the fair competition between stations which CATV fosters, will emerge a stronger total television system, with better programs and clearer pictures. This is the very essence of the public interest, convenience and necessity which CATV systems seek to promote. "11 As a result of this growing controversy, the FCC has issued regulations and recommended proposed legisla- tion covering CATV systems. In a public notice" issued March 9, 1966, the FCC announced its decision.: Major items covered by the new regulations are:. 1. The FCC has assumed jurisdiction over all CATV systems whether or not they use microwave facilities. IEEE spectrum JULY 1966 1 t' i t i , i i 1 Utica, N.Y. 3 Time, weather, and background music 4. WKTV 2 (Utica), NBC (ABC)' 5 WNEW 5 (New York City), independent 6 WRGB 6 (Schenectady), NBC, or closed circuit 7 WAST 13 (Albany), ABC 8 WTEN 10 (Albany), CBS 9 WOR 9 (New York City), independent 11 WPIX 11 (New York City), independent 12, WMHT 17 (Schenectady) or FM, educational] 13 WNDT 13 (New York City) or FM, educationalt -WKTV 2 is primarly NBC, but when it switches to ABC, the NBC programs will be seen on cable channel 6.. WWhen the educational stations are not broadcasting FM music will be heard on cable channels 12 and 13. CATV operator usually provides the head -end and the subscriber connections. Regulation The spread of CATV into larger communities, the ex- tension of program .choice and availability by means of microwave, the fact that local programs may be origi- nated and that CATV operators do not pay copyright fees or program costs have all raised questions in the minds of some broadcasters." -12 The opposing arguments may be summed up by considering recent comments of the presidents of the National Association of Broadcasters and of the National Community Television Association. Vincent T. Wasilewski (NAB): "Broadcasters' concern centers basically around the question of whether CATV will be a supplementary service —as it started out to be— (and many of its proponents still assert it has no ambi- tions to be otherwise) or whether it will destroy the present system of free broadcasting, using as its principal "and.. most lethal weapon . our own programming. For, if CATV systems are permitted to bring distant radio and television stations into a community, then the ground rules which have governed broadcasting since its inception will have undergone radical changes. - "If Chicago television stations, for example, can be brought in via CATV to Rock Island and Moline, into Rockford and Peoria, into Quincy, Springfield, Decatur, and Harrisburg, the impact on local stations in those cities would be severe —so severe, perhaps, that stations in those towns would have to curtail local service. "" Frederick W. Ford (NCTA): "Out of the welter of all the conferences, committees, and controversy, one factor must stand out crystal clear. There is and must be a natural alliance between the CATV industry and the broadcast industry. They are in fact both parts of the same entity—CATV cannot exist without a sound TV broad- cast structure —and the broadcast industry cannot with- stand the public demand for additional service. I, for one, can assure you that the CATV industry is and must be dedicated to a strong, healthy, competitive television industry, and will do nothing to weaken it. "We owe it to the public of this country; which, after all, supports both industries, to cooperate with each other and with the Government in arriving at solutions to the problems attendant upon the growth of any new industry. We must, in this manner, assure through an orderly process, that CATV becomes an integral part of the over- all broadcast and communications structure of the United States which is so vital to our economic, social, and politi- cal system. "Finally, I am convinced that both television and CATV will grow and expand and out of the conflict that exists today, and out of the fair competition between stations which CATV fosters, will emerge a stronger total television system, with better programs and clearer pictures. This is the very essence of the public interest, convenience and necessity which CATV systems seek to promote. "11 As a result of this growing controversy, the FCC has issued regulations and recommended proposed legisla- tion covering CATV systems. In a public notice" issued March 9, 1966, the FCC announced its decision.: Major items covered by the new regulations are:. 1. The FCC has assumed jurisdiction over all CATV systems whether or not they use microwave facilities. IEEE spectrum JULY 1966 1 t' i t i , i i 1 2,. All CATV systems will be required to carry, without material degradation, the signals of all local television stations within whose grade B" contours the CATV system is located. 3. The CATV system shall avoid duplication of the programs of local television stations on the same day that the programs are carried by the local station. A local, television station will not be entitled to such protection when it carries in black and white a program offered in color by the network. 4.. In the top 100 markets (see Appendix II), in the absence of a waiver, -prior FCC approval after an evi- dentiary hearing wilt be required before a CATV system can bring in the signals of a television station in another market where this would extend the signals of the station beyond its grade B contour,. This applies after February 15, 1966, and will not affect present service. In the smaller television markets, below the top 100, neither prior FCC approval nor an evidentiary hearing . will be required. The recommended legislation will include: a. Clarification and confirmation of FCC jurisdiction over CATV systems generally, along with such specific provisions as are deemed appropriate. b. Prohibition of the origination of program or other material by a CATV system with such limitations or exceptions, if any, as are deemed,. appropriate. c. Consideration of whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances CATV systems should be required to obtain the consent of the originating broad- cast station for the retransmission of the signal. d. Consideration of whether CATV systems should or should . not be deemed public utilities. In this connection, Congress will be asked to consider the appropriate rela- tionshipoffederal to state -local jurisdiction in the CATV field, with particular reference to initial franchising, rate regulation, and extension of service.. Franchise agreement Most CATV systems presently operate under some form of franchise issued by the local governing body. In most cases the franchise is exclusive, meaning that the holder of the franchise has no competition in that to -. cality, so there is often competition among prospective CATV operators for these franchises.. Although the franchise agreements vary widely in complexity and degree of completeness, they usually have four basic and dif- ferent areas of coverage:, conditions of use, finance, liability, and service. Under conditions gf'use are such items as the right, to construct and use poles, repair of damage to city or private property, . interference with the public, obstruction of traffic, term of the franchise, and renewal or cancella- tion provisions. In some cases there are requirements to carry local programs and to carry educational programs into schools free of charge. There may also be prohibitions . against duplication of programs carried by local stations and against pay television. -The "FCC. Rules and Regulations," par. 73.683, define the grade 0 contours as: channels 2 -6, 47 dB above 1 pV(metcp; channels 7 13, 56 dB above 1 µV /meter channels 14-83, 64 dB .above I µV /meter. Thcse are statistically derived values, and are based on assumptions that it quality acceptable to the median observer is expected to be available for at least 90 percent of the uma. at the best 50 percent of the receiver locations at the outer [halts of this service contour. Chipp-- Community antenna television systems Under finance are provisions for payment to the mu- nicipality and requirements for inspection of books and periodic audit. There may also be references to the in- stallation charges and monthly rental rates. Under liability are requirements for a performance bond, indemnification for claims for damage, and public liability insurance. In addition, there are instances in which the municipality has required protection against copyright infringement, since there are pending court actions on this matter.[' Under service are requirements as to number of chan- nels, picture quality, nondiscrimination . regarding service and rates among subscribers, and the like.. Typical clauses .in this category are "The Company guarantees that it will furnish recep- tion from at least — television channels and —FM chan- nels. .Service shall be continuous during the operation hours of the stations whose signals are being received," "The Corporation shall at all times establish and main- tain reasonable standards of service and quality of prod. ucts consistent with those established and maintained generally in the field of providing television transmission to viewers by coaxial cable, and shall not unjustly dis- criminate in its service or rates among its subscribers." "All installation of equipment shall' be of a permanent nature, durable, and installed in accordance with ap- plicable portions of the National Electrical Code." Technical standards As noted previously; the generally used franchise pro- visions for service, as compared with those covering con- ditions of use, finance, and liability, are something less than rigorous. None of the franchise documents . re viewed included detailed technical standards, which is in contrast with the documents describing power and tele- phone service. For example, a typical power company agrees to maintain the voltage at t4 percent of its nomi- nal value and the frequency at f 3 percent of its nominal.. value. Similarly, if 'a class A. line is ordered from the local telephone company, it will usually provide a nominal bandwidth.. of from loo to 5000 c /s, accept a. level of 0 dBm and delivery level of 0 dBm, and have a noise level of not more than 36 dB above reference noise. Therefore, it seems reasonable to expect that there will be common acceptance of minimum standards in future CATV fran- chise agreements. This is particularly true in cases in which an exclusive franchise is granted, and customer .service quality may have to be assured by proper tech- nical auditing based on objective measurements. In the work of the National Television Systems Com- mittee's' both technical and subjective factors were con- sidered. This work was promulgated in the various rules and standards issued by the FCC, the Electronic Indus- tries Association, and IEEE. - Further work by the Television Allocations Study Organization" has added to our knowledge of propagation and the subjective ef- fects of various .. kinds of interference. Since the point of origin of a CATV system signal is the broadcast signal taken from the air at the CATV an- terms, we can say that a CATV operator, in effect, sup- plies an antenna, amplification, sometimes frequency conversion, and an RF transmission system consisting of amplifiers and cable. Although it would be technically possible for the operator to modify critical parameters such as the sync timing relationships and waveforms, 63 there should be no reason to do so. Also, such parameters as geometric distortion and contrast range are a func tion of the pickup cameras in the studio and the receivers. in the home. What elements of picture quality, then, can the CATV system affect? An individual putting up an antenna system would align it for the desired ..stations and locate it so as to minimize interference. A low -loss transmission line would be used to provide sufficient signal strength at the re- ceiver input terminals. In an area of low signal strength, a preamplifier might be located at the antenna to offset the line losses; the amplifier would need to have low noise input, appropriate bandpass and phase -shift characteris- tics, and sufficient dynamic range. It would also be neces- sary to match the impedances of the various parts of the system and see that they did not introduce any extraneous interference. Basically, these are the elements of 'a CATV system that can affect the received signal that are within the control of the system operator. In practice, they are determined by antenna configuration and placement, by selection of equipment having suitable characteristics, and by adequate system design and layout. A system specification, especially one that might become part of :a legal document, should describe per -. formance, not attempt to set forth the details of equip- ment design. Further, system performance should be described as simply as possible and in terms of only those characteristics that are affected by the system design. In CATV the customer is concerned primarily with the quality of the pictures and sound, the safety of the in- stallaton, and continuity of service. The system operator, on the other hand, . will be concerned with mechanical and electrical items, such as connectors, mounting hardware, temperature compensation, slope control, and automatic level control. With this distinction in mind, and with full recognition that weather conditions and terrain irregulari- ties have a significant effect on television propagation, that interference is not always subject to control, and that optimum site selection is not always possible, we can develop minimum performance standards that are ade- quate, reasonable, and simple. One version of such a specification's is outlined in the following: 1. The system shall be designed to transmit NTSC monochrome and color signals over the 54- 88 -Mc,!s and 174 216 -Mc /s frequency bands and to transmit FM signals over the 88- 108 -Mc /s band. 2. The signal level at the picture carrier frequency for each desired television channel shall be at least 1000 µV for 95 percent of the time at the input to the distribution system. 3. The following values; with respect to the desired car- rier level at the subscriber receiver terminals, should not be .exceeded: random noise (4 -Mc /s bandwidth), —34 dB (which is approximately equal to -40 dB measured on a standard CATV field strength meter); hum, —30 dB; cross modulation, —40 dB. With regard to cochannel and adjacent channel interference, such signals are subject to propagation vagaries, the interference takes several forms, and the effects on picture quality are significantly different'. Simple and inexpensive methods . of measure- ment need to be developed before standards are set. 4. At the input to each customer television receiver the maximum amplitude variation across any television channel shall be less than t 2 dB. 5. At the input to each customer television receiver the signal level for each desired channel shall be between 750 and 3000 µV referred to 75 ohms. The accompanying' aural carrier shall be between 7 and 10 dB below the visual carrier. 6. The entire system shall be designed for maximum return loss (i.e., minimum VSWR). At any subscriber location reflected signals shall be 20 dB or more below the desired signal. 7. Isolation between any two customers shall be at least 35. dB.. 8. The system shall be designed for continuous opera- tion. 9. These performance specifications shall be -met in outdoor temperatures ranging from —50 to +130 °F, and with variations in supply voltage from 105 to 130 volts. 10. Spurious electromagnetic radiation shall fall within the limits specified by the Federal Communications. Com- mission in vol. II, Pt. 15, subpart D, of their rules. 11. The installation shall conform to Articles .800 and 810 of the National Electrical Code. The NCTA Engineering Committee has been active in considering industry standards. In a recent statement's before the FCC, the NCLA took the position that "the CATV operator will do his utmost to make available the best reception possible;" and it was suggested that no technical rules be adopted. However, certain recommen- dations were made as "technical guidelines" should the rules be adopted. Aabstracts of the guidelines follow. a. Signal voltage (defined as the rms voltage,:. during synchronizing pulse interval, of the visual carrier modu -, lated with FCC standard composite video signal) meas- ured at the input to:the first CATV amplifier, shall be not less than 150 µV on channels 2 -13,. and not less than 300 µV on channels 14 -83. ' b. The frequency response at the system input between 0.5: and 4.2'Mc /s shall not differ by more than 2 dB from the response observed on a half -wave test dipole, located at the CATV site, tuned to the visual carrier frequency of station X. c. At the subscriber drop the visual carrier level shall be not .less than 500 µV across 75. ohms. Aural carrier level shall be at least 7.dB.and no more than 20 dB below visual carrier level. d. Visual carrier of the upper adjacent channel shall not be more than 6 dB greater than the visual carrier of station X. e. Aural carrier of the lower adjacent channel shall be at least 10 dB less than the visual carrier of station X. f. The ratio of rms voltage of the visual carrier during synchronizing pulse interval to the rms 'thermal noise voltage, within a 4-Mc /s bandwidth, measured at the system output, shall be: not less than 34 dB. g. Picture degradation (ringing smear, streaking, loss of resolution or contrast; hum, reflections, or beats from spurious or ':adjacent channel signals) shall be tested by comparison of pictures of test, patterns photographed at the antenna output and the subscriber drop. h, Cross modulation of a continuous -wave signal sub- stituted at the system input terminals for the visual car- rier of station X, with all other station signals adjusted for normal operation, shall be not less than 46 dB. i. The possibility of color degradation will be investi- gated by visual comparison . of the picture received at, the i i antenna output and at the output of the single - channel equipment at the head -end. This is based on the supposi- tion that; generally speaking, a wide -band RF system will not cause color degradation. The complete recommendations are more explicit; they include suggested methods of measurement, limita- tions, and explanatory material. However, the foregoing abstract indicates, in general, the scope and the minimum requirements as viewed by NCTA. Both sets of suggested technical standards described here are performance standards, and do not include much of the detail that would be required in specification for construction of a system, In obtaining bids for a system, a CATV operator would need, in addition to overall electrical performance, details on type of cable, type of hardware, physical requirements, installation require - ments, channels desired, system drawings, ete:20 Conclusion In. summary, it may be said that CATV performs a service to a large segment of the population and that, at present, it depends on broadcasting for its primary source of programs. .Regardless of the scope and extent of current or future regulation, the formation of tech- nical standards and other suitable ground rules will im. prove service to the subscriber. Wire communications, if technically and economically feasible, are often superior to radio services in that they are not subject to mutual interference and propagation vagaries. It is not unrea- sonable to surmise that in years to come many homes and business establishments, particularly in countries with highly developed communication systems, will handle transmission and reception of voice and data, as well as visual and aural entertainment, on a single coaxial line, thus widening the use of the radio spectrum by land, sea, air, and space vehicles. Appendix 1. Common carrier microwaves serving CATV The following . lists the services extant as of March 1. Alabama Microwave, Decatur, Ala. American Microwave Communications, Alpena, Mich. American Mobilphone Co., Inc., Bisbee, Ariz. American TV Relay Inc., Phoenix, Ariz. Andrews Tower Rentals Inc., Fort Worth, Tex. Arizona Microwave System Co., Phoenix, Ariz. Bell Telephone Co. of Nevada, San Francisco, Calif. Black Hills Video Corp., Little Rock, Ark. Brentwood Co., Bakersfield, Calif. California Interstate Telephone Co., Victorville, Calif. Carter Mountain Transmission Corp., Cody, Wyo. Central Microwave Inc., Moscow, Idaho Cerracche and Co., Inc., Ithaca, N.Y. Columbia Basin Microwave Inc.,. Ephrata, Wash. Columbia Communications Co., New Orleans, La. Dorate Microwave Corp., Sayre, Okla, East Texas Transmission Co., Tyler, Tex.' Eastern Microwave Inc., Oneonta, N.Y. Eastern Shore Microwave Relay Co., Washington, D.C. Electronics Inc., Vero Beach., Fla. First TV Corp., Salisbury, Md. Garden State. Micro Relay Inc., Wildwood Crest, N.J. Golden West Communications, Lose Angeles, .Calif. Great Plains Microwave Co„ Perryton, Tex. H & B Microwave Corp., Beverly Hills, Calif... Hi- Desert Microwave Inc., Burns, Oreg. Chipp— Community antenna television systems High Point Relay Co., Hazleton, Pa, Houston County Telephone Co., Inc,; Crockett; Tex. Idaho Microwave Inc., Twin Falls, Idaho - Laredo Microwave Inc., Dallas, Tex. Mesa Microwave Inc., Oklahoma City, Okla. . Micro -Relay Inc., Dublin, Ga. Microrelay ofNew.Mexico, Inc., Roswell, N.Mex. Microwave Communications Ltd., Los Angeles, Calif.. Microwave Service Co., Tupelo, Miss. Mid - Kansas, Inc., Junction City,'Kans. Midland Telephone Co., Moab, Utah Midwest Microwave Inc., Peru, III. Midwestern Relay Inc., Stevens Point, Wis. Minnesota Microwave Inc., Willmar; Minn. Modern Electronics Co., Cleveland, Miss. Mountain Microwave Corp., Denver, Colo. Mountain States Tel. and Tel. Co., Denver, Colo. New England .Microwave Corp., Athol, Mass. New York -Pa. Microwave Corp., Corning, N.Y. Newhouse Microwave Inc., Syracuse, N.Y.. North Canadian Microwave Co., Inc„ Woodward, Okla Northco Microwave Inc., Laconia, N.H. Northern Microwave Service Inc., Caribou, Maine Pacific Telatronics, Inc., Medford, Oreg. Penn Service Microwave Co., Hazleton, Pa. - Pilot Butte Transmission Co., Inc., Rock Springs, Wyo. Potomac Valley Telecasting Corp., Cumberland, Md. Racom Inc., Lewiston, Maine Sekan Microwave Inc., Iola, . Kans. Service Electric Co.,. Mahanoy City, Pa. Southern Bell Telephone and Telegraph Co., Atlanta, Ga, Southwest Microwave Inc., Ozona, Tex. Southwest Texas Transmission Co., .Del Rio, Tex. Southwest Transmission Co., Inc., Fort Myers, Fla. Superior Communications. Co., Inc., Marinette, Wis.' Telecommunications Inc., Seattle, Wash. Telecommunications of Oregon, Inc., Seattle, Wash. Telephone Utilities Services Corp., Killeen, Tex. Teleplex Microwave Systems, Inc., Beverly Hills, Calif. Teleprompter Transmission of Kansas, Inc., Liberal Teleprompter Transmission of New Mexico, Inc., New York, N.Y. Teleprompter Transmission of Oregon, Inc., Eugene Teleview Networks, Sheridan, Wyo. Television Microwave Inc., Martinez, Calif. Tex -Mex Communications Co., Dallas, Tex. Tower Communications Systems Corp., Coshocton, Ohio Trans- Muskingum Inc., Parkersburg, W.Va. United Video Inc., Bloomington, III. Upper Peninsular Microwave Inc., Iron Mountain, Mich. Video Service Co., Atlanta, Ga. West Texas Microwave Inc., Denver, Colo. Western-Microwave Inc., Denver, Colo. - Western TV Relay Inc., Elk City, Okla. . Appendix 11'. Television market rankings , The following cities are ranked . according to the American Research Bureau's total net weekly circulation figures for 1965. f. New York, N.Y. 2. Los Angeles, Calif. 3. Chicago, El. 4. Philadelphia, . Pa. 5. Boston, Mass. 6. Detroit, Mich. 65 7' i I I 7. San Francisco, Calif. S. Cleveland, Ohio 9. Pittsburgh, Pa. ' - 10. Washington, D.C. 1.1 Baltimore, Md. 12, St. Louis, Mo. 13. Hartford -New Haven, Conn. 14. Providence; R.I. 15. Dallas -Fort Worth, Tex. 16. Cincinnati, Ohio 17: Minneapolis -St. Paul, Minn. 18. Indianapolis, Ind. 19. Atlanta; Ga. 20. Miami, Fla, ' 21, . Seattle- Tacoma, Wash. 22. Buffalo, N.Y. 23. Milwaukee, Wis. 24. Kansas City, Mo. 25, Houston, Tex. '26. Toledo; Ohio 27. Sacramento-Stockton, Calif, 28. Dayton, Ohio - 29. Charlotte, N.C. 30. Columbus, Ohio 31. Wheeling, .W.Va: Steubenville, Ohio 32. Tampa -St. Petersburg, Fla, 33, Harrisburg - Lancaster- Lebanon -York, Pa. 34. Memphis, Tenn. 35. Syracuse, N.Y. 36. Portland, Oreg. 37. Albany- Schenectady -Troy, N.Y. 38, Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo, Mich. 39. Birmingham, Ala. .40. Denver, Colo. 41. Johnstown - Altoona, Pa: 42. Nashville, Tenn. 43. New Orleans, La. 44. Greenville:- Spartanburg, S.C.-Asheville, . 45. Charleston- Huntington, W.Va. 46, Flint-Saginaw-Bay City, Mich. 47. Lansing, Mich. - 48. Louisville, Ky. 49. Greenshoro- Winston Salem -High Point, 50. Raleigh- Durham, N.C. 51. Oklahoma City, Okla. 52. Salinas- Monterey -Santa Cruz, Calif. . 53. Manchester, N.H. _ 54. San Diego, Calif. 55. Norfolk- Portsmouth- Newport News - Hampton, Va. 56, Wichita, Kans. 57. San Antonio, Tex. 58. Tulsa, Okla. 59. Portland- Poland Spring, Maine 60. Omaha, Nebr. 61. Roanoke,. Va. - .. 62. Phoenix, Ariz. - - 63. Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, Utah 64. Green Bay, Wis, .65. Richmond, Va. 66. Quad City (Davenport, Iowa -Rock Island- Moline, I11•) 67. Orlando-Daytona Beach, Fla. 68. Rochester, N.Y. 69, Shreveport, La. 70: Wilkes Barre - Scranton, Pa. • -.� 71. Little Rock, Ark. 72. Jacksonville, Fla. 73. 'Champaign- Decatur - Springfield, -111. 74. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 75. Mobile, Ala- Pensacola, Fla. 76. Des: Moines, Iowa - 77. Spokane, Wash. _ 78. Springfield - Holyoke, Mass. 79. Jackson,.. Miss. • _ - So. Knoxville, Tenn. - 81. Madison, Wis. - 82. Binghamton, N.Y. - 83. Columbia, S.C. 84. Columbus, Ga. 85. Baton Rouge, La. 86. West Palm Beach, Fla. 87. Cape Girardeau, Mo.- Paducah, Ky.- Harrisburg, III. 88. Evansville, Ind. 89: Greenville- Washington -New Bern, N.C. 90. Sioux Falls, S.Dak. .. 91, Fresno, Calif. 92. Chattanooga, Tenn. - 93: Lincoln - Hastings- Kearney, Nebr. 94. Rockford; III. - 95. Youngstown, Ohio 96. Augusta, Ga. - 97. South Bend - Elkhart, Ind, 98. Peoria, I11. 99. Fort Wayne, Ind. 100. Albuquerque, N. Mex. REFERENCES " 1. L'Heureux, Robert D., "The history, nature, and scope. of CATV,' TV Commun. - 2. Beisswenger, Robert H., "History and status of CATV" - View, vol. 2, Feb. 1966. 3. CATV Primer. Washington: Nat',1 Community Television Assn. 4, Collins, Cliff, "Transistorized microwave," • TV Common., Mar. 1966, 5. Broadcasting Magi, p. 83, Mar. 14, 1966. 6. Television Dlgesr (CATV Addenda), vol. 6:13, Mar, 28,- 1966. 7. Commun. News, Aug. .1965. S. Seiden, Martin M., An Economic Analysis of CATV Systems and the B eadcasting Industry. Washington: U.S. Gov. Printing Office. 9.. Kirtland, C. M._, "Financial aspects of CATV," View, voh 2, Feb. 1966. 10- Howman, . Ralph W., "CATV economics and microwave," TV Commw4, Nov. 1965. it. Matthews, John D., "Permits and licenses," View, vol. 2, Feb. 1966. - 12. Broadcasting Mug., P. 38, Feb'. 21, 1966. 13. Wasilewski, Vincent T., "Broadcasters see dangerous :change in CATV objectives," Commun. News, Aug. 1965. 14. Ford, Frcdcrick W., "CATV and the public interest," Cora-' nian. News, Aug. 1965: 15, Second report and order," Fed. Commun. Comm., Mar. 8, . 1966. 16. Television 'Standards and Practice, D. G. Fink,. ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1943. 17. Special issue on Television Allocations, Proc. IRE, vol. 48, June 1960. 18, Chipp, R. D., "CATV technical standards," IEEE Trans... on urandcasting, vol. BC -1'2, pp. 28 -30, June 1966, J9. NCTA Comments in Opposition to Proposed Rule Making, Inhibit A,. docket 15791, Fed, Commun. Comm. 20. Richey, Milford G.,.'7urnkey CATV system specification," TVCOnlmua., Mar. 1966. 66 Chipp- Community antenna television systems i 0 10 I• ATTACHMENT 2 crowded programing "It is surprtsing that leg- AIZ81Z1Za 1 V would make entertain- islators are. to cut ?e _ [[++ �r'1lr "CeY1ZS A711. ment sho�;s "increasingly all political candidates off from inexpensive, local t 7yS difficult to defend in the an J. ... public interest" and means of addressing con- \ \_ More Power wanted against proposed stituents, "said Ford, a'for, ' ti ° �• congressional measures mer member of the Feder, a which would `curtail inde- al Communications Com• - -- pr YORK (tike — pendent programing. He mission. The president of the Na- e spoke out in particular Community antenna sta- tional Community Televi- _ a g a f in s It any :proposals tions have "served Primary .sion Assn: (IvCTA) said which . would ban political ily as amplifiers of reg 31fonday'it is "incumbent' ` programs. ular television 'programs. on Congress to enact ' legis- lation permitting commu- nity antenna systems to originate their oaNn pro- grains. Frederick W, Vi I'd fold - .. fic N(, "IiV:; rmdf9'n re, ' f;a��l L1 Illr�'IIn II Ili ti6 Ir PIT- 1 �J IFCCIsAskedtoBar AT &T Tariffs on Use Of Services for CATV Community - Antenna Trade Group Calls Charges `Unlawful,' Says System Could Lead to Monopoly BY a WALL sTAMT JOURNAL Slaff' R6f/OrtOr WASHINGTON —The National Community Television Association asked the Federal Com- munications Commission to cancel American Telephone & Telegraph Co.'s tariffs covering use of Bell System distribution facilities by community antenna television systems. The .trade association, in a 47 -page com- plaint and petition for hearings, contended that "the provision of facilities and services for community antenna television . systems, by.the - several Bell companies under the tariffs . Is unlawful, unjust, unreasonable and against public policy." A spokesman for AT &T is New York said the company hadn't yet'.. received a copy of ! the CATV complaint . and that it wouldn't com- e ment until it has had a chance to study it, The CATV group argaed that the AT &T, tariffs are for services prohibited by a 1956 consent decree entered into between the Jus- tice Department and the Bell System and ac- cepted by a Federal distilet'court in New Jer- sey. The decree barred AT &T from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the furnishing of common carrier com- munications; with a few limited exceptions.' The petitioned contended that AT&T, through the offering of distribution facilities to CATV systems, has entered the CATV business. "On the basis of the statistics we have been .able to compile, telephone- company CATV so. .tivity is 'increasing tremendously and this is especially true of the Bell operating compa- `nies," the petition said. It added that the Bell, System could gain "complete control over CATV technology;" and that "this raises grave antitrust and public policy questions sufficient to warrant the at -, - tention of the FCC, ..." - y: P.. ATTACHMENT 3 FCC to Probe Bell, CATV Ties WASHINGTON. _ The Federal it will investigate the Bell: 1's relationship to the bur, ,g community :antenna telex( industry. will probe the rates Bell 1 charges CATV system open... The Commission will look to .e discriminatory practices is "fairness" of rates. - V companies have corn. i that, among other things; leaseback arrangement to the rental of utility poles. An FCC spokesman said the Commission will conduct a "rel- atively speedy" investigation, ' Electronic Mwo Published Weekly by Fairchild Publicat.ion$, Inc.* 7 E. 12th St., New York N.Y. 10603 ralephnne AL 5 +,152 Second Class Postage Vmid at New York, N. Y., and other oticea;' i • ATTACHMENT 4 Before the FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Washington, D. C. 20554 In the Matter of: ) NOTE: Tariff TARIFF FCC NO. 2 CANCELLING TARIFF ) suspended by FCC' FCC NO. 1 by California Water & ) 10/12/66 Telephone Company ) .Re: Channel Services for Use by CATV ) Systems Issued September 15, 1966, ) Effective October 15, 1966 To: Chief, Common Carrier Bureau PETITION TO SUSPEND I. Petitioner, the California Community Television Association, whose address is suite 1506, Latham Square Building„ Oakland, California 94612, is a voluntary association of over 70 member companies who indi- vidually and collectively supply CATV services throughout the State of California using separate systems numbering in excess of 120. II. Petitioner herewith most urgently requests the immediate suspension of the proposed tariff of California Water &,Telephone,Company,. No. 2, and the whole thereof, on the following grounds. III. The subject tariff rate is unlawful in that it attempts to establish rates, charges, terms and conditions for the furnishing of services which are not of a common carrier nature; is unlawful in that its rates, as specified in Paragraph 3 thereof, are unjust and unreason- able on any accepted theory of rate regulation; is unlawful in that its 1:. I . 0 conditions as set forth in Paragraph 2 are unjust and unreasonable in that their chief purpose is to restrain competition and to secure an unearned windfall at the expense of the CATV industry; is unlawful in that its rates and conditions are not only discriminatory per se, but will create an economic climate that must produce rampant economic dis= crimination; is unlawful in that, if 'accepted and put into effect, will allow the California Water & Telephone Company, a regulated common carrier, to seize control of and to dominate an unregulated industry, and will do so without complying with the provisions of Section 214, Title,47, of the United States Code; and is unlawful in that it w111 serve to condone existing and to invite further violations of Sections 313, 314 and 326 of Title. 47 of the United States Code. IV. The overwhelming majority of operating CATV companies within the State of California are working pursuant to the provisions of adhesion contracts called pole attachment agreements, which provide, in essence, that the CATV company may rent space on existing poles - whether owned by the telephone company, the electrical utility, or others - in exchange for an agreed semi - annual rental "fee. Access to these poles is controlled by the telephone com- panies. In order to commence serving its patrons, a CATV company must follow a long and arduous path commencing with the acquisition of a franchise from a local city or county, which franchise gives it the unqualified right to the use of the public streets and highways, and, usually requires that no duplicate set of poles shall be constructed - 2 - fact that from 60 percent to 90 percent of the CATV operator's investment in his company is represented by the cable and equipment installed or connected to those poles. V. The real issue here to be decided is whether or not the telephone company, using the combination of its control of those poles, its common carrier status, and its monopolistic power shall be allowed to gain absolute control of a non - common - carrier industry, which industry- the FCC has ruled to be an extension of the broadcast industry. within those streets and highways. The CATV company must then approach the telephone company and request permission to execute a pole attachment agreement. After procedures euphemistically described as "negotiations," the agreement is executed and is then filed by the telephone company with the state Public Utilities Commission for approval. While awaiting this approval, no further steps may be taken by the CATV operator.. Once approval is had, the CATV operator must then pay the telephone company to furnish an engineer to walk each inch of the applicable telephone plant for the purpose of ascertaining the degree to which rearrangements are necessary. Then, the CATV operator must pay the telephone company to engineer the necessary rearrangements. Then, the CATV operator must wait, hat in hand, until the telephone company finds time to make these rearrangements at the expense of the CATV operator. When all of this is finally completed, the CATV operator is allowed an opportunity to install his plant on the poles. The above must be understood in connection with the economic fact that from 60 percent to 90 percent of the CATV operator's investment in his company is represented by the cable and equipment installed or connected to those poles. V. The real issue here to be decided is whether or not the telephone company, using the combination of its control of those poles, its common carrier status, and its monopolistic power shall be allowed to gain absolute control of a non - common - carrier industry, which industry- the FCC has ruled to be an extension of the broadcast industry. - 4 VI. California Water & Telephone Company is a subsidiary of General Telephone & Electronics Company. GT &E owns subsidiaries which operate CATV companies. Its subsidiaries are in active competition with independent CATV companies, and those subsidiaries are actively seeking new franchises of their own and acquisitions of existing independent CATV companies. The FCC has held that CATV companies are extensions of the various broadcast services. The subject tariff, if approved, will amount to a license to GT &E to: 1. Cancel existing pole attachment agreements because, without exception, the same are cancellable without cause on 30 days' notice. 2. Force CATV companies to accept a leaseback operation • or to sell to GT &E subsidiaries. In this connection, the California Water & Telephone Company has already taken the position that an independent CATV company gets a leaseback or nothing. Considered alone, the rates proposed in the tariff are confis- catory. When coupled with the conditions as contained in the tariff, it is evident that the telephone company will be able to: - 1. Discriminate between CATV operators because of its' discretionary bonding requirements. 2. Will force the CATV operator to subsidize construc- tion of the coaxial cable plant, which has and will have many uses, while the CATV operator is restricted to one use only: The balance of the uses will be converted to the profit of the GT &E subsidiaries. - 4 VII. If GT &E gains control of the CATV operation, whether by outright ownership or by restrictive control of a leased system financed in its entirety by the CATV operator, GT &E will be in the position to exercise censorship of broadcast material by its choice of what will and will not be allowed to be carried over the lines. It seems elementary that the distinction between a common carrier and a broadcaster is that the former must carry whatever commu- nications are offered, while the latter controls or chooses what communications to put forth. Whatever may be said of the CATV function of relaying material broadcast by others, it is clear to all but the most naive that CATV will originate broadcast material. If nothing else, it will the the media for dissemination of information concerning local government functions. To allow this media to fall to the control of the telephone industry will be to'give the telephone industry a censorship power be- yond present comprehension. Because of the emergency situation, necessitating service by telegram, petitioner prays that it be given an opportunity to expand this petition so as to particularize the facts, such as those involving the upper Hastings area, Pasadena, California (see City of :Pasadena v. . California Water & Telephone Company, Action No. 876871, in the'Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Los Angeles; and opinion of the Attorney General of the State of California, No. 64/323), Monrovia, California, and Yucca Valley, California, all in- volving-actual economic discrimination. - 5 - 1 '} 19 I• I• F .. WHEREFORE, your Petitioner requests that the aforesaid tariff be suspended; that the FCC, specifically its CATV' Task 'Force, conduct an immediate investigation; and that the matter be set for hearing. September 30, 1966 Respectfully submitted, CALIFORNIA COMMUNITY TELEVISION ASSOCIATION By (Signed) Harold R. Farrow Harold R. Farrow Its Attorney t. t. i.. I'• I• I hereby certify that on this 4th day of October, 1966; copies of the foregoing "Petition to Suspend" were sent by United States Mail, postage prepaid, to the following: *Via Air Mail .. t California Water 6 Telephone Company Richard L. Ohlson, Vice President j 2020 Santa Monica Boulevard Santa Monica, California (Signed) Harold R. Farrow F Harold R. Farrow s ,1 LEBELL CONSULTING Engineers & scientists 7923 GLORIAAVE.' VAN NUV5, CALIFORNIA -(213) 781 -7070 October 13, 1966 Mr. Harvey Hurlburt City Manager and Mr. James DeChaine Administrative Assistant City Hall Newport Beach, California Gentlemen: Enclosed is a proposed Statement of Work representing our understanding of the tasks to be performed in connection with evaluation of the bids for a CATV franchise in the City of Newport Beach. Please feel free to modify the Work State- ment, if it does not meet your intent. After mutual concur- rence„ the Work Statement may be referenced in any formal purchase order, or, if you prefer, can serve as a simple Letter Agreement. We estimate a total of ten man -days to complete our tasks. At our standard rates for the Principal Consultants involved, the total cost would be $1750. To allow a reasonable flexi- bility, we suggest a not -to- exceed figure of $ 2000 be used in the Agreement. We appreciate the opportunity of serving the City of Newport Beach and will be in touch with you to arrange visits to the bidders' facilities. Sincerely, n Carl Pilnick CP/bk Enc. L6B6LL CONSULTING Engineers & Scientists STATEMENT OF WORK C" r Lebell Consulting Engineers & S'cientis shall perform the following tasks for the _=—'** „ Newport Beach, California, in connection with evaluation of bids for a community antenna television system (CATV) franchise: 1. Analyze the two proposals submitted on September 30, 1966, together with relevant background data, to determine the following: a. Compliance with, and responsiveness to, the provisions of the bid notification and city ordinance31178. �5' 3 $ b. Extent and adequacy of CATV services proposed by each bidder weighed against relevant factors. c. Technical advantages and disadvantages of pro- posed equipment and facilities, with emphasis on the quality of service to the customer. 2. Inspect the applicable existing CATV facilities of each bidder to determine technical adequacy of the equipment and the operating personnel. 3. Prepare and submit a report embodying our analysis and conclusions. The report shall include the following: a. Suggested procedures for periodically monitoring system performance. b. Pessrbrle suggestions for strengthening or clari- fying ordinance requirements ' e.9, • ,=:vuh!� s30.9.ra..a+A. '.. ' .m.,..G�.•-) - G.L' °`'�p"°.Y°- "-s"^p �iW`' ^`y'..'""`.q c. Specific recommendations as to franchise award, F G with justifying reasons. The following schedule will apply: 1. Mutual agreement on Statement of Work by October 18. 2. Review of conclusions and report draft in City Manager's office by October 31. 3. Delivery of final report by November 3. VW lomb bor' 411 V7 ra ql i" w, tw*1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . { 4 ip( YqY !' L5 r y f Vn . A, d + a. 4 •i 4 Y � y R.T y � JA,x F $ i dt S r { YqY !' L5 y + a. •i y R.T y � JA,x F $ i dt J .t. j ps � Fb :111111t I iYN i . A.. Saet¢groilnd i i ript#cs3 of flyer' Although most 3kMport Hsaeh 0 i ciels reviewing this repo rt will be•;fully eogn4.aant; CAM operations in � ,Ot other itias;, it may be 'uiei . "' bi kgrouHd .lib " iac*ivde erieral descriptive batAar'im! xhich sumWiartset g . history, baac' pzincip►als shad typical .eurreat paaticas.; 'Rather this repeat such material within this`repert•, J, ,At nt 1 ls,. furnished am a :brief.' ia�f va state- gf-tAa -,art Survey S.r, darr4mt CAW- biea Areas The aapid'gr of the CATVi try in a- =15 -.yeas period 46 certainly a demonstration, of large =00010 public sacs 'Partly "e. of thiar is a number of probleea areas have arisen whiah are'„.• currently in ,state of flux and uncertainty, si4ae OOM _of "theme general problems may:;be relevant factors i31 detazminiug the conditions _unde►r`whi+trh_Newtiort agh , wishew to grant a CA'rV' franchise, they are- outlixed, briefly below.•. There is no att6xpt to offer=pqxpro- hen.siv*l discussion, but rather, <:tc .highlight ;#ha grea►lems . for.considerati*n.` pyzight., infringement .,. The, TV broadcast'industry.(prianas l.y.ths.largi net- woilcs)., takes the poaitiop,that en whd picks ". broadcast programs "off the mii"2 amd fsishes these':' ` program to' portions of the public four a'pro #it is in ViolatiO' D 'of copyright laws. ThAl ;W question is , presently, in litigatioi4 with -tha .latadt court-' verdict :(bg Federal 4udgo Berl"" is the ttn0". . Artists Vrs. Portaig3ibly case) hol¢l"g 'thet ; is liaFrXa for copyright..in'tri nt. The CATV'industry 'a , eoia has :bed thet there: " .9s na copyright, liabilityi; .and tip ciantrarY dec ' will probably-.1m appealol# ." Very recently. this pose:. ticib Me bad., tmodifiad: to _ tgbt re the y be�'m 8 ttee ttirn Patents.• Tradsmacks at CaPyri4Uts: of the Senate Judiciary„ Committee auquat 2,.9.T66',' .on Fredeziek w; $ord, Pre* of the 1gffitl al Televi :`, •ASieciatids,i Prppo 6d a tin ift At'x tho ysteas;i loeate� , the .nas iai k This axes S Vast 'lequl : sand jasr b'diatio" ° ^' oblemn stud no Sipple de ati�io►n forom aai h-aias a G#St' 1Gr' the near future The' Ye of tit" pr4lem to Newpbrt "Momh, "" apecilioili with regard to th6 warner prowl, does include a: lea"Iftak arr �mpst -wig pacific Telephc a. 2elesm' s . The', or °'questions of natallat3un chats • d s. x44 as I G Est of service:, *�d m+ sintenanctoo'.aaa$.,;epair pa} c '•a#Ne ,basted" to fibs - porti� o$:'tYdt inherentl ' y s and refiddik wg"' 's of un izsip ih the pxeersatt OroPvat+ l'• It; is bbOiously.bayosid the power of +any lee t ,. sudb ass h. _ to deal. In ecrmplete3y ideal way.ktith ths►'grv9fl04" n tiboue. WithiA ",those! :aire" subject t0' lacti - ozdinarcuae and /or -fr, o t�tegotiatieNta.; . clarification Is aatble$ ':, err> asbd theael ' era included °A the rec iosis of-, this r : k. i i x' e r v a a lit 08 PROPOSWI mmkiry of the Im "features oP. h of tiae `poropos�3s. ' is : furnished below; vi'th detailed evaluation ded $A ' r the folliOflits ee s. =Co ini tp Cablevi.0 on 1r_ " CC4 ") 1. Proposed -Service Artiea. Aevtr W Irvine Ranch ptaperty in I fi 8eaels, ' Area iW bounded on the n6rthaest - by mmiaevi iii, on the sautheast * I' t . ... Coast Bighmo eootin. 'along 719th Avetsase; >> ' SX& ss sterly •by _ the tai 1lmmits.:., 2,. "pooed 'coverage .. 12 fall- oolar" -ar black- and - its: i► R9 ele t' 9 VWs Channel 2 - IQWa Lws Angeles Channel 4 r Lon Angeles dhw el 5. (R'ExA*1 Los Angeles Channel 7 ( Las 'Aagles » I " Channel e { , seniegs Cam). ghamel 9 mlj� flit Los.Angel s - id e ) nth "+el 30 ( « saei Dla -,1) Chs el 11 r" Los Apgales � and:' , -Channel 13 ( ,:Los Angeles 3. "': Channel 22 { Ww Ange)tes converted to Channel 3 } Chant4el 28 �:: Les . Aaxgels - Bdnca ( reed to Clgasnsiel d�" ` e1 34 ( . Lam' Ahigelsd --S pa#aish) „ rted to Channel l ) . "Parll- soushd" 1R9 (to 1ws_ provided' -%iih r by a sell i channel ftithod or br6oAzband' cove ). 3. ;proposed Rates: ; a - l nstallation $" Fi of 2 out tts $10.OID Additional " (eaAh) $ 5.06 Moving " estebl �' 5.00 i &e nssectf sg " each $ ' S . 00 aII e (1$t) 5.'610 .� (ievtq Inatatlatics charges -- cial sub - sibt to be on .a datss#a11..tsis:):: r N .::�t J: v. -Awl ftaidont" aN CLA JMM� ity Ito. 1000 Yfw $6 se 4 1 ql 3% o JL*80 rob I 040"t� am%aul . in or 34kl*.bldi. A ttkmi --iw, b und il Ome tiablow. 61 r Abp e. aw aur #1 11 w "abok tom gkci,,Uli *i *M4 it 'jt4W *drVJ414 " to bQ. fUkqj Ai uv WAID4, Vlt t"', Se3M tire f w ioSi x '49 1034.4 an spedif AM iv�pdq 4ad LF *^gjgpej�eit his divided. Irit* aY a >siv�/'y .., lastal tVgY * `I v it 1.isi,6hr blai5 -q hate • q ,(tfeM1tr yyw�w� tin the aittcates AV C I Co �'itr amtf�ot�st+ed resat ► ahe�.a ��37� be 'sxsatatS„ay -lf -ideatial tb ..t21Gaiffi ::3.. 8 Ad `Aatea:'' . Rat 003-Y Eetr tha tfia mywtmt, Idtri otates Lox tts�r - to be Iater.' FtwtAer+ e s A4 for the "r3atL ytorlie ffire s�sre�! :. an 4it4samt y: wibjeai :#a abdj y Apthe� yti:, o�yf� pati lio s e mod' yJ� ycryh9parp/�(a}(�y�q q�i• r With tbAkNO @OTi #tlaint't pZ70 8 IAOia1YA�9[vf4""M�- ,F trlt �%Litiet, w RRea�c 4 SAO .. g `Outlpe '• . � 4 V M�y for i . t pirstaoutl� cse l z �y�y yy q+ } .. Af44: W 1MA:�, � X cA, fee of #50.0011A 1�1 ' tots ffiLt 't8 to we. on a a3 st: asvfi�k v t thit9pt� b 6 Z*tvm to wwaoy • e. A4y0�e0t" sFfoes* � R. to"' CAMr, '� 4 '�.yg� �p{�.�yyye {1t�li7i�tg�I *klou- -tjo�r�. ettber� ^' p}w�: i�� ^''.a "{' "yjy.{�( xw Y._ .. n _ - Y - t ,. l > r M I h� h y � i r b i axon" 3 A Y Vol, W � s' his 1 µr IN r (': � Y r r _ n t f xiu _� 2f C.y r r +t $ v -i� l v �Y t r s i 3 � t °k s' s µr IN X � Y 5 ^Yd. f 3� y C.y v -i� l v �Y t r s °k s' s µr X � Y ^Yd. C.y r 5 $ i.w C. r ?{' s W a 'vt Y b'.fi P 3�3 i. � 5 R Fv i x 9u: ]i et '� .31 fij v �Y t r s s' s X 11. Ely C.y $ A C. r ?{' W a 'vt Y .31 fij a X fhv 4 � a s; as t x a X fhv 4 � a s; as ,ya C Ei SL � n: M .,y �. ,,: . = � .:.g ,• -- a ".. + x ,a on, 4vaivati6a Olt; {h' Qkl' DTb S11�3.. ,$. ;4aY iMd n1tt.. z a � r J►,. `' nSty Cabia�isaon Popcs�iail ;> rv3,r3s'''11v".v.apd } r r j jCQC , f a- o"t'. tv pt�iA V& ftnt i � 4 �SIt!Y,'!g�' y '�p8{�r�P�e.j Y � TiS praa is eljace�t to an V ani #'xashtfre �zan" 46%mtyj�vyit . hy��``iq pmtl�r • t e ,ya C Ei SL � n: M .,y �. ,,: . = � .:.g ,• -- a ".. + x ,a on, 4vaivati6a Olt; {h' Qkl' DTb S11�3.. ,$. ;4aY iMd n1tt.. z a � r J►,. `' nSty Cabia�isaon Popcs�iail ;> s hatOi ffi lY' ' Oh" L a iA C tp 1e� ,testa: °ag. ehie p�ai�'-a ��e i ayat" 43 mllcw: �kr f:: y i �u9 ;gf y .? errt i P rv3,r3s'''11v".v.apd } r r j jCQC , o"t'. �4f$ww�A ® pt�iA V& ftnt �p y�y$l� O �SIt!Y,'!g�' t ' '�p8{�r�P�e.j Y Y�iy,-+Ml® I TiS praa is eljace�t to an V ani #'xashtfre �zan" 46%mtyj�vyit . hy��``iq pmtl�r hatOi ffi lY' ' Oh" L a iA C tp 1e� ,testa: °ag. ehie p�ai�'-a ��e i ayat" 43 mllcw: �kr f:: y i �u9 ;gf y .? errt i P . to .p'x vywF 1p JIM i 40 WiLail.ed dp ifications_ jB M �'ab a f 6:e►te l.0 l etailed Apea:it t �ttd' a t4►almier716ii': weaee fdMi6hesd by OCC fho pxo al Most aa;: oo all. Of .�}h6 .oy��rj a� wry ..a,,�.`Q,�i!:M�IrR dozoop' Joe .. teriai . �a*14 so ;a .. . pro"". e<Pt� �AT > � i�.., Y� to R�,� i e RgyA%!W 'Atallatfesn',p'cres�d W: ®mp " .-: •.' •' „ M 140" it abl we that b4h s1`#a 4s aAS�ntiaXlY tho saws oquipmht i � l.t s �f s �" i dessi(in q ..Aitllot3tjh it is seat C tf dal C}fS tt ,: be `/t/�b <sP tgfaatian ; pmgsal ox G explicit ;and to be psefoirmi� 0 liat N►.w.j *419 flits as ... u'JrIE.+a. .` .. �iAAiC ¢t. ii�pl.etWwlPA df " -�thA. Y,•�ia�: JiOeQ�:.��5:. t ':• .-e }plugs t visit: xith 4be. s At ,tie and arair� e ... t. �. �' W �..i9s iV�i.�,°T; ism Aalfiaaiaitiy CA" and " 9j"4l. tt Amismi�s top ubs � r good 1(ty 'fhAy are appr;s f he sya deeisAq a tic faun y < ..They know of tbs:'piai�ypalalcae.,ts t�M poa►eRi aims • may. r iset the dew aea4 a of,timir oxisti.nt�'syA t and; ar! Ei -B► <, to p►ida Aystaar' te+~ ttee ar• x , i tilt ec_ ' = . 3 3 . •'...atQs EtesA . r .'Fable e . p � y�w1'f l iMaARiiB! .. Y.a,i.x°" SWAG ....frR�IG��aY +• ' � °..'^_.,�.,.`? n Mt• tit :. ` ( (��yJ�gi3���gs'Yr'1i _ " ' w0w ^ . , reaidet - -.. - ma , �q r v F a ' y i to" 'JA the JkWW Fy,Mpy�w� r: P � ' -r �r p �1t 3 alr t ear tl i q 2 in the rx, tl i q 2 tb* w that In t CA" to whith in the rx, 4 4 r hill, z ' � K j } nZt b -f e i +tk p N f .r Ate. ;. _y, .L T � k ?able 14 1 w #tYe fit ft" GvftXkt" vamer SCf�o 3dY �abt!' I :. %,' ... ippftwipMaar�Y ; e> off2 µ r )y .a f3L ._ i..� .: area t r8i Q �aPR 1i �v ". �'l vi 0.C.. i'rYJe. AN 2 . ;Bid reotic 1,. 'O 1i' mt aa4 Vie► ratereme Fare. 6 sixug to mAb- i7v,,o ' ti 6 YO 90 daywDi @d r k 5t t Ry 1 M , •.. AIV• � �r ' + r, .,.., ti� N ���.• . test . y ; q .�.�aApy.�„ q�aiity i + ��c'°, • i a# '+ananth s.�tral gctiari ' i 6 r riatiae 2 2.'" ' iio6io*l des— eke deecrip *Lou L map a ..Oar=, aR : *isteed� Am ,.. ( 5.4x4.035 C City Coe►cii tcd pro az� Rat am* i3xm. o. 1178 , (b) 4 401" lost tea* ." , t . Qf rates par *t � rea�ter« .a�� 3�. �riae Psacalr c ` , • a i iardiS ade 5 5 ,44,040 f ft to be �r �rBAe�t! $@t..s i* i BRR. •1178 g gram': or :m#. ted.; � . . • y�,,��, : v MVPYV4 � l A ' r K� t S. a 9 will wi th .�i 4slay �io� 117 JIM s #,_ s " aays� a _. ays. a v3loe -- IW strays iggu�,tt�ion system ready fo 6� subocribers —.40 day's } twtof servicia — i. 75 ;`days. R 9 PbAsap to proceed : within reasonable time thereafter 1p" ordinance 5.44.154 operational (e� no 1178 'standards z :.:. . All - (a }Aa required {a) AS required F; Il. e C .. - Lion, VMF*�ry�.Vy .I�2�. (cveirteee3 .to '. C .. ) (it) Capable Of pee tb} As required, {b} As require j"AV color iv si ,. without dograt,dation {c} Capublo of ft4- is As required (c ) y As x hour per day OPsra -- tion (dsignal level of (d). S ipl level d Sig aall e 1 2000 l♦s at xL . G- s � ii k Y1soµMlg }>k) i iuptrt terminals. of .. microvolts across each TV receiver 4500 microvoltel 3tio ohms��Nne 75 ohms ,�' lyrr�c. ( "assumed across acrosn 75 is)al "ternoise(a) As requires t} (iB) As required reties greater than V decibelea (f} Mn modulation ii`3 As relquiteeel cfi Rum, modulation Tess than 5%. loses than 3% n. •.V £ipso y{ ■/'yam of "4 or Ums Additicoal ftwAards r M f y t pi a lniti�i Installaition $12.50 (1 nutlet) $10.,00 (2 outlets) COC rat rd dte kbi ,v)�,�I� A0 Additional aCttMi;r: $8.50 $5.t0tf. asax h - C' 1 ,fie'' tSa�J. ts� ltc i klt ix yoves+ each l Ei t ' MOO r cF j ;i fike v� 00 $5.00 i1 vat Re nection each Orp WAIRCI ' sa east , t c is T Extended Leads Not specified,' $5,.00 (additienal ��, M+ �V ;rY depea, nnf 0 $6.50 (1 outlet) $5.00 (2 outlets) (Residential) . $1.75 (each additional) $1:00 teach addit.)(Residentia►1) Not specified $3:00'(2 outlets) (Comman. usoc.) $1.00 (asch.add$t4)( ASSOC.) Not specified ,, $5.00 (1 outlet)(C rcial) ' $1.,00 (each addit,)( reiai) a Comm Iarcial installation charges on time and material basis. n Y y j „ fc ; a� _ 1 4 may' o t Chamiql SL 12{{ #a. w de -Babd1 ascillo Rapti' iiold : 9th -14 a 10 61 "lt► age c r p Y ' y j m .4 , - .rte'•, m .. y 1� 5 CS ip a 3. d Y � o .: Sy t F F �40f ^�i... k h d .F r'. Y� s m ip a 3. d Y � o .: Sy t F �40f ^�i... o- !Y: .F i S 5 j e 3 k 3 P � ip a 3. d Y � F �40f ^�i... o- i i 5 j e ip a 3. d Y � 5. Matter relative to receipt of CATV proposals and appointment of Consultant to analyze proposals. (Proposals received from the Community Cablevision Company and Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. mailed to Councilmen October 3.) �/Action: If desired, (a) accept subject CATV proposals for analysis; G and (b) authorize appointment of UL_ ,� @ysio , CATV Consultant, as recommended. i" 10,10 LEDELL CONSULTING Engineers & scientists 71 V� A I lit n4 September 12, 1966 J,- Mr. J. P. DeChaine Admin. Asst. to City Manager 3300 Newport Boulevard "l Newport Beach, California t V Dear Mr. DeChaine: I.. Our group is very interested in woLing with you on your CATV franchise proposal evaluation. The ,rtiprincipals of Lebell Consulting Engineers & Scientists include five senior level engineering consultants whose talents could be drawn on for the work to be performed. The general background of each consultant :pis included in the attached folder. Specific prior work related to your project includes: o Evaluation of proposals for telemetry data reduction system. o Design of circuits for digital and analog A L'0= a data communication systems. o Cost effectiveness studies. o Management of electronic design projects. o Technical audits of client-s' programs. Zt- Our standard rates are indicated on the enclosure. The Senior Consultant level would ne required for your work. Thank you for the opportunity to offer our services. FRM: jmf Enclosure CC: Mr, Robert Krause -k' I Sincerely, F. Robert Monroe L808LL comsuvriNa Engineers & scientists • 7923 GLOR I AVE. -VAN N.UYS. CALIFORN.I A- (219)131 -2070 SCHEDULE OF CONSULTANT BILLING RATES Categories and qualifications of engineering consultants, and corresponding billing rates, are in accordance with the following schedule: Classification Minimum Qualifications Billing Rate Range Principal Ph.D. or M.S. degree and $175 -200 per day Consultant 15 years of professional experience or equivalent Senior M.S. or B.S. degree and $150 -175 per day Consultant 10 years of professional experience or equivalent Consultant M.S. or B.S. degree and $ 75 -150 per day 3 years of professional experience or equivalent Associate B.S. degree or equivalent $25 -75 per day Consultant professional experience Billing rates include all incidental expenses of local travel, telephone, and normal support services. Charges for fractional days are prorated. These rates have been accepted on numerous Government contracts and are consistently and uniformly charged to all clients, with the following exceptions: 1. Fixed -fee contracts may be arranged whenever the scope of work lends itself to unambiguous definition. 2. If a minimum amount of time and /or scheduling flexi- bility is committed in advance, the fee may be established accordingly, on a retainer basis. LE®eLL,iCO+su.LTiNa Engineea's & scientists. 7923 GLORIA AVE. VAN NUYS.CALIFORNIA•(213) 181 -i O10 To maintain a dynamic image, many firms change names as often as possible. our stationery printer (a staunch proponent of this stratagem) has been increasingly insis- tent that we were long overdue- -nine years for Don Lebell Associates and. four years for Digital Science Consultants. Remonstrations that we wish to emphasize the unique longevity and stability of our two consulting practices evidently had. little impact, for, on our last stationery reorde -r, he sent this new letterhead. (He advocates long names to make the communication appear short and -pithy by comparison. Then, too, he charges in proportion to the total number of alpha- numerics.) Actually, there is another reason why "DLA's" and "DSC's" consulting is henceforth to be performed under "Lebell Consulting ". The change denotes a restructuring of our consulting practice, conforming to the fact that past contributions and professional levels of the five princi- pals are not dissimilar. Consequently, in forming this new entity we have equalized. ownership among the under- signed. The new structure should enable us to grow while continuing to give our clients the personalized attention we have stressed in the past. History may reward you with the distinction of being among the first to engage equal - opportunity consultants! Harold ohnson Don Lebell F�/� o,.>ro-e� R ber > oe Carl Pilnick E. J. Schneberg(__r M CAPABILITIES of DON LEBELL ASSOCIATES 7923 Gloria Avenue Van Nuys, California STate 1 -7070 Don Lebell Associates, since 1957, has provided engineering consulting services for diverse electronics- aerospace requirements. In commer- cial, industrial and governmental applications, depth of engineering competence has been demon- strated in: - control systems and dynamic analysis - circuits and instrumentation - display and computer systems Contributions have also been made in those engineering areas peripheral to: education marketing psychology law medicine management Professional background and experience of individual members of Don Lebell Associates are summarized in the pages immediately following. Don Lebell Associates is an affiliate of Digital Science Consultants, a consulting organization which, since 1962, has specialized in the design, application and evaluation of digital systems, computers and equipments. Together, they have served more than one hundred industrial firms, Government agencies, and Universities. Both groups are engaged exclusively in consulting activities; full ownership and control rest with the principal technical personnel. Don Lebell Associates TYPICAL CONSULTING PROJECTS , - Design evaluation of star tracker processing unit; conversion of system requirements to circuit design specifications - Evaluation of digital recording techniques for maximizing probability of clock pulse recovery from space telemetry data - Design of precision power source for photo - encoder excitation - Preparation of course and proposal for Harold training in magnetic tape transport and electronics Design of fast access, high - capacity photo - optical memory - Preliminary design of signal conditioning and data acquisition systems - Digital tape transport redesign - Circuit design of analog -to- digital converters, solid state servo amplifiers, digital magnetic tape amplifiers and low - level d.c, amplifiers - Engineering evaluation of FM/FM amplifiers - Circuit design of exponential compressor FM amplifier - System supervision and circuit design of 14- channel direct /FM tape recorder to MIL -E -5400 specifications Johnson Litton Industries - Assistant Section Head Engineering supervision and detailed transistor circuit design of feedback amplifiers, wide- band video amplifiers, video mapping system, electro- optical devices pertaining to the Data Processing Center MTDS and CBATDS system, Hughes Aircraft Company - Group Head Circuit design of ground radar data acquisition subsystems and checkout, including digital -to- analog conversion equipment, digital building blocks, etc, Electronic Engineering Co, of California - Project Engineer Design of RF digital data transmission equipment and range timer. University of California at Los Angeles, B,S,E.E 1952 Don Lebell Associates TYPICAL CONSULTING PROJECTS . . . - Design of pattern recognition devices - Design of hybrid industrial process controller - Evaluation of satellite instrumentation techniques - Hydraulic- pneumatic servo analysis - Autopilot design for high - performance missile - Analysis of computer control for nuclear process - Product planning and technical market analyses of industrial electronics and automation, digital transducers and telemetry, missiles and space systems markets - Design of servo control for tape and disc memory systems Ramo- Wooldridge Corporation - Member of the Technical Staff Classified programs in Computer Systems Division Servomechanisms, Inc. - Member of the Senior Technical Staff Don Lebell Design of avionics subsystems and instrumentation. Head of Digital Transducers Group. UCLA, Engineering Dept. - Lecturer and Visiting Assistant Professor Teaching courses in control systems, computers, circuits and mechanics. In charge of engineering research projects including development of computer control applications such as automatic food processing, economics models, bio- medical and prosthetic studies, simulation and control studies for electric power companies and refineries, heat exchange and desiccation process control, forest fire propagation models, particle physics models, auto traffic studies, electron ballistics for design of klystrons, cyclotron, missile and space trajec- tories, aircraft stability and fire control studies, etc. University of California at Berkeley, B.S.E.E., 1946 University of California at Los Angeles, M.S., Engineering, 1949 University of California at Los Angeles, Ph.D., Engineering, 1955 Registered Professional Engineer (EE), State of California *Dr. Lebell's time is divided between Don Lebell Associates and Digital Science Consultants. Don Lebell ` ssociates TYPICAL CONSULTING PROJECTS , . . - Design evaluation of star tracker processing unit; conversion of system requirements to circuit design specifications - Evaluation of digital recording techniques for maximizing probability of clock pulse recovery from space telemetry data - Design of precision power source for photo- encoder excitation - Preparation of course and proposal for training in magnetic tape transport and electronics - Design of fast access, high- capacity photo - optical memory - Preliminary design of signal conditioning and data acquisition systems - Digital tape transport redesign - Circuit design of analog -to- digital converters, solid state servo amplifiers, digital magnetic tape amplifiers and low - level d.c, amplifiers - Engineering evaluation of FWFM amplifiers - Circuit design of exponential compressor FM amplifier - System supervision and circuit design of 14- channel direct /FM tape recorder to MIL -E -5400 specifications Harold Johnson Litton Industries - Assistant Section Head Engineering supervision and detailed transistor circuit design of feedback amplifiers, wide- band video amplifiers, video mapping system, electro- optical devices pertaining to the Data Processing Center MTDS and CBATDS system. Hughes Aircraft Company - Group Head Circuit design of ground radar data acquisition subsystems and checkout, including digital -to- analog conversion equipment, digital building blocks, etc. Electronic Engineering Co, of California - Project Engineer Design of RF digital data transmission equipment and range timer. University of California at Los Angeles, B.S.E.E., 1952 Don Lebell Associates TYPICAL CONSULTING PROJECTS - Engineering management and organization, simu- lation and environmental testing facility - Product planning and technical market analysis of telemetry systems, automatic testing equip- ment, solid -state power supplies - Design of data systems, display and peripheral equipment - Design of microwave and radar power measuring equipment - Evaluation, electronic test equipment market - Applications studies, special - purpose computers Carl Pilnick United ElectroDynamics, Aerospace Division - Director of Engineering Directed design and manufacture of telemetry, communications, FM and PCM data systems and components. Supervised product development of solid -state transmitters, oscillators, ampli- fiers, multiplexers, analog -to- digital converters. Rototest Laboratories - Executive Vice President and General Manager Directed all company operations of environmental testing lab - oratory specializing in testing electronic and electro- mechanical equipment for the aerospace industry, Consolidated Avionics Corporation - Vice President Design of digital and analog data processing systems, special - purpose computers and peripheral equipment, automatic checkout systems, solid - state power supplies, digital logic modules, magnetostrictive delay line devices. Served successively as Staff Engineer, Director of Research and Development, Director of Marketing. Teleregister Corporation - Senior Engineer Design of large -scale electronic reservation, savings bank and inventory control data processing systems, special- purpose computers, peripheral equipment. Numerous publications on data and automatic checkout systems, instrumentation, telemetry. s City College of New York, B,S'.E,E,, 1942 Stevens Institute of Technology, M.S., 1949 Digital Soienoe Consultants TYPICAL CONSULTING PROJECTS . . . Design and experimental programming of micro- programmed computers Logic design of digital format adapters Logic design of a data distributor and multiplexer for a digital display system Logic design of digital sweep generators for 1 a radar data processing system Logic design of input - output buffering er Edward J. Schneber systems for medium -size computers g System design of advanced programmable tele- metry decommutator and distributor Data system performance evaluation based on preliminary design information Evaluation of integrated circuit logic techniques System improvement studies for a multi- computer laboratory facility Proposal preparation and evaluation of data acquisition and telemetry systems System and logic design of a digital computer to evaluate integrated c- ircuit design techniques Ramo- Wooldridge Corporation - Member of the Technical Staff Logic design and checkout of a medium -scale business data processor. Logic design and checkout of a microprogrammed military digital computer. Design of a magnetic tape controller. System design of communication and interrupt features of a multiple computer system,. Logic design of a process control computer. Test programming of an airborne computer. University of Illinois Research Assistant Installation of a computer auxiliary drum storage unit. Radio Corporation of America - Engineer Development of a paper -to- magnetic tape converter. Numerous U.S. and foreign patents pending in computer logic design. Fournier Institute of Technology, B.S.E.E., 1954 University of Illinois, M.'S.E.E., 1956 The following past projects exemplify Don Lebell Associates' capabilities in . Design of Systems mobile command - control system for processing and display of radar data automatic machine tool control for single -axis precision contouring* airborne data processing and display system for targeting special- purpose missile automatic checkout system electro- optical servos for pictorial data processing system drone autopilot designs for target and decoy application receiver for beam - riding missile incorporating AFC and AGC loops, pulse circuitry, AM and FM pulse detectors, IF amplifiers and modulators data system for textile processing plant design evaluation of star tracker processing unit; conver- sion of system requirements to circuit design specifications digital tape transport redesign system supervision and circuit design of 14- .channel direct /FM tape recorder to MIL -E -5400 specifications telemetry system for remote control of anti- submarine warfare drones flying spot scanner radar display incorporating high resolution cathode ray tube, optical lenses, photo- multiplier and associated transistor circuitry precision centrifuge speed controller interlocking controls for automatic vacuum system Design of Instrumentation, Circuits and Controls pattern recognition devices low -level silicon transistorized choppers telemeter data reduction modules transformers and magnetic amplifiers analog -to- digital converters low -speed counter and associated logic low - level transistorized infra -red detector for missile application solid state waveform generators (ramp, sine wave, integrators and precision time base) solid state voltage regulators transistorized shaping circuits, phase detector, flip -flop accumulator, comparator, precision current ramp family of-instrumentation and operational amplifiers carrier -type servo amplifier with shaping networks, chopper stabilization, etc. evaluation of digital recording techniques for maximizing probability of clock pulse recovery from space telemetry data* rapid access, high - capacity photo - optical memory automatic servo analyzer Design of Instrumentation, Circuits and Controls (continued) anti - aircraft missile simulator telemetry phase lock receiver high- performance voltage -to- pressure calibration equipment for ground support application special - purpose digital plotter used for geophysical surveys pressure, voltage,, accelerometer, and temperature sensors with shaft encoding or variable reluctance pick -off automatically programmed system for electronics production testing food processing instrumentation and control devices high - performance servomechanism for precision plotter transistor circuit design for nanosecond pulse sampler high- voltage power supply for space environments preliminary design and laboratory demonstration of satellite rendezvous instrumentation re -entry ablation sensor conception, design and prototype supervision of data -to- voice conversion technique film drive control and shutter synchronization of a variable speed motion picture projector design review of hydraulic servo valve used in satellite attitude control preliminary design of fiber optics data display equipment redesign of electronic circuits for operation in high radiation, space environments terrain avoidance computer for high - performance aircraft low current (one nano -amp range) circuits for use in auto- matic checking of transistors Analysis and/or Computer Simulation computation of reliability and MTBF for an avionics system reaction jet attitude control system for a three -state test vehicle evaluation of missile launcher reliability* reliability analysis of spaceborne electronics subsystem reliability model for maintenance, repair and related logistics for seaborne electronics system heat transfer and ablation dynamics analysis of a rocket engine's inner wall and casing ballistic missile guidance system hot -gas servomechanism solid propellant auxiliary power system anti -skid aircraft braking system special - purpose induction generator pneumatic engine control computer hydraulic servomechanism for antenna mount (militarized) special- purpose computer for military aircraft* aircraft temperature control system (militarized) attitude reference and control for a re -entry research vehicle Engineerinq Education, Management and Law patent evaluation of computer circuits* hazard potential of a machine's design analyzed in relation to an industrial accident evaluation of pressure and frequency transducer product line analysis of specifications vs, applicable market sectors for an instrumentation tape recorder product merger and acquisition evaluations paid TV system feasibility study missile ground support equipment market study* industrial electronics and automation market analysis study of high- growth sectors of military electronics market technology forecasts of "autopilots" for hydrofoils, ground effect machines, etc. market study of flight table computer digital transducers product evaluation closed - circuit TV applications study instrumentation and environmental test equipment study, missiles and space systems market study requirements analysis and curricula preparation for in -plant engineering lecture and seminar programs In the course of these and other projects, Don Lebell Associates is occasionally augmented by a panel of "as needed" university specialists in such ancillary fields as: Probability and statistics Aerodynamics Business economics Mechanical design Applied mathematics Experimental psychology Research administration Applied physics Bio- electronics Nucleonics Library science Names of programs, specific equipments, client firms or perfor- mance data which might compromise client privacy have necessarily been omitted. Space limitations preclude a detailed statement for each project of the allocation of responsibility as between client and consul- tant. Needless to say, in most cases the effort is one of close collaboration. * Projects conducted jointly with Digital Science Consultants MEMO FOR CATV FILE:. NOTES ON THE OCTOBER 26th CONSULTING DISCUSSION WITH LEBELL,'WARNER BROTHERS AND IRVINE COMPANY The morning of October 26th was spent reviewing the Community Cablevision proposal with members of the Community Cablevision staff. Bob Monroe of Lebell Consulting asked a series of questions relative to the engineering design phase of the operation, questions pertaining to the operation of the system and how the system would be implemented and maintained in the service area proposed by the Community Cablevision Company. At this meeting in the board room of the Irvine Company headquarters we met with Wayne Hauser, Frank Hughes, Gene Moon and Tom Britton and spent the latter portion of the morning visiting and examining the head and equipment and distribution system, including the equipment for ser- vice pedestals of the homes in University Park. After luncheon Bob Monroe and I met with John Frost and Bill Johnston of Warner Brothers in their offices at Dover and.Westcliff. After a series of,sim- ilar questions were answered by the Warner Brothers staff, we similarly visited the Mission Viejo installation and examined their head end equipment and distri- bution system. 0_— Other items that I discussed alone with Bob MonroeAas follows: 1. A recent conversation I had with Mr. Victor Farel of Eastbluff (644 - 0290) relative to a translator device being a more efficient means of delivering a television signal than a CATV system as dis- cussed, it is my understanding that television signals pan be intercepted with the translator and made available to all residents in the community at nominal cost and ona more efficient basis than the cable system willdeliver the signals. It was suggested by Mr. Farel that the cost could be borne by the general fund and made available to all, thereby providing the City with a better means of distributing a wide variety of TV programming at nominal cost without the necessity of CATV systems. Bob Monroe indicated that Mr. Farel had likewise contacted Don Lebell and had briefly discussed this matter with him. Neither Don Lebell or Bob Monroe felt the translator device had a great deal of merit but Monroe expressed a willingness to explore the matter further and obtain some definitive information that might be of use to our study. I discussed with Bob Monroe a recent conversation I had with Mr. Walter Kaitz,Lobbyist and attorney for CATV association of Calif. (415 834 -5300) regarding the recent suspension by the Federal Communications Commission of all Telephone Company channel service agreement tariff rates, fis similarly discussed with John Frost of Warner Brothers, it's very unlikely that the Telephone Company will be in a position to furnish Warner Brothers with a definite rate structure until February 1966 at the earliest. In addition, I apprised Mr. Monroe of the new recent action taken by the California CATV Association to oppose channel service agreements with the Tele- phone Company and the influence the Association had in the can- cellation of the Telephone Company tariffs. As the Federal Communi- cation Commission has now declared any CATV system using -& telephone 4� -2- company equipment of any type to be a common carrier, whether intra -state or inter - state,, the FCC has now pre - empted the field to a greater degree than at any time in the past. This will undoubt- edly therefore have a significant bearing on the disposition of the Warner Brothers proposal application. Briefly mentioned and discussed was the recent franchise awarded in Seattle to a CATV firm known as Seattle Cablevision, which has plans for providing Thirty -six TV channels to the residents of that commun- ity by the use of a converter device (ie, Channel 2 a b c, 3 a b c, etc.) Many of the vacant channels are to have a wide variety of closed circuit services. It was suggested that we might plan for such a converter mechanism to be incorporated into our CATV system to provide for the future capacities of the cable and equipment that will be installed in Newport Beach. i_ LESELL CONSULTING Engineers & Scientists City of Newport Beach City Hall Newport Beach, California 792.3 GLORIA AVE. -VAN NUNS,C.ALIFOR.NIA -(213) 781 -7070 November 14, 1967 Attention: Mr, Harvey Hurlburt, City Manager, and Mr, James DeChaine, Administrative Assistant Gentlemen: Confirming our discussion, Lebell Consulting Engineers & Scientists is pleased to offer our services in connection with the evaluation of proposals for a CATV franchise which have been submitted to the City of Newport Beach. We believe the attached Statement of Work defines the tasks to be performed. Our estimate for all tasks totals eight man - days, which, at our standard rates for Principal Consultants, is a cost of $1,400. This can be utilized as a not- to-exceed figure, if we are favored with contractual authorization to proceed. The opportunity of again serving the City of Newport Beach is greatly appreciated, and we look forward to your reply, CP /mm Enclosure: Statement of Work Sincerely, Carl Pilnick- President M LESELL CONSULTING. Engineers & scientists STATEMENT OF WORK Lebell Consulting Engineer & Scientists shall perform the following tasks for the Office of the City Manager, Newport Beach, California, in connection with evaluation of bids for a community antenna television system (CATV) franchise: 1. Analyze the proposals submitted to the City for a CATV franchise covering the geographical area for which Warner Brothers TV Services, Inc., was pre- viously granted a franchise. Proposals included in the scope of work include submissions from: Nation Wide Cablevision Company Newport Beach Cablevision, Inc. Theta Cable of California Data Video Systems, Inc. Pacific Cable Services, Inc. (if submitted) The proposal analysis will evaluate: (a) Compliance with City Ordinance Chapter 5.44 (b) Extent and adequacy of CATV services pro - posed by each bidder, weighed against relevant factors, such as cost to subscribers and benefits to the City. (c) Technical advantages and disadvantages of proposed equipment and facilities, with emphasis on quality of service to the subscriber. 2. Prepare and submit a report detailing the evaluation and conclusions. The report shall include the following: (a) Ranking of proposals on a comparative basis, with justifying reasons. (b) Review of the present ordinance in the light of CATV developments of the last year, with sug- gestions, where indicated, for updating or modifying the requirements. In particular, items such as appropriate fees, uses which are permitted to the CATV system, and conditions pertaining to transfer or revocation of franchises, shall be considered. 3. Performance Schedule - -The final report shall be delivered within three weeks of mutual agreement on the Statement of Work, and receipt of authorization to proceed. ^1.0/20/66 THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this day of 1966, between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation, herein referred to as "City ". and LEBELL CON- SUITING ENGINEERS & SCIENTISTS, herein referred to as "Consultantt. WHEREAS, it is the City's desire to have certain community antenna television (CATV) proposals analyzed by Consultants and WHEREAS, Consultant has submitted a proposal whereby it will undertake such analysis- NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do agree as follows: le Consultant agrees to analyze the CATV proposals of the Community Cablevision Company and Warner Brothers TV Services, submitted to City on September 30, 19668 to determine the following* (a) Compliance with, and responsiveness to, the pro- visions of the bid notification for CATV proposals and City Ordinance Nos, 1153 and 1178. (b) The extent and adequacy of the CATV services pro- posed by each bidder when weighed against certain relevant factors, (c) The technical advantages and disadvantages of the proposed equipment, facilities and operating personnel, with emphasis on the quality of service to the customer.. 20 Consultant agrees to also inspect the applicable existing CATV facilities of each bidder to determine the factors listed under No. 1 above. 3. Consultant will prepare and submit a written report embodying its analysis and conclusions. The report shall include, but not be limited to, the following (a) Specific recommendations as to the award of a franchise, accompanied by the 'reasons therefore. (b) Suggested procedures for periodically monitoring the performance of the CATS' system. (c) Suggestions for strengthening or clarifying the requirements of City Ordinance Nos. 1153 and 1178, including, J but not limited to, identifying conditions under which a franchise holder must serve the entire service area, and conditions for requiring extensions beyond the normal service installations 4. Consultant shall meet with the City Manager on or before October 31, 1966 to review the report draft and the conclusions and recommendations therein contained. 5e Consultant shall deliver the final written report not later than November 4, 1966. 6. In consideration of the above work City agrees to pay Consultant a total amount of not to exceed two thousand dollars ($2000), the exact amount to be determined by the Consultant's standard rate schedule. This amount shall be payable upon receipt by City of the final report. 7< Consultant shall assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City and its officers and employees from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from Consultant's performance of this agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agree- ment as of the day and year first hereinabove written. •t :a[ By Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: Attest: Tully H, eymour, City Attorney 2. sting City C Le rk CITY LERELL CONSULTING ENGINEERS & SCIENTISTS By res de Attest CONSULTANT EXECUTIVE OFFICES WARNER BROS. BURBANK, CAL. JOHN R. FROST VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL MANAGER W° � �� D D D O TV SERVICES, tNC. NEWPORT NATIONAL BANK BLDG. WESTCLIFF AT DOVER DR.. NEWPORT BEACH, CALIF. Mr. James P. DeChaine Administrative Assistant to City Manager Office of City Manager City of Newport Beach 3300 West Newport Blvd. Newport Beach, California Dear Mr. DeChaine: TELEPHONE (714) 642 -3260. September 29 , 19 66 RE: Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. Application for CATV Franchise Enclosed herewith, in accordance with Notice Inviting Proposals to Provide Community Antenna Television Service in the City of Newport Beach, dated August 22, 1966, are ten (10) copies of Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc.'s Application to the City of Newport Beach fora CATV Franchise. All copies of the enclosed Applications are identical with the exception that only copies 1 and 2 (City Manager and Staff copies) contain a copy of the Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. (Applicant's parent company) Annual Report to Stockholders. Also enclosed, in accordance with instructions, is a certified check in the amount of $1,000.00 payable to the City of Newport Beach to cover the application fee. If you need any other information- or have any questions, please let us know as soon as possible. JRF: j c Encl. \� Very truly yours, WARNER BROS. SERVICES, INC. PHN . FROST sident &General Manager 44 J EXECUTIVE OFFICES TELEPHONE. WARNER BROS... MAI) 042.3260 BURBANK, CAL. SERVICES, INC. ~ NEWPORT NATIONAL BANK BLDG. WESTCLIFF AT DOVER DR. JOHN R. FROST NEWPORT BEACH, VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL MANAGER December 12, 1966 City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 West Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California RE: CATV FRANCHISE APPLICATION Gentlemen: With reference to our CATV franchise application dated September 29, 1966, now pending before you, and with reference particularly to the proposed subscriber rates referred to in Section 3, particularly paragraph 3.01, of said application and in Exhibit 5 attached to said application, we are pleased to . advise you, and to amend the application accordingly, that said rates will be applicable to the entire system which we propose to install, whether wholly aerial, whether partially aerial and partially underground, or whether wholly underground, subject only to regulatory requirements which may be applicable and con- trolling of the Federal Communications Commission, the California Public Utilities Commission, or some other administrative, legisla- tive-or judicial body having jurisdiction, 'Therefore, subject only to the requirements of governmental authority, as indicated, our rates will be as set forth in Exhibit 8511 attached to our application, summarized as follows: Installation (One Time Only) Charge: Installation Charge for First Outlet Connection Installation of Each New or Additional Outlet Re- connection Charge (Applicable If Service is Suspended) Please Note: (a) The foregoing charges will apply to botri single. family dwellings and to each unit of an apartment, duplex or similar multiple dwelling. (b) The 10 $12.50 8.50 10.00 City Council -2- December 12, 1966 foregoing charges may vary, depending upon whether the installation is "normal" as defined in the Ordinance. Monthly Service Rental Charges: Service Rental Charge For One Set $ 6.50 Service Rental Charge for Each Additional Set 1.75 In addition to the foregoing (and this may be considered as an addendum to Exhibit "5" attached to our application) we hereby propose as our Monthly Service Rental Charge for hotels, motels and similar transient guest establishments the following, based on the number of units in each such establishment (whether the service is actually being used in such units) as follows No, of Units Monthly Charge Per Connection Up to 10 $4.00 11 to 30 3.50 31 and over 3.00 We would also propose that our installation charges in connection with such transient guest establishments be based upon actual costs to us. Very truly yours, WARNER BROS.. TV SERVICES, INC. h. rAWT President and General Manager r EXECUTIVE OFFICES WARNER BROS. BURBANK, CAL. JOHN R. FROST VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL MANAGER TV . SERVICES, INC. NEWPORT NATIONAL BANK BLDG. WESTCLIFF AT DOVER DR. NEWPORT BEACH, CALIF. Tully H. Seymour, Esq. City Attorney 3300 Vilest Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California Dear Mr. Seymour: TELEPHONE (714.) 642 -3260 November 29, 1956 RE: CATV FRANCHISE APPLICATION At the meeting of November 23, 1966 which we had with you and Mr. DeChaine with reference to the CATV Franchise we are seeking from the City of Newport Beach, you requested some additional information. I am pleased to set forth the following suggestions for your further consideration: 1. Rates and Obtes. On this general subject, particularly with reference to "rates," we would propose to adopt, perhaps in the form of a "'schedule" or "table," a detailed itemization of charges to subscribers which might vary - possibly in the form of two separate schedules or tables - depending upon whether the particular subscriber is served solely by aerial facilities or in whole or in part by underground facilities. In this connection, we would specify charges for commercial as well as residential rates, for "moves" (as well as for reconnections) , for "extended leads" (more than fifteen feet) and for "normal" installations. As to what constitutes a "normal" installation, we should perhaps discuss with you the possibility of including factors other than the mere length �usc of the home drop cable although our present inclination is to accept as deter- minative the criterion of one hundred fifty (150) feet or less of such cable if the drop is aerial as contrasted to buried. Assuming an itemization of charges can be, developed (after PT &T rates are fixed) satisfactory to the City (and there would appear to be no reason why it cannot) we suggest that you consider, for inclusion in the franchise ordinance, provisions to the following general effect: %�I D I% November 2.9. 13E'6 Page T Aio i. b` Rate arjd CtLar2es. Grantee: be fixed Dursuant tea Section 5.44.435(x) , subject to the approves) tri iwacing of the City ),tanager, promptly upon the of urld,�,,r- 11 iJng, rates and :hargei to be levied against grantee by Tile Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company, and this franchise shall automatically take affect starting with the "first day of the calendar month immediately foi.lowinca the date of such aporoval but, if the City i�ianagar faits to ants : ppKove Wasitee'.s rates an(! c,stargez by Tiny I, 3967, this franchise shat) be deemed annulled as if it had never bet—n granted. Once rates are fixed >" r, as a:oresatd they will nes:ertheiess ?e suAiact to such charige as may be R } . IP.gaoir jaequirec' by a�F}"t2l.`..1.}i1,'; lads, ruleei and requiatwns nereinafter G. :i'1..S5Med by Ube h. oaV or bodies having `lurisdlctSon and wi43, moreover, he rude: t co ora, }ye as providea byy�ectioci 5.44, 0 6. (b) Installation andN � ervice. Grantee's service areas within the City are ueiineated in six its$ separate Phases in the, map 't'.xhibit 3) attached to its application 3f :ieptrember �9 B" bb, .Ales, iiubiect to the requirements of :section a. 44.Oiio, the time tji€ :141 w$acn it shall commerce eonseruction„ installation and service in eac. l W 4dirt areas shalt to determined by mutual agreement between tf, ?e city X'- ,Inaget a[io. Grantee ano, upon failure to reach such agreement as to ally sucri area tbia .franc;aise snail be subject to termination with respect to sueza area twenty i20j mays after written notice ihereoi to Grarnec by the :1ity Tlvianager, without, however', affecting r "rantee s rights in other areas or us cight to serve such other areas by a dis'$rika loll system passing, in rao!e or an part, through an area in which Grantee's rights to serve scald have been terminated, as aforesaid. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the vlty NItarlager from re- establishing Grantee's rigi is hereunder in an area as to which sucja rights shah have been terminated as aforesaid, upon terms mutually acoevtab e to the City Manager and Grantee. ri'PY gt` ,",W ` 2. Accetatance Fee. We are agreeable to the payment of an acceptance fee of not V exceed $2,000.00 upon enactment of the ordinance even though the franchise itself would not becorne effective until an agreement is reached as to subscriber rates and, �d furthermore, that such acceptance fee mould not be recoverable against the annual �i franchise fee. e L " �u You will mate that the above; suggestions leave open the question of requiring the Grantees to go into an area of the City that might prove economically disastrous. This, 1 believe, is in iine with our discussion of November a,s, 1966 in which you indicated that the City Council would not 'force service in uneconomic areas. In this connection i would reiterate our suffer to consult with the City Managers office and to review with it the results of our engineering cost studies and our market surveys to -the end that these decisions be made on the basis of full and open disclosures and consideration. t tX E", November 29, 1966 P �Ag e Tzw�4a 3. Performan The suggestions contained in Appendix A to the U, 3* r-,_ are acceptable to us in principle a lthjv-;' � discuakied Y during our meering of November 23, 1966, we wouLl _uljgtst t-A",at, inaty:ad al. a 4 detakiled test procedure, the ordinance should provide for testing in more general -t"J'N"Alt terms tr, .:fissure the City that the system is performing to standards. It may be, for examplp ; that monthly tests will prove unnecessary thvl " a qu-'artarly check I shf'41H remlr�d you that the idea of periodic testing is enthusiastically supported by Warner Bros. and, as a matter of fact, was actually i-"+..d 1) Q-4 "xir 4. - 1 ha it 4's t t a wc, as to :r'c'se Qjfl<_nj'of "Je 6ystem built alld arlO ln?Lll' the Telephone Company, as to those portions of the systeir a0d, rnairitafnedl' 1)y it, will each have spar? Sad test equiPment deemed _,66_°r °_.:e » lJ-a furnished which vnl' 1,C le to the City. This In this arei�, i J-'��Heve yc��l wEl -('!nd cur a;�Pllcdtion' parlicu�� 'zv 6C;M�° propcl,3als. vv fanh-rdeveloped and V Is encused suggei;tfon, (Ttern " o.a Paga 24 :f inn report) Is for the us. We woulld sOm--i alternzate pro- vis104", 1-': .tc !as, zieazC 2ca requl inc Ir j a retund of mstallauioiit costs If, after instwila- s4iaals rr_Su!t in poor reception. "')'ur approdch wouid be Lhat we very caref-.,", —st each aro�a fr,,r amblent sign pro',Iems and completely inform each "stcmer of the existence of such problems everi to the extent of recommending agp_alrks e:r installation if the situation warranted it. If after an installation is made rollowi: g such procedures ambient signal problems occur as Indicated, we do ncA the subscriber should expect us to refund his -instaDation costs unless we "LLdd erred in our tests or had failed w disclose the true situa-lion, 7. We agree with the LeBell suggestion and tU an sure that any geographical areas which L,,ay be annexed W the City in the 1 future receive the same services as within the 13resent City + we suggest a prcvls1ur, should be included requiring the Grantee to extend the CA operation Into -�-ntiguous dreas which may be anaexed, under the same rates andd conditions as thc�s_- ex�lstipg at the time of annexation. S. We are willing to, of course, hold the Clt-y hart; less from all demands, suits, actions and proceedings by others V arising out of any copyright infringement or alleged copyright infringement resulting from our operation of the CAV system franchised by the City. Tully Ii. >eymour, Esq. Page Foor November 29, 1966 I trust the toregoing will furnish the information you desired. If we can be of fu:;i' er 4 *once, please do not hesitate to call. On behaU of myself and my associates, t want to reiterate our very sincere apprecl, t.t,;n !or the considerate attention you have given our problems and to assure you that we are firmly convinced that we can and will, once these proble ms o Ironed out; bring to the City of Newport Beach the best CATV service, including educational and FAQ channels, the preseznt state of the art allows. .1 trily yours, WARNER RCS. 'IV 'S'ERVICES, INC. 1 JOHN f., FROST Vice President & Genera! Vv annager cc Mr. '_ 2 P. DeChatnne llry;tn _-, Moore, F,sq Enc i.. The following procedure is followed after installation of the cable service is made to the customer's satisfaction: 1, Customer „ails and reports any trouble to WBTVS service representative 2. Service representative makes a written report of customer's complaint. 3. Service report is given to V BT1,Va service man for follow -up within 24 hours of receipt of complaint. 4. Service man thee; makes a service cast and determines cause or origination of the trouble. Deratmination of trouble origina- tion is made by the use of signal strength measuring devices and a calibrated test receiver, S. Trouble in 1*VBTVS' system is corrected by WBTVS personnel . and customer's reception is re-checked after correction to insure that he is now receiving satisfactory service. S Trouble in PT&T's system is reported to PT &'S personnel for follow-up. After correction, PT &T reports back to WBTV3. " EINS then checks back with, customer to make sure trouble is eliminated and service is now satisfactory. 7. If the customer's trouble originates in his TV receiver, tie is so advised and is asked to contact a television repair man. Customer is also requested to contact �,VBTVS after service is completed by his television repair main so that WRTVS can follow up to make sure trouble is eliminated and service is now satisfactory, NOTE- During normal working lours, Monday through Friday, all customer calls are received at WBTVS' office by its .service representative. After normal working hours and on week -ends, WBTVS' answering service receives customer calls and relays same to VVBTVS service personnel. e • CONTRACT FOR COMMUTY ANTENNA TELEVISION CHANNELS . 41' .7 THE PACIFIC TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY, a corporation (hereinafter called "Telephone Company "), and WARUNF2 BROS. TV SERVICES, INC., (hereinafter called "Warner Bros. "), agree as follows: 1. Channels furnished. Telephone Company shall furnish Warner Bros. channels and drops for one -way transmission of television signals. Facilities will transmit a maximum of 12 RF television signals, including color, at the standard VHF broadcast frequencies of television channels 2 through 13 inclu- sive. Channels and drops are furnished as specified in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the charges set forth therein. r.dditions, reductions or changes in the facilities, initially furnished hereunder, may be made by the execution by both parties of a supplemental exhibit, which shall be attached to and become a part of this contract. 2. Use of channels. Warner Bros. shall use the channels furnished hereunder in a community antenna television system in l and near Mission Viejo Development, Labia Hills, County of Orange, State of California, to distribute to subscribers of Warner Bros., television signals received by off- the -air pickup from television 1. broadcasting stations. Warner Bros. may also make incidental use of the channels for distribution to its subscribers of FM music (studio- originated or off -the -air) or for occasional transmission of other television signals for educational or entertainment purposes. Warner Bros. shall use the channels furnished here- P under only with facilities or equipment as provided herein; and in accordance with the requirements of applicable laws and ordinances and , regulations and orders of public bodies. The channels furnished hereunder shall be derived in such manner as Telephone Company may elect. Warner Bros. shall not super- impose any channels upon or subdivide any channel furnished hereunder. 3. Maintenance of Telephone Company facilities. All equipment and facilities furnished by Telephone Company shall be installed and maintained by, and shall remain the property of, Telephone Company. ?'darner Bros. shall not, and it shall not permit its subscribers or any other third party to, rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any equipment or facili- ties of Telephone Company. Telephone Company shall have the right to enter the premises of 'darner Bros. or of its subscribers at any reasonable hour for the purpose of installing, inspecting, testing, maintain- ing, repairing or removing its equipment and facilities. Warner Bros. shall provide Telephone Company right of access to premises of its subscribers. 2. 0 4. Payment of charges. 7ronthly charges for channels and drops furnished hereunder: shall be paid monthly in advance, commencing with the date channels or drops are made available for use of Warner Bros., and shall continue as long as such channels or drops are furnished. Whare channels or drops are made available for use at a date other than the regular monthly billing date of Telephone Company, pro rata charges shall apply for the fraction of the month to said billing date. Installation charges shall be paid upon completion of work to render channels available, except in instances in which advance payment for such work is specified by Telephone Company. Separate charges covering all expenses incurred by Telephone Company shall be paid by darner Bros. in the event (a) any installation work is not completed due to cancellation by or other act or omission of Warner Bros., or (b) any change in channels theretofore provided by Telephone Company is requested by Warner Bros., or (c) overtime work or underground construction or other extra cost work is requested by Warner Bros., or (d) Telephone Company is required to pay any special fee or tax on account of furnishing said channels. In any instance where underground construction is legally required or deemed necessary by Telephone Company at the premises of a subscriber of h1arner Bros., or is requested by such subscriber, Warner Bros. or its subscriber (a) shall furnish, install and maintain at its expense suitable conduit in any instance where such conduit is specified by Telephone Company; 3. • 0 . or (b) shall in any instance where buried wire or cable is acceptable to Telephone Company, pay the excess cost of such facilities over estimated cost of aerial facilities (or, in lieu of all or part of such payment, Warner Bros. or its sub- scriber may provide such materials aid labor as Telephone Company may agree). Termination charges shall be paid upon a termination of this contract or of any channels furnished hereunder. All charges shall be payable by Warner Bros. upon presentation of bill therefor. 5. Deposit as security. Warner Bros. shall deposit with Telephone Company moneys, as specified in schedules now or hereafter attached hereto and made a part hereof, as security for the performance of all its obligations hereunder. Such deposit may, in the event of default by Warner Bros., be applied by Telephone Company to the payment of any charges due under or to the satisfaction of any other obligation of Warner Bros. arising out of this contract. Moneys heretofore deposited by ',darner Bros. pursuant to the Memorandum of Agreement dated December 10, 1965, and deposit schedules incident thereto shall be deemed made under this contract aid shall be credited to the deposits specified in like schedules hereto. The deposit balance shall 'near simple interest at the rate of six per cent per year. The deposit and accrued interest thereon, less any amount applied by Telephone Company to the pay- ment of any charge or obligation hereunder, shall be returned to Warner Bros. at the rate of one one - hundred- twentieth (1/120) of 4. the deposit balance per month, applied as a deduction against current monthly charges. Additional deposits may be required by Telephone Company for the furnishing of additional channels. In lieu of such deposit, the parties may agree upon a bond, with such terms and conditions as are mutually acceptable, to secure the performance of Warner Bros. //6. Interconnection of facilities. Interconnection of facilities of Telephone Company with facilities of Warner Bros. or its subscribers shall be made as follows: (a) At the studio of Warner Bros. or other agreed upon location, where 'garner Bros.' input shall be (1) standard television (or 01) broadcast signals received off the air, in which case connection between the Telephone Company combiner and the equipment of Warner Bros. shall be made by Telephone Company, or (2) baseband signals (video and audio or audio only), in which case the equipment to modulate video or audio signals on a broadcast carrier frequency for transmission, will be provided by Telephone Company at customer option for additional charges to be specified when furnished. (b) At each drop termination on a grounded terminal block furnished by Telephone Company on the outside of the premises of subscribers of Warner Bros. where connection between the drop of Telephone Company and the equipment of Warner Bros. or its subscribers shall be made by Warner Bros. 5. '.darner Bros. shall provide, without charge, space in its studio or other input location, and electrical wiring, power and power outlets for the equipment of Telephone Company. Warner Bros. or its subscribers shall.furnish, install and maintain a matching transformer and all other equipment and facilities beyond the drop termination of Telephone Company at the premises of subscribers of Warner Bros. %k u/ 7. Frequencies and levels of signals. Channels and drops furnished by the Telephone Company as specified in Exhibit A shall be suitable for transmitting MIt television signals and 771 broadcast signals, to substantially reproduce Warner Bros.' input sound and picture quality at Telephone Company's drop terminations. Telephone Company facilities shall furnish a nominal 3162 micro- volts across 75 ohms ( +10 dbmv) at the grounded terminal block on the premises of subscribers of Warner Bros. The levels referred to above are to be measured at the video carrier frequency of the 'weakest VHF channel. The remaining channels shall have the level of their video carrier no more than 7 db above this specified Level. Unless otherwise specified, signals shall be transmitted to Telephone Company facilities by Warner Bros. at the following levels: (a) Standard broadcast television signals, nominal x-45 dbmv at Channel 13 picture carrier frequency, (211.25 me) 6. with other picture carrier outputs adjusted by Warner Bros. to the same or lower levels as required by the Telephone Company. The sound carrier on each channel , r� shall be at least 12 db below the video carrier. 0 established, these levels shall be maintained within + 0.5 db'by the automatic gain control in the signal processing equipment. Mixing networks shall be provided to combine signals for proper transmission r -✓ (b) FM broadcast signals, nominal +15 dbmv; (c) Baseband video television signals, one volt peak to peak; and (d) Baseband audio signals, zero dbm. 8. Notice of aro€iram interruption. darner Bros. a shall give Telephone Company notice of any impairment or interrup- tion of programs. Telephone Company shall not be required to accept, nor be subject to any liability for not responding to, reports of impairment or interruption from subscribers of darner Bros. ,earner Bros. shall give such notice to Telephone Company only after investigation indicates the impairment or interruption is not due to equipment or facilities of learner Bros. or its sub - scribers. g. Protection against interference. All facilities and operations of Warner Bros., including the voltages and currents 70 impressed by :darner Bros. upon the said channels of Telephone Company, shall at all times be such as not to endanger Telephone Company employees, or damage any equipment or facili- ties of Telephone Company, or cause any interference with or impair the privacy of any communications services provided by Telephone Company to others, or create any hazardous condition. Telephone Company may make such inspections and tests as it may deem necessary to determine that the installation, operation and maintenance of equipment or facilities of darner Bros. comply with the above requirements. No credit allowance shall be made on account of interruption due to such tests or inspections. Telephone Company may discontinue services hereunder at any time if in its judgement there is threat of such danger, damage, interference, impairment or hazardous condition. 10. Tents and adjustments. From time to time during regular working hours, upon request of Telephone Company and as convenient to Warner Bros., channels furnished hereunder shall be made available to Telephone Company for tests and adjustments necessary to maintain them in satisfactory operating condition. No crediT allowance shall be made for interruption on account of such tests and adjustments. 11. Liability of Telephone Company and Indemnity ':darner Bros. Telephone Company shall be responsible for impair- ment or interruption of the channels furnished hereunder caused by its own act or omission, 'out its liability in any such instance shall be limited to an amount not to exceed the amount of its 0 prorated monthly charges during the period of impairment or interruption; and it shall not in any eve-at have any liability for any period of impairment or interruption of less than two (2) hours on distribution cable facilities, or twenty -four (24) hours on drops. For purposes of this provision, the period of impairment or interruption shall commence with the receipt by Telephone Company of notice thereof from warner Bros.; and credit as above provided shall be allowed for the affected facilities in hourly multiples (for each hour or major fraction thereof) in such proportion as the period of interruption bears to the hours in a 30 -day month. Except for the said responsi- bility thus assumed, Telephone Company shall have no further liability. Warner Bros. shall indemnify Telephone Company against and hold it harmless from any damage to facilities and equipment of Telephone Company, and from any and all claims and causes of action of any kind whatever arising directly or indirectly from any act or omission of Jarner Bros., or of any of its subscribers, or of any third party relative to the channels furnished here- under or the communications transmitted over said channels, including all claims of injury to person or damage to property, of copyright or patent infringement, and of libel, slander or invasion of privacy. warner Bros. shall at its expense defend legal proceedings brought against Telephone Company on any claim within the scope of the above indemnity. 9. • 12. Patents. No license under any patent of Telephone Company (or any patent under which Telephone is granted to Warner Bros. by this contract. indemnify Telephone Company against and hold claim for infringement of patent arising -dir from the use of equipment, apparatus, system Bros. or any of its subscribers. Company has rights) Warner Bros. shall it harmless from any :otly or indirectly or method of Warner 13. Termination. This contract shall continue in force until its termination in accordance with one of the follow- ing provisions: (a) This contract may be terminated by Warner Bros. by giving thirty (30) days' notice in writing to Telephone Company, subject to payment of all applicable monthly, installation and termination charges. (b) This contract may be terminated by Telephone Company, in addition to any other remedies it may have, if Warner Bros. defaults in the : oayment of any amount due or in the performance of any other obligation hereunder, and such default continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Telephone Company to Warner Bros. (c) This contract may be terminated by Telephone Com- pany by written notice to Warner Bros. if (1) any provision of any insolvency or bankruptcy law is invoked by or against Warner Bros.; or (2) a determination is made by any court, regulatory commission or other governmental authority that 10. M the furnishing of a community antenna television system by ?darner Bros., or of the channels therefor by Telephone Company is prohibited by statute, ordinance, regulation or order. (d) At such time as the tariff filed with the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California covering the services furnished hereunder may become effective, Telephone Company may terminate this contract by smitten notice to Warner Bros., and thereafter furnish such services in accordance with the rates, terms and conditions of said tariff. 14. Waiver. The failure of either party to insist upon strict performance of any term of this contract in one or more instances shall not be construed as a waiver of any such term, and the sane shall remain in full force and effect. 15. -Assignment. :darner Bros. shall not assign this contract, or any right of interest hereunder,, nor shall Warner Bros. assign, transfer, sublet or permit any other person the use of channels furnished hereunder by Telephone Company, with- out the prior consent in writing of Telephone Company. 16. Public utility regulation. This contract shall not become effective until authorization of the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California is first obtained. This agreement shall at all times be subject to such changes or 11. modifications by the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California as said Commission may; from time to time, direct in the exercise of its jurisdiction. Dated: -woved as to korrn AAA M EA ,: A.kES �'rRYB Athom6yi , 19 . THE PACIFIC TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY By Vice President WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. By T, C. G,, . lie F& 2 '*ice President 12. • EXHIBIT A • ANTENNA COMPANY: WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES INC. IfiISSION VIEJO- TRACTS NOS. 5890- 5936- 5985 -6401 -6047 LAGUNA HILLS (IMab attached) CHARGES: Monthly Installation Termination Charge* Charge Charge ** I. Channels: II * dE* A. Common Equipment: (1) Input equipment, at the pickup point for off- the -air signals delivered at standard VHF broadcast frequen- cies, per system u15.50 $ 520.00 (2) Input equipment at the pickup point for inci- dental program material delivered at baseband frequencies, per channel $36.00 $1,100.00 B. Feeder and Distribution Channels: Underground (not in conduit) (1) Feeder channels, each 1/4 cable -route mile or fraction thereof $25.00 $ 990.00 (2) Distribution channels, each 1/4 cable -route mile or fraction thereof <0 24.75 915.00 Drops: Underground (not in conduit) (1) Each drop installed at same time as serving distribution channel 5 ..35 $22.00 (2) Each drop installed subsequent to installa- tion of serving distribution channel $ .35 $27.50 (3) Each drop reconnected, when all facilities are reused in place $ .35 $10.00 (4) Each drop moved or changed $20.00 Subject to one month's minimum billing for facilities furnished. Reduces 1/120 for each month the arrangement is retained in service. PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA Copy fort RESOLUTION NO, T -5999 Orig. and Copy __......._..to Secretary UTILITIES DIVISION R E S O L U T I O N BiL ',NCIi/SECTION:COMHUNICATIONS _.._._.J__.Di.rector DAT99 April 26, 1966 ___ ....... ...Numerical File ._......._...._.Alphabetical File _- „Accounting Officer SUBJECT; Order Authorizing Contract Filed Under Section X. Paragraph A of General Order No. 96 -A WHEREAS: THE PACIFIC TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY has submitted for filing three comes of the following contract: Date Date of Customer Piled .Contract Channel Facilities and Dro�gs for CATV Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. (Laguna Hills) 3/15/66 319166 which covers the furnishing of services at rates or under conditions that are not provided for in the utility's filed tariffs and rules and regulations, and authoriza- tion by the Commission under Section 532 of the Public Utilities Code being required, and it appearing that authorization of the listed contract is justified and not in conflict with the requirements of Decision No. 50837 with respect to revisions of the jurisdiction clause and good cause appearing; therefore, ” IT IS ORDERED that authority be granted to carry out the terms of the fore- going agreement. ST IS FURTHER ORDERED that the agreement hereinbefore authorized shall be marked to show that such agreement was authorized under Resolution of the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California No, T- 5999. This authorization ia. granted subject to the condition that this contract will be withdrawn if and when these or similar services are provided for under filed . tariffs. NOTICE: The aforesaid authorization is not to be construed as a grant of authority to engage in the business of providing community antenna service nor assign- mant. of territory. I hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly introduced, passed and adopted at a regular conference of the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California, hold on the ....,.26th_...,day of_._.. April. � 1954..._,., the following Conmiosioners voting favorably thereon: PLTERye K11011;LL, UILLLAM H, LIENT3 & A. W, GATOV, Cmu ssioners Voting4ZO: //sv7,��?++,.��L•qq'37(E(��R,�I�CK pB�.. H{OnLODOFFO MiEo- ti,U`u'�S. P:x2ovv.li, •-!(!G _ 4seZx?7_lr� �" ♦naru.MA dommissioners. Secretary / 40MM18WON[wF pftegifeK S. HOL"GPF. ►[[OO[MT l q & MITC..LL 4"MG9 4. G[OV[R 1 WAM -M. \[HNGTT A- W. GATOV �OOKN A GOMMYNIGA"G" K WX "MM1[i10M May 19, 1966 ;w :� e tine •� ���ti' tlttblir I#ilifiri Qlamm r-Mnn STATE OF: CALIFORNIA ::arrer Bros. TV Services, Inc. 1:000 arner Blvd. Burbank, California 91503 Atte:aion: Zr. John R. Trost Vice President & Genern! ::anaLcr Gentlemen: rl" NO. lqk L l'5 uuroNwu i4'AT{ w14W9ii MM [iANilf6i.'d1Lli. MICi This is in relation to your letter of :,pril ?J, 1966 which requested Commission approval of the agreement between your cor:;a --y and Pacific Telephone for fu=ish- ing C:TV service in Mission 'Viejo. In your letter you requested such approval on an interim 'basis pending final detera.irations in Case No. 8305. , Cs Rpril 26 the Commission approved the contract by iesolution No. T -59991 a copy of which is enclosed for your infomnnaticn. Your attention is called to the "NOTICE" section of this Resolution retarding the authority to engage in the CATV business. on --ay 16, 1966 the Commission rcceivcd a letter fro:-: the California Comr -unity Television Association (CCTA), a ^.opy of , :aich was also furnished to your com- pany. Among other things, the CCTA - ec;ested that the Cosission clarify the geographical er ant of the anprcv l c, jai -ec in csolution ho. T -5999. This Commission a!)roval of the contrac between your company and Pacific Telephone, dated May 9, 1966, is limited to 2a,<cts 'dos. 5390, 5936, 5985, 6001, and 6047 as detailed in !acaibit A and map of the contract, such tracts relating to ser- vice to approximately 400 homes.' The Commission authorization g U tod in esoi„tion N.o. T -5999 was largely on the basis of A "emergency" situat_or. due `°o the open tre.nc: es in the tracts requiring immediate action by the telephone company to install facilities. Accordingly, 3esolution Iio. T_59993shoulc not be considered a precedent for any future grant of authority by h'is Co. fission on similar CATV channel con- ; tracts until a final determination of the matter in Case No. 8305. zj California Community Television Associa Suite 115069 Latham Square Building Oakland, Califon da 94-612 Attention: 11,1r. Water Kaitz r WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. FISCAL YEAR ENDED 1965 EXHIBIT 9 OFFICERS JACK L. WARNER President BENJ. KALMENSON Executive Vice President WOLFE COHEN Vice President EDMOND L. DePATIE Vice President WILLIAM T. ORR Vice- President MOREY GOLDSTEIN Vice President RICHARD LEDERER Vice President VICTOR BLAU Vice President JOHN K. MAITLAND Vice President HOWARD LEVINSON Secretary THOMAS J. MARTIN Treasurer WALTER MEIHOFER Controller and Assistant Treasurer HARLAND E. HOLMAN Assistant Treasurer ROY J. OBRINGER Assistant Secretary PETER D. KNECHT Assistant Secretary DIRECTORS JACK L. WARNER ALBERT WARNER CHARLES ALLEN, JR. SERGE SEMENENKO BENJ. KALMENSON THOMAS J. MARTIN ROBERT W. PERKINS WADDILL CATCHINGS General Counsel FRESTON & FILES Independent Accountants PRICE WATERHOUSE R• CO. Transfer Agent CHEMICAL BANK NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY Registrar MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK Registered Office 100 West Tenth Street, Wilmington 99, Delaware WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. 666 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK. 19, N.Y. a 4000 WARNER BLVD., BURBANK, CALIF. FINANCIAL SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31 AUGUST 31 1964 1965 1964 Cash ... ............................... $ 7,668,000 $ 8,252,000 Current assets less current liabilities ...... $44,327,000 $40,802,000 Debt due after one year .................. $ 8,483,000 $ 7,357,000 Stockholders' equity ..................... $46,617,000 $44,001,000 Common stock outstanding ............... 4,877,552 4,850,052 Stockholders' equity per share ............ $9.55 $9.07 OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31 1965 1964 Revenue ............................... $98,811,000 $74,391,000 Costs and expenses ...................... $90,248,000 $82,552,000 Estimated federal income taxes ........... $ 3,900,000 ($4,300,000) Net income (loss) ....................... $ 4,663,000 ($3,861,000) Net income per share .................... $ .95 Dividends paid per share ................ $ .50 $ .50 THE PRESIDENT'S LETTER TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. For the year ended August 31, 1965 consolidated net income amounted to $4,663,000 (after a provision of $3,900,000 for federal income taxes) which is equiva- lent to $.95 per share on the 4,877,552 shares of common stock outstanding at that date. By comparison, for the year ended August 31, 1964, the Company reported a consolidated loss of $3,861,000 after applying a federal income tax credit of $4,300,000. I am pleased to report this improvement. MX FAIR LADY celebrated its first anniversary in October, 1965. Its world premiere took place at the Criterion Theatre in New York on October 21, 1964. The picture went on to win the greatest acclaim for everyone connected with the production and won eight Academy Awards, including the Oscar for the Best Pic- ture of the Year. It won awards in country after coun- try and, best of all, it has won the affection of millions in our country and around the world. During this first year the picture grossed more than $46,000,000 at the box office in theatres throughout the world. This figure represents more than $30,000,000 in the United States and Canada from 93 theatres whose runs have been completed and 20 theatres with current runs and more than $16,000,000 from foreign countries from 87 thea- tres whose runs have been completed and 80 with cur- rent runs. These exhibitions were on an advanced "road show" basis or of a type corresponding locally to a "road show" basis. I believe our Company's program of new releases which we will present for the 1965 -66 season and be- yond is perhaps the strongest, best balanced line -up we have ever been able to offer to exhibitors and the movie -going public. Leading the list is THE GREAT RACE, a Techni- color- Panavision comedy extravaganza that scored a smash hit in its initial engagements at Radio City Music Hall and elsewhere and is now moving into leading theatres throughout the world. Tony Curtis, Jack Lem - mon and Natalie Wood star in this Blake Edwards film, with Peter Falk, Keenan Wynn, Arthur O'Connell, Dorothy Provine, Vivian Vance, Larry Storch and Ross Martin in other starring roles. Moving into general release for the Christmas holi- day season, following its world premiere engagement at Radio City Music Hall, is NEVER TOO LATE, from the long -run Broadway comedy success. The film, in Technicolor and Panavision, stars Paul Ford, Maureen O'Sullivan, Connie Stevens and Jim Hutton. Now opening reserved -seat engagements in selected Cinerama theatres in this country and abroad is BAT- TLE OF THE BULGE, the first production in the new Super - Cinerama process, filmed in Technicolor with a giant all -star cast. INSIDE DAISY CLOVER, from the best - seller by Gavin Lambert; starring Natalie Wood and Christopher Plummer, will have its world premiere in Hollywood on December 22, 1965, and will begin its regular re- lease throughout the rest of the country early in 1966. Similarly, OTHELLO, starring Laurence Olivier in a production of Shakespeare's drama that was hailed as the greatest in modern times when it was performed recently on the stage, will have its premiere in Holly- wood on December 15, 1965, and will be presented else- where from coast to coast in February, 1966. In various stages of production are: WHO'S AFRAID OF VIRGINIA WOOLF ?, starring Elizabeth Taylor and Richard Burton, directed by Mike Nichols, from Edward Albee's internationally acclaimed stage success, with principal photography completed; Paul Newman in HARPER, the story of a hard- hitting pri- vate detective which also stars Janet Leigh, Julie Har- ris, Shelley Winters, Lauren Bacall and Pamela Tiffin; A FINE MADNESS, from the best - seller by Elliot Baker, starring Sean Connery, Joanne Woodward and Jean Seberg on which principal photography has been completed; A BIG HAND FOR THE LITTLE LADY, starring Henry Fonda, Joanne Woodward, Jason Rob - ards and a large cast of favorites; ANY WEDNES- DAY, from the hilarious long -run Broadway comedy hit by Muriel Resnik; DAY OF THE CHAMPION, a story that catches the excitement of today's inter- national automobile racing, to star Steve McQueen, with John Sturges directing; STOP THE WORLD, I WANT TO GET OFF, from the Broadway and London musical hit, filming of which has been completed; KALEIDOSCOPE, a drama of action, intrigue and sus- pense that will star Warren Beatty and Sandra Dee; NOT WITH MY WIFE, YOU DON'T!, starring Tony Curtis, Virna Lisi and George C. Scott in an action comedy to be produced and directed by Norman Panama with the cooperation of the United States Air Force; WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR, the epic story of the conquest of England, to be filmed in Cinerama, with Robert Shaw starring in the title role; HOTEL, from the top best - selling novel by Arthur Hailey; THE HOODS, to star Kirk Douglas in Lewis John Carlino's story of today's underworld, with Martin Ritt direct- ing; SWEET NOVEMBER, which will star Audrey Hepburn; UP THE DOWN STAIRCASE, to be pro- duced by Alan Pakula and directed by Robert Mulligan from a screenplay by Tad Mosel based on Bel Kauf- man's big best- seller; WAIT UNTIL DARK, to star Audrey Hepburn and to be produced by Mel Ferrer from Frederick Knott's new Broadway drama; A COV- ENANT WITH DEATH, from Stephen Becker's best- seller; AN AMERICAN DREAM, from Norman Mail- er's controversial best - selling novel; THE NAME OF THE GAME, from Jean Kerr's Broadway comedy, "Poor Richard "; CAMELOT, from the great inter- national musical hit by Alan Jay Lerner and Frederick Loewe; PLANET OF THE APES, from Pierre Boulle's science- fiction novel; JACKSON HOLE, Delmer Daves' production of a panoramic Western adventure drama; SPEAK NOT EVIL, from Edwin Lanham's recent nov- el, and WHERE'S THE ACTION ?, from an outstand- ing first novel of contemporary youth by Douglas Reeves. We are confident that this program of pictures will satisfy the discriminating tastes of the movie -going public. In television, our Company is currently on the air with THE FBI, F TROOP, MR. ROBERTS, HANK, BUGS BUNNY, PORKY PIG. Pilots now in prepara- tion are the hour -long HOUSE OF WAX, the half -hour ANIMAL FAIR and the half -hour SUPER FAMILY, the last created by Shelley Berman. Our Syndication Division is marketing on a station - to- station basis, increased numbers of our Company's television programs and cartoons after their run on network and some of our Company's features on first - run television. Our new subsidiary, Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. is entering the general business of owning and operat- ing community antenna TV stations. We contemplate constructing community antennas to reach homes ini- tially in many parts of California and later elsewhere. We believe the business of operating CATV stations to be rapidly developing with substantial profit potential. Warner Bros. Records, Inc. is enjoying increased stature through its distribution under the Warner Bros. and Reprise labels of records by such artists as Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., Trini Lopez, Bing Crosby, the Everly Brothers, Allan Sher- man, Peter, Paul and Mary, Tom Lehrer, Emilio Peri- coli, Antonio Carlos Jobim, the King Family, Bill Cosby, Connie Stevens, Petula Clark and others. Our Company is well represented through our Music Publishers Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries, Harms, Inc., M. Witmark and Sons, the Remick Music Corporation and others. Their catalogue consists of wide ranging lists of internationally famous songs in- cluding long- standing favorites of operetta and musical comedy. Our International operations continue to make sub- stantial contributions to our over -all revenue, derived from both our theatrical motion pictures and our tele- vision series. Our Company owns a substantial interest in Asso- ciated British Picture Corporation Limited which oper- ates successfully in the production, distribution and exhibition of motion pictures, television programming, bowling centers and related areas in the United King- dom. The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of twelve and one -half (12 -',¢) cents per share on the com- mon stock payable February 4, 1966 to stockholders of record on January 7, 1966. For our entire world -wide organization, I thank you for your continuing interest and support. By Order of the Board of Directors. lda Z P e9id�-•/•e t Dated: December 10, 1965. The Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on February 2, 1966. A Proxy Statement and a form of Proxy will be sent to stockholders. WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME AND EARNED SURPLUS 98,811,322 74,391,159 COSTS AND EXPENSES: Amortization of film costs, participations and other costs 66,927,544 64,328,752 Operating and general expenses ..................... 22,588,952 17,864,846 Interest and discount expense ....................... 297,872 325,754 Minority interest in net income of subsidiary company .. 433,907 33,339 Estimated federal income taxes ..................... 3,900,000 (4,300,000) 94,148,275 78,252,691 NET INCOME OR (LOSS) .......................... 4,663,047 (3,861,532) EARNED SURPLUS, beginning of year ................ 37,939,004 44,225,562 42,602,051 40, 364, 030 Less — Dividends paid .............................. 2,430,651 2,425,026 EARNED SURPLUS, end of year ..................... $40,171,400 $37,939,004 5 YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31 1965 1964 REVENUE: — Film rental income: Theatrical exhibition ............................ $56,326,250 $36,373,903 Television exhibition ............................ 20,474,723 21,105,528 Record, music and other income ..................... 20,295,267 15,783,285 Dividends: Foreign subsidiary companies not consolidated ...... 772,043 706,434 Other investments .............................. 224,902 259,625 Interest and discount earned ........................ 167,533 157,321 Profit, net, on sales of capital assets .................. 550,604 5,063 98,811,322 74,391,159 COSTS AND EXPENSES: Amortization of film costs, participations and other costs 66,927,544 64,328,752 Operating and general expenses ..................... 22,588,952 17,864,846 Interest and discount expense ....................... 297,872 325,754 Minority interest in net income of subsidiary company .. 433,907 33,339 Estimated federal income taxes ..................... 3,900,000 (4,300,000) 94,148,275 78,252,691 NET INCOME OR (LOSS) .......................... 4,663,047 (3,861,532) EARNED SURPLUS, beginning of year ................ 37,939,004 44,225,562 42,602,051 40, 364, 030 Less — Dividends paid .............................. 2,430,651 2,425,026 EARNED SURPLUS, end of year ..................... $40,171,400 $37,939,004 5 WARNER BROS. PICTURES INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ASSETS FIXED ASSETS, at cost: Land ............. ............................... 648,614 AUGUST 31 Buildings, equipment and leasehold improvements ..... 13,893,856 1965 1964 CURRENT ASSETS: Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization .. 6,586,418 6,344,285 Cash ............ ............................... $ 7,667,650 $ 8,252,266 Accounts and notes receivable, less estimated uncollectible accounts ............................ 5,963,159 6,255,979 Refundable federal income taxes .................... 2,200,000 Prepaid expenses .. ............................... 2,156,311 1,646,217 Inventories, at cost or less (Note B) Productions — Released, less amortization ..................... 17,228,720 13,386,107 Completed —not released ....................... 15,716,957 29,269,231 In process .... ............................... 20,051,874 12,348,083 Rights and scenarios ............................ 4,261,693 3,449,211 Materials and supplies ........................... 1,055,600 977,293 Total inventories ................... 58,314,844 59,429,925 Total current assets ..................... 74,101,964 77,784,387 FIXED ASSETS, at cost: Land ............. ............................... 648,614 753,676 Buildings, equipment and leasehold improvements ..... 13,893,856 13,297,567 14,542,4 70 14,051,243 Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization .. 6,586,418 6,344,285 7,956,052 7,706,958 OTHER ASSETS: Investments in and advances to subsidiary companies operating in foreign countries, at cost less deficits .... 2,973,218 2,897,291 Miscellaneous receivables, investments, etc., at cost or less .... ............................... 1,085,462 785,463 4,058,680 3,682,754 $86,116,696 $89,174,099 E LIABILITIES CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS DUE AFTER ONE YEAR ..... ............................... 8,483,432 7,357,627 RESERVE FOR CONTINGENT LIABILITIES ........ 605,469 631,013 MINORITY INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARY COMPANY.. AUGUST 31 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note C) : 1965 1964 CURRENT LIABILITIES: Notes payable to bank ............................. $ 4,000,000 $15,000,000 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .............. 7,698,082 8,857,967 Contractual obligations ............................ 4,361,956 4,707,086 Participations and royalties payable ................. 6,560,415 5,864,920 Federal income taxes .............................. 4,108,999 584,245 Advance payments for film, deposits, etc .............. 3,045,406 1,968,000 Total current liabilities .................. 29,774,858 36,982,218 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS DUE AFTER ONE YEAR ..... ............................... 8,483,432 7,357,627 RESERVE FOR CONTINGENT LIABILITIES ........ 605,469 631,013 MINORITY INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARY COMPANY.. 635,579 201,672 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note C) : Common stock, par value $1.25 per share: 1965 1964 Shares authorized ........ 7,500,000 7,500,000 Shares issued ........... 4,877,552 4,850,052 6,096,940 6,062,565 Capital surplus .... ............................... 349,018 Earned surplus, per annexed statement ............... 40,171,400 37,939,004 Total stockholders' equity ................ 46,617,358 44,001,569 $86,116,696 $89,174,099 7 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE A: The consolidated financial statements reflect only the accounts of the company and of its subsidiary com- panies operating in the United States, all of which are wholly owned with the exception of one company which is 66 -2/34 owned. The accounts of subsidiary companies operating in foreign countries, as well as certain foreign assets of companies operating in the United States, are not included in the consolidated financial statements. However, dividends from foreign subsidiaries and the consolidated companies' share of foreign film rentals which were remittable or had been realized, are included in the statement of consolidated income. Such amounts for the year ended August 31, 1965, together with recovery of losses previously provided (but before provision for participations and federal income taxes) aggregated $22,478,000. This amount is $243,000 greater than the sum of the combined net income of the nonconsolidated foreign subsidiaries and of the domestic consolidated companies share of foreign film rentals for the year ended August 31, 1965, translated at official rates of exchange or at lower rates based upon remittances. The net assets of subsidiaries operating in foreign countries (of which $1,376,000 represents undistributed earn- ings) and foreign assets of companies operating in the United States are summarized below. These assets have been stated in United States dollars, for statistical purposes only, by translating foreign currencies at official rates of exchange or at lower rates based on remittances, except for the principal fixed assets which are based on rates prevailing at the respective dates of acquisition. No provision has been made for United States taxes on income which may be payable when, as and if certain of such assets become remittable or are realized as film rentals or dividends. Amounts expressed in thousands of dollars Foreign U. S. subsidiaries subsidiaries Tatal Current assets ............................ $ 5,556 $1,023 $ 6,579 Investment in Associated British Picture Cor- poration Limited (quoted market $14,056,000; partly pledged to secure bank loan of $797,000) ............................... 2,530 2,530 Fixed assets, at cost less depreciation of $1,311,000 .............................. 2,076 2,076 Other assets, principally investments ($76,350 pledged) ............................... 607 151 758 Total assets ..................... 107769 1,174 11,943 Bank loan payable in foreign currency ....... 797 797 Other current liabilities .................... 3,013 234 3,247 Total liabilities .................. 3.810 234 4,044 Net assets ...................... $ 6,959 T-9-4-0 $ 7,899 Of the above net assets, $3,664,000 was in the British Isles, $356,000 was in Canada and $3,879,000 was in other foreign countries. NOTE B: The cost of feature productions is allocated to theatrical and television exhibition in proportion to the expected revenue from each source. The cost allocated to television exhibition of feature productions released in the year ended August 31, 1965 is higher than for releases in prior years. This revised allocation, which gives recognition to the increasing significance of revenue from television, resulted in an increase in net income for the year of $1,144,000. The cost of released feature productions allocated to theatrical exhibition is amortized, generally, by application of an experience table which provides for writing off approximately 71" of cost within 26 weeks, 8814 within 52 weeks and 100 C4 within 104 weeks. The costs of feature productions allocated to television exhibition and costs of television programs are amortized based upon expected flow of income. Additional amortization of completed feature productions is a provided, when necessary, to state the inventory of such productions at estimated net amount realizable. Because of the special exhibition pattern of "MY FAIR LADY" and longer period over which revenues are expected to be realized, the 104 -week experience table has not been used in amortizing the cost of this feature. The amortization has been based upon the flow of estimated income, taking into account that royalties in the amount of 521/2% of the excess over $20,000,000 of world gross film rentals, as defined, are payable under the terms of the agreement wherein the company acquired the motion picture rights. For the period October 21, 1964 (first exhibition of the film) to August 31, 1965, world gross film rentals, as defined, aggregated approximately $23,000,000. At August 31, 1965, the unamor- tized production, print and advertising costs of "MY FAIR LADY" amounted to $5,241,000. Inventories at August 31, 1965 include the following unamortized costs and advances for independent productions which are recoverable only from the proceeds from distribution of the respective productions: Released productions ......... ............................... $ 5,738,000 Completed productions, not released .......................... 14,413,000 Productions in process ....... ............................... 14,565,000 $34,716,000 NOTE C: The stock option plan, approved by the stockholders in February 1964, authorized the granting of options to key employees of the company and its subsidiary companies to purchase 240,000 shares of common stock. Changes in stock options during the year were: N of Shares Outstanding at August 31, 1964 ...................... 120,000 Less Exercised....... ............................... 27,500 Cancelled ........ ............................... 10,000 37,500 Outstanding at August 31, 1965 (30,000 exercisable) ... 82,500 All of the above options were granted at $13.96 per share, this amount being 95% of the fair market value on the date of grant. Under the terms of the plan, as amended to conform with the Revenue Act of 1964, options to purchase 130,000 shares may still be granted at a price not less than the fair market value on the date of grant. Capital surplus at August 31, 1965 represents the excess of the proceeds over the par value of the common stock issued upon exercise of options during the year. NOTE D: Depreciation and amortization of buildings, equipment and leasehold improvements were: Year ended Aegmt 31 1964 1964 Depreciation of studio properties charged to costs .. $801,000 $744,000 Other — charged to operating and general expenses.. 140,000 157,000 $941,000 $901.000 NOTE E: The companies were contingently liable at August 31, 1965 for pending litigation, including anti -trust suits, for an indeterminable amount. In addition, the company was contingently liable as guarantor of a $5,000,000 bank loan of an independent producer. The guarantee is effective only if the receipts from the production, after distribution fees and expenses, are not sufficient to repay the loan. OPINION OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS PRICE WATERHOUSE & CO. 60 Boom ST..' NEW Yous 10004 November 29, 1965 To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related statement of consolidated income and earned surplus present fairly the financial position of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. and subsidiary companies at August 31, 1965 and the results of their operations for the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year. Our examination of these statements was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 0, ilk Cam . z 10 I WHO'S AFRAID OF VIRGINIA WOOLF? EI i zabeth Taylor and Richard Burton star in the motion picture version of Edward Albee's widely -acclaimed stage hit. George Segal and Sandy Den- nis star with them in producer Ernst Lehman's screenplay under the direction of Broadway's famed Mike Nichols. Never Too Late The long -run Broadway comedy hit comes to the screen in Technicolor and Pana- vision, with Paul Ford, Connie Stevens, Maureen O'Sullivan, Jim Hutton, Jane Wyatt, Henry Jones and Lloyd Nolan in starring roles. Ford and Miss O'Sullivan play the parts they originated on the stage in Sumner Arthur Long's play, which Long also wrote for the screen. Norman Lear produced and Bud Yorkin directed. is jai :ns:De Daisy cover Natalie Wood stars in the title role of this Technicolor - Panavision film based on Gav- in Lambert's best- selling novel about a teen -aged Hollywood star. Christopher Plum- mer, Robert Redford, Roddy McDowall, Ruth Gordon and Katharine Bard play other starring roles in this Pakula- Mulligan Production, which Lambert wrote for the screen. Alan J. Pakula produced and Robert Mulligan directed. 14 A BIG HAND FOR THE LITTLE LADY Henry Fonda, Joanne Woodward, Jason Robards, Paul Ford, Charles Bickford, Burgess Meredith, Kevin McCarthy, Robert Middleton, John Qualen and nine - year -old Gerald Michenaud head the cast of this comedy Western with an explosively funny ending. Fielder Cook produced and directed Sidney Carroll's screenplay in Technicolor. 15 \y J c LAURENCE z +, OLIVIERASOTHELLO The most widely - acclaimed production of Shakespeare's drama in recent years be- comes a Warner Bros. motion picture presentation in Technicolor and Panavision. Laurence Olivier stars as the "noble Moor," with Maggie Smith, Frank Finlay and Joyce Redman also starred. Anthony Havelock -Allen and John Brabourne pro- duced the film and Stuart Burge directed the production exactly as it was presented on the stage by the National Theatre of Great Britain. PAUL NEWMAN is HARPER In the tradition of "The Maltese Falcon," "The Big Sleep" and other great Warner Bros. detective stories comes the hard - hitting contemporary drama of "Harper," starring Paul Newman in the title role. Joining him in the Technicolor - Panavi- sion film are Lauren Bacall, Janet Leigh, Julie Harris, Shelly Winters, Pamela Tiffin, Robert Wagner, Robert Webber and Arthur Hill. The Jerry Gershwin -Elliott Kastner production was directed by Jack Smight from William Goldman's screenplay based on Ross McDonald's novel. 11 4 't t } A F T(j 0 r:� IFA SEAN CONNERY in A FINE MADNESS In a remarkable change of screen character, Sean Connery stars as a madcap Greenwich Village poet and impulsive lover in this Technicolor comedy -drama based on Elliott Baker's wild best - seller. Joanne Woodward, Jean Seberg and Pat - trick O'Neal star with him in the Jerome Hellman production, directed by Irvin Kershner from Baker's screenplay. � L- 0 0 wa. �I ili yy •y d t IRA,, (M a, 7 Jack Lemmon, Tony Curtis and Natalie Wood star in Blake Edwards' comedy extravaganza in Tech- nicolor and Panavision about the zaniest adventure marathon ever filmed. Peter Falk, Keenan Wynn, Dorothy Provine, Arthur O'Connell, Vivian Vance, Larry Storch and Ross Martin play other starring roles in the film, which Martin Jurow produced and Blake Edwards directed from a screen- play by Edwards and Arthur Ross based on an original story by Arthur Ross. 2 NP The all -time Warner Bros. motion picture hit rolls on, reaching out to ever greater audiences in its sec- ond year. The winner of eight Academy Awards, including the "Oscar" for Best Picture of the Year, "My Fair Lady" continues to garner ever- increasing honors and the applause of millions upon millions. Starring Audrey Hepburn and Rex Harrison, the Alan Jay Lerner - Frederick Loewe musical was pro- duced on the screen by Jack L. Warner and directed by George Cukor in Technicolor and Panavision. Stanley Holloway, Wilfrid Hyde - White, Gladys Cooper, Jeremy Brett and Theodore Bikel co -star. 20 A COVENANT WITH DEATH This explosive film drama will be fashioned from Stephen Becker's recent novel, a Book -of- the -Month Club selection. AN AMERICAN DREAM Norman Mailer's highly- charged and widely- discussed best - selling novel will become a screen drama of power- ful suspense. ANY WEDNESDAY A hilarious comedy based on the long -run Broadway stage hit by Muriel Resnik. CAMELOT A spectacular motion picture will be fashioned from the great international musical hit by the "My Fair Lady" team of Alan Jay Lerner and Frederick Loewe. DAY OF THE CHAMPION Steve McQueen will star under John Sturges' direction in this action drama of international automobile racing today. HOTEL Arthur Hailey's big best - seller will be brought to the screen with all the drama and excitement of the novel. JACKSON HOLE This Delmer Daves production in Technicolor will be a panoramic Western adventure drama, set in one of the world's most beautiful locations. KALEIDOSCOPE Warren Beatty and Sandra Dee will star in this drama of action, intrigue and suspense, to be directed by Jack Smight for producers Jerry Gershwin and Elliott Kastner. NOT WITH MY WIFE, YOU DON'T! Tony Curtis, Virna Lisi and George C. Scott will star in this action comedy, which Norman Panama will produce and direct in Technicolor. PLANET OF THE APES This science - fiction production will be filmed from the novel by Pierre Boulle, author of "The Bridge on the River Kwai." 21 SPEAK NOT EVIL A provocative suspense drama will be adapted from Edwin Lanham's recent contemporary novel. STOP THE WORLD, I WANT TO GET OFF The Technicolor film version of the hit musical by An. thony Newly and Leslie Bricusse, a smash stage suc- cess on Broadway and in London. SWEET NOVEMBER Audrey Hepburn will star in this motion picture produc. tion of Herman Raucher's original story. THE HOODS Kirk Douglas will star under Martin Ritt's direction in Lewis John Carlino's hard- hitting drama of the under- world today. THE NAME OF THE GAME This screen comedy will be adapted from the recent Broadway play by Jean Kerr, author of "Please Don't Eat the Daisies" and "Mary, Mary." UP THE DOWN STAIRCASE Bel Kaufman's top best - seller will be brought to the screen by producer Alan J. Pakula and director Robert Mulligan from a screenplay by Pulitzer Prize- winning playwright Tad Mosel. WAIT UNTIL DARK Audrey Hepburn will star in the motion picture version of the unusual new stage drama by Frederick Knott, author of "Dial M for Murder." Mel Ferrer will produce. WHERE'S THE ACTION? This film drama of contemporary youth will be based on a remarkable first novel by Douglas Reeves. WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR Cinerama will film this epic -scale adventure drama in which Robert Shaw will star in the title role as the leader of the Norman conquest of England. It will be produced by Milton Sperling and Philip Yordan, pro- ducers of "Battle of the Bulge." V, ` INTERNA TIONA L DIVISION The company's business outside the United States and Canada is carried on by subsidiaries and agencies through offices listed on page 29 of this report. Photographs of "My Fair Lady" around the world are seen below. y r 23 TELEVISION DIVISION Warner Bros. is represented currently in television with THE FBI, F TROOP, MISTER ROBERTS, HANK, BUGS BUNNY and PORKY PIG. Pilot films now are being prepared for HOUSE OF WAX, ANIMAL FAIR and SUPER FAMILY. Efrem Zimbalist, Jr. stars in this hour -long dramatic series in color, seen Sunday nights on the ABC -TV network. Filmed with the full cooperation of J. Edgar Hoover, its stories are inspired by closed cases in FBI files. 21 I' a i This half -hour Western comedy series, presented Tuesday ` nights on the ABC -TV network, .k stars Forrest Tucker, Larry Storch, Ken Berry and Melody Patterson. r 1 FS l0# Dick Kallman stars as a col- i lege "drop -in" in this half-hour tk%14' comedy series in color, seen 46 Friday nights on the NBC-TV network. J, P19 Roger Smith stars in the title role of this half -hour series based on the famed stage and screen hit about a slow -going Navy cargo ship. It is seen in color Friday nights on the NBC -TV network. Steve Har- mon co- stars. C 25 �ic ��ihiioryt Approximately 50,000 copyrights of standard musical favorites and the latest song hits are controlled by Music Publishers Holding Corporation, our wholly - owned subsidiary in the music publishing field. The works of George and Ira Gershwin, Cole Porter, CNO Richard Rodgers, Lorenz Hart, c7efere7aulanddYarty Oscar Hammerstein II, Victor Song c$oa� Herbert, Sigmund Romberg, and many others are included in the MPHC catalogue. MPHC is the parent company of Harms, Inc., M. Witmark & Sons and Remick Music Corporation, and also has substantial interests in other music publishing firms. 26 • el EY'RYBODY HAS THE RIGHT TO BE WRONG! Fr �nN xF�sen b1AflShALL g - {l[i w "M�CnN1t®T ME _ J 1�� IdM p,R6 SYtVM RECORD D /V /S /ON s Marking its seventh anniversary, Warner Bros. Records enjoyed its best year, with sales volume appreciably rising and setting new records. For its fifth straight year, the company substantially in- creased its share of the industry market, and is now rated fifth in volume in the United States. The Warners /Reprise labels continue to accelerate their growth at a remarkable pace through the release of highly successful recordings by Peter, Paul and Mary, Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Petula Clark, Trini Lopez, Bill Cosby, Allan Sherman, Sammy Davis, The King Family, and Tom Lehrer. The company is highly envied for its strong position in the international market, as well as its represen- tation in the rapidly - developing pre- recorded tape field. The potential for the company augurs well for the new year with the continued acquisition of artists of stature, as well as the development of new talent. Motion picture sound Na track albums released include `Battle of the Bulge," "Inside Daisy Clover," and "The Americanization of Emily." a 27 w sr ti � s Marking its seventh anniversary, Warner Bros. Records enjoyed its best year, with sales volume appreciably rising and setting new records. For its fifth straight year, the company substantially in- creased its share of the industry market, and is now rated fifth in volume in the United States. The Warners /Reprise labels continue to accelerate their growth at a remarkable pace through the release of highly successful recordings by Peter, Paul and Mary, Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Petula Clark, Trini Lopez, Bill Cosby, Allan Sherman, Sammy Davis, The King Family, and Tom Lehrer. The company is highly envied for its strong position in the international market, as well as its represen- tation in the rapidly - developing pre- recorded tape field. The potential for the company augurs well for the new year with the continued acquisition of artists of stature, as well as the development of new talent. Motion picture sound Na track albums released include `Battle of the Bulge," "Inside Daisy Clover," and "The Americanization of Emily." a 27 SYNDICATION DIVISION "' 77® S ET STRIP TflF DAKOTAS ial V I 04ILkA IE During the fiscal year, the Syndication Division released another off - network program for local distribution, increased the number of stations licensing Warner Bros. programs, features and cartoons previously put into syndication, and negotiated several network sales on features and cartoons. Single and multiple sales on Warner Bros. syndicated programs, features and cartoons were made in 92 markets during the year. The sales leader among programs was CHEYENNE, followed by MAVERICK, GAL- LANT MEN, THE DAKOTAS, and 77 SUNSET STRIP. The Division continued to market 25 features and the SERIES '64 group of 100 cartoons. The fact that 17 of the 25 features and all of the cartoons were available in color made them especially attractive to local stations. In the Spring of 1965, the Division released COLT .45 for local distribution. The off - network Western dra ma series, consisting of 67 half -hour episodes, raised the total number of programs now in syndication to 14 — representing 854 hours and 249 half -hours of television programming. The Division also negotiated sales to the CBS Television Network — including three groups of motion pic- tures and a half -hour cartoons program, THE ROADRUNNER SHOW. THE BUGS BUNNY SHOW and THE PORKY PIG SHOW, previously sold to ABC -TV, are still running on that network. M.", 1 ALBANY ATLANTA BOSTON BUFFALO CHARLOTTE CHICAGO CINCINNATI CLEVELAND DALLAS DENVER DES MOINES CALGARY, ALBERTA TORONTO, ONTARIO ALGERIA ALGIERS ARUBA R CURACAO ARGENTINE BAHIA BLANCA BUENOS AIRES CORDOBA MENDOZA ROSARIO SANTA FE TUCUMAN AUSTRALIA ADELAIDE BRISBANE MELBOURNE PERTH SYDNEY AUSTRIA VIENNA BELGIUM BRUSSELS BRAZIL BELO HORIZONTE CURITIBA PRRTO ALEGRE RECIFE RIBEIRAO PRETO RIO DE JANIERO SAO PAULO BRITISH GUIANA GEORGETOWN BURMA RANGOON CHILE SANTIAGO WORLD DISTRIBUTION UNITED STATES COLOMBIA BOGOTA DENMARK COPENHAGEN DOMINICAN REPUBLIC SANTO DOMINGO EGYPT CAIRO GREAT BRITAIN BELFAST BIRMINGHAM CARDIFF EDINBURGH GLASGOW LEEDS LIVERPOOL LONDON MANCHESTER NEWCASTLE SHEFFIELD FINLAND HELSINGFORS FORMOSA TAIPEH FRANCE BORDEAUX LILLE LYONS MARSEILLES PARIS STRASBOURG DETROIT INDIANAPOLIS JACKSONVILLE KANSAS CITY LOS ANGELES MEMPHIS MILWAUKEE MINNEAPOLIS NEW HAVEN NEW ORLEANS NEW YORK CITY CANADA MONTREAL, QUEBEC VANCOUVER, BRIT. COL. FOREIGN GERMANY BERLIN DUESSELDORF FRANKFURT AM MAIN HAMBURG MUNICH GREECE ATHENS HOLLAND AMSTERDAM HONGKONG HONGKONG INDIA BOMBAY CALCUTTA MADRAS NEW DELHI INDONESIA DJAKARTA SURABAYA IRELAND DUBLIN ISRAEL TEL AVIV ITALY ANCONA BARI BOLOGNA CAGLIARI CATANIA FLORENCE GENOA MILAN NAPLES PADUA OKLAHOMA CITY OMAHA PHILADELPHIA PITTSBURGH PORTLAND, ORE. ST. LOUIS SALT LAKE CITY SAN FRANCISCO SEATTLE WASHINGTON ST. JOHN, NEW BRUNSWICK WINNIPEG, MANITOBA ROME TRIESTE TURIN JAPAN FUKUOKA NAGOYA OSAKA SAPPORO TOKYO LEBANON BEYROUTH MALAYSIA SINGAPORE KUALA LUMPUR MEXICO MEXICO D. F. MOROCCO CASABLANCA NEW ZEALAND AUCKLAND NORWAY OSLO PAKISTAN DACCA LAHORE PANAMA PANAMA CITY PERU LIMA PHILIPPINE ISLANDS MANILA PORTUGAL LISBON PUERTO RICO SAN JUAN SOUTH AFRICA JOHANNESBURG SPAIN BARCELONA BILBAO MADRID SEV I LLA VALENCIA SWEDEN STOCKHOLM SWITZERLAND ZURICH THAILAND BANGKOK TRINIDAD B. W. 1. PORT OF SPAIN TUNISIA TUNIS URUGUAY MONTEVIDEO VENEZUELA CARACAS V IET -NAM SAIGON WEST AFRICA GAMBIA GHANA LIBERIA NIGERIA SIERRA LEONE Primed in USA. WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. STUDIOS: BURBANK, CALIFORNIA - 4 -{m1mm A EXHIBIT 2.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS CATV TRUNK AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT .......................... ............................... 6 thru 13 CATV TEST EQUIPMENT ..... .............................15 thru 16 AGCUnits ...............................::: ............................... Pages Coaxial Cables ........................... ............................... 9 CATV HEAD -END EQUIPMENT .................. 1 thru 5 Coaxial Cable Connectors .............................. 10 Amplifiers................................... ............................... 1 Converters ................................... ............................... 11 Pre - Amplifiers ......................................................... 1 Directional Couplers .......................................... .. 11 Antennas (VHF yagis) ....................................... 2 Equalizers (thermal) ....::........ ............................... 11 Antenna Ordering Information 8 Equalizers ( cable) ........::.....::... ............................... 12 (VHF yagis) .......................... ............................... 3 Housings and Accessories .............................. 12 Antennas (UHF cylindrical parabolas) ... 3 Power Combiner .................... ............................... 12 Antenna Accessories ........... ............................... 3 Power Supplies Antennas (microwave) .................................... 3 Splitter5 Carrier Generators ............ ............................... 4 Channel Control Unit (VHF) ........................ 4 Converters ...:..:......:..................... ............................... 4 CATV SUBSCRIBER CONNECTION Demodulator MATERIAL .............................. ............................... 14 Modulators ........- ........................ ........_...................... 4 -5 Blocks (pressure tap) ........... ............................... 14.. Power Supplies and Accessories ............... 5 Cutting Tools (pressure tap) ........................ 14 Test Point Tap Four - Output Taps .................... ............................... 14 Traps and Filters .................... Isolation Inserts (pressure tap) .................. 1.4 Tuner ......................... ............................... Single - Output Taps .............. ............................... 14 Splitting and Mixing Networks .................. 5 Transformers ............................. ............................... 14 Wall Outlet (FM) .................... ............................... 14 CATV TRUNK AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT .......................... ............................... 6 thru 13 CATV TEST EQUIPMENT ..... .............................15 thru 16 AGCUnits ...............................::: ............................... 6 Attenuators ..........................::.... ............................... 15 Amplifiers, Main Trunk (Starline) ............... 6 -7 Field Strength Meters and Adapters ...... 1.5 Amplifiers, Main Trunk ..... ............................... 7 Marker Generators ............... ............................... 15 Amplifiers, Bridging .............. ............................... 7.8 Sweep Generators ................................................ 15 Amplifiers, Line Extenders ............................... 8 Test Equipment Package ................................. Attenuators................................................ ............... 8 Voltage Comparators ........... ............................... 16 PRE - AMPLIFIERS Solid -State Single- Channel Mast- Mounted Pre - Amplifiers VHF 2 -13 Model TPR." Model TPR - ** Channel Champ is available in two types: to -TV band with one transistor and hi -TV band with two transistors. All units have a flat (within 0.5 db) response across the 6 -mc bandwidth. Lo -hand and hi -band units have respective mini. mum gains of 18 db and 20 db and respective maximum outputs (at 0.5 db sync compression) of 40 dbmv and 50 dbmv. TPR units require a remote power supply (sold sepa- rately) either Model 405 -P (for single TPR unit) or PPS -8 (for up to eight TPR units). Price: $165.00 AMPLIFIERS Single - Channel Strip All VHF 2 -13 or FAA Band Model HPM -* Strip Amplifiers (one model for each TV channel an one model for the FM band) are high- output, tube -type units usi in the head -end of CATV systems. TV channel units have built - AGC (20 db range) and the FM band unit has built -in AOC (10 db range). Output capability: TV strips, 72 dbmv (4.0 v) max. for 0.5 db sync compression; FM strip, 60 dbmv (1.0 v) max. for 3rd order beats down 40 db min. Gain: Lo -TV strips, 46 db min.; hi -TV strips, 44 db min; FM strip, 42 db min. Each amplifier is energized from a 111 -v, 60 -cycle source and is equipped with an ac convenience out- Solid -State Broadband Mast - Mounted Pre - Amplifier UHF 14.83 Model UPC -105. Super -gain (13.7 db average) UHF band (ch. 14-83) mast - mounted preamplifier for fringe and deep - fringe areas complete with remote power supply. Choice of 75 or 300 -ohm input with 75 -ohm output. Power from remote supply and amplified signal carried by same cable. Price: $83.80 Tube -Type Single Channel Mast - Mounted Pre - Amplifiers VHF 2.13 and FAA Model 401A -* is equipped with an iridite- finished weatherproof cabinet and is powered from a remotely - located 24 vac source (Model 405 -P). TV units feature high output (0.6 v rms to ch., 0.5 v rms hi ch.), high gain (28 db min.), and low noise figure (5 db to ch., 8 db hi ch.). FM unit provides 25 db min. gain for entire FM band. Price: $46.17 Model 501AP * comprises Model 401A -* complete with power supply Model 405 -P. Price: $65.67 Model 406A * is an indoor version of Model 401A with a self- contained power supply. Operates from any 117 vac source. Price: $46.17 *Specify particular TV channel or FM band. *Specify TV channel (2.13) required. let to permit quick, neat installation of multiple units. The new reversible bracket permit either rack or surface mounting. Model HPM -* units are ruggedly constructed and engineered for long service with a minimum of maintenance. Price: HPM -Lo $122.85, HPM -Hi $145.20 ANTENNAS a RUGGEDIZED VHF YAGIS — UP TO STAY I Engineered and fabricated to withstand the severest climatic conditions ... high winds, corrosive atmospheres, and heavy ice loadings ... Jerrold -TACO ruggedized yagis are a CATV industry standard for long -lived trouble -free operation. Electrical Features Unique internal balun which confines unequal currents (caused by balanced to unbalanced transformation) to the inside of the element. This results in more symmetrical patterns and a greater degree of frequency independence than are possible with other external matching devices. Jerrold -TACO ruggedized yagis pro- vide the exceptionally high front -to -hack ratios, high gain, flat response, and excellent impedance match across their respec- tive bandpasses —all vital for proper color TV performance. These antennas are supplied with a 50-ohm coaxial output fitting. For feeding 75 -ohm equipment a Y -TR series transformer is required. 5 ELEMENT MAGI ANTENNAS a Channels 2 -13 and FM Y -51 Series. Designed for single - channel application in the VHF lowband (ch. 2-6), each model features flat response and sharp drop off outside the desired channel. This produces excellent interference rejec- tion and black- and -white or color reproduc- tion of exceptional quality. Three additional models supply complete FM coverage. Con- struction features: 11/4" square crossarm; 3'a" diameter elements with 3/4" rein. forcing sleeves. Prices: Y- 51 -2.3, and 4 $95.00; Y -51 -5 $90.00; Y -51 -6 $65.00. Add $8.00 for special painting. Y -53 Series. Particularly suited to broad- band systems installations, these models are offered for multi - channel applications. Y- 53 -10— Channels 2-6; Y- 53- 185 — Channels 7 -13; Y -53. 220 — Channels 10.13. Same basic construction as the Y -51 Series. Prices: Y -53.70 $110.00, Y- 53-185 and Y- 53.220 $80.00. Add $6.00 for special painting. Y -54 Extra -Heavy Duty Series. Even more rugged construction to resist exceptionally severe environmental conditions of wind and ice. The five models offered cover Channels 2 through 6. Since Channel 2 and 3 antennas are quite large, it is good practice to use this heavy duty Y -54 Series for these channels ... Crossarms are 2" square; antenna elements 3/4" diameter with z/s" reinforcing sleeves. Prices: Y -54-2, 3, and 4 $150.00; Y -54.5 and 6 $145.00. Add $8.00 for special painting. 8 and 10 ELEMENT VAGI ANTENNAS a Channels 2 -13 and FM Y -81 Series. Two models designed to cover Channels 2 and 3. Use of eight elements in this frequency range reduces crossarm length and provides an extra margin of safety under adverse weather conditions. Crossarms are 11/4" square; antenna ele- ments are %" with 3/4" diameter reinforcing sleeves. Prices: Y -81 -2 and Y -813 $155.00. Add $9.00 for special painting. Y -101 Series. Six 10- element models to cover the rest of the low band (Channels 4, 5, 6 and FM). Construction features are similar to the Y -81 Series. Prices: Y -101.4 $160.00; Y -101.5 $145.00; Y -101.6 $140.00; Y- 101 -FM and Y -101 -C $140.00; Y- 101 -D $135.00. Add $10.50 for special painting. Y -103 Series. Specifically designed to cover the high band Channels 7 to 13. These 10- element antennas are available in seven models to cover each channel, plus an additional broad- band model for Channels 7 through 13. Mechanical construction uses a 11/4" crossarm with 1/z" diameter elements and 3%" diameter reinforcing sleeves. Prices: Y- 103.7, 8 $78.00; Y -103 -9 $77.00; Y- 103.10, 11 $76.00; Y- 103 -12, 13 $75.00; Y- 103 - (7.13) $80.00. Add $8.00 for special painting. Y -104 Extra -Heavy Duty Series. This twin- driven, heavily- rugged- ized series is designed to cover Channels 2 to 6 in five models. Massive 2" square crossarm construction successfully resists the fiercest onslaughts of wind, water and ice. Flat across -the- channel response produces sharp black & white or color pictures. 2" square crossarms are employed with 3/4" diameter elements and z /e" reinforcing sleeves. Prices: Y -104.2 $250.00; Y -1043 $245.00; Y -1044 $240.00; Y -1045 $240.00; Y -1046 $225.00. Prices slightly more for special painting. SCREEN REFLECTOR VAGI ANTENNAS Channels 7 through 13 Models SY-41 and SY -42 offer an effective means of eliminating problems associated with co -chan. nel, adjacent channel, or man -made interference. High gain (up to 13 db for an SY-42) and excep. tional front -to -back ratios offer excellent reception on all high band channels. Antenna design provides single tower leg mounting, with angular adjust- ment. SY-41 Series consists of a single 4- element yagi mounted to a screen reflector; SY-42 Series have two 4- element yagis complete with combining lines for a single coaxial output. Prices for all SY-41 models, $135.00. Add $7.50 for special painting. SY-42 models are $250.00 each. Add $11.00 for special painting. V- SERIES VAGIS AND SY- SERIES SCREEN VAGIS ORDERING INFORMATION -When ordering Yagi antennas for 75 -ohm output, order Y -TR3 transformer for the frequencies required. "`Thrust in pounds transferred to supporting structure; based on 30 P.S.F. CP- SERIES UHF CYLINDRICAL PARABOLAS NOW! For the first time ruggedized UHF Antennas Channels 14 -83 Jerrold -Taco CP- series cylindrical parabola antennas provide ex• tremely high gain and low VSWR. Five models cover the entire UHF band. Same rugged construction which characterizes the Jerrold - Taco ruggedized VHF yagis. Price: $250.00 CP CYLINDRICAL PARABOLAS ORDERING INFORMATION Chanel Numbers Antenna Model Net Weight hubs.) Net Crossarm Max. Nominal H.P.B.W. Thrust Data' Maximum Nominal Thrust Data— Ne lee 1h^ Ice Channel Antenna No. of Weight Length Width (Degrees) VSWR Power Input Gain E Plane N Plane Number Model- Elements (lbs.) (In.) (In.) (Max.) (Watts) (do) hubs.) (lbs.) 23 Y51.2 5 16 75 106 60 100 1.5 900 8.0 65 150 2 Y54-2 5 25 7234 114 60 100 1.5 875 8.0 80 170 100 YS1.2 a 27 173 106 56 75 1.6 875 10.0 105 230 (54 -fi0 Mc) 11042 10 48 175 114 48 64 1.5 875 11.2 160 310 V51 -3 5 15 66 97 60 100 1.5 850 8.0 65 150 3 Y54-3 5 24 66V4 103 60 100 1.5 850 8.0 75 160 Yei -3 8 25 149 98 56 75 1.6 825 10.0 95 205 (60.88 Me) Y104 -3 10 48 171 103 48 64 1.5 825 11.2 150 290 Y51.1 5 15 64 90 60 100 1.4 780 8.0 60 135 4 Y54-4 5 22 6644 92 60 100 1.4 800 8.0 70 145 Y101.4 10 25 172 89 48 64 1.4 800 11.2 105 240 (86-72 Me) Y104 -4 10 48 1 153 91 48 64 1.4 800 11.2 140 270 1515 5 13 51 76 60 100 1.4 730 8.0 55 125 5 Y54.5 5 21 553/2 78 60 100 1.4 750 8.0 60 135 Y101 -5 10 22 152 78 48 64 1.4 750 11.2 100 225 (76.82 Me) Y104-5 10 47 133 79 48 64 1.4 725 11.2 125 245 Y51 -6 5 12 47 74 60 100 1 A 700 8.0 50 115 6 Y546 5 20 51 74 60 100 1.4 720 8.0 55 125 30 20 139 74 48 64 1.4 725 11.2 95 210 (e2 -88 Me) to 47 127 75 48 64 1.4 708 11.2 115 225 2 -6 0 5 17 66 114 70 130 2.5 18O 7.0 55 120 (50.90 Me M 5 12 35 70 60 too 1.6 650 8.0 45 100 FM FM 30 20 128 74 48 64 1.8 650 11.2 85 180 rSY42-7 5 11 45 66 60 100 1.4 675 8.0 45 100 31C8 Ms. C 10 19 132 67 48 64 1.4 675 11.2 90 195 (C- -e8.9fi Me) 5 11 43 60 60 100 1.4 650 8.0 45 100 (0- 96.104 Mc) D 10 18 124 64 48 64 IA 650 11.2 80 165 7 10 8.5 85 34 45 58 1.35 140 12.0 45 100 7 7 16 30 60 52 80 1.4 1100 10.0 100 250 (174.180 Me) 7 28 60 60 52 40 1.5 2200 13.0 185 465 8 10 8.0 81 33 45 58 1.35 130 12.0 45 100 B SY41.8 16 30 60 52 80 1.4 1085 10.0 100 250 (380 -lee Me) SY42 -8 28 60 60 1 52 40 1.5 2110 13.0 185 465 Y103 -9 10 810 78 32 45 58 1.35 120 12.0 40 90 9 SY41.9 16 30 60 52 00 1.4 1075 10.0 100 250 (186.192 Me) SY42 -9 28 60 60 52 40 1.5 2150 13.0 185 465 Y103 -10 10 7.5 74 31 45 58 1.35 110 12.0 40 90 10 SY41 -10 16 30 60 52 80 1.4 1060 10.0 100 250 (192 -198 Me) SY42 -10 28 60 60 1 52 40 1.5 2120 13.0 185 465 Y103.11 10 7.5 72 30 45 58 1.35 110 12.0 40 90 SY41 -11 16 30 60 52 80 1.4 1050 10.0 loo 250 - (198.204 Me) SY42.11 28 60 60 52 40 1.5 2100 13.0 185 465 Y103.12 30 7.0 69 29 45 58 1.35 110 12.0 35 80 ' 2 SY41 -12 16 30 60 52 80 1.4 1035 10.0 100 250 (204.210 Me) SY42.12 28 60 60 52 40 1.5 2070 13.0 185 465 110313 10 6.5 64 28 45 58 1.35 110 12.0 35 80 13 SY41.13 16 30 60 52 80 1.4 1020 10.0 100 250 (210 -218 Me) SY42 -13 28 60 60 52 40 1.5 2040 13.0 185 465 7 -13 Y53185 5 6 413/4 39 65 110 2.5 125 7.5 40 85 1931-0.225 Mc e Y103) 44 34 52 70 2.0 110 10.5 35 80 (7185.15 74.218 10 8.0 10-13 153220 5 6.5 29 33 65 110 2.5 125 7.5 40 85 (193250 Me) -When ordering Yagi antennas for 75 -ohm output, order Y -TR3 transformer for the frequencies required. "`Thrust in pounds transferred to supporting structure; based on 30 P.S.F. CP- SERIES UHF CYLINDRICAL PARABOLAS NOW! For the first time ruggedized UHF Antennas Channels 14 -83 Jerrold -Taco CP- series cylindrical parabola antennas provide ex• tremely high gain and low VSWR. Five models cover the entire UHF band. Same rugged construction which characterizes the Jerrold - Taco ruggedized VHF yagis. Price: $250.00 CP CYLINDRICAL PARABOLAS ORDERING INFORMATION Chanel Numbers Antenna Model Net Weight hubs.) Nominal H.P.Ii (Degrees) VSWR (Max.) Input Imp. (Ohms Nominal Gain (db) Thrust Data' E PlanelPlame H No Ice (His.) V4" ]cc hubs.) 14 to 18 CP 16 -75 23 33 19 1.5 75 16.5: 117 220 19 to 35 CP 27 -75 23 33 18 1.5 75 17 117 220 36 to 52 CP 4475 23 33 15 1.5 75 17 117 220 53 to 69 CP 6375 23 33 13 1.5 75 17.5 117 220 70 to 83 CP -7375 23 33 12 1.5 75 17.75 100 187 -Thrust in pounds transferred to supporting structure; based on 30 P.S.F. ANTENNA ACCESSORIES Model Y -TR Series Coax Transformers: Impedance transformers from 50 ohms to 75 ohms for each frequency range are required on all antennas or arrays connected to 75 ohm transmission line or equipment. These transformer units are supplied complete with mounting brackets and rf fittings. Y -TR2 has type "N" connectors and includes one mating UO -94 A/U cable plug. Y -TR3 is the same as Y -TR2 except that the output fittingg is a type F -61A 75-ohm connector. Each Y -TR3 comes with a mating F -59 cable connector. Price: $10.00 each Model Y -SL Stacking Lines: Jerrold -Taco Y -SL Stacking Lines are cut to precise electrical lengths, and are available in six different series for each channel. Each Y -SL Stacking Line consists of two cable assemblies and a combining 'T" connector. Impedance at the combining connector of any array is 50 ohms. To convert to 75 ohms a single Y -TR2 or Y -TR3 Coaxial Transformer is used. Price: Y- SL3 -('), $19.00; Y- SL5 -('), YY- SL7 -N, $20.00; Y- SL9 -(`), $22.00; Y- SL11 -C), Y- SL1341, Y- SL7541, $26.00 Model SY -M Series Screen Yeg! Mounting Kits are complete kits for mounting SY41 and SY42 screen yagis t0 a tower leg or support struc- ture. Model SY -M -1 is for tower legs up to 4Y2" O.D. and Model SY -M -2 is for tower legs from 4V2" to 71/2" O.D. Price: SY -M -1, $24.00; SY -M -2, $29.00 MICROWAVE ANTENNAS Jerrold -Taco stocks a complete line of microwave antennas and acces. sories. Write for detailed information. CHANNEL t CHANNEL COMMANDER -VHF Ch. 2 thru 13 .. R- Model COM•` Channel Commander. Unitized head -end for completely controlling any VHF ® channel. Controls signals in such a way that adjacent channels on both high and low bands ' can be fed to a distribution system. Compatible with existing system equipment, the unit may be used to supply an additional VHF channel, to replace obsolete equipment, or as a spare head -end for any VHF channel. Has IF AGC; automatic frequency control circuitry to a. ..... O., keep the tuner ' bn - the - button; automatic sound control circuitry to maintain the desired relationship between sound and video carriers. Highly selective IF amplifier incorporates -� specially- designed traps and filters to eliminate adjacent channel interference. Output of IF amplifier is fed to a crystal - controlled converter for off- channel conversions. When on- channel conversion is desired, the crystal - controlled converter- oscillator is switched out and the tuner oscillator is used. Unit also incorporates a standby carrier oscillator which Model WIN.- is energized after a specific time delay to provide a replacement carrier. Has built -in regulating transformer. Stacked multi - channel rack mount provides complete head -end installation with minimum space requirements. Price: $895.00 •Speciry channel. CARRIER Model CCG -73.5 Crystal - Controlled Carrier Generator. Provides con - , r , slant -level carrier rI the system head end for automatic gain control GENERATORS regulation. Low VSWR. Output constant with plus or minus one db for line variations between 90 and 135 volts. Designed for shelf or .v., rack mounting. Plug•in attenuation. Manual gain control. Bridging output. Operating frequency: 73.5 mc. Output: 45 dbmv (65 dbmv on special order). Price: $250.00 CONVERTERS SOLID -STATE UHF to VHF SINGLE- Hl-VHF to SUB -VHF CHANNEL OUTDOOR CONVERTER Model HSC -713A Converter /Amplifier. Three• ,., 504-sr Mast- Mounted Model 505-ST is an indoor version module unit incorporating a regulated p g g power supply. Converts VHF channels (7-13) °n.- o ;; $ converter- ,. x - - and Oscillator — one o :civat4p -. of Model 504-ST featuring a self - contained ow y power supply. to sub - channels T7 -T13 with a minimum gain of 23 db at sub - channel T13. Built -in re Model 454T _ R Price: $207.15 equalizer compensates for 36 db of cable 504-ST at 48 me. Minimum full-gain noise figure B 9 Power supply Model 407•P Model 503 - UHF to VHF single - is is 22 db. Second -order beat product is —60 channel crystal - controlled converter. db for 2 channels at 52 dbmv output, Model 504 -ST. Mast - mounted solid -state converter- Hi -O, cavity- tuned, mast - mounted referenced to sub - channel T13. Provides for extra -long cable runs with a minimum amplifier. Complete with remote power supply Model head and remote, tube -type oscil- number of re- amplifiers between head -end 407 -P. Overall conversion gain: 7 db min. to -band, lator for weak signal areas. Features and distribution system network. 5 db min. hi -band. Crystal - controlled oscillator for mast - mounted VHF preamplifier (5 -7 maximum frequency stability. 75 ohm input and out- db gain). Typical noise figure is 10. Price: $1195.00 put. Price: $294.00 Price: $245.70 DEMODULATOP Model TO Demodulator. Designed for CAN head -ends. Demodulator for TV microwave or off- the -air reception of TV broadcasts. Has all - channel tuner with lock -in oscillator feature (optional). Unit has high -Q co- channel traps. High rejection to adjacent carriers. Automatic or manual gain controls. Noise sup- pression circuit. Video attenuator in output allows maximum of 21 db of attenuation in 3 db steps. Price: $565.00 MODULATORS Model TVA Video -Audio Separator. Auxiliary unit for the TM unit. Per- mits sound diplexing when operat- ing the Model TM with microwave equipment. Unit receives the micro- wave output signal and separates the video and 4.5 me sound compo- nents, restores the sound level to equal that of the video, and supplies both signals to the Model TM. Gain: 20 db. Price: $65.00 Model TAM FM Modulator. Auxilliary unit for the TM unit. Converts any audio source into 4.5 me FM signal. Output level: 3 v p -p across 75 ohms. High input, 75 user.. pre - emphasis. Deviation: plus or minus 25 kc. Price: $195.00 Model AT Model AT Modulator. Designed for CAN systems. Provides an un. modulated crystal - controlled video carrier and an FM sound carrier which is held at 4.5 me separation from the video carrier. Output on any VHF TV channel (specify). Uses any suitable sound source such as AFT -2000 tuner, etc. RF output: up to 55 dbmv, each carrier, separately controlled, at 75 ohms, at each of two terminals. Spurious signals: down to 50 db. Built -in power supply. Standard pre- emphasis. Price: $204.75 a *° ' r K Ap \�` 4% Sr v � Model AFM -2 Model AFM -2 FM Stereo Modulator is designed to provide FM signal (88 -108 me) and if carrier frequency (specified by system operator). Audio, or standard 10.7 me IF from an FM tuner such as Jerrold Model AFT -2000 can be used as source of modulation. With 10.7 me input, AFM -2 has a min. full Rain of 55 dbmv (dual output); max. noise and hum at full gain is at least 40 db below strength of signal; and max. audio distortion at full gain is 1.5 %. Price: $215.00 POWER SUPPLIES AND ACCESSORIES Models RPS -300B and RPS - 150B. Deluxe, rack - mounted regulated power supplies de- signed to provide 150 volts B+ (at 300 milliamps and 150 milliamps respectively) to amplifiers, converters, etc. in a CATV system head -end. Equipped with Sole regulat- ing transformer for excellent line voltage regulation. Price: RPS -300B $131.98, RPS -150B $103.95 TEST POINT TAP �,. Model PPS -8A provides a regulated 24 -vac power supply for up to 8 Model TPR preampli- Model PPS-SA fiers. Mounts in standard 19" relay rack. Price: $155.55 Model 405 -P provides a regu- Model ACF -1 RF Power Line Model PEP -1000 Power En- lated 24 -vac power supply for either one Model 401A or one Model TPR preampli- fier. Shelf or wall - mount. Filter. Has 4 ac power out- lets. RF attenuation: 60 db minimum, 50 to 250 me. Max- imum load: 1 kw total on all trance Panel. Contains an rf filter, 15 -amp circuit break. er, and six grounding plug outlets. Price: $25.41 four outlets. Price: $16.00 Price: $42.50 MTP -20 2 -Way Splitter. Designed to match the trunk line in and out as well as the tap. Insertion loss: 2 do. Tap loss: 20 db. F-61A fittings. Bandwidth: 0 to 216 me. Price: $6.00 TRAPS AND FILTERS Models TLB -1, TFM -1 and THB -1 High "0" Bridged 'T" Traps. Minimum attenuations: 60 db to undesired carriers. Insertion loss: 1 db to desired signals. Tuning range TLB -1, 59.75 to 83.75 me; TFM:1, 88 to 108 me; THB -1, 197.75 to 211.25 me. 75 ohm im- pedance. F -61A fittings. Price: $38.55 TUNER ,n i- Model AFT -2000 Model AFT -2000 AM /FM Tuner. Designed to operate in conjunction with Model AT modulator. FM section has 3.2 uv sensitivity with frequency response of 15- 15,000 cps within I db. Incorporates gated beam limiter. AM section has 10 kc bandwidth. Self- contained power supply. Price: $197.25 SPLITTING AND MIXING NETWORKS Models AMN -Lo and AMN -Hi Mixing Net- works. Low loss mixing network (AMN -Lo) for low VHF channels. Will combine up to three non - adjacent channels from 75 ohm inputs into a single 75 ohm output. AMN -Hi is designed for mixing high TV channels. Will combine up to four non - adjacent chan. nels from 75 ohm inputs into a single 75 ohm output. Price: $18.15 Model FCO.47 Wide -Band Frequency Mixer. Model LHS -76 Crass -Over Network. Used to Splitter. Law loss unit for mixing or sepa- split or mix VHF hi -lo bands. Insertion loss rating frequencies in the 0 to 47 me range less than 6 db. Bandpass 0 to 110 me from those in the 54 to 220 me range. and 170 to 216 me. Cut -off: 140 me. 75 ohm Unit features 30 db minimum rejection impedance. Price: $12.50 between these bands with insertion loss of 1 db. 75 ohm impedance. Price: $25.00 AMPLIFIERS • MAIN TRUNK . VHF BAND (54 -216 me) SOLID -STATE * STARLINE UNITIZED MAIN TRUNK STATIONS The new CATV industry standard for distribution systems Each of the five Starline unitized main -trunk stations (Models SA -1 thru 5) is cable - powered and provides for a specific electronic function. Each station comprises three elements (a basic housing, one of two connector chassis types, and one of five station plEig -in units), inte- grated into one functional package. The basic station housing com- prises a cast - aluminum body and a hinged cover. A double gasket between the body and hinged cover provides an air- tight, radiation - proof seal when the cover is closed. The housing is designed to accept VSF -type fittings. Apart from trunk line input and output apertures, the housing has four feeder -line exits for use at bridging locations, with plugs provided for unused apertures. In addition, the housing has three Typical Starline Unitized Main -trunk Station (open) Typical Starline Unitized Main -trunk Station (closed) apertures, sealed with wire- secured plugs, to give access while the housing is closed to trunk input and output, and bridging test fittings. One of two connector chassis types is integrated with each basic housing. One of these types Is used with all unitized stations serving feeder lines (Models SA -1, SA -2, and SA -5). The other is used with those stations not serving feeder lines (Models SA -3 and SA-4). Starline main - trunk amplifiers in stations SA -1, 2, 3, and 4 feature an output capa- bility of 48 dbmv per channel for twelve channels, a minimum gain of 26 db, a response flatness of ±0.25 db, hum modulation down 60 db, and a maximum noise figure at full gain of 8 db at ch. 2 and 11 db at ch. 13. Manual gain and tilt controls as well as switchable fixed pads are provided. CASCADABILITY Fifty main -trunk Starline amplifiers can be cascaded in accordance with Jerrold specifications with cross -mod at the last amplifier down 57 db and signal -to -noise ratio of 40 db. These real- number specifications insure picture /sound quality. AGC UNITS For solid -state TML -line or tube -type Super-Cascader systems Model ACC -213 Automatic Cain Control. Designed to operate with Super Cascader, Model SCA -213. Gain control voltage is derived from constant carrier located at the head -end site. Unit stabilizes and maintains signal levels throughout the system to correct minor variations due to tube aging, temperature changes, etc. Provides only 1h db variation in output level with input change of 5 db. Has input level control and AGC level control. Price: $125.00 Model TACC -213 is des tied specifically for use with solid -state trunk line amplifier Model TML-1, from which it obtains a nominal 24 vac operating voltage. The unit receives its pilot carrier signal of 73.5 me from a crystal- controlled carrier generator (Model CCG -73.5) at the head -end and automatically compensates for carrier level fluctuations over a range of 8 db from +5 db to —3 db by keeping output level variations constant within X0.5 db. The power bridging circuit is capable of passing ac and do for powering bridging amplifiers Models 6 M, TBA -1 and TBA -2 and line extender amplifiers Model TLE -1. A built -in regulated power supply transforms the 20 -30 vac input to —17 volts do for operating the solid -state circuitry. The unit is fully shielded in a metal housing and shipped with mounting brackets for installation in 19" relay racks. Normal system requirements are for one TAGC -213 at every third amplifier location, preferably at the master power supply location. Price: $165.00 SUB - VHF /LO -VHF (6.90 mc) Model LSA -410AB comprises two twelve -tube, two -stage distributed am- plifiers connected in push -pull. The amplifier covers a bandwidth from 6 to 90 me and features the suppression of second order distortion components (down 62 db). A built -in metered test circuit permits check- ing all tubes and supply voltages during operation. Amplifier gain is 35 db maximum at 90 mc. AGC circuitry in the unit requires a carrier generator (Model CCG -73.5) at the head -end. The noise figure is 7 db at full gain. Especially suited for the long -haul where second order dis- tortion components are a problem. Price: $720.00 VHF /FM (54 -216 mc) Model SCA -213 Super Cascader RF Distributed Amplifier covers 54 to 216 mc. Plug -in equalization. Regulating transformer. Gain 28 db at 216 mc. Output: 42 dbmv (maximum per channel for 12 channels at cross modu- lation distortion of 0.14 %. Manual gain control has 8 db range. Noise figure: 9 db, low band; 10 do, high band. Self- contained power supply. Price: $275.00 LO-VHF (53.5.95 mc) Model ADC -26H Low Band AmyIffer. Has automatic overload control. Covers channels 2 -6 and FM. 75 -ohm input and output. Gain: 32 db at Channel 6. Output: 46 dbmv for 1 AOC -26B at IML of —57 db. Noise figure: 9 db. Manual gain control adjustable over 10 db range. Plug -in pads for additional gain reduction. Can be used in -line for line-bridging applications. Built -in power supply. Uses PIP or BTC pads. Price: $245.00 LO -VHF (53.5.95 mc) MAIN TRUNK OR BRIDGING Model OBC -26B Line- Bridging Distribution Amplifier covers low band plus FM. Gain: 30 A minimum. Flat response. Maximum output: 47 dbmv for 5- channel operation. Less than 8.3 or 1% distortion, single unit. Noise figure: 9 db or less 3 db manual gain control range and plug -in pads (either PIP or BTC series). 75 -ohm input and output im- pedance. Self- contained power supply. Can be used for line- bridging or cascading. Price: $150.00 Solid -State Bridging Amplifiers VHF BAND (54 -216 mc) Starline Model SA -5 is an intermediate bridg- ing station used on the main trunk of a distri- bution system. The plug -in unit is an inter- mediate bridging amplifier providing a low -loss feed -thru for signals from the trunk -line ampli- fier preceding it, together with bridging ampli- fication. The bridging amplifier output is con- nected to the "feedermaker" receptacle on the connector chassis. When the proper "feeder- maker" model is plugged into the receptacle, from one to four feeder line outputs are 'w a� = -x created. The amplifier provides a minimum 33 db full gain, has a response flatness of ±0.5 db, and has manual gain and tilt con- « trols. Shipped complete with air - tight, radia- tion proof housing and connector chassis as Model SA -5. Price: $345.00 Plug -in Unit for Model SA-5 Solid -State Main Trunk Amplifiers PLUG -IN UNITS FOR STARLINE STATIONS VHF BAND (54 -216 mc) Model TML -1 VHF Band Main Trunk Line Amplifier. All transistorized, provides un- surpassed cascadability, extraordinary stability and long -term trouble -free per - •Uw formance. Significant characteristics include: bandwidth of 54 -216 me with plus _ !� lit .. - or minus 0.25 db response flatness; gain of 24 db max.; output capability (at —57 d6 cross mod.) of 44 dbmv per ch. for 9 ch. and 43 dbmv per ch. for 12 ch. Plug -in Unit for Model SA -1 Recommended operational characteristics for 9 ch.: input of 5 dbmv (lo -band) and Model SA4 Plug -in Unit provides a fully - loaded 8 dbmv (hi- band). For 12 ch. operation, inputs and outputs are 1 dbmv less. The station. The device is an all -band trunk -line noise figure is 10 db max. (ch. 2 full gain) and 11 db max. (ch. 13 full gain). The and bridging amplifier with AGC circuitry. The ': TML -1 includes two switchable cable equalizer- sections and a 3- transistor internal bridging amplifier output is connected to the power supply. Price: $335.00 "feedermaker' receptacle on the connector '.. chassis. When the proper "feedermaker" model is plugged into the receptacle from one to SUB - VHF /LO -VHF (5 -95 mc) four feeder line outputs are created. It is supplied complete with housing and connector - chassis as Starling Model SA -1. Price $635.00 Model SA -2 Plug -in Unit provides a main trunk and bridging amplifier station. The bridging amplifier output is connected to the "feeder- - a ^. maker" receptacle on the connector chassis. ' , a When the proper "feedermaker" model is ASO",- plugged into the receptacle, from one to four feeder line outputs are created. It is supplied complete with housing and connector chassis as Starline Model SA -2. Price: $540.00 Model SA -3 Plug -in Unit provides a main trunk amplifier with AGC circuitry. The unit is sup- Model TLSA-510 Solid -State Amplifier is designed for high cascadability in long - plied complete with housing and connector haul transportation of low and sub - channel signals. The amplifier features chassis as Starline Model SA -3. Price: $485.00 12- channel capability, a frequency range from 5 to 95 mc, a minimum full gain of Model SA-4 Plug -in Unit provides an all -band trunk line amplifier. It is an improved version 35 db at 95 mc, output capability of 48 dbmv for each of 12 channels, second of Jerrold Model TML -1 and is supplied com- order beat down 55 db at 60 dbmv output, and a maximum noise figure of 9 db plete with housing and connector chassis as at full gain. Cable- powered through either its input or output terminal, the Starline Model SA-4. Price: $390.00 amplifier has ac bypass circuitry. Designed as a plug -in module for its cast metal NOTE: Model SA -5 Plug -in Unit is described housing to facilitate installation and maintenance. Housings are supplied having under bridging amps, such apertures as are necessary to accommodate the type of fittings required for the cable type used in the system. Price: $605.00 Tube -Type Main Trunk Amplifiers SUB - VHF /LO -VHF (6.90 mc) Model LSA -410AB comprises two twelve -tube, two -stage distributed am- plifiers connected in push -pull. The amplifier covers a bandwidth from 6 to 90 me and features the suppression of second order distortion components (down 62 db). A built -in metered test circuit permits check- ing all tubes and supply voltages during operation. Amplifier gain is 35 db maximum at 90 mc. AGC circuitry in the unit requires a carrier generator (Model CCG -73.5) at the head -end. The noise figure is 7 db at full gain. Especially suited for the long -haul where second order dis- tortion components are a problem. Price: $720.00 VHF /FM (54 -216 mc) Model SCA -213 Super Cascader RF Distributed Amplifier covers 54 to 216 mc. Plug -in equalization. Regulating transformer. Gain 28 db at 216 mc. Output: 42 dbmv (maximum per channel for 12 channels at cross modu- lation distortion of 0.14 %. Manual gain control has 8 db range. Noise figure: 9 db, low band; 10 do, high band. Self- contained power supply. Price: $275.00 LO-VHF (53.5.95 mc) Model ADC -26H Low Band AmyIffer. Has automatic overload control. Covers channels 2 -6 and FM. 75 -ohm input and output. Gain: 32 db at Channel 6. Output: 46 dbmv for 1 AOC -26B at IML of —57 db. Noise figure: 9 db. Manual gain control adjustable over 10 db range. Plug -in pads for additional gain reduction. Can be used in -line for line-bridging applications. Built -in power supply. Uses PIP or BTC pads. Price: $245.00 LO -VHF (53.5.95 mc) MAIN TRUNK OR BRIDGING Model OBC -26B Line- Bridging Distribution Amplifier covers low band plus FM. Gain: 30 A minimum. Flat response. Maximum output: 47 dbmv for 5- channel operation. Less than 8.3 or 1% distortion, single unit. Noise figure: 9 db or less 3 db manual gain control range and plug -in pads (either PIP or BTC series). 75 -ohm input and output im- pedance. Self- contained power supply. Can be used for line- bridging or cascading. Price: $150.00 Solid -State Bridging Amplifiers VHF BAND (54 -216 mc) Starline Model SA -5 is an intermediate bridg- ing station used on the main trunk of a distri- bution system. The plug -in unit is an inter- mediate bridging amplifier providing a low -loss feed -thru for signals from the trunk -line ampli- fier preceding it, together with bridging ampli- fication. The bridging amplifier output is con- nected to the "feedermaker" receptacle on the connector chassis. When the proper "feeder- maker" model is plugged into the receptacle, from one to four feeder line outputs are 'w a� = -x created. The amplifier provides a minimum 33 db full gain, has a response flatness of ±0.5 db, and has manual gain and tilt con- « trols. Shipped complete with air - tight, radia- tion proof housing and connector chassis as Model SA -5. Price: $345.00 Plug -in Unit for Model SA-5 Cyr "pi ~,Its • p O e �''..� e e_ Model TBA -1 Bridging Amplifier. All transistorized, establishes four feeder lines at main trunk line amplifier locations. Significant characteristics include bandwidth of 54 -216 me with plus or minus 0.5 db response flatness; gain of 11 db; max. output capability (at —57 A cross mod.) of 41 dbmv at each of 4 outputs (per ch. for 9 ch.) and 40 dbmv at each of 4 outputs (per ch. for 12 ch.). Recommended operational characteristics (9 ch.): input of 27 dbmv (lo -band) and 30 dbmv (hi -band) and outputs of 38 dbmv (lo -band) and 41 dbmv lhi- band). 12 ch. operational inputs and outputs are 1 db less. Price: $195.00 VHF LO -BAND (54 -95 mc) TUBE -TYPE Model MDA -4 Line - Bridging Distribution Ampli- fier covers channels 2 thru 6 and FM. Response flat within 2 ch. Gain: 5 db. 75 ohm input and output impedance. Less than 1 on inser- tion loss. Gain control obtained by use of capacitive plug -in pad in the input circuit. Output: 46 dbmv per channel for 5 channels (max.). Self- contained power supply. Price: $70.00 Model TBA -2 Intermediate Bridging Amplifier. All- transistorized, provides feeder lines between two TML -1 main trunkline amplifiers. Significant characteristics include: bandwidth of 54-216 me with plus or minus 0.5 db response flatness; gain (min. full) of 26 db (each of two outputs); max. output capability (at —57 db cross -mod.) of 43 dbmv (per ch. for 9 ch, using block tilt) and 42 dbmv (per channel for 12 ch. using block tilt). Recommended operational characteristics (9 ch.): inputs of 14 -20 dbmv (lo -band) and 17 -23 dbmv (hi -band) for outputs of 40 dbmv (lo -band and 43 dbmv (hi- band). 12 ch. operational inputs and outputs are 1 db less. Price: $245.00 VHF BAND (54 -108, 174 -216 mc) TUBE -TYPE Model SDA -4 High Output Distribution Amplifier covers all VHF channels plus FM. Low -loss bridging input (under 1 db). Rack mount- ing with self- contained power supply. Gain: 14 db (four outlets). Flat response. Maximum output: 44 dbmv per channel for 12 chan- nels, each of 4 outlets. 75 ohm input and output impedance. Separate high and low band gain controls with 4 db range. Price: $165.00 Model BOA -213 comprises Models BOA -26 and BDA -113. Model BDA -26 is a bridging distribu- tion amplifier for the to -VHF band which con- tains the power supply for both units. BM26 may be used by itself for to -band amplification and distribution or may be combined with Model BDA -713 (hi -VHF band amplifier) to pro- vide all -band amplification and distribution. Model BDA -213 features excellent input and output match, a high dual output (44 dbmv), an insertion loss of I A max., a 5 db gain control range, and a separate tilt control. Price: BOA -26 $90.00, BDA -713 $85.00, BOA - 213 $165.00. LINE EXTENDER AMPLIFIERS VHF ALL -BAND (54-216 mc) SOLID STATE . ecy - ss.,�" Model SX -1 is a line extender amplifier used on Starline system feeder lines. Gain 24 db min., high output, flat re- sponse, variable gain and tilt controls, and a plug -in pad for fixed gain control. Cable- powered with optional ac by -pass. Price: $98.75 ATTENUATORS Models POW, 6, 10, and 20 are tubular in -line attenuators. Number designates db of attenuation. Price: $3.50 ea. Models BTD -3L, 6L, 9L, 12L, and 15L are plug - in pads for Model BDA -26. Price: $4.80 ea. Models BTD -5H, IOH, 1511, 20H, and 30H are similar pads for Model BDA -713. Number desig- nates db of attenuation. Price: $4.80 ea. moaei ruc VHF LO -BAND (54.88 mc) TUBE -TYPE Model WLA -88 line extender am- plifier covers channels 2 thru 6. Minimum gain at 23 db on Channel 6 and 17 db on Chan- nel 2. Maximum undistorted out- put: 0.1 v rms for three chan- nel operation. Voltage regulating transformer and built -in power line filter. Cabinet is weather- proof with iridite finish. Quick mount back plate and twist lock ac disconnect plug. Price: $98.50 Models BTC -3, 6, 9, 12, 15, and 18 are plug -in pads for UBC /AOC am- plifiers. Number designates db of attenuation. Price: $6.40 ea. Models CP3, 6, 9, and 15 are capaci- live plug -in pads for MDA -4 ampli- fiers. Number designates db of attenuation. Price: $1.60 ea. Models PIP -3, 6, 9, 12, and 15 are plug -in pads for UBC -26 Band CDX- 713. Number designates db of atten- uation. Price: $1.60 ea. Model BTC COAXIAL CABLES Jerrold coaxial cables are manufactured by Times .v._ w. . Wire and Cable Co. t0 rigid specifications. JT -1000 Series Aluminum Coaxial Cables JT -1000 series of coaxial cables employ solid center conductors, cellular polyethylene as dielectric, and seamless aluminum tubing as outer shield. Can also be ordered with a jacket made of non - contaminating, long -life xelon. DESCRIPTIVE DATA PRICE PER THOUSAND FEET Model Type Shield Type Outer Diameter Reel Lengths In Feet Wt. Lbs. /M. Ft. ]net. Reel Wt. 0 to 5,999' 6,000' or Over JT -1412 No jacket Al. Sheath .412 1000 min. 100 $128.90 $122.20 1T -14121 Xelon jacket At. Sheath .480 1000 min. 120 155.55 147.00 JT -1500 No jacket AI. Sheath .500 1000 min. 130 180.65 170.40 JT -15001 Xelon jacket Al. Sheath .580 1000 min. 160 214.15 202.35 JT -1750 No jacket Al. Sheath .750 1000 min. 280 356.70 336.70 JT -175W Xelon jacket Al. Sheath .850 1000 min. 330 407.75 384.60 JT -11825 No jacket Al. Sheath 1.625 1000 min. 1409 1312.00 - JT- 11625J Xelon jacket Al. Sheath 1.765 1000 min. 1693 1608.0a - Aluminum cables priced FOB shipping point. DESCRIPTIVE DATA JT, JEL, and R6.59/11 Series Coaxial Cables IT series cables have solid cop- per center conductors, employ cellular polyethylene as the dielectric, and the jacket(s) is (are) made of non- contaminat- ing, long -life xelon. JEL series cables are similar to JT series cables except that the dielectric is solid polyethylene, and the center conductors are copper weld. RG -59/U series cables are simi- lar to JEL series cables except that the jacket is made of vinyl. PRICE PER THOUSAND FEET Model Type' Shield Type" outer Diameter Reel Lengths in Feet" Reel Weight Lbs. Cable Weight Lbs. /M. Ft. 0 to 5,999' 6,000' or Over JT400S SSSI SB .632 1000 to 2000 107 147 $153.78 $148.24 JT -4000 DSS1 SB .632 1000 to 2000 107 167 198.44 188.48 1T -404S SSSI SB .407 1000 to 2500 15 64 67.59 84.40 1T -404SR SSSJR SB .407 1000 to 2500 15 64 $9.63 66.33 174040 DSSI SB .407 1000 to 2500 15 73 91.79 57.34 1T -404011 DSSJR SB .407 1000 to 2500 15 73 93.83 69.26 1T -408S SSSI SB .460 1000 to 2500 30 89 94.65 90.03 1T -408SR SSSJR SB .460 1000 to 2500 30 89 96.99 91.96 174080 DSSJ SB .460 1000 to 2500 30 101 119.18 113.35 1T -40SOM DSSJM SB .460 1000 to 2500 30 123 152AS 145.03 JT408DR DSSJR all .460 1000 to 2500 30 101 121.22 115.26 R6.59 /u SSSI WW .242 1000 to 2500 3 37 34.98 33.00 RB-59 /uM SSSJM WW .242 1000 to 2500 5 53 48.00 45.29 JEL -105 SSW WW .242 1000 to 2500 3 32 46.64 44.00 JEL -105M SSSJM WW .242 1000 to 2500 5 46 52.32 49.36 1T -205 sssl WW .242 1000 to 2000 3 '31 51.97 49.04 JT-205M SSSJM WW .242 1000 to 2000 5 44 5828 54.98 MI-2320 SSSS WW .242 1000 to 2000 3 35 1 28.00 28.00 'SSSI- Single - shield, single- jacket. DSDI- Double - shield, double - jacket. SSSJM- Single- shield, single - jacket with built -in No. 9 steel mes- senger wire. DSS1- Double- shleld, single- jacket. SSSJR- Single - shield, single- jacket ridged. Ridge comprises three con- tinuous longitudinal ridges spaced at 120 degrees for identifica. tion purposes only. DSSJR- Double - shield, single- jacket ridged. •`WW -Woven wire braid. SB -Strip braid. ...All orders shipped In lengths indicated, unless otherwise specified. 9 'OAXIAL CABLE CONNECTORS AND FITTINGS ALUMINUM CABLE CONNECTORS Aluminum cables are manufactured from clear irridited 2011T -3 -type aluminum. Con- nectors have been completely lubricated at factory. They are completely weather - proof. A template for cutting the cable center conductor to the exact length is available for each size and type of connector. AF -712. Splices JT -1412 cable to JT -1750 cable. Price: $7.50. TJ ZME E_ Model 5C-4 F -412A. Adapts 1T -1412 cable to TR -72F or TR -75FCW termination. Smooth barrel. Price: $2.75 FA12B. Introduces JT -1412 cable into weather -proof equipment housing via un- threaded aperture. F-61 fitting on F-412B mates with F -59 or FHC -404 fitting on jumper cable for connection to equipment within housing. Threaded barrel. Price: $2.75 F -500A. Adapts 1T -1500 cable fo TR -72 or TR -75FCW termination. Price: $3.00 F -500B. Similar to F412B but used with JT -1500 cable. Price: $3.00 F -750. Similar to F412B but used with JT -1750 cable. Price: $7.50 FLEXIBLE CABLE CONNECTORS AF -101. Adapts RG -11 /11, lei 101 or 104 cable to F -61A fittings. Price: $116 AF-201. Adapts JT -201, 204, 301, 304, or 404 cable to F -61A fitting. Price: $1.26 AF 408. Adapts JT -408 cable to F -61A fitting. Price: $1.10 C -52. Adapts RG -59/11, Jet -102, 105 or JT -205 cable to C-61 fitting. (Standard package) Price: $5.00 F -56. Adapts RG -6 /11 cable to F-61A fitting. (Standard package) Price: $4.50 F -59. Adapts RG -59/11, Jet 102, 105, or JT -205 cable to F -61 fitting. (Standard package) Price: $4.50 F -200. Adapts 1T -200 cable to F -59 connector. Price: $9.75 F-400. Adapts 1T300 cable to F -59 connector. Price: $9.75 F 408 -59. Adapts 1T408 cable to F -59 connector. Price: $1.10 FHC -404. Adapts JT -201, 204, 301, 304, or 404 cable to F -59 connector. For constructing jumpers carrying up to 12 amperes. Price: $35 G -59. Push -on RG -59/11 connector mates with G -61. Price: $.48 PF -59. Push -on F -59 mates with F -61 and F -81. Price: $1.70 SC -24. Splice for either 1T -201, 204, 301, 304, or 404 cable. Price: $1.75 SC -48. Splice for 1T -408 cable. Price: $1.75 VSF -404. Bushing accepts JT -201, 204, 301, 304, or 404 cable and in- troduces cable into weather -proof equipment housing via a threaded aperture. Connection to equipment within housing via seized center conductor. Price: $1.80 VSF408. Bushing accepts JT -408 cable introduces cable into weather- proof equipment housing via a threaded aperture. Connection to equip- ment within via seized center conductor. Price: $1.80 FITTINGS AND TERMINATIONS C -61. Female chassis fitting with collet. Mates directly with C -52 and TR -72 or (via A -61) with F -56, F -59, F -71, FHC -404, any AF series con- nector, or TR -72F. (Standard package) Price: $5.00 F -61A. Female chassis fitting with improved clutch collet. Mates with F -56, F -59, F -71, FHC -004, any series (AF) connector, or TR -72F. (Standard package) Price: $6.75 A -61. F to C adaptor adapts C -61 chassis fitting to accept F- series con- nectors. (Standard package) Price: $1.88 C -81. Female coupling (feed - thru). Back -to -back G-62 fittings. Feed -thru chassis fitting or splice for male connectors. (Standard package) Price: $11.50 10 SC -412A. New splice for 1T -1412 cable fea- tures a sleeve which accepts bared center conductor of each cable end. Sleeve is then crimped to hold each conductor firmly, and insure perfect connection. Splice is then laid in a plastic shield which snaps into place in the barrel of the connector, to center the splice. When the gland nuts are 12A tightened to the barrel, a built -in ferrule is compressed to clamp the cable shield firmly and insure an excellent ground connection. A built -in gland Is also compressed to form a completely weatherproof seal for the splice. Electronically, the splice is as radiation -proof as the cable itself and the VSWR (return loss of the splice) is better than VSWR of the cable. Price: $3.75 SC -500A. Similar to SC -412A but used with JT -1500 cable. Price: $3.95 SC -750A. Similar to SC412 but used with IT-1750 cable. Price: $7.50 VSF -412. Introduces JT -1412 cable into weather -proof equipment housing via a threaded aperture. Connection to equipment within housing via seized center conductor of cable. Price: $1.55 VSF -500. Similar to VSF -412 but used with JT -1500 cable. Price: $1.85 VSF -750. Similar to VSF -412 but used with 1T -1700 cable. Price: $3.50 F -71. Male coupling. Back -to -back F -59 connectors. Splice for female connectors. Price: $11.00 TR -72. Termination. Male C -52 connector incorporating 75-ohm resistor. Mates with C-61 fitting. Terminates lines w/o ac. Price: $.85 TR -72F. Termination. Male F -59 connector incorporating 75 -ohm resistor. Mates with F -61A fitting. Terminates lines w/o ac. Price: $.90 LTR -75F. Used with sub - channel equipment for terminating lines carry- ing ac. Price: $1.80 TR- 75FCW. Similar to TR -72F but for terminating lines carrying ac. Price: $1.00 GROUNDING BLOCKS AND FERRULES LGB-3' Ground blacks Price: $1.15 1026. Ferrules for bonding RG -6 /U or let -102 cable to mandrel of con- nector. Price: $1.20 /c 1051. Ferrules for bonding RG -59/11, Jet -105, or 1T -205 cable to mandrel of connector. Price: $1.20/c 1095. Ferrules for bonding RC-11 /U, 1T -201, 204, 301, 304, or 404 cable to mandrel of connector. Price: $3.60/c 1098. Ferrules for bonding JT-408 cable to mandrel of cable connector. Price: $4.70/c TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES PL -601. Tool for crimping 1051 ferrule. Price: $4.00 PL -602. Tool for crimping 1026, 1051 or 1095 ferrules. Price: $5.00 PL -603. Tool for crimping 1098 ferrule. Price: $5.25 PL -605. Crimping tool used with new splices for aluminum cables. Price: $5.50 ET -404. Expansion tool. Forms separation between shield and dielectric of JT -201, 204, 301, 304, or 404 cables. Price: $1.15 ET -408. Expansion tool. Forms separation between shield and dielectric of JT-408 cable. Price: $1.25 WB -412. Weather boot for F -412 and VSF -412 connectors. Price: $1.95 WB -500. Weather boot for F -500 and VSF -500 connectors. Price: $1.95 WB -750. Weather boot for F -750 and VSF -750 connectors. Price: $2.50 WSC -450. Weather boot for SCA12, and SC -500 splice connectors. Price: $4.05 WSC -750. Weather boot for SC -750 splice connector. Price: $2.75 WBT -450. Weather boot for terminators on JT -1412, and JT -1500 cable. Price: $1.25 W1111- 24/48. Weather boot for SC -24 or SC-48 splice. (Standard package) Price: $5.00 WO-59. Weather boot for RG -59/11 cable connector. (Standard package) Price: $5.00 CONVERTERS Model CDX -713 Model CDX -713 Sub -VHF to High -VHF Converter /Amplifier converts signal in the 4 thru 48 me band to TV channels 7 thru 13 (174 -216 mc) and then amplifies the converted signals for distribution. Unit obtains power from distri- bution amplifier BDA -26. Plug -in equalization. Manual gain control (3 db range). Noise figure of 10 db. Output is 44 dbmv for four channels at each of two outputs. Major features of Model CDX -713 are the push -pull input which reduces second order beats and the balanced mixer cir- cuit which effectively reduces the oscillator frequency in the output to a minimum. Price: $115.50. EQUALIZERS DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS Startles Models SDC -8, 12, and 16 are directional couplers covering the 54.216 me range with low insertion loss to the line and high isolation (26 db min.) be- tween output and tap. Tap loss of SDC-8 is a nominal 8.25 db; of SDC -12, 12.25 db; and of SDC -16, 16.25 db. Ac power by -pass. Price: $21.25 each. s I wit Models BC-8111, 12W and 16W are messenger - mounted directional cou- plers covering the 54.216 me range with low insertion loss to the line and high isolation between output and tap. Tap losses are a nominal 6, 12, and 16 db for the respective units. Ac power by -pass. Price: $15.25 each Models DC -8, 12, and 16 are mounted in blister cans and cover the 6 -216 me range. Maximum in- sertion losses for Model DC -8 is 1.5 db, for DC -12 is 1 db, and for DC -16 is 0.75 db. The number (8, 12, or 16) of the unit designates the approximate tap loss. Three F -59 cable connectors and two wood screws are shipped with each unit. Price: $7.50 each Models LSA -8, LSA -12, and LSA -16 directional couplers used to tap off a 75 -ohm line. Units cover the 5 -90 me band, have input and output impedance of 75- ohms with a VSWR of 1.2:1, and are equipped with "N" fittings. Isolation be- tween output and tap is 30 db minimum. Power by -pass (1 amp). Model LSA -8 has 8 db loss in one leg and less than 1 -db in the other. Models LSA -12 and LSA -16 have respectively, 12 and 16 db loss in one leg and less than 0.5 loss in the other. Price: 26.50. THERMAL —FOR SOLID-STATE SYSTEMS Starline Model STE is a ther- mal equalizer used at every third trunk amplifier location. Equalizes for 17 db of cable at 216 me at 70 °F and com- pensates for temperature changes for 60 db of cable from —40 °F to 120 °F. Price: $44.50 Models LTE -25 and LTE -29 are plug -in thermal equalizers used with TLSA -510 systems. They compensate respectively for 25 and 29 db of cable. Price: $44.50 Thermal Equalizers for Tube -Type Systems Models LSET -1 and LSET -2 are thermatic equalizers in systems employ- in amplifiers. Model LSET -1 will compensate for the van - ation in cable attenuation due to variation in frequency between 5 and 90 me at 60 °F. In addition, it will compensate for the variation in cable attenuation due to variation in tend ereture between 0° and 1207 for the same length of cable. Model LSET -2 will perform the same functions for 24.5 db at cable. Price: $39.75. Model TOM -2, Automatic Temperature Compensator. For use with Model SCA -213 all -band distribution system (tube- type). Equalizes for 21 db of cable at channel 13. Compensates for temperature tilt variations thru 64 db of cable. Price: $36.00. 11 CABLE EQUALIZERS FOR SOLID -STATE SYSTEMS Models LVE -0, LVE -24, LVE -27, and LVE30 are plug -in cable equalizers used with model TLSA -510 amplifier. Model LVE -0 is used when no equalization is required. Model LVE -24 equalizes for from 22.5 to 25.5 db of a cable at 90 me, 607. Model LVE -27 equalizes for from 25.5 to 28.5 db cable and model LVE -30 for from 28.5 to 31.5 db of cable at 90 me, 601. Prices: Made[ LVE -0, $9.75; all others, $28.75 CABLE EQUALIZERS FOR TUBE-TYPE SYSTEMS Models LSC -2, LSC-4, LSC -6, and LSC -8 are equivalent cable lengths used in systems employing LSA -410AB amplifiers in the main trunk line. They are equivalent, respectively to 2, 4, 6, or 8 db at cable measured at 90 me. They cover 5 to 90 me band, have an input and output im- pedance of 75 -ohms with a maximum VSWR of 11:1 and are equipped with "N" fittings. Price: $26.50 ea. Models LSE -1 and LSE -2 are equalizers used in systems employing LSA - 410AB amplifiers in the main trunk line. Units will provide compensa- tion for varying cable attenuation due to variations in frequency. Used at amplifier locations. Model LSE -1 compensates for the variation in cable attenuation due to variation in frequency between 5 and 90 me for 28.5 db of cable measured at 90 me. Model LSE -2 will perform the same function for 24.5 db of cable. Price: $26.50 Model PVE is a plug -in variable equalizer. Provides cable equalization for one Model SCA -213 amplifier. Two controls, located at the top of the device, permit plus or minus lr/z db adjustment of the equalizer from its given attenuation value to compensate for variations in dis- tances between amplifier locations. Available in 18 and 21 db values. Price: $12.25 HOUSINGS AND ACCESSORIES Model WC -410 is a weather. proof equipment cabinet for pole or cross -arm mounting of LSA -410AB amplifiers and associated equipment. Price: $99.75 Made[ WCB is a pair of mounting brackets for Model WC410 equipment cabinet. Price: $19.75 Models WC -5 and WC -6 are weatherproof equipment cabinets for pole or mross -arm mounting of TML -line amplifiers. Prices: WC -5, $33.50; WC -6, $24.50 Model WC -7 is a weatherproof strand -mount equipment cabinet for TML- series amplifiers. Price: $29.50 WC -400. Weatherproof utility cabinet. Heavy gauge steel. Heavy galvanized finish. Hardware and cable connector holes are pre - punched. Cabinet can be locked with standard padlock. Dimen- sions: 10 "x18% "x24'/4 ". Cross -arm or bench mounting. Price: $27.50 POWER COMBINER HB -1. Weather protective, umbrella housing for outdoor mount- ing of 1500 series splitters. Housing can be mounted on messenger, or on antenna masts. Price: $4.50 Model AHB -1 is a pair of hanger brackets for hanging Models TLE, DC -W, and 1595W from messengers while multiple cables are lashed to a common strand. Price: $1.50 Model AHB -2 is a bracket for hanging a utility housing (used with Starline splitters directional couplers, line extenders, etc.) below a messenger cable when a group of cables is attached for the messenger wire. Price: $1.50 Model AHB -3 comprises a pair of brackets for hanging SA -1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 housing below a messenger cable when a group of cables is attached to the messenger wire. Price: $1.95 Model SPB -2 is a bracket for mounting a utility housing (used with Starline splitters, directional couplers, line extenders, etc.) on any flat surface or pole. Price: $6.25 Model SPB -1 is a cruciform bracket for mounting a Starline SA -1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 housing on utility pole or two cross -arms. Price: $7.75 Startles Model SPJ -2 is for transporting 30 v ac power from Model SPS-12 power supply to the trunk -line in instances where Model SPS-12 is remotely located. Current carrying capacity is 12 amperes. Price: $19.95 12 POWER SUPPLIES 7 4L SPLITTERS Starline Plug -in "Feedermakers" -OLD MODEL IN SS11 f+ x s 4. u ®.... Starline Model SPS -12 is a power supply for powering up to six completely - loaded stations on the main trunk of a Starline system. Mounts on pole or cross -arm. Power (30 volts ac, 12 am- peres) is normally placed on the trunk -line via fittings on the power supply but may also be fed to a remotely - located trunk line via cable and a Model SPA power combiner. Price: $185.00 Model RPS -30 is a 30 -v, 12 -amp power supply used to supply as many as (3) TML -1, (3) TBA -1, (3) TBA -2, and (48) TLE -1 amplifiers in a TLM solid -state system. The 30 -vac output is constant plus or minus 1% for line voltage between 95 and 130 -vac and held within 2% for bad vari- ations between 4 and 12 amps. Price: $136.20 Model RPS -30T is similar to Model RPS-30 but is used to supply Model TLSA -510 amplifiers. Price: $145.00 Model CPS -4 is a 24 -volt power supply for line extender amplifiers in up to four separate feeder lines. Price: $45.00 Model RPS -15 is a 30-v, 6 amp power supply used with TML - series amplifiers or other cable - powered transistorized equipment. Price: $45.00 Starline "feedermakers" are aptly named since their function is to create a specific number (from one to four) of feeder line outputs at any distribution amplifier location on the main trunk. line. These models (not supplied as part of a unitized station) are necessary with Models SA -1, SA -2, and SA -5. Made] SO-1. Creates one feeder line with only 0.2 db (max.) insertion loss. Price: $4.75 Model SO -2. Creates two feeder lines with a nominal insertion loss of 3.5 to each. Price: $7.50 Model SO-3. Creates three feeder lines with a nominal 3.5 db loss to one, and 6.5 db loss to each of the others. Price: $8.50 Model 50.4. Creates four feeder lines with a nominal insertion loss of 6.5 db to each line. Price: $9.75 >mmw�_ Starline Model SHS -2 is a messenger- mounted, += e9 —.-d— two -way power - passing hybrid splitter with a ® x nominal insertion loss of 3.5 db. Price: $21.25 A Model SHS -2 SURFACE- MOUNTING (BLISTER -CAN) SPUTTERS Model 1592 is a 2 -way splitter. Response flat from 4 to 220 mc. Surface- mounting. Isolation: 20 db low band, 15 db high band. 75-ohm impedance. F -61A fittings. 3.5 db maximum insertion loss. Price: $6.95 Model 1562 is a 2 -way transformer -type splitter. 20 db low band and 15 db high band isolation. Bushings come out around edges of "blister- can." 8 -59 bushings. Price: $3.65 Model 1514 is a 4 -way transformer -type splitter. 12 db isolation. 6.5 db splitting loss. F -61A fittings. Covers 24 to 216 me bandwidth. Price: $6.95 Model 1593W is a low -loss, two -way rf hybrid splitter covering the 54-216 me range and fea- turing ac by -pass circuitry. This messenger. mounted unit also features a low VSWR and has only 3.5 db loss in each leg. Price: $15.25 13 PRESSURE TAPS SINGLE- OUTPUT TAPS Model 1491 -AC* Capacitive Tap. Model 1491A block for 405" to 412' O.D. cables (includes PTC insert). Price: $2.60 Model 1491 -AR ** Resistive Tap. Model 1491A block for 405' to 412' O.D. cables (includes PTR insert). Price: $2.85 Model 1491 - BMT * ** Back - matched Tap. Model 1491B block for 405' to 412' O.D. cables (includes BMT insert). Price: $4.60 Model 1491 - CMT * ** Color- matched Tap. Model 1491A block for 405' to 412' O.D. cables (includes CMT insert). Price: $4.30 Model 1492 -AC* Resistive Tap. Model 1492A block for 460" to 480" O.D. cables (includes PTC insert). Price: $2.60 Model 1492 -AR ** Resistive Tap. Model 1492A block for 460" to 480" O.D. cables (includes PTR inserts). Price: $2.85 Model 1492 - BMT * ** Back - matched Tap. Model 1492B block for 460" to 480" O.D. cables (includes BMT insert). Price: $4.60 Model 1492 - CMT * ** Color- matched Tap. Model 1492A block 460" to 480" O.D. cables (includes CMT insert). Price: $4.30 Model 1493 -AC* Capacitive Tap. Model 1493A block for 500" O.D. cables (includes PTC insert). Price: $2.60 Model 1493R -AR ** Resistive Tap. Model 1493A block for 500" 0.0. cables (includes PTR insert). Price: $2.85 Model 1493- BMT * ** Back - matched Tap. Model 1493B block for 500" O.D. cables (includes BMT insert). Price: $4.60 Model 1493 - CMT * ** Color- matched Tap. Model 1493A block for 500" O.D. cables (includes CMT insert). Price: $4.30 HEART OF THE ISOLATION BACKTAAPSCHED INSERTS Toroidal- Design Transformer Inserts Model BMT Model CMT:i Model BMT * ** Back - matched Isolation Insert for "B" Blacks. Price: $3.60 Model CMT * ** Color- matched Isolation Insert for "A" Blacks. Price: $3.15 Model PTC* Capacitive Insert for "A" Blocks. Price: $1.60 Model PTR ** Resistive Insert for "A" Blocks. Price: $1.65 *Specify color for desired isolation value lW, R, Y, G, B, BK). ` *Specify numeral for desired isolation value (3 for 30 db, 6 for 35 db, or 15 for 40 db). ** *Specify attenuation for desired isolation value BMT -35, 30, 25, 20, 16, 12, or 12T. CMT -36, 30, 24, 20, 16, or 12. CUTTING TOOLS Model CD -11. Cable cutting tool for 1491 "A" series block. Price: $2.25 Model CD -12. Cable cutting tool for 1491, 1492, 1493, "B" series blocks and MT -4 multi taps. Price: $4.75 Model CT -2. Serrated cutting tip for CD -I1. Price: $1.10 Model CT-4. Serrated cutting tip for CD -12. Price: $1.15 14 Single - Output Tap FOUR - OUTPUT TAPS Models: MT4.1 *, MT4 -2 *, MT4.3 -* Model MT4 -1 * ** Four - output Back - matched Tap. Model 14918 block for 405' to 412' O.D. cables (includes BMT insert). Price: $18.50 Model MT4.2 * ** Four - output Back - matched Tap. Model 1492B block for 460" to 480" O.D. cables (includes BMT insert). Price: $18.50 Model MT4 -3 * ** Four - output Back - matched Tap. Model 1493B block for 500" O.D. cables (includes BMT insert). Price: $18.50 BLOCKS Model 1491A. "A" block for 1491AC, AR, or CMT taps. Price: $1.10 Model 14910. "B" block for 1491 BMT and MT4 -1, 2, or 3 taps. Price: $1.20 Model 1492A. "A" block for 1492 -AC, AR, or CMT taps. Price: $1.10 Model 14920. "B" block for 1492 -BMT, MT4 -1, 2, or 3 taps. Price: $1.20 Model 1493A. "A" block for 1493 -AC, AR, or CMT taps. Price: $1.10 Model 14938. "B" block for 1493 -BMT and MT4-1r 2, or 3 taps. Price: $1.20 TRANSFORMERS WALL OUTLET (FM) Model T -378. 75 to 300 ohm matching transformer (econ- omy model). Price: $1.55 Model T -312. Surface mount- ing matching transformer. Price: $2.75 Model T -373. Flush mounting matching transformer. Price: $2.75 Model FMT -3. Provides for connection of one FM set to line. Surface mounting. Isola- tion: 8 db minimum, 17 db maximum. Less than 1 db in- sertion loss. 75 ohm imped- ance. Price: $3.65 ATTENUATORS Model A -750 -F is a slide- switch device providing 0 to 82 db attenuation Model AV -75 -F is a rotary- switch device providing 0 to 62.5 db attenu- in one -db steps. Covers 0 to 250 me range. Price: $54.50 ation in 0.5 db steps. Covers 0 to 500 me range. Price: $160.00 FIELD STRENGTH METERS AND ADAPTERS NEW! Model 727 is a deluxe, solid -state FSM. This portable, light- weight instru- ment can be powered from three sources; (1) built -in, rechargeable nickel - .:." cadmium battery (10 hrs. continuous use between charges), (2) any 117 -v ac outlet, and (3) any external 12 -v, 50 me. battery. Range: 5 to 220 me in 4 ranges. Accuracy: X1.5 db. v Meter ranges: 10 microvolts to 3 volts in 10 ranges. Also features recorder output, video o :,_ output jack, meter range indicator, and dial lights. Price: $595.00 Model UH -127 is a plug -in adapter to extend the range of Model 727 to cover the UHF band (470 to 890 me). Price: $120.00 Model 720 is an economy, solid - state, battery- operated FSM ideally suited to field applications. Range: 54 to 108 me and 174 to 220 mc. Accuracy: -1.75 db. Employs 2 standard, 9 volt, transistor -radio -type batteries. Price: $295.00 Model UH -720 UHF adapter can be connected to any FSM on the market to extend its range to cover the UHF band (470 to 890 me). Built -in power supply enables it to be operated at a MARKER GENERATORS Model CM -10 TV provides your choice of up to ten a crystal - controlled marker , signals between 100 kc and -w 100 me. In the higher fre- "• q`« -� is quencies, up to the 20th p,p 4 ---"'- harmonic will visible (up to the 10th in the lower .�t� frequencies). Proper choice and mixing will provide harmonic sideband ( "birdie bypass ") markers across wide band width. Features include individual amplitude con- trol, marker -shape control, scope preamplifier, choice of ac or do marks, and provision for the addition of external markers. Price: (w /10 crystals): $615.00 Model CM-6TV is a portable unit similar to CM -10 in circuitry. Instrument pro - o o Jb vides up to 6 crystal controlled marker � si nals between 2 and 100 me. . a g Price (w /6 crystals): $445.00 00 r�Models RLBV•7F and RLBV -6H -7F are rf bridges having respectively 40 and 60 db return loss. Model CM-67V Prices: RLBV -7F, $175.00; RLBV- 611-71F, $250.00 Models 0 -86 -7F and 0 -75 -UF are bridging -type rf detectors having respective ranges of 0.5 to 230 me and 0.5 to 1200 me. They con- vert rf energy into do voltage for direct application to an oscillo- scope, a scope preamp, or a recorder. Prices: 0- 86 -7F, $25.00; 0.15 -11F, $55.00 distance from the FSM. Accuracy: '2 db. Supplied complete with 300 -75 ohm matching transformer, plug -in UHF antenna, universal mounting bar, 2 F -59 male connectors, and 2 9 -volt alkaline batteries. Price: $120.00 Model 704 -8 is the tube -type FSM covering the TV and FM bands which has long been the standard of the industry. Reads down to 5 microvolts and up to 3 volts in 8 ranges. Accuracy: '0.8 d6. Price: $395.00 Model TK -704 adapts Model 704 -8 to cover the sub -VHF range. Price: $105.00 SWEEP GENERATORS Model 900.9.7E provides 10 kc to 400 me sweeps to satisfy both narrow and wide sweepwidth requirements. Built -in test equipment includes attenuator, harmonic marker generator, scope preamplifier, plug -in rf detector (removable for remote use), and rf output meter. A large, accurately, calibrated, illuminated dial provides center - frequency reference at a glance. Additional features include VHF - UHF switch, marker amplifier, provision for inserting external markers for connecting other accessory equipment. Specifications: ranges —VHF, 500 kc to 400 me and UHF, 275 me to 1200 me; response —flat within "--0.5 db up to 800 me and X1.5 db from 800 to 1200 me; output capability —VHF, 0.25 v rms and UHF, 0.5 v rms. Price: $2,045.00 Model 601 -71F is a portable sweep generator for testing and aligning if and rf circuits in the frequency range from 12 to 225 me. There are eleven overlapping switch ranges to cover the entire band with fundamental frequency output on all ranges. The unit features an electronic, saturable- reactor sweep circuit with a maximum sweep deviation of approximately "--60% of center frequency. The rf output response at 0.5 volts rms is flat within �a/4 db. Output level is ad- justable by switch attenuators. The horizontal output can be phased thru approximately 360 °. Blanking is provided with a front panel switch. Price: $365.00 15 COMPLETE RF TEST EQUIPMENT PACKAGE FOR CATV SYSTEMS Modal 1801 MODEL 1801 Made[ 1801. Rack - mounted Jerrold rf test equipment includes a Model 890-71' sweep generator, a 704 -B field strength meter, a TC3 -7F three - position coaxial switcher, a CM -10TV marker gener- ator, two TML -1 solid -state amplifiers, an RPS -15 power supply, three AV -75FR attenuators, a D -75 -FR detector, and two CS-275 rotary coaxial transfer switches ganged together in a special manner for this rack application. Also included in the rack is a high - sensitivity Tektronix oscilloscope Model RM -503. A pull -out work surface is provided for the equipment under test. A Jerrold variable bridge Model RLBV -7F is supplied with the rack. Applications include quick and accurate MBC (measurement-by- comparison) tests as well as noise figure, signal -to -noise ratio, and signal strength tests. Any CATV equipment (amplifiers, con- verters, cable, cable connectors, filters, traps, etc.) can be tested for all rf characteristics. Price: $5,450.00 Model 1802 is similar to Model 1801 except that Tektronix high - sensitivity scope is replaced by a wide -band Model RM -15 Tek- tranix scope. Price: $5,775.00 Model 1803 is similar to Model 1801 except that no oscilloscope is supplied. Price: $4,750.00 VOLTAGE COMPARATORS Each of these models provides for the simultaneous display on an oscilloscope of the output voltages of electronic devices under test and reference voltages from another source for immediate and simple com- parison. This technique insures measurement free from errors due to detector square law characteristics, scope calibration, or non - linearity. Model FD-30 is a portable, two - position (alternates between reference and test) comparator covering the do to 230 me range. Price: $195.00 16 Model TC3 -7F is a bench or rack - mounted, solid- state, three - position comparator which permits simultaneous viewing of three separate traces on a scope. Specifications: range —dc to 1200 mc; isolation -30 db min. (1000 mc), 28 db min. (1200 mc); VSWR -1.1:1 max. (1000 mc), 1.2:1 max. (1200 mc); in- sertion loss -0.1 db; fittings- 75-ohm F. Price: $295.00 FIRST IN CATV The nation's largest, most .experienced manufacturer /supplier of CATV equipment and services CATV Systems Division JERROLD ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 401 Walnut Street, . Philadelphia, . Pa. 19105 Phone: (215).925 -9870 • WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. APPLICATION TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FRANCHISE UNDER ORDINANCE NO, 1153 • CONTENTS (1) Applicant's Name and Address 1 -2 (2) Applicant's Proposed CATV Operation 2 -4 (3) Subscriber Rates and Agreement 4 (4) Public Utility Agreement 4 -5 (5) Applicant's Organization, Officers, etc. 5 -7 Conclusion 7 Exhibits: ' 111" Map of The City of Newport Beach ' 12" System Equipment List and Specifications 113" Operational Procedures and Standards 114" Sales Aid Brochure "51" Proposed Rates and Charges "6" CATV Rental Agreement (subscriber contract) ' PT &T Letter of Intent "8;01" Resume of John R. Frost "8.02" Resume of William C. Johnston "8.03" Resume of Robert E. Bowman "8.04" Resume of Frank J. Connolly "S.05" Resume of Arnold N. Broyles 18.06" Resume of H. Donald Howell "9" Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. Annual Report to Stockholders "'10" Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. CATV Announcement Card BEFORE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH In the matter of WARNER BROS. TV. SERVICES, INC. Applicant APPLICATION FOR FRANCHISE TO CONSTRUCT, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN A CATV SYSTEM UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 1153 (Chapter 9.5 of Article VI of the Newport Beach Municipal Code) WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. (herein called "Applicant "), wholly -owned by WARNER BROS. PICTURES, INC. (herein called "the parent company "), hereby makes application to the CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH for a franchise (to the extent such franchise may be required) to construct, operate and maintain a community antenna television (CATV) system in the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH and, in support of such application, submits the following information, (1) Applicant's Name and Address 1.01 Applicant's name is WARNER BROS INC. 1.02 Applicant's principal office in Newport Beach (and its main operations office) is National Bank Building (Suite 216), Westcliff at Newport Beach, California (Telephone: Area Code TV SERVICES, the City of in the Newport Dover Drive, 714: 642 - 3260) 1.03 Applicant's head office for corporate affairs is in New York City, c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (Telephone; Area Code 212: Circle 6- 1000), and it also has certain facilities and personnel • of the parent company's Burbank, California, studios and offices available to it at 4000 Warner Boulevard, Burbank, California 91503 (Telephones- Area Code 213- 469 -1257. and 848- 6621) (2) Applicant's Proposed CATV Operation 2.01 Applicant proposes to furnish its CATV service to the entire City of Newport Beach, making it available in five separate phases as installation progresses. The first phase will be undertaken promptly and, depending upon the availability of equipment and services and the processing of necessary permits and the obtaining of necessary authorizations, subject, of course, to the intervention of occurrences (such as strike, fire, storm, etc.) over which Applicant has no control, should proceed as follows: Assuming this application is granted and the franchise issued by July 1, 1966, the antenna and head -end equipment installations should be completed by September 1, 1966, by which date the construction of the amplification and distribution system (including the main trunk line and the feeder lines) by The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company should be completed to permit home connections for the first 200 or more subscribers in the area so that (after a period of about fifteen days of testing, both by Applicant and by the PT &T) service would be started for such customers by September 15, 1966. Thereafter, the completion of the construction of the amplification and dis- tribution system and the making of the home connections would continue with reasonable diligence. At the same time as con- struction, etc., is proceeding in phase 1, the construction of the amplification and distribution systems for phases 2, 3, 4 and 5 would be undertaken, on a staggered date basis, to the end that home connections wound be made and service commenced within a reasonable period of time thereafter. A map, showing the areas encompassed by each of the five separate phases, is attached marked Exhibit "l.° The foregoing will necessarily be subject to unknown or unforeseen contingencies which may develop as construction progresses, such as (for example, and not necessarily limited to) the effects of the erosion of under- ground, salt water tables, the condition of marine cable and the problems of installing new underground facilities, some of which contingencies, at least, are matters which may, as construction of the system progresses, require the combined attention of the PT &T, the City Engineering Department and Applicant. 2.02 Applicant's facilities will be designed to fur- nish to each private, home television set connected to the system, twelve (12) full -color channels. A copy of Applicant's System Equipment List and Specifications is attached marked Exhibit "2" and will in every respect conform with or exceed the requirements of Section 6964. A copy of Applicant's Operational Procedures and Standards is attached marked Exhibit '3u" 2.03 Applicant's proposed system is unique in that it will be comprised of Applicant owned and operated antennae -2- and head -end facilities and home connections but the distribu- tion and amplification system (including trunk and feeder lines) will be owned and maintained by The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company. The use of the distribution part of the system will be made available to Applicant under a so- called "Lease back agreement" referred to in more detail in section (4) of this application. Applicant, upon the authority of qualified engineering studies and opinions, believes that its system, although costly to install and to operate, will assure subscribers in The City of Newport Beach of the least incon- venience in the matter of installation, the best competence in the matters of design, installation, maintenance and oper- ation and the best possible results in television reception. (see also paragraph 2.06 hereof.) 2.04 Because of Applicant's lease -back method of operation, it will not, itself, use any poles, wires or con- duits, public ways or public property except to the limited extent that may be necessary between Applicant's antenna tower and its head -end equipment site. Indeed Applicant's lease- back agreement with the PT &T "will not permit Applicant to use the poles, wires, conduits, etc, of the distribution part of the system, for which, of course, the PT &T already has authority under its so- called "Statewide franchise." 2.05 A general description of Applicant's proposed service and methods of operation, including questions and answers on subjects of interest in connection with a CATV system installation and operation, in the form of a printed sales aid brochure is attached marked Exhibit 1140" 2.06 Outside consulting engineers and contractors (other than those on Applicant's staff mentioned in paragraph 5.04 hereof and other than those available through Applicant's relations with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company) whose services and capabilities are used by Applicant in designing, constructing and installing and in subsequently maintaining its CATV systems include San Diego Engineering Company of San Diego, California; Kaiser -Cox Corporation of Phoenix, Arizona; Graham Sound Company of Costa Mesa, Califor- nia, and Dike & Colgrove, general contractor, also of Costa Mesa. As already mentioned, the facilities and services of the PT &Twill also be utilized in the design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of Applicant's system, 2007 Applicant's parent company, Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc., will furnish the legal and accounting services incidental to Applicant's proposed system for The City of Newport Beach and, through the parent company, Applicant will -3- y have access to information and specialized services (relating to, for example, subjects such as copyrights, Federal Commu- nications Commission regulations, State Public Utilities Commission regulations, and the like) in New York, Washington, Sacramento, and at other points which services are not gen- erally or readily available to most CATV operators. (3) Subscriber Rates and Agreement 3.01 A copy of Applicant's proposed rates and charges to subscribers for installation and services is attached marked Exhibit "5.1' It should be noted here, how- ever, that for unusual circumstances, such as underground cable requirements, or more than 150 feet of distance from trunk line to connection of service to subscribers, or other difficulties in making installation or maintaining service, Applicant would make additional charges. All of Applicant's installation charges are and will be based upon Pacific Tele- phone and Telegraph Company's charges to Applicant which, in turn, are governed by California State Public Utilities Com- mission requirements Applicant's installation charges in every instance will be at or below its actual cost and its overall charges are fair and reasonable and designed to meet all necessary costs of the service. 3.02 A copy of Applicant's form of subscriber agree-.., ment (captioned "CATV RENTAL AGREEMENT ") is attached marked Exhibit 116." ( -4) Public Utility Agreement 4.01 Applicant has concluded arrangements with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company to "Lease back" the main distribution system (see '2.03 hereof) which PT &T will, upon the granting of a franchise to Applicant, install in accordance with the specifications of Exhibit "2," attached, which specifications Applicant has worked out in consultation with, among others, PT &Tss engineers. PT &T has already entered into a similar lease -back agreement with Applicant which was approved by the California Public Utilities Commission on April 26, 1966 for a CATV system in the Mission Viejo (Laguna Hills) area of Orange County, which system is in operation. 4.02 Applicant's lease -back contract with PT &T for Applicant's CATV system for The City of Newport Beach is presently in preparation by attorneys for the PT &T based, in principle, upon Applicant's similar contract as to the Mission -4- • E Viejo system noted in 4.01 above. A copy of PT &T's letter of intent to Applicant in this regard is attached marked Exhibit "7." (5) Applicant's Organization, Officers, etc. 5.01 Applicant is a wholly -owned subsidiary cor- poration of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc., which has been engaged in the business of producing and distributing feature motion pictures, television films and (through another subsidiary corporation) phonograph records for many years. 5.02 Applicant, a Delaware corporation, wholly - owned by Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. (as has already been noted) on December 1, 1965, qualified to do business in the State of California as evidenced by the Certificate of qualification of the Secretary of said State, executed on said date. 5.03 The names and addresses of Applicant's principal officers and directors are: E. L. DePATIE President and Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California JOHN R. FROST Vice President & General Manager and Director c/o Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. Newport National Bank Building Suite 216 Westcliff at Dover Drive Newport Beach, California P. D. KNECHT' Secretary and Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California H. E. HOLMAN Treasurer and Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California -5- BRYAN S. MOORE Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California 5.04 Mr. John R. Frost, Applicant's General Manager, will directly supervise Applicant's Newport Beach CATV system, if this application is granted. A brief outline of Mr. Frost's professional experience and qualifications is attached marked Exhibit "8.01 ". Applicant's Director of Engineering, Mr. William C. Johnston, will supervise, working closely with consulting engineers and with engineering per - sonnel of The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company, the design, installation, operation and maintenance of Applicant's CATV system for The City of Newport Beach, if this application is granted. A copy of a resume of Mr. Johnston's professional and personal background and experience is attached marked Exhibit 118.02 ". Mr. Robert E. Bowman, Applicant's Director • of Marketing and Advertising, will be, in charge, of Applicant's subscriber solicitations, advertising and publicity in the franchised area and a copy of his resume of experience and qualifications is attached marked Exhibit "8.03 ". Other mem- bers of Applicant's organization who will take an active part in the establishment, development and operations of Applicant's CATV system in this area if Applicant is granted a franchise are Mr. Frank J. Connolly, Applicant's Supervising Field Engineer, and its Systems Analysts, Mr. Arnold N. Broyles and Mr. H. Donald Howell. Copies of outlines of their experience and qualifications are attached marked Exhibits "8.04," "8.05" and "8.06," respectively. In addition to the foregoing, if this application is granted, Applicant will engage the exclusive, full time services of a qualified individual as Systems Manager who, also, will be headquartered at Applicant's Newport Beach head office and who will have the direct, day -to -day respon- sibility for the operation of the system. 5.05 Applicant will, with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company as noted, design, install and maintain the CATV system. Applicant is not acting or posing as a front or representative for any other person, firm, group or cor- poration. (6) Applicant's Financial Statement • 6.01 Applicant, as noted in 5.02 above, has recently been qualified to conduct the business of furnishing CATV and -6- BRYAN S MOORE Director c/o Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. 4000 Warner Boulevard Burbank, California 5.04 Mr. John R. Frost, Applicant's General Manager, will directly supervise Applicant's Newport Beach CATV system, if this application is granted. A brief outline of Mr. Frost's professional experience and qualifications is attached marked Exhibit 118.01 ". Applicant's Director of Engineering, Mr. William C. Johnston, will supervise, working closely with consulting engineers and with engineering per- sonnel of The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company, the design, installation, operation and maintenance of Applicant's CATV system for The City of Newport Beach, if this application is granted. A copy of a resume of Mr. Johnston's professional and personal background and experience is attached marked Exhibit "8.02 ". Mr. Robert E. Bowman, Applicant's Director of Marketing and Advertising, will be in charge of Applicant's subscriber solicitations, advertising and publicity in the franchised area and a copy of his resume of experience and qualifications is attached marked Exhibit "8.03 ". Other mem- bers of Applicant's organization who will take an active part in the establishment, development and operations of Applicant: °s CATV system in this area if Applicant is granted .a franchise are Mr. Frank J. Connolly, Applicant's Supervising Field Engineer, and its Systems Analysts, Mr. Arnold N. Broyles and Mr. H. Donald Howell. Copies of outlines of their experience and qualifications are attached marked Exhibits "8.04,° "8,05" and "8.06," respectively. In addition to the foregoing, if this application is granted, Applicant will engage the exclusive, full time services of a qualified individual as Systems Manager who, also, will be headquartered at Applicant's Newport Beach head office and who will have the direst, day -to -day respon- sibility for the operation of the system. 5.05 Applicant will, with The Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Company as noted, design, install and maintain the CATV system. Applicant is not acting or posing as a front or representative for any other person, firm, group or cor- poration. (6) Applicant's Financial Statement 6.01 Applicant, as noted in 5.02 above, has recently been qualified to conduct the business of furnishing CATV and May i8, 1966 WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LIST The following list represents the equipment used in a typical Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. CATV System. Until complete system design has been accomplished, specific units of the system cannot be specified. Those items identified by an asterisk ( *) are the major equipment units known at this time to be planned into the Newport Beach System. Tower and Antenna Equipment 1 Rohn #SS type, 80' galvanized self- supporting tower 1 Rohn #FGH -A2 antenna support tube 3 Cross arm assemblies * 10 Jerrold "J series" VHF antennas * 2 Jerrold #J -3065 B -72 UHF antennas • Head -End Equipment - Twelve Channels * 3 California Chassis equipment cabinet complete with exhaust blowers, AC wiring strips, blank panels, raceways, etc. * 3 Jerrold #PEP -1000, power entrance panel * 12 Jerrold #COM, Channel Commander units * 12 Bud Chassis slides for #COM units * 2 Jerrold #504ST, crystal controlled UHF to VHF convertors * 1 Jerrold #PPS -BA pre - amplifier power supply * 3 Jerrold #TPR, pre - amplifiers Distribution System (Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Co. Jerrold Starline Amplifiers (Note: Spaced throughout system, number unknown at this time) Western Electric Coaxial Cable, CA -3002H 40 (Note: Proprietary to telephone co.) SLK Multi -taps EXHIBIT 2 May 18, 1966 WARNER BROS, TV SERVICES, INC. OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES As is evident from the System Equipment List and Specifications (Exhibit 2), a WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. CATV System utilizes the highest quality materials and equipment available. Not only is the functional capability of this equipment excellent, the equipment is designed and constructed to provide long -term, trouble -free service. Basically, these procedures discuss how Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc, will handle service problems when they do arise and outlines the extensive preventative maintenance program in effect on our systems. The amplification and distribution system is designed, installed and maintained by Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Co. The same operating policies, philosophies and maintenance procedures so successfully used on your telephone system apply to our distribution ® system. All troubles in this portion of our CATV system receives the same prompt and efficient attention we have all learned to expect and get on our telephone service. As an example, the distribution system, being pressurized, allows for automatic warning signals to be transmitted directly to the telephone company's emergency repair center. Warner Bros.. TV Services, Inc. has adopted, wherever applicable, the telephone company procedures for operation and maintenance of our portion of the system.. Because the subscriber does have his own tele- vision receiver, which is, as you know, subject to periodic trouble, Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc, thoroughly indoctrinates the subscriber how to report reception problems and provides trained personnel to analyze from such report wherein the trouble lies. The National Com- munity Television Association states in excess of 98% of service calls on TV cable systems are the result of TV receiver trouble rather than trouble with the cable serving the receiver. When it is determined the trouble is with the subscriber's receiver, the subscriber is so informed and advised to call his TV repairman. EXH -IBIT 3 May 18, 1966 Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. . Operational Procedures Page Two Since Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. has no intent or desire to enter into the television set repair business and in fact is prohibited by law to engage in this business, no attempt will ever be made to influence the subscriber's choice of TV repair service. Our preventative maintenance program follows the practices well established over the past several years by the electronics industry in the fields of communications (PT &T), computers, aerospace and automation systems. In accordance with the equipment manufacturers,' recommendations, the system equipment will receive scheduled, periodic inspections and tests. In addition, the system performance will be verified every three months at the outlet of a specified sample of the system subscribers. Test equipment and instruments for these tests will be calibrated and certified to by a licensed certified test laboratory. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc, will submit these test results to the City Engineer or other designated city agency for approval. Every six months the system will be verified by an outside, independent certified laboratory of the city's choice. Costs of these verifications to be paid by Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. The head -end electronics system is monitored continuously 24 hours a day, seven days a week to insure proper function. This is accomplished by utilizing telephone circuitry provided by Pacific Tele- phone Co. Automatic trouble indicators produce signals which are transmitted directly to our master control center. The nature and loca- tion of any trouble is immediately identified by this warning system. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. has a complete operational spares inventory which assures expeditious handling of any system problems. The inventory includes complete major assemblies such as, channel, commanders, amplifiers, pre - amplifiers, converters (UHF to VHF)„ etc. Spare vacuum tubes, resistors, capacitors, transformers and other detailed parts are always in stock. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. maintenance personnel are highly trained technicians. All maintenance will be done according to established written procedures . Only top quality tools, instruments and rolling stock will, be used by our maintenance crews. These crews will operate under rules and policies established by the Public Utilities Commission. EXHIBIT 3 5 -17 -66 WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. OPERATIONAL STANDARDS The CATV System shall be designed, installed and maintained in a manner to provide subscribers with high grade television service. In determining the satisfactory extent of such standards, the following system specifi- cations among others shall be considered; (a) The system shall be capable of delivering all NTSC color and monochrome signals to standard EIA television receivers, both monochrome and color and FM receivers without modifications or other attachments. The signals shall be distributed to individual subscriber's television sets without noticeable degradation of color fidelity, picture information, audio distortion or cross channel interference. (b) The system shall be designed and rated for continuous 24 hour day operation under temperature and environmental conditions encountered in the area. • (c) The system shall be designed to provide a 3162 microvolt (as measured across 75 ohms) level input to the subscriber's house drop, and shall provide a nominal 4500 microvolt (as measured across 300 ohms) level input to the terminals of the subscriber's television set. (d) A system signal -to -noise ratio shall be not less than 46 db as measured on any of the VHF television channels. (e) The hum modulation of the picture signal observed at any point throughout the system shall be less than 5 %. (f) The voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) shall be such that the echo or ghosts are down 40 db on all trunk and feeder cables. (g) Cross modulation components shall be down 57 db minimum and no visible components of video shall appear on a blank white screen on any channel of the system with all other channels operating with modulation at their rated levels. EXHIBIT 3.01 5 -17 -66 Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. Operational Standards Page Two (h) The frequency response of the system shall be flat plus or minus 3 db from 54 to 216 megacycles on all -band systems and from 54 to 108 megacycles on low -band systems. The amplitude variation of the signals shall not deviate in excess of plus or minus 2 db over any 6 megacycle bandwidth of any television channel. W Radiation from the coaxial cable or electronic equipment shall not exceed the limitation imposed by the Federal Communications Rules and Regulations. Properly installed coaxial cable and electronic equipment shall have a radiation level of lens than 10 microvolts per meter at 10 feet as measured across 75 ohms. (j) The audio carrier level of each television channel shall be adjusted for a minimum of 12 db below the level of any adjacent video carrier. EXHIBIT 3.01 SEE LAST EXHIBIT EXHIBIT 4 • WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. NEWPORT NATIONAL BANK BUILDING WESTCLIFF AT DOVER - SUITE 225 NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660 TELEPHONE: (714) 642 -6880 RENTAL & RATE SCHEDULE FOR TV SERVICES* INSTALLATION (ONE TIME ONLY CHARGE): Telephone Co. House Drop Charge $ 25.00 Warner Bros. Installation Charge for First Outlet Connection 12.00 Installation of Each New or Additional Outlet 8.50 Reconnection Charge (Applicable if Service is Suspended) 10.00 MONTHLY SERVICE RENTAL CHARGES: Service Rental Charge $ 6.50 for One Set Service Rental Charge for Each Additional Set 1.75 *Please Note: The Installation costs and charges may vary, depending upon location, construction, installation • and individual servicing circumstances. Payment for services is set up on a bi- monthly basis, payable in advance. Service will be connected upon payment of installation costs and the first two months service charge. REMEMBER ... THE INSTALLATION CHARGE IS A ONE TIME ONLY COST A minimum installation charge would be $37.00 (525.00 Telephone Company plus $12.00 Warner Bros.). This amount would cover installation of service for one TV set. If you had a second set and wanted to hook it up also, there would be an additional charge of $8.50 for installation. Monthly service rental for one set is $6.50. Rental service for two sets is $8.25 per month. NO LONG TERM COMMITMENTS'! ...WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC. believes that it must provide excellent television service to assure continued customer satisfaction. There is no requirement that you, the equipment renter, musr stay on the WARNER BROS. TV SYSTEM if dissatisfied for any reason. Therefore, you may feel free to accept or reject the service at any time without worrying about continuing rental obligations. The only agreement that you are required to sign authorizes Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. to install the service, acknowledge the installation has been made, and explains the details of maintenance and operation of the system. EXHIBIT 5 WARNER BROS., TV SERVICES, INC. ss1 Tel. (714) 642 -6880 or Newport National Bank Bldg., Westcliff at Dover Dr., Suite 225, Newport Beach, Calif. CATV RENTAL AGREEMENT ArrOUNT NO. 1ST INITIAL 2NO IN I..TI AL RENTER -S SURNAME HOUSE NUMBER. STREET CITY STAT§. ZIP CODE TELEPHONE NUMB E R'; DATE SERVICE BEGINS: BILLING CODE RENTAL - .FIRST CONNECTION ODD-1 EVEN-2 7 2 Months @$6.50 per Month 13 00 INSTALLATION DATE: TIME AM RENTAL - EXTRA JACKS ' PM 2 2 Months @ 1,75 per Month. I ACCESS ADDRESS: ADDITIONAL I 3 RENTAL INSTALLATION CHARGE 4 FIRST CONNECTION `INSTRUCTIONS: _- - 5 INSTALLATION CHARGE -Extra Jacks @ each - 6 - ADDITIONAL .INSTALLATIONS CHARGE HOUSE DROP INSTALLATION: DATE_ /- TOTAL CHARGES APPROVED BY: DATE / / - '8 PAID IN ADVANCE AMOUNT DUE INSTALLED BY:' DATE i d 1 y_. The Renter above -named hereby rents from WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC., a corporation ( "Warner "), the non - exclusive use of its master television antenna located at California, lines and other equipment now or hereafter owned or controlled by Warner in connection therewith (all sometimes herein called "the system ") for the purpose of enabling and /or assisting Renter to operate Renter's own receiving equipment in the above premises. Renter warrants that said premises are a private dwelling and that Renter has the authority to enter into this agreement (even if not the owner of the premises). Charges are non - refundable. Rental charges .are payable in advance on the first day of every other month. Warner may disconnect the system from.. the premises' without notice if rental charges are not paid by the 15th of the month in which due. Either party may terminate this agreement at the end of any bi- monthly service period by at least 10 days' written notice to the other. THE "GENERAL PROVISIONS" ON THE REVERSE ARE A PART HEREOF. Ct,►SiOMER EXHIBIT 6 Renter WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, Tel. (714) 6$2 -6880 atroafal Bank Bldg., Westcliff at Dover Dr., Suite 225, CATV RENTAL AGREEMENT S4111L ESMAN .r1, The Renter above -named hereby rents from WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC., a corporation ( "Warner "), the non - exclusive use of its master television antenna located at California, lines and other equipment now or hereafter owned or controlled by Warner in connection therewith (all sometimes herein called "the system") for the purpose of enabling and /or assisting Renter to operate. Renter's own receiving equipment in the above premises. Renter warrants that said premises are a private dwelling and that Renter has the authority to enter into this agreement (even if not the owner of the premises). Charges are non- refundable. Rental chargers are payable in advance on the first day of every other month. Warner may disconnect the system from the premises without notice if rental charges are not paid by the 15th of the month in which due. Either party may terminate this agreement at the end of any b- monthly service period by at least 10 days' written notice to the other. #449 -,k RAL PROVISIONS" ON THE REVERSE ARE A PART HEREOF. ak'�-COMER j, I ter SURNAME" HOUSE NUMBER STREET - a' V STATE ZIP C- ;Il , t .. . '.,4 -. ; S.TE F, Its EmIN S: BILLING CODE ` N' RENTAL —FIRST CO l ��' ODD -1 EVEN -2 1 '2 Months C':$6.50 per Month 13 i 00 EAL A TjZN DATE: TIME AM .,._ RENTAL —EXTRA JACKS i ' R^^ NAC 2 2 Months @ 1.75 per Month. i S APDRESS: ADDITIONAL I 3 RENTAL INSTALLATION CHARGE 4 FIRST CONNECTION INSTRUCTIONS; 5 INSTALLATION CHARGE Extra Jacks @ each - 6 ADDITIONAL 'INSTALLATION CHARGE h `, I1'r' 1 HOUSE DROP IN ST%LL ATION: DATE / / � TOTAL CHARGES APPROVED'BVI DATE / ' �,. 8 'PAID IN ADVANCE - AMOUNT DUE INSTALLED BY: DATE / / .r1, The Renter above -named hereby rents from WARNER BROS. TV SERVICES, INC., a corporation ( "Warner "), the non - exclusive use of its master television antenna located at California, lines and other equipment now or hereafter owned or controlled by Warner in connection therewith (all sometimes herein called "the system") for the purpose of enabling and /or assisting Renter to operate. Renter's own receiving equipment in the above premises. Renter warrants that said premises are a private dwelling and that Renter has the authority to enter into this agreement (even if not the owner of the premises). Charges are non- refundable. Rental chargers are payable in advance on the first day of every other month. Warner may disconnect the system from the premises without notice if rental charges are not paid by the 15th of the month in which due. Either party may terminate this agreement at the end of any b- monthly service period by at least 10 days' written notice to the other. #449 -,k RAL PROVISIONS" ON THE REVERSE ARE A PART HEREOF. ak'�-COMER j, I ter 0 TO BE DELIVERED AT A SUBSEQUENT DATE EXHIBIT 7 RESUME OF JOHN R. FROST VICE PRESIDENT & GENERAL MANAGER John R. Frost has held management positions in the aerospace, electronics, and missile construction fields for the past 25 years. He has an AB degree in Business Administration from UCLA and an LLB degree from USC. Mr. Frost has had extensive experience in marketing and contract administration on major prime and subcontracts relating to national defense and scientific studies. Such experience included UHF and VHF aerial and land -line communications systems on major Govern- ment and private industry contracts. Television transmission was an integral part of such contracts. Mr. Frost is Vice President and General Manager of Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , a wholly owned subsidiary of Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. is engaged solely in constructing and operating community antenna television (CATV) systems. He has held such positions as Vice President- General Manager of J. A. McNeil - California Electric Construction- Hickman Brothers, a joint venture engaged in ballistic missile operational site activation; Vice President- Marketing, Lear - Seigler- Hallamore Division; and Executive Assistant to Holmes and Narver, Inc. on Atomic Energy Projects. Mr. Frost is an active member of the State Bar of California. He is married, has four children and lives on Lido Isle. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.01 RESUME OF WILLIAM C. JOHNSTON DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING Mr. William C. Johnston has a BSME from Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa; an MSAE from the California Institute of Technology, Pasa- dena, California, where he wrote his thesis entitled, "Instrumentation for Strain Gauges," and two years of law studies at Loyola Law School, Los Angeles. He is also a member of the Engineering Honorary Fraternity, Tau Beta Pi. For four years, Mr. Johnston served with the United States Air Force as a B -29 Maintenance and Flight Engineer. During this tour' of duty, he attended the Air Force Engineering School at Yale University. He also taught an accelerated electrical and electronic course on the B -29 Bomber to combat flight crews. Later he was assigned special duty as General Doolittle's personal B -2'9 Flight Engineer and received an honorable discharge as Captain. • Mr. Johnston has twenty years experience in aircraft and missile engineering management which includes: Four years with U. S. Gypsum as an Industrial Engineering Consultant to aircraft and pottery manufac- turers and motion picture studio staff shops -. Four years as Senior Los Angeles Resident Representative with Canadair Ltd. Six years as Project Manager on the installation, validation and testing of Atlas and Titan missile bases, telemeter circuitry and related equipment. Six years as a practicing professional engineer working on missile systems and aerospace vehicles such as the Gemini spacecraft. Mr. Johnston is married, has three children and has lived in Southern California for the past 25 years. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.02 RESUME OF ROBERT E. BOWMAN DIRECTOR OF MARKETING & ADVERTISING Robert Bowman was born in Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1926. In 1942, he entered the United States Navy and spent 2 -1/2 years in the Pacific Theatre during World Velar II as an electrical and communication specialist. Following World War II, Mr. Bowman attended the University of Kansas and Los Angeles City College, majoring in Business Administra- tion. During 1950 - 1952, he worked at KFI -TV in the production and tech- nical phases of television. He later specialized in the programming sales and marketing facets of the media, both in Los Angeles and San Francisco, for a prominent producing company. In 1954, Mr. Bowman joined the Mutual Broadcasting System and, over a period of 5 years, was active in the development of a sales and marketing format on both a local and national level. This . activity included extensive exploitation of program - ming and sales development, account coordination, merchandising and management development of same. During the period of 1961- 1964, Mr. Bowman organized and owned two advertising and merchandising companies in Honolulu, Hawaii. In 1964, he sold his interest and returned to Southern California to assume a key management position in the Sales Division of Rossmoor Leisure World. Mr. Bowman joined Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. in the fall of 1965, in his present capacity. He has over 10 years of experience in the television programming production, transmission and technical areas, including land -line and aerial data transmission. Mr. Bowman lives in Newport Beach, California. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , 15.01 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.03 RESUME OF FRANK T. CONNOLLY FIELD ENGINEER Mr. Connolly was born in Waltham, Massachusetts in 1904 and received his elementary schooling there. He earned a BS degree in Mechanical Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1927. Mr. Connolly's experience spans a period of 35 years; most of these years were spent in developing, testing and applying devices for the electronic and electrical control fields Mr. Connolly began his working career with Industrial Controller Company, a firm concerned with development and application of electrical controllers, relays, resistors and capacitors. While associated with ICC, his duties included working with the Signal Corps at Fort Monmouth, New Jersey in the development and improvement of electronic equipment such as radar, masts, receivers and transmitters. He was later associated with Electric Boat Company of Groton, Connecticut, in handling and automatic welding for the first atomic submarine, "Nautilus'. This project involved vast quantities of electronic equipment for the speed control of drive, as well as control of automatic welding heads during fabrication. From 1954 to 1962, Mr. Connolly was with the Allen Bradley Com- pany in the capacity of Manager - Electric Motor Control Division. This • division was responsible for the design and application of electronic con- trol components when applied to the manufacture of missiles. From 1962 until 1966, when Mr. Connolly joined Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., he was responsible for all electrical and mechanical equipment for Rossmoor Corporation's five projects. Rossmoor Corporation is the builder of Rossmoor Leisure Worlds, city -sized communities for senior citizens throughout the United States. His responsibilities also included all things electronic such as master TV systems and master inter- com systems. Mr. Connolly is married, has two daughters and resides in San Clemente. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc., 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.04 RESUME OF ARNOLD N. BROYLES SYSTEMS ANALYST Arnold Broyles has been a field engineering and sales representative for the past 22 years. Such experience included 17 years with Colson Equip- ment and Supply Company, an industrial material handling equipment firm in Los Angeles; five years of similar experience with other companies in Southern California. Analysis of customer engineering and performance specifications as well as special power requirements were a part of normal duties. This included recommendations of factory design change and performance speci- fications to meet customer requirements. Mr. Broyles has a B.S. degree in Business Administration from UCLA where he majored in marketing. He is married and has two grown sons and two grandchildren. He has lived in the harbor area for the past 14 years. Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. ,, 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.05 RESUME OF DON HOWELL SYSTEMS ANALYST Mr. Howell was born in 1935 and is a native Californian. He was graduated from the University of Southern California in 1960 with a BS degree in Finance. Prior to joining Warner Bros. TV Services, Inc. , his business experience included many and varied aspects of corporate finance and sales. After graduation from USC and a tour of duty in the United States Navy, Mr. Howell joined the investment banking firm of McDonnell & Co. , Inc. While employed by McDonnell and Co. , his experience in • corporate finance included the analysis and recommendation of various individual companies in regard to merger prospects and public and private financings. In the field of sales, Mr. Howell's duties included both general securities sales to the public and the development of new business in the area of institutional sales, corporate pension funds, mutual fund management companies and bank trust departments. Mr. Howell is married, has three children and resides in Hunting- ton Beach. Warner Bros. TV Services., Inc. , 1501 Westcliff Drive, Newport Beach, California EXHIBIT 8.06